WO2019142948A2 - System for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium, program, information processing device, and method - Google Patents

System for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium, program, information processing device, and method Download PDF

Info

Publication number
WO2019142948A2
WO2019142948A2 PCT/JP2019/019007 JP2019019007W WO2019142948A2 WO 2019142948 A2 WO2019142948 A2 WO 2019142948A2 JP 2019019007 W JP2019019007 W JP 2019019007W WO 2019142948 A2 WO2019142948 A2 WO 2019142948A2
Authority
WO
WIPO (PCT)
Prior art keywords
value
exchange
exchange medium
rate
predetermined
Prior art date
Application number
PCT/JP2019/019007
Other languages
French (fr)
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
WO2019142948A3 (en
Inventor
和豊 渡邊
Original Assignee
株式会社Ｍａｘｅｌｅ
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Priority claimed from PCT/JP2018/030313 external-priority patent/WO2019035459A1/en
Application filed by 株式会社Ｍａｘｅｌｅ filed Critical 株式会社Ｍａｘｅｌｅ
Priority to JP2019527933A priority Critical patent/JP6608566B1/en
Publication of WO2019142948A2 publication Critical patent/WO2019142948A2/en
Publication of WO2019142948A3 publication Critical patent/WO2019142948A3/en

Links

Images

Classifications

    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q20/00—Payment architectures, schemes or protocols
    • G06Q20/04—Payment circuits
    • G06Q20/06—Private payment circuits, e.g. involving electronic currency used among participants of a common payment scheme
    • G—PHYSICS
    • G06—COMPUTING; CALCULATING OR COUNTING
    • G06Q—INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY [ICT] SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES; SYSTEMS OR METHODS SPECIALLY ADAPTED FOR ADMINISTRATIVE, COMMERCIAL, FINANCIAL, MANAGERIAL OR SUPERVISORY PURPOSES, NOT OTHERWISE PROVIDED FOR
    • G06Q40/00—Finance; Insurance; Tax strategies; Processing of corporate or income taxes
    • G06Q40/04—Trading; Exchange, e.g. stocks, commodities, derivatives or currency exchange

Definitions

  • the present invention relates to a system, program, information processing apparatus and method for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium.
  • Such "currency” is said to have a function that serves as an objective measure of the exchange value of goods and services, that is, a value measure function, as one of the basic functions.
  • Patent Document 1 describes a technique for fixing the exchange rate between a virtual currency and a legal currency.
  • the present invention can control the size (unit exchange value) of the value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) contained in the unit of value exchange medium underlying the value scale function. It aims to provide a value exchange medium.
  • a system is a system including a plurality of information processing apparatuses communicably connected to each other, in which a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium that can be linked to user identification information are distributed.
  • the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium can be exchanged between the plurality of user identification information, and the first value exchange medium is used for the transfer of the plurality of user identification information.
  • the first value exchange medium is issued based on the operation information of the information processing apparatus for acquiring the first economic value set to receive no value exchange medium
  • the second value exchange medium includes the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium. Increase or decrease depending on the exchange rate rate between
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium issued based on the value evaluation value of the value provided and acquired free of charge is balanced to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
  • a method includes a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information.
  • a method for causing a computer to manage an exchange wherein the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are arbitrarily exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information, and the first value exchange medium is The second value exchange medium is a rate of exchange between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, which is issued based on the evaluation on the free exchange value transferred between the plurality of user identification information If the exchange rate, which is the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate, fluctuates by a predetermined rate from the target exchange rate, which is the exchange rate between the target first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, Offset some
  • the program varies with the predetermined quantity, and the program receives from the computer a first exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at the first desired exchange rate, and the second value exchange medium Receiving
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium issued based on the value evaluation value of the value provided and acquired free of charge is balanced to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
  • a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information Acquiring a market exchange rate, which is a market exchange rate that is the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, to a computer that is a node of a circulating network; Determining whether or not a predetermined increase condition related to the rate is satisfied, and when it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the second update information for updating the second ledger, which is at least one of And C. performing an increase execution step of generating second update information for increasing the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information of the second information by the predetermined increase quantity.
  • a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information Acquiring a market exchange rate, which is a market exchange rate that is the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, to a computer that is a node of a circulating network; Determining whether or not a predetermined reduction condition related to the rate is satisfied, and when it is determined that the predetermined reduction condition is satisfied, the second update information for updating the second ledger, which is at least one of And C. performing a second execution step of generating second update information for decreasing the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information of the second information by the predetermined decrease quantity.
  • a method is a method for transferring a plurality of pieces of user identification information to a computer that is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in the first ledger is linked to user identification information. Issuing a first predetermined quantity of first value exchange medium based on the operation information of the node that acquires the first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as a consideration; (2) A method of executing the step of canceling the first predetermined value exchange medium of the second predetermined quantity based on the act of taking out the economic value, wherein the first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity.
  • control of the unit exchange value fluctuation of the first value exchange medium issued and canceled based on the value evaluation amount provided and acquired free of charge and the consumption amount of value acquired for a fee It is possible to This makes it possible to arbitrarily change the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium.
  • a method is a method for transferring a plurality of pieces of user identification information to a computer that is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in the first ledger is linked to user identification information.
  • the present invention it is possible to control the size (unit exchange value) of the value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) contained per unit of value exchange medium underlying the value scale function. It becomes possible to provide a value exchange medium.
  • FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a value exchange medium distribution system 1; It is a figure which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the server 10 and the user terminal 20.
  • FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of a server 10; It is a figure which shows an example of an account information table.
  • requirement table It is a figure which shows an example of a replacement
  • FIG. 5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of a user terminal 20.
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows an example of the operation
  • FIG. 300 It is a figure which shows an example of the remittance instruction
  • FIG. It is a figure which shows an example of a 3rd economic activity purchasing power reference table. It is a schematic diagram showing an example of the operation sequence concerning processing of trust issuance.
  • the value of value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) included per unit of value exchange medium may be referred to as “unit exchange value”.
  • the value of value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) included per unit of value exchange medium is “value scale standard”, “unit economic value”, It may be referred to as “unit purchasing power”, “currency value”, “price measure standard”, “credit calculation unit”, “value measure” or the like.
  • FIG. 1 is a view for explaining an outline of a value exchange medium distribution system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 includes, for example, a server 10 connected to be able to transmit and receive information mutually via a communication network N such as the Internet, and a user terminal 20.
  • the server 10 is, for example, an information processing apparatus used by a system administrator, and the user terminal 20 is, for example, a user.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 can configure, for example, a network having the server 10, the user terminal 20, etc. as a node, and the network concerned has a side as a server / client model and a side as a block chain network. It can have.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 may be referred to as a “first network”, for example, from the aspect as a network through which the first value exchange medium is distributed.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 may be referred to as a “second network”, for example, from the aspect as a network through which the second value exchange medium is distributed.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 is a relative evaluation of the “value” provided to others from the social value of human activities (power included in the function to form a part of the community) from the viewpoint of economic value
  • the unit exchange value can control the fast “value exchange medium” with “value scale function with reduced temporal and spatial variation” and “value storage function” that can be quantified as Generate in the state and distribute this among nodes.
  • two types of value exchange media of a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium can be distributed between the server 10 and the user terminal 20.
  • the user manages, for example, the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user via the wallet management application X described later, which is application software installed in the user terminal 20, for example. can do.
  • the name or unit of the first value exchange medium may be referred to as “ACT”, and the name or unit of the second value exchange medium may be referred to as “EST”.
  • exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium is referred to as “first exchange”
  • exchanging the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium is “second exchange”. It may be called.
  • the request for the first exchange transmitted by the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is referred to as a “first exchange request”
  • the request for the second exchange transmitted by the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is “second exchange request”. It may be called.
  • the first value exchange medium can be distributed.
  • the first value exchange medium is newly issued, for example, based on the evaluation of the value transferred free of charge among the plurality of user terminals 20 according to a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm described later that the server 10 has (hereinafter referred to as “evaluation issuance May be referred to as “evaluation issuance May be referred to as “evaluation issuance May be referred to as “evaluation issuance May be referred to as The first value exchange medium is canceled (consumption cancellation) by the server 10 based on, for example, consumption of the first value exchange medium by acquisition of value in second economic activity to be described later performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10 obtain.
  • the first value exchange medium may be newly issued (hereinafter, may be referred to as “debt issuance”) based on, for example, a second exchange performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10.
  • debt issuance can be said to be an action in which the server 10 receives the second value exchange medium from the user terminal 20 and newly issues the first value exchange medium as a substantial deposit.
  • the debt issuance is “debt” in which the size of the economic value is represented by the quantity of the first value exchange medium with respect to the issuance destination (user terminal 20) (described later
  • the exchange requires the user to provide the second value exchange medium to the user, and the issuer is represented by the quantity of the first value exchange medium with respect to the issuer.
  • bonds the right to obtain the second value exchange medium from the server by exchange, as will be described later
  • the first value exchange medium may be canceled (cancelled cancellation), for example, based on the offset purchase by the debt issue server 10 in the first exchange performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10.
  • the first value exchange medium may be canceled (timed cancellation), for example, when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since acquisition.
  • the issued quantity can be linked to the user ID in the first ledger stored by the server 10 and recorded.
  • the manner in which the first ledger is configured is not particularly limited.
  • the first ledger may be, for example, a centralized ledger managed by the server 10 or any user terminal 20 or the like.
  • the first ledger may be, for example, a distributed ledger configured by a server 10 and a block chain stored in each of the user terminals 20.
  • “updating of the first ledger” may include any process for updating that may be defined according to the configuration of the first ledger, and the process of directly updating the first ledger
  • processing for transmitting an update request to an information processing apparatus having the first ledger update authority may be included.
  • value is related to arbitrary behavior (social activity) performed by human beings in social life. It may include any information expressed in a format that can be transmitted and received among a plurality of information processing apparatuses. In other words, it can be said that "value” may include, for example, benefits exchanged between users (individuals, corporations, etc.) in human social activities.
  • value is, for example, an article (a thing) exchanged between users (individuals, a corporation, etc.), a service (service), or a thing that exerts some kind of interaction such as a contract act (a psychological one) And information on the other side (including an act of causing debt), which may not necessarily be evaluated or quantified in the conventional society.
  • the value may include, for example, content such as language (character) data, moving image data, image data, audio data, design drawing data, work data, and useful information data.
  • the value may include "paid exchange value” and “free exchange value”, and "paid exchange value” may include “paid consumption value”.
  • “paid” means that the economic activity performed by the user terminal 20 requires the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as a price.
  • “free of charge” means that the economic activity performed by the user terminal 20 does not require the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as a price.
  • the user terminal 20 performs “first economic activity”, “second economic activity”, “third economic activity”, and “fourth economic activity” described later. It can be done.
  • the “type I” is a type that does not use the first value exchange medium as the exchange value in the first economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “free exchange value” managed. obtain.
  • the “type II” is a type that uses the first value exchange medium as the consumption consideration in the second economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “paid consumption value” managed. obtain.
  • the “type III” is a type that uses the first value exchange medium as an exchange value in the third economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “paid exchange value” managed. obtain.
  • the “type IV” is an optional fee that can not be managed by the server 10 or is not managed by using the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as the exchange value in the fourth economic activity. It can be a type to which “exchange value” belongs.
  • the “charged exchange value” (including “charged consumption value”) includes, for example, a predetermined quantity (0 (zero)) as a value provision.
  • the value of the first value exchange medium which includes the value provided and obtained for the first value exchange medium in consideration of the second economic activity and the third economic activity. Good.
  • the economic value (payable consumption value) that can be extracted from the value that can be generated in the network via the server 10 can be calculated using the first value exchange medium
  • the act of acquiring (using) is called “the second economic activity”. More specifically, “the second economic activity” means that “value” that can be generated in the network (the first network) by the first economic activity is consumed by consuming a predetermined amount of the first value exchange medium as a value. Say the act to do.
  • Type II to which the user obtains using the user terminal 20 in the second economic activity and to which the paid consumption value accompanied by the consumption value belongs is, for example, Type IIA, IIB, IIC, IIAA, IIAAA, etc. It may be subdivided.
  • the second economic activity may include, for example, an act of acquiring paid consumption value as a push-type second economic activity.
  • push-type second economic activity refers to consumption of the first value exchange medium as a price for the target user (group) of the second economic activity that obtains free exchange value etc. in the first economic activity.
  • the paid consumption value which is the purpose of the push-type second economic activity, may be, for example, “small classification: reproduction frequency specification / counting-type video commercial / mid-classification: terminal display interrupt insertion type advertisement / large classification: targeting advertisement Or, "Small classification: Display time ⁇ region ⁇ user attribute (characteristic) specified insertion frame purchase type advertising / middle classification: terminal display interrupt insertion type advertising / large classification: targeting advertising /", "small classification: target It may include the value (economic value) that can be generated by the main part display / pre-reproduction plug-in advertising / mid-classification: free exchange value combination type advertising / large classification: targeting advertising / promotion limited to the user range.
  • the push-type second economic activity includes, for example, the transmission of information to increase the purchase intention, the transmission of information for an impression operation, or the transmission of information for affecting an action, etc.
  • Information transmitted by the user terminal 20 (content of an execution request related to the act of acquiring a paid consumption value belonging to type II registered in the second economic activity execution request table stored in the storage unit 11 described later) It can be said that this is an action such as displaying (including forcibly displaying) the user terminal 20 operated by the target user who acquires the free replacement value in the first economic activity etc. via the server 10.
  • the economy obtained from the action for the user who obtains the free exchange value belonging to Type I in the first economic activity to the consumption user who intends to acquire the paid consumption value belonging to Type II pertaining to the push-type second economic activity It can be possible to get value.
  • the user who receives the “action to arbitrarily exert influence” from other consuming users acquires the free exchange value.
  • Reimbursement cancellation of debt
  • accepting accepting
  • accepting the (ideal) debt that arises for the user who has provided the free exchange value
  • other voluntary influence actions from other consumer users
  • the user is repaying a debt to the consumer user who acquires the paid consumption value.
  • the first value exchange used for the (value notion) receivables generated for the user who provided the gratis exchange value is offset with the debt generated for the consumption user who obtains the consumption consumption value by the second economic activity, and consumed.
  • the medium may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
  • the second economic activity may include, for example, an act of acquiring paid consumption value as a pull-type second economic activity.
  • pull-type second economic activity refers to consumption of the first value exchange medium as a price for the target user (group) of the second economic activity that obtains free exchange value etc. in the first economic activity.
  • the paid consumption value which is the purpose of the pull-type second economic activity, may be, for example, “small classification: interest fluctuation prediction / middle classification: interest trend correlation analysis / large classification: interest statistics” or “small classification: party-supported fluctuation prediction / Middle classification: Consciousness trend correlation analysis / large classification: Consciousness statistics "," small classification: consumption fluctuation forecast / middle classification: consumption trend correlation analysis / large classification: consumption statistics "," small classification: currency fluctuation forecast / middle Classification: Currency-economic correlation analysis / major classification: Economic statistics (For example, besides the value exchange medium distribution system 1, the exchange transaction function by the user terminal 20 between the second value exchange medium and each country's legal currency which is a foreign currency By including it in the configuration, the exchange data is stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10, and can be acquired by verifying the correlation with various data recorded in the storage unit 11 of the server 10) and the like.
  • the pull-type second economic activity includes, for example, transmission of information to increase purchasing desire, transmission of information for impression operation, transmission of information for affecting behavior, etc.
  • the basic data (big data) stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 including the basic data to be acquired (big data) and operation information of the user terminal 20 that acquires the free exchange value in the first economic activity etc. It can be said that it is an action to extract economic value from basic data as data).
  • the economic value as an action for the user who acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I in the first economic activity to the consumption user who intends to acquire the paid consumption value belonging to type II related to the pull type second economic activity It may be possible to get In other words, as described above in connection with obtaining the free replacement value, the user who receives the “action to extract information arbitrarily” from other consuming users obtains the free replacement value to obtain free replacement.
  • Reimbursement cancellation of debt
  • the user is repaying debt to the consumer user who acquires the paid consumption value.
  • the first value exchange used for the (value notion) receivables generated for the user who provided the gratis exchange value is offset with the debt generated for the consumption user who obtains the consumption consumption value by the second economic activity, and consumed.
  • the medium may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
  • the second economic activity may include, for example, another economic activity block type second economic activity.
  • the “other activity second economic activity block type second economic activity” is related to the first economic activity when performing the first economic activity for obtaining the free exchange value belonging to type I. It can be said that it is the second economic activity as an action to block the second economic activity (such as advertisement or collection of big data) that others are going to carry out.
  • the category II of the Type II category to which the paid consumption value belongs which is the purpose of the second economic activity of the second economic activity block type, is the purpose of the other second economic activity (push type, pull type, etc.) It may be different from the category II category to which the paid consumption value belongs.
  • the server 10 is a user ID designated from the execution target included in the execution request of the second economic activity of a type (push type, pull type, etc.) other than the second other economic activity block type.
  • An execution request (other's second economic activity block request) may be accepted which excludes (essentially, oneself is assumed).
  • the server 10 executes the execution request based on the execution request of the second economic activity such as push type or pull type received from the user terminal 20, for example.
  • the second economic activity block request is requested.
  • the user ID included in the other person's second economic activity block request may be excluded from the target of the execution request.
  • the server 10 records the operation information and the like acquired from the user terminal 20 in the first evaluation table and the search history table and the like described later, based on the other person second economic activity block request, the other person second The user ID included in the economic activity block request may be excluded from the recording target (for example, "user ID of the free exchange value acquirer in the first evaluation table described later is left blank to record the information related to the first economic activity Good).
  • the user who performs the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type calculates the economic value (paid consumption value) included in the act of acquiring the gratis exchange value belonging to type I as the first value exchange medium.
  • the pull-type second economic activity makes it possible to retrieve information from other users arbitrarily (intentionally) without receiving an action to retrieve information.
  • actions to arbitrarily exert influence push type
  • arbitrary information extraction from other consumer users.
  • the user who does not receive the “action to be tried” accepts the (ideal) debt that arises for the user who provided the free exchange value by acquiring the free exchange value, and accepts the action from other consuming users Rather than reimbursing (accepting) debt (removing debt or retiring to a consumer who gets paid consumption value), rather than by the other's second economic activity block type second economic activity It can also be understood that it has been paid.
  • the first value exchange medium to be executed may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
  • the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered (set) in the server 10 can be optionally acquired (utilized) with a consumption consideration according to an execution request for the server 10 of the user terminal 20 thereafter.
  • the consumption consideration associated with the paid consumption value belonging to each category of category II is each paid consumption value belonging to category II recorded in the second economic activity basic price table stored in storage unit 11 of server 10, and each It should be set as the base price linked to the subject group.
  • the setting action may be a dedicated action of a system administrator (which may include artificial intelligence under the control of the system administrator).
  • the server 10 When the server 10 receives the execution request of the second economic activity from the user terminal 20, the server 10 specifies the basic price according to the execution request by the user terminal 20 from the second economic activity basic price table, and acquires the paid consumption value
  • the first ledger may be updated along with the execution of the second economic activity by the user terminal 20 as an act.
  • Type III to which the paid exchange value to which the third economic activity belongs belongs can be subdivided arbitrarily.
  • Type III is, for example, a data format of paid exchange value targeted for the third economic activity (for example, general data formats such as character data, moving image data, voice data, and image data, as well as specific data such as CAD data). It may be subdivided by the data format created by software).
  • the paid exchange value belonging to Type III may include any information related to goods and services traded among users, but Type III may be subdivided according to the type of goods / services .
  • Type III may be further subdivided into, for example, types IIIA, IIIB, IIIC, IIICA, IIICAB, and so on.
  • (Character data type) If it is a character data system, for example, "small classification: self-enlightening book / middle classification: long-length book / large classification: book” or "small classification: IT articles / middle classification: short articles / large classification: articles” etc. It may be included.
  • Video data system In the case of a video data system, for example, "small classification: suspense drama / middle classification: serial drama / large classification: drama”, “small classification: SF cinema / middle classification: long feature cinema / large classification: cinema”, etc. are included.
  • Video data system If it is an audio data system, for example, "small classification: orchestra music / middle classification: classical music / large classification: music” or “small classification: pop music / middle classification: major music / large classification: music” etc. are included. It may be (Image data system) In the case of an image data system, for example, "small classification character illustration / middle classification: digital illustration / large classification: illustration” or “small classification: gravure photo / middle classification: idle photo / large classification: photo” etc. are included.
  • the value is registered in the value table by the later-described value registration operation of selecting the target category from the type III by the user terminal 20 (the category of the type III may be set in advance by the system administrator)
  • the quantity of the first value exchange medium as exchange consideration linked to each paid exchange value to be sent may be registered in the value table.
  • the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium belongs to the type IV as an exchange value (any optional that can not be managed by the server 10 or is not managed)
  • the act of exchanging) is called "the fourth economic activity”.
  • the fourth economic activity can be said to be direct remittance (direct remittance resulting from any direct transaction outside the value exchange medium distribution system 1 (in other words, the real economy)).
  • the “free exchange value” is set not to accept the provision of the first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity, for example, as the value provision. It may be a value, which is a target of evaluation by an evaluation issuance algorithm described later.
  • the setting of whether to accept the provision of the first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity may be performed, for example, by a value provider using the user terminal 20.
  • Type I to which the free exchange value subject to the first economic activity belongs can be subdivided arbitrarily.
  • Type I is, for example, the data format of the free exchange value which is the object of the first economic activity (for example, general data formats such as character data, moving image data, voice data, and image data) It may be subdivided by the data format created by software).
  • Type I may be further subdivided into, for example, types IA, IAB, IABC, and so on.
  • (Character data type) If it is a character data system, for example, "small classification: IT article / middle classification: technology article / large classification: article”, “small classification: finance column / middle classification: economic column / large classification: column, etc. are included It may be (Video data system) In the case of a video data system, for example, "small classification: test drive review / medium classification: car review / large classification: review” or "small classification: business interview / medium classification: economic activity interview / large classification: interview” It may be included.
  • Image data system If it is an audio data system, for example, "small classification: piano sonata music / middle classification: classical music / large classification: music” or “small classification: rock music / middle classification: indie music / large classification: music” etc. It may be included.
  • Image data system In the case of an image data system, for example, "small classification character illustration / middle classification: digital illustration / large classification: illustration”, “small classification: mountain photograph / middle classification: landscape photograph / large classification: photograph”, etc. are included.
  • the server 10 links each category of Type I to which the free exchange value belongs to the value table, and sets the basic points recorded in the first economic activity basic point table. Based on the operation information of the user terminal 20, an evaluation score may be attached to the free exchange value.
  • the basic score associated with the subject group to which the user who acquires the free exchange value belongs be used in the evaluation scoring by the server 10 performed here.
  • the gratis exchange value may be a gratis exchange for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value providing user in the first economic activity, or for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value offering user in the third economic activity.
  • the gratis exchange value may be a gratis exchange for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value providing user in the first economic activity, or for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value offering user in the third economic activity.
  • “opinions from value-acquisition users” such as “comments” (comments on news articles etc.) or “reviews” (product reviews on EC sites) by users who acquire value or paid exchange value Good.
  • “Opinion by the value-acquisition user” is registered as a free exchange value that is itself provided to the category I after being specified as a free exchange value to be provided, and thereafter treated as a free exchange value. May be
  • the server 10 relatively evaluates the gratuitous exchange value and the gratuitous exchange value providing user transferred (provided and acquired) between the user terminals 20 by a predetermined evaluation issue algorithm described later. Then, based on the first economic activity and the second economic activity, the server 10 evaluates and issues a first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity in association with the user ID of the free exchange value providing user according to a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm. . Further, as described later, the quantity of the first value exchange medium evaluated and issued by the server 10 may be calculated so as to reflect the purchasing power of the entity group to which the user who has obtained the free exchange value belongs.
  • the “subject group” may be a collection of regional attributes (living bases or business bases) recorded in an account information table described later.
  • the “subject group” is, for example, a group of (generally) users sharing at least one of “legal currency”, “applicable law”, “governing mechanism”, “purchasing power”, and “language used”. May be there.
  • the "subject group” can be defined by, for example, a town, a prefecture, a state, a region, a country, an economic zone, and / or a continent. In the present embodiment, the description is made on the assumption of “national”, but is not limited thereto. In addition, it is good for the system administrator to define the regional attribute and the definition of the group of subjects.
  • the first value exchange medium is a time (time, etc.) or a place (country, etc.) based on human social and economic activity desires and a desire to contribute to the community, such as the above-mentioned “free exchange value”.
  • the exchange value is based on universal energy that spans.
  • the server 10 also includes position information such as GPS data acquired from the user terminal 20, a language used by the user terminal 20, a display language of the wallet management application X described later, etc.
  • the subject group to which each user ID belongs may be specified based on
  • the server 10 uses the predetermined value of the first value exchange medium as the user ID for the user terminal 20 according to the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20 according to a predetermined debt issuance algorithm described later. Relate debt and issue.
  • the user can provide the first user with the free exchange value to the other users in the first economic activity, or can provide the other users with the paid exchange value in the third economic activity. It is possible to obtain a value exchange medium.
  • the user uses the first value exchange medium whose number is larger than the number of first value exchange mediums acquired in this way, to perform the second economic activity, the third economic activity, or the fourth economic activity. I want to do it.
  • the user exchanges the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity with the first value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity (the debt issuance by the server 10) by the second exchange request, thereby exchanging the first value of the quantity which is lacking. You can get media. In this way, debt issuance can be said to have the effect of reducing the problem of lack of supply of the first value exchange medium in the first network.
  • the first value exchange medium is the consumption consideration of the second economic activity.
  • the server 10 cancels a predetermined quantity of the first value exchange medium linked to the user ID of the user in the first ledger.
  • the first value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity is canceled (consumption cancellation) from the first network.
  • the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed by the second economic activity and canceled from the first network is the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be assessed and issued based on the first economic activity by a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm described later.
  • the user terminal 20 in the second economic activity is consumed by the act of acquiring economic value (charged consumption value) that can be extracted from “value” generated in the network based on the first economic activity, and is canceled from within the network
  • economic value charged consumption value
  • the quantity of the first value exchange medium (or the evaluation value as economic value inherent to the first value exchange medium) as the economic value to be It has a role as a basis to calculate the economic value included in
  • the first value exchange medium consumed in the second economic activity is temporarily stored in the first ledger, for example, for temporary storage managed by a system administrator or the like without being canceled (consumed consumption) from the first ledger.
  • the ID (ID for temporary storage for consumption cancellation) is temporarily linked, and the evaluation is issued based on the evaluation value calculated according to the evaluation of the free exchange value belonging to Type I in the first economic activity. It may be appropriated to a value exchange medium.
  • the base price of the paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity may be the same among different entity groups.
  • the basic price for the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity may be determined and updated individually for each group of entities.
  • the basic price for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category is, for example, (2) It is desirable to optimize in accordance with the value (purchasing power) generated in the network by the first economic activity of the users belonging to each subject group targeted for economic activity.
  • the basic price for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity is, for each paid consumption value belonging to each category of each entity group, charged fee belonging to the same category in a predetermined period If AI (machine learning algorithm) or AI is not included in the configuration, the sum of consumption quantity (accumulation of base price etc.) related to the act of acquiring consumption value fluctuates the base price so as to maximize at all times.
  • the optimal solution may be output (continuously).
  • the second economic activity stored in the storage unit 11 so that the server 10 maximizes the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed for each category of the type II of each subject group Based on the basic price recorded in the basic price table and the activity content recorded in the second economic activity table as input data, using the scoring method according to the machine learning algorithm, the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to the type II It is good to output a coefficient to be integrated to the base price concerned. Then, it is preferable that the output coefficient is integrated with the base price as the original integrated reference value, and the base price relating to the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the type II is changed.
  • the server 10 may have, for example, a machine learning device as described below. That is, the machine learning device is a value exchange medium (for example, the first value) which is issued based on the evaluation score for the economic value (for example, the free exchange value belonging to type I) set to not receive the value provided using the user terminal 20.
  • the machine learning device is a value exchange medium (for example, the first value) which is issued based on the evaluation score for the economic value (for example, the free exchange value belonging to type I) set to not receive the value provided using the user terminal 20.
  • the machine learning device is a value exchange medium (for example, the first value) which is issued based on the evaluation score for the economic value (for example, the free exchange value belonging to type I) set to not receive the value provided using the user terminal 20.
  • a basis for an act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to at least one type (for example, type II) for consuming and extracting the economic value generated in the network using the value exchange medium You can learn to determine the price.
  • the machine learning device is observed by an observation unit that observes a consumption trend including a consumption quantity of value exchange media according to the at least one type during a predetermined period and a base price according to the type; It is good to have a learning part which matches and learns change of the consumption quantity of the value exchange medium concerning the at least one type, and the basic price concerning the type.
  • the quantity of value exchange media issued based on the evaluation score may be determined based on the quantity of value exchange media consumed by the act of retrieving the economic value generated in the network.
  • the consumption trend according to the at least one type observed by the observation unit may include at least one of a time, a target user attribute, a target user characteristic, and a target subject group.
  • the base price according to the type observed by the observation unit may include at least one of a price per hour, a price per count, and a price per area.
  • the learning unit may learn to determine the base price according to the type by updating a function that determines the base price according to the type based on the consumption trend according to the at least one type. .
  • the learning unit calculates a reward for the result of determining the base price according to the type based on the consumption trend according to the at least one type, and the reward calculating unit calculates the reward based on the reward calculated by the reward calculation unit.
  • a function update unit that updates the function.
  • the function update unit may learn a base price according to the type that can obtain the most rewards by repeating the update of the function.
  • the observation unit independently calculates the consumption quantity of the value exchange medium in the predetermined period, and the basic price according to the type, independently for each type (and each entity group) related to each action for taking out the economic value generated in the network. You may observe the consumption trend which consists of
  • the target data to be observed by the previous term observation unit includes operation information of the user terminal that acquires the economic value set to not receive the consideration that causes the addition of the evaluation score, and the basic score related to the evaluation score. May be.
  • Target data to be learned in association with the previous term learning unit includes operation information of a user terminal that acquires an economic value set to not receive the consideration that is the cause of addition of the evaluation score, a basic score related to the evaluation score, May be included.
  • another machine learning apparatus included in the server 10 is, for example, to evaluate an economic value (for example, an acquisition act of a free exchange value belonging to type I) configured not to receive a value provided using the user terminal 20.
  • value exchange media for example, first value exchange media
  • type II for example, type II
  • the machine learning device is configured to calculate the total amount of consumption prices for the type in a predetermined period, the observation unit that observes the base price as a state variable, and the data set created based on the state variable. It is good to have the learning part which learns the base price which the sum total of consumption price becomes larger.
  • the learning unit further includes a reward calculation unit that calculates a reward based on the sum of the consumption prices, and a function update unit that updates a function for determining the base price based on the reward. It is also good.
  • the server 10 uniformly distributes all base prices relating to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category of type II in each group of subjects based on the input (content of commitment to the user) by the system administrator. It may be varied (mainly to reduce the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and to increase the price). At this time, the server 10 may transmit (notify) the content of the update processing (commitment content) to the user terminal 20 in advance or when the processing is performed.
  • the balance between the paid consumption value and the first value exchange medium at the time of acquisition of the paid consumption value in the second economic activity of the user value recognition of the unit exchange value and the value sense of the price of the user
  • the dual anchoring effect of the sense of value with the balance of sense of value of the first value exchange medium value recognition of unit exchange value, sense of value of unit exchange value
  • the dual anchoring effect of the sense of value is a balance (sense of unit exchange value) of the sense of value of the selling price (the purchase price on the other hand) of the paid exchange value in the third economic activity of the user operating the user terminal 20 -The direct freedom by users, so to speak, of the sense of value of price) and also the balance of the sense of value of direct transaction relating to any paid exchange value in the 4th economic activity (perception of unit exchange value, sense of value of price) It can also affect the balance of sense of value in transactions.
  • the server 10 calculates the value (unit exchange value) included per unit of each first value exchange medium, the total amount of first value exchange medium in the first network, and the second value exchange medium in the second network described later.
  • Total volume of distribution, and measures to voluntarily change prices (prices of paid exchange value optionally set by the user) (value of value included per unit of value exchange medium (eg, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) You may want to do this as a measure to control the unit exchange value.
  • the system administrator may determine the content of the commitment (rate at which the unit exchange value changes, that is, the price change amount).
  • the base price which concerns on the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value which belongs to each category of Type II of each agent group in 2nd economic activity may be prescribed
  • the “basic price” recorded in the second economic activity basic price table is “the basic price in the case of performing the second economic activity targeting the subject group (user belonging to the subject group),” “the subject group Is not the “basic price” when the user belonging to performs the second economic activity targeting another entity group.
  • the second economic activity base price table may include a category II category, an agent group, a base price, and a standard of accumulated size.
  • the determination of the base price and the updating process may be performed with reference to the second economic activity base price table and the "second economic activity table" as the activity record of the second economic activity.
  • the second economic activity table may include a date and time, a user ID, a group of subjects to which it belongs, a category of type II, a consumption quantity, and a group of active subjects.
  • the “value” in the first economic activity that can be extracted from the network in the above-mentioned second economic activity is, for example, a free exchange value B such as character data or moving image data provided from the user terminal 20A as the first economic activity.
  • a free exchange value B such as character data or moving image data provided from the user terminal 20A
  • the first economic activity there is a “value” that occurs in the first network as a result of a search act by the user terminal 20C trying to acquire the free replacement value B, a browsing act, and an acquisition act. is there.
  • the system administrator belongs to Type II in advance so that the other user terminals 20D can easily find out the economic value as the second economic activity with respect to various actions as the first economic activity by the user terminal 20C.
  • the user terminal 20D defines the mode of acquiring paid consumption value and defines the basic price of the acquired paid consumption value for each group of subjects serving as the second economic activity, and the user terminal 20D calculates the paid consumption value (second economic activity (second economic activity). It is possible to provide an environment in which the economic value as an object of In addition, the economic value to be obtained (generated) by performing the second economic activity is the paid consumption value, and the act of the second economic activity itself or the target of the second economic activity itself (by the first economic activity) It can be said that the value itself generated in the first network is not the paid consumption value.
  • a category providing the environment in which user terminal 20D carries out advertisement to user terminal 20C such as a category providing the above-mentioned "push-type" second economic activity
  • Use category of acquisition environment for paid consumption value such as a category that provides an environment where user terminal 20D can use big data recorded by server 10 as various actions by user terminal 20C in the first economic activity
  • the utilization category of the acquisition environment for paid consumption value as provision of the environment for performing the above-mentioned “pull type” second economic activity may be included.
  • the acquisition environment for paid consumption value includes category II of category II as providing of an environment in which the user terminal 20D can carry out the above-mentioned mixed “push-type” and “pull-type” economic activities. May be In this way, the user terminal 20D that wants to acquire the paid consumption value can consume the first value exchange medium to acquire the paid consumption value. That is, only the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed according to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II, the action of the user terminal 20C in the first economic activity, and the gratis provided by the user terminal 20A in the first economic activity It can be understood that economic value was found in the exchange value B.
  • the “value” generated in the first network by the first economic activity has an economic value that can be quantified through the second economic activity, and corresponds to the later-described evaluation value as the generated economic value.
  • a predetermined quantity of first value exchange media can be evaluated and issued to the user terminal 20A.
  • an advertisement in a mode of interrupting various actions in the first economic activity of the user terminal 20C for example, to a viewing line like a conventional television commercial
  • an advertisement column such as newspaper or magazine
  • an insertion aspect in a web search list field line for example, an advertisement of an insertion aspect in a viewing line like a signboard
  • the convenience of the user terminal 20D may be improved by finely dividing each into a large classification, a middle classification, or a small classification, respectively.
  • the system administrator acquires any paid consumption value as long as it is an acquisition environment for paid consumption value belonging to Type II in which the economic value found by the second economic activity with respect to the "value" generated by the first economic activity increases.
  • the first value exchange medium to be evaluated and issued in the first economic activity as the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed by the user terminal 20D increases. It is preferable to add, modify or delete (the category of) the acquisition environment of the paid consumption value belonging to Type II so that the quantity increases.
  • the server 10 sets a withdrawal deadline for the first value exchange medium newly associated with the user ID, and a preset deadline.
  • the cancellation time limit may be different for each acquisition process of the first value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 may decrease the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table, as described later, by the number of the canceled first value exchange media.
  • the first value exchange medium can be configured to have or not have the "value storage function" of the basic functions of the currency, or to have any degree. is there.
  • the first value exchange medium is also canceled by offset purchase for debt issuance by the server 10 described later (a promise of the first exchange request by the user terminal 20).
  • the user can transfer (transfer) the first value exchange medium to another user (user ID) using the user terminal 20.
  • the user can also remit (settlement, transfer, reimbursement) the first value exchange medium as compensation for the paid exchange value optionally acquired between users using the user terminal 20 (fourth economic activity).
  • the first value exchange medium to be evaluated and issued based on the first economic activity and the second economic activity, and to be issued debt based on the second exchange It can be used for payment for the second economic activity and the third economic activity in one network, and can be used as a means of remittance of the fourth economic activity among users. Then, the first value exchange medium to be issued is canceled (consumption cancellation) etc. by being consumed in the second economic activity, and also canceled by the arrival of the time limit if the cancellation time limit is set.
  • the first value exchange medium functions as an exchange medium for paid exchange value (including charged consumption value) and free exchange value, and can be more than one, and it can be used as a traditional value exchange medium such as legal currency.
  • the flow speed can be faster than. That is, it can be said that the first value exchange medium is a value exchange controllable value exchange medium where issuance, transfer, and cancellation cycles can be performed continuously and rapidly.
  • the second value exchange medium can be distributed.
  • the second value exchange medium may be issued a predetermined quantity in advance, for example, by ICO performed by the system administrator.
  • the second value exchange medium may also be issued, for example, by issuing a credit as described below.
  • the manner in which the second ledger is configured is not particularly limited.
  • the second ledger may be, for example, a centralized ledger managed by the server 10 or any user terminal 20 or the like.
  • the second ledger may be, for example, a distributed ledger configured by a server 10 and a block chain stored in each of the user terminals 20.
  • the update of the second ledger may include any process for updating that may be defined according to the configuration of the second ledger, and the second ledger is directly updated.
  • processing for transmitting an update request to an information processing apparatus having the second ledger update authority may be included.
  • the first value exchange medium may not have the value storage function
  • the first value exchange medium is basically used as the second value exchange medium by the exchange function by the server 10 described below. Always replaceable. Therefore, as described later, the second value exchange medium provided with the value storage function in advance may play a role of complementarily playing the value storage function not possessed by the first value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 may have an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20. More specifically, for example, a user who desires the second value exchange medium requests the server 10 via the user terminal 20 to request the first value exchange medium as the second value exchange medium (the first exchange rate desired) Exchange request (first exchange request) requesting to exchange at a rate). Also, for example, a user who desires the first value exchange medium exchanges with the server 10 via the user terminal 20 the second value exchange medium as the first value exchange medium at the desired exchange rate (the second desired exchange rate) Exchange request (second exchange request) can be sent.
  • the server 10 executes the first exchange request with the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate with the first exchange rate under the predetermined condition.
  • a process (first execution process) may be performed. That is, the server 10 may issue the first value exchange medium to the user (issue debt) and acquire the second value exchange medium from the user.
  • the server 10 executes the execution process (the second execution process) with the second market exchange request at the above-described market exchange rate under the predetermined condition, for the first exchange request received from the user terminal 20.
  • the server 10 may transfer the second value exchange medium to the user, acquire the first value exchange medium from the user, and offset purchase and cancel out the above-described debt issue.
  • the market exchange rate related to the first market exchange request described above may be the same as or different from the market exchange rate related to the second market exchange request.
  • first exchange rate related to the first exchange rate request may be referred to as “first exchange rate”
  • second exchange rate according to the second exchange request may be referred to as “second exchange rate”.
  • the above-described market exchange rates (first market exchange rate and second market exchange rate) are received by the server 10 as an exchange from each user terminal 20. It may be determined based on a desired exchange rate (a first desired exchange rate and a second desired exchange rate) relating to the exchange request. As described later, the quantity of the second value exchange medium fluctuates (increases or decreases) under predetermined conditions.
  • the rate exchange rate is an index value representing the quantity (ratio) expected to be increased in the future by the second value exchange medium (newly issued to itself) to the second value exchange medium of each user It can be said that the expected increase rate).
  • the smart contract units 131 and 231 described later indicate when the predetermined increase condition or the decrease condition is satisfied.
  • the attainment rate which is the rate of increase rate (ratio of market exchange rate to target exchange rate) in the second
  • the exchange management unit 15 determines that the market exchange rate becomes “target exchange rate”.
  • the rate exchange rate can be rephrased as an expected rate of increase.
  • the server 10 and each user terminal 20 may respectively acquire the rate exchange rate derived by the server 10 and intermittently monitor whether or not a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied. Then, when the server 10 and each user terminal 20 each determine that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the possession amount of the second value exchange medium held by itself, the distribution contribution rate of the second value exchange medium, and the second Update information of the second ledger may be generated to increase the quantity of the second value exchange medium according to at least one of the movement evaluation value of the value exchange medium and the like.
  • the second ledger update information may be generated to reduce the quantity of the second value exchange medium according to at least one of the above.
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium converges around the value obtained by multiplying the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate on the basis of the achieved increase rate.
  • the target exchange rate is "1.00”
  • the second value exchange medium increases so that the unit exchange value converges to the vicinity of the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium based on the achievement additional rate. Or decrease.
  • the user who holds or intends to hold the second value exchange medium makes an exchange request at a desired exchange rate in consideration of the additional rate (expected increase rate). From this, immediately after the increase or decrease processing of the second value exchange medium is executed, the awareness of the additional rate (expected increase rate) of the user converges to “1”.
  • the desired exchange rate based on the user's awareness converges to the vicinity of the target exchange rate so as to reflect the proportion of the second value exchange medium that has increased or decreased by the achieved additional rate.
  • each user wants the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as long as the number before the increase or decrease does not change.
  • the exchange rate can be expected to be modified to offset the increased or decreased quantity of the second value exchange medium.
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is multiplied by the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate. It can be kept the same as or close to this value.
  • the quantity of the second value exchange medium is increased or decreased such that the unit exchange value is suppressed from deviating from the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium based on the target exchange rate. That is, more generally expressed, the quantity of the second value exchange medium increases or decreases based on the exchange ratio with the first value exchange medium (the second value exchange medium is issued or canceled).
  • the server 10 receives the desired exchange rate related to the exchange request recorded in the exchange request table, as described above, by the increase of the second value exchange medium. Forced correction may be made to offset (or reduce) the quantity or the reduction quantity. Furthermore, the server 10 further performs the predetermined correction (the second value exchange) of the desired exchange rate received from the user terminal 20 in the predetermined period (the fluctuation suppression period described later) from the time when the second value exchange medium increases or decreases.
  • the correction in the opposite direction to the direction of offsetting the increase quantity or the decrease quantity of the medium may be limited.
  • the server 10 further performs a target exchange rate (a first target exchange rate or a second target exchange rate) with a contract process with the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 in a predetermined period (fixed exchange period described later). ) May be fixed. That is, in the fixed exchange period, the server 10 generates the fixed exchange request (the first fixed exchange request or the second fixed exchange request) according to the target exchange rate, and prioritizes the fixed exchange request over the market exchange request. , And the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 may be fulfilled.
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium can be controlled to a value based on the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and the target exchange rate. In particular, when the target exchange rate is "1.00", the effect of keeping the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium equal to or close to the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium is increased.
  • the user can remit (transfer) the second value exchange medium to another user (user ID) using the user terminal 20.
  • the user can also remit (settlement, transfer, reimbursement) the second value exchange medium as compensation for the paid exchange value optionally acquired between users using the user terminal 20 (fourth economic activity).
  • FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram for explaining an example of the mutual relationship among the above-mentioned economic activities, values, and value exchange medium.
  • the relationships among the above-mentioned economic activities, values, and value exchange media can be expressed as follows, for example. The following description is an example, and does not limit the order of generation / execution of each economic activity, value, and value exchange medium, etc., causality, quantity, and the like.
  • the first value exchange medium for the second economic activity is obtained by uniformly increasing the second economic activity basic price (basis of consumption consideration for acquisition of paid consumption value belonging to type II) (based on the content of the commitment) Consumption volume increases, and the evaluation issuance volume of the first value exchange medium increases. As a result, the evaluation issuance quantity of the first value exchange medium per evaluation score increases. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium involved in the evaluation issue based on the evaluation of the no charge value associated with the act of acquiring the chargeable consumption value belonging to Type II and the free exchange value belonging to Type I falls.
  • the user has a sense of the size of the economic value (purchasing power) by the evaluation issuance quantity of the first value exchange medium in the first economic activity, and the economic value by the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second economic activity To match the sense of the user with the size of (purchasing power), the increasing pressure on the price of the paid exchange value in the third economic activity is added, and the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the third economic activity is To increase.
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium related to the paid exchange value belonging to the type III falls.
  • the remittance quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the fourth economic activity will increase.
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium associated with any paid exchange value belonging to type IV falls.
  • the increase in the required quantity of the first value exchange medium increases the quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second exchange, and the debt issuance balance of the first value exchange medium increases.
  • the volume of distribution increases, and the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium decreases to approach the content of the commitment. In other words, the devaluation of the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium penetrates among the users.
  • the second value exchange medium With the increase in demand for the first value exchange medium, the second value exchange medium becomes relatively short, and the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium decreases (the unit exchange value is reduced), and the exchange is performed.
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium relatively increases, and the expected increase rate increases.
  • the execution of the increase processing by the smart contract units 131 and 231 described later increases the total circulation volume of the second value exchange medium, and decreases the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium by the first value exchange medium The unit exchange value is reduced to converge to the target exchange rate multiplied value.
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium is a uniform increase of the second economic activity basic price (consumption consideration standard for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II) Cut down to fit.
  • the first value exchange medium is a relative evaluation of the value (free exchange value) transferred free of charge between the user terminals 20 through the server 10 in the first economic activity, and the economy included in the relative evaluation. Evaluation is issued (evaluation distribution including economic value by evaluation value calculation by evaluation issuance algorithm) based on the value of the value (consumption degree related to acquisition of paid consumption value belonging to type II).
  • the first value exchange medium has a value scale function that is stably and autonomously exhibited because the relative value and the controllable economic value predominate in the first value exchange medium.
  • the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium can be controlled by controlling the price (consumption amount) related to the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II. That is, more generally expressed, in the first value exchange medium, the evaluation issuance quantity is determined based on the relative evaluation of the free exchange value and the consumption degree amount related to the acquisition of the charged consumption value.
  • the first value exchange medium is for exchange processing with the second value exchange medium by the supply of just enough for demand and generation of just enough demand for supply by the exchange function of the server 10.
  • the second value exchange medium has a value storage function in which the quantity is increased or decreased under predetermined conditions so that the unit exchange value continues to converge to the value obtained by multiplying the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate. Value exchange medium.
  • the first value exchange medium is connected to the second value exchange medium by the exchange function possessed by the server 10, and the “relative evaluation of the value for free transfer among users (the evaluation including the economic value by evaluation value calculation) It can be said that this is a value exchange medium in which the value scale function issued (evaluated and issued) based on allocation) is autonomously exhibited.
  • the second value exchange medium is based on the “relative evaluation of the value transferred between users (by keeping the evaluation distribution based on the owned quantity, distribution contribution rate, or movement It can be said that it is a value exchange medium having a value storage function which is issued or canceled (the amount of distribution is increased or decreased autonomously) based on the distribution amount adjustment as the total amount.
  • the second value exchange medium may have, for example, a credit issuing function as described later.
  • the credit issuing user (which may include the system administrator) is an asset such as a credit or stock acquired from the credit issuing user (in other words,
  • the second value exchange medium may be newly issued for the value of the credit issue economic value collection basis that can be represented by the quantity of the two value exchange medium.
  • the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium connected to each other by the exchange function of the server 10 can function as a value exchange medium as an evaluation-oriented money as one body. Then, the value is based on the evaluation value as the economic value inherent to the free exchange value (in other words, the economic value of the first value exchange medium consumed in relation to the acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to type II)
  • the first value exchange medium provides the second value exchange medium with a function (anchoring function) as a standard of unit exchange value, while the first exchange to the second value exchange medium (target in the first exchange)
  • the first value exchange medium of can be canceled by the offset purchase of the server 10) to obtain the value preservation function.
  • the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are the debt issuance algorithm using the exchange function by the server 10, and increase / decrease of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 and 231.
  • value scale function which is the basis of the function as a value exchange medium (in other words, intrinsic per one value exchange medium) Can be provided to the user in a stable, stable, and controllable state over a place or time, which can be said to be a uniform reference function of the size of the economic value, and a uniform reference function of the scale of the ruler.
  • FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining an example of functions of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium in the present embodiment.
  • the function of the value exchange medium (currency) will be described using FIG. 3 in comparison with a legal currency and a virtual currency.
  • the following description is an example, Comprising: The function of each currency is not limited.
  • the resistance to inflation of the legal currency is weak, and not only is it affected by the issuer's macroeconomic policy, but also the credibility is the economic power of the issuer (national power, government bond redemption ability, etc.) It is highly dependent on the forced passing power of the law.
  • the legal currency is issued for each issuer, and it circulates in the economic zone mainly governed by the issuer, today, when “value” circulates all over the world, the exchange has arisen from the necessity of performing international settlement. There is. And, despite being a legal currency whose distribution range is limited to the economic zone governed by the issuing entity, it is also greatly influenced by other legal currencies issued outside the issuing entity, and other legal currency It also has a great deal of influence.
  • circulation control of legal currency is a state in which debt is linked between economic entities such as individuals and corporations by a credit creation system by a commercial bank or the like (a state in which debt and credit are circulated among users). It is limited to the mode of exercising the influence indirectly from the outside, and in most cases, the central bank tries to control the flow by the policy rate (call rate) and the open market operation (buy operation / sell operation).
  • a virtual currency such as so-called bitcoin (also referred to as a cryptographic asset) is unstable in the issuing entity and the location of responsibility, and is merely electronic data, and itself
  • the value of or the value of the subject that is being reconciled has not been established, so it exists as an "intrinsic" value exchange medium.
  • the virtual currency is extremely unclear in the basis of credibility, and although it is distributed throughout the world as a value exchange medium (between users), the unit exchange value is unstable, No one can predict when the value (unit exchange value) falls or rises.
  • the circulation speed of the virtual currency as a value exchange medium does not reach that of the legal currency, and is merely a speculation target for the user.
  • value exchange media such as conventional electronic money and points
  • the source of value is placed in legal currency and it is not a value exchange medium that establishes and circulates an economic zone alone, these are subordinate to legal currency As a medium, the explanation is omitted here.
  • legal currency and virtual currency as value exchange media, but as shown in FIG. 3, the difference between the first value exchange media and the second value exchange media is compared with other value exchange media.
  • the currency is a value exchange medium having a circulating economic zone and performing functions, but the economic zone in which a first value exchange medium circulates is a first network.
  • the first value exchange medium is the only settlement means in the first network, and is issued (evaluated and issued) and distributed in the first network using a predetermined algorithm.
  • the user can perform economic activity (exchange of “value” with other users) by logging in to the first network using an account.
  • economic activity exchange of “value” with other users
  • the basis for the credibility of the first value exchange medium is the economic power of the first network.
  • the first value exchange medium provides the function as a value exchange medium to users across the world (where the user terminal 20 connected to the communication network N is present) across the first network across countries Therefore, a stable "value scale function" is exhibited by a predetermined algorithm. Then, the first value exchange medium exerts a strong “value scale function” compared to legal currency (cancelling by consumption in the second economic activity by the user terminal 20, etc.
  • the second value exchange medium can be exchanged at any time to the first value exchange medium where the quantity increases or decreases autonomously based on the expected increase rate based on the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (" "Content” is a virtual currency (cryptographic asset) having the feature "can be said to be the first value exchange medium". From this, when the second value exchange medium is separated from the first value exchange medium, the expected increase rate can not be calculated, and it can be a so-called "poor" virtual currency. Thus, since the second value exchange medium is premised to function integrally with the first value exchange medium, the second value exchange medium connected to the first value exchange medium will be described.
  • the second value exchange medium is, so to speak, a first value exchange medium based value exchange medium. From this, the economic area of the second value exchange medium (the second network) overlaps with the economic area of the first value exchange medium (the first network), and all the user terminals 20 connected to the communication network N are present. .
  • the basis for the credibility of the second value exchange medium depends on the first value exchange medium.
  • the soundness of the asset such as a credit which the credit issuer acquires from the credit issuer may affect the basis of the credibility of the second value exchange medium. .
  • the second value exchange medium increases or decreases its quantity by cooperative processing of the smart contract units 131 and 231 and the exchange management unit 15, and the “value scale of the first value exchange medium” by another series of algorithm. "Function" is supposed to occur. Also, if the "value scale" (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium fluctuates, the second value exchange medium fluctuates to follow the fluctuation of the "value scale” of the first value exchange medium And increase or decrease based on the expected growth rate, for example, the quantity fluctuates so as to offset the fluctuation of the asset value (exchange value) of the second value exchange medium due to the fluctuation of unit exchange value such as price fluctuation. . And the second value exchange medium has a basic "value storage function" by being a virtual currency.
  • the second value exchange medium is an inflation-resistant, currency-controllable currency in which the "value scale function" and the "value storage function" are exhibited more or more strongly than legal and virtual currencies. It can function as a fast-paced global currency.
  • FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a configuration of the value exchange medium distribution system 1.
  • the value exchange medium distribution system 1 includes a server 10 communicably connected via a communication network N such as the Internet, and a plurality of user terminals 20.
  • the server 10 is an example of an information processing apparatus used by a system administrator, and a service for managing, for example, a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium for a user (hereinafter, “value exchange medium service” May be referred to as
  • the user terminal 20 is an example of an information processing apparatus used by a user, and serves as an interface when using the value exchange medium service provided by the server 10.
  • a network configured by the server 10 and the plurality of user terminals 20 may be referred to as a value exchange medium distribution network.
  • FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the server 10 and the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. Hereinafter, when there is no need to distinguish between the server 10 and the user terminal 20, both are collectively referred to as an information processing apparatus 100.
  • the information processing apparatus 100 is, for example, a smartphone, a mobile phone (feature phone), a computer (eg, desktop, laptop, tablet etc.), a server device, a media computer platform (eg, cable, satellite set top box, digital video recorder etc.) ), Handheld computer devices (eg, PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), e-mail client, etc.), wearable terminals (eg, glasses-type devices, watch-type devices, etc.), other kinds of computers, communication platforms, and a combination of these devices May be included.
  • a mobile phone feature phone
  • a computer eg, desktop, laptop, tablet etc.
  • a server device eg, a media computer platform (eg, cable, satellite set top box, digital video recorder etc.) ), Handheld computer devices (eg, PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), e-mail client, etc.), wearable terminals (eg, glasses-type devices, watch-type devices, etc.), other kinds of computers, communication platforms, and a combination of these devices
  • the information processing apparatus 100 includes a processor 101, a memory 102, a storage 103, an input / output interface (input / output I / F) 104, and a communication interface (communication I / F) 105.
  • the respective components of the hardware of the information processing apparatus 100 are mutually connected via the bus B as an example and not limitation.
  • the information processing apparatus 100 cooperates with the processor 101, the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 to perform the functions and / or methods described in the present embodiment. To realize.
  • the processor 101 executes functions and / or methods implemented by code or instructions included in a program stored in the storage 103.
  • the processor 101 may be, by way of example and not limitation, a central processing unit (CPU), a micro processing unit (MPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, Logic circuits (hardware) or dedicated circuits formed on integrated circuits (ICs (Integrated Circuits) chips, LSIs (Large Scale Integration)), etc., including application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), etc.
  • the circuit may realize each process disclosed in each embodiment.
  • circuits may be realized by one or more integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may be realized by one integrated circuit.
  • LSI may be called VLSI, super LSI, ultra LSI, or the like depending on the degree of integration.
  • the memory 102 temporarily stores the program loaded from the storage 103 by the processor 101 and provides the processor 101 with a work area.
  • the memory 102 also temporarily stores various data generated while the processor 101 is executing a program.
  • the memory 102 includes, by way of example and not limitation, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), and the like.
  • the storage 103 stores a program.
  • the storage 103 includes, by way of example and not limitation, a hard disk drive (HDD), a solid state drive (SSD), a flash memory, and the like.
  • the communication I / F 105 transmits and receives various data via the communication network N.
  • the communication may be performed by wire or wireless, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be performed.
  • the communication I / F 105 has a function of executing communication with another information processing apparatus via the communication network N.
  • the communication I / F 105 transmits various data to another information processing apparatus in accordance with an instruction from the processor 101. Also, the communication I / F 105 receives various data transmitted from another information processing apparatus and transmits the data to the processor 101.
  • the input / output I / F 104 includes an input device for inputting various operations on the information processing apparatus 100, and an output device for outputting the processing result processed by the information processing apparatus 100.
  • the input / output I / F 104 may be integrated with an input device and an output device, or may be separated into an input device and an output device.
  • the input device is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of acquiring an input from a user and transmitting information related to the input to the processor 101.
  • the input device may include, by way of example and not limitation, hardware keys such as a touch panel, touch display, keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input through an image), a microphone (operation input by voice) .
  • the input device may be a GPS sensor, an acceleration sensor, an inclination sensor, a vibration sensor, a temperature sensor, an atmospheric pressure sensor, a humidity sensor, an illuminance sensor, a pressure sensor, a blood pressure sensor, a heart rate sensor, a body temperature sensor, and a sweat sensor. It may include various sensors capable of acquiring various physical quantities based on the operation, the state, and the like.
  • the output device is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the processor 101.
  • the output device may display the display data according to the display data written in the frame buffer, or any one of all types of devices that can display the display data. It is realized by the combination.
  • the output device is, by way of example and not limitation, a touch panel, touch display, monitor (for example but not limited to, liquid crystal display, OELD (Organic Electroluminescence Display), etc.), head mounted display (HMD: Head Mounted Display), projection mapping, hologram , A device capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in air (or vacuum), a speaker (audio output), a printer, etc. These output devices may be able to display display data in 3D.
  • the program of the present embodiment may be provided as stored in a computer readable storage medium.
  • the storage medium can store the program in the “non-transitory tangible medium”.
  • the programs include, by way of example and not limitation, software programs and computer programs.
  • the storage medium is, where appropriate, one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (for example but not limited to field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application specific ICs (ASICs) etc.
  • ICs semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits
  • the storage medium may be volatile, non-volatile, or a combination of volatile and non-volatile, as appropriate.
  • the program of the present embodiment may be provided to the information processing apparatus 100 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program.
  • the present embodiment can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave, in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
  • the program according to the present embodiment is not limited and is, for example, a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or a markup language such as HTML5. Is implemented using a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or a markup language such as HTML5. Is implemented using a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or a markup language such as HTML5. Is implemented using a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or a markup language such as HTML5. Is implemented using a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or
  • At least part of the processing in the information processing apparatus 100 may be realized by cloud computing configured by one or more computers.
  • At least a part of the processing in the information processing apparatus 100 may be performed by another information processing apparatus.
  • at least part of the processing of each functional unit realized by the processor 101 may be performed by another information processing apparatus.
  • FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the server 10.
  • the server 10 has, for example, a storage unit 11, a first value exchange medium management unit 12, a second value exchange medium management unit 13, an account management unit 14, and an exchange place management unit 15. These are realized by the cooperation of the processor 101, the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 which the above-described information processing apparatus 100 has.
  • the storage unit 11 includes an account information table, a search history table, a value table, a second economic activity execution request table, a block table, a first economic activity basic score table, and a second economic activity basic price table , Second economic activity table, first evaluation table, evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table, exchange request table, debt issuance table, third economic activity table, first ledger, second evaluation table, first 2. Store two ledgers and a credit issuance table.
  • FIG. 7A is a diagram showing an example of the account information table.
  • the account information table is a table for managing users.
  • “identification information (user ID) for identifying the user”, “different between individual and business”, “sex, date of birth (in the case of an individual) / type of business, start time (business) In the case of a person), "user information", "area attribute” and the like may be included.
  • the distinction between the individual and the enterprise as the type of the account of the user is recorded in “individual and enterprise distinction”.
  • FIG. 7B is a diagram showing an example of a search history table.
  • the search history table is, for example, a table for managing a search history of free exchange value (value belonging to type I) and paid exchange value (value belonging to type III) performed by the user using the user terminal 20.
  • the search history table for example, “search date and time”, “subject group (including regional attribute)”, “user ID”, “different of first economic activity and third economic activity”, “subject group to be searched” (Including regional attribute), "type”, and "search word” may be included.
  • the server 10 can acquire the history of the search from the user terminal 20 and record the history in the search history table.
  • the server 10 transmits, to the user terminal 20, a result such as a search request or a list request concerning the free exchange value belonging to type I received from the user terminal 20 or the paid exchange value belonging to type III At the same time, it is preferable to record the search content received from the user terminal 20 in the search history table, for example.
  • FIG. 7C is a diagram showing an example of the value table.
  • the value table is a table for managing values belonging to types I and III.
  • the value may be a paid exchange value or a free exchange value.
  • the value table may be divided into a free exchange value table and a paid exchange value table, and the values belonging to type I and the values belonging to type III may be separately managed.
  • ID value ID
  • value type value type
  • type to which value belongs price of value
  • content of value for example, user ID relating to the user who is the value provider (value provider ID And a group of subjects to which the value provider belongs.
  • FIG. 7D is a diagram showing an example of the second economic activity execution request table.
  • the second economic activity execution request table is a table for managing the execution request of the second economic activity received from the user terminal 20 by the server 10.
  • the second economic activity execution request table for example, data as contents of advertisement (push information) related to the second economic activity transmitted from the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is registered.
  • FIG. 7E is a diagram showing an example of a block table.
  • the block table is a table for managing various pieces of information of the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type.
  • the block table may include, for example, a “user ID”, a “start period”, a “end period”, and a “block target”.
  • the beginning and the end respectively mean, for example, the start time and the end time of the period for executing the block.
  • the block target indicates, for example, a category II of the second economic activity, such as push-type or pull-type by another person who is the target of the block.
  • the server 10 When the server 10 receives the “block request” (request to execute the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type) from the user terminal 20, the server 10 performs the second ledger update process and the storage unit 11 of the server 10. It is preferable to record the "block contents" (the contents of the execution request of the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type) in the block table stored in.
  • the block table may be integrated into the second economic activity execution request table described above.
  • FIG. 7F is a diagram showing an example of the first economic activity basic score table.
  • the first economic activity basic score table is a table for managing a basic score serving as a basis for calculating an evaluation score related to the first economic activity.
  • a basic score for performing evaluation on the free exchange value defined by the operation information of the user terminal 20 that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I in the first economic activity is It may be included.
  • a basic score may be defined for each category of category I to which the free exchange value to be subjected to the first economic activity belongs and for each group of subjects.
  • the configuration of the category I included in the first economic activity basic score table, the value of the basic score, etc. may be set by, for example, a system administrator, or the basic score correction received from at least one user terminal 20 It may be determined based on the request.
  • the base score may not have a difference for each subject group, or may have a difference for each subject group so as to reflect the characteristics of each subject group, for example.
  • the basic score may be collectively set (changed) across the subject group for each specific category included in the type I.
  • the substantial weight that the evaluation on the free exchange value belonging to type I has may be different for each category of type I, for each subject group, and for each time. Therefore, for example, the server 10 receives a request for correcting the basic score from the user terminal 20 (a basic score correction request), and corrects the basic score included in the first economic activity basic score table according to the request. It is also good.
  • the basic score correction request may include, for example, a user ID, a category of category I, and information indicating a desired basic score.
  • the server 10 receives the basic score correction request from at least one user terminal 20, and based on the basic score correction request at a predetermined timing (for example, every predetermined period, at a timing designated by the system administrator, or at any time).
  • the basic score included in the first economic activity basic score table may be corrected.
  • the method of calculating the correction value of the base score is not particularly limited, for example, it is a weighted average (including a simple average value), a median, etc. of the base score after desired correction related to each base score correction request. Good.
  • the server 10 analyzes the number and frequency of searches for each category of category I with reference to the search history table stored in the storage unit 11, and then the first economic activity basic score based on the analysis result The basic score included in the table may be corrected.
  • the user terminal 20 may display a screen for inputting various information related to the basic score correction request by the user.
  • the screen may be configured in any manner.
  • FIG. 7G is a diagram showing an example of a second economic activity basic price table.
  • the second economic activity basic price table is a table for managing a basic price which is a basis for calculating the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium according to the second economic activity.
  • the operation state of the user terminal 20 that is the target of the second economic activity that receives the execution request content pertaining to the act of acquiring paid value belonging to Type II in the second economic activity (for example, In the case of the “push type”, the server 10 executes the contents of the execution request related to the acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered in the second economic activity execution request table, the free of charge belonging to the type I
  • the exchange value may be transmitted to the display device of the user terminal 20 based on the operation state of the user terminal 20 to obtain the exchange value, or in the case of “pull type”, the server 10 belongs to Type II which approved the execution request.
  • the user is about to acquire paid consumption value belonging to type II, which is the execution request source, without registering the execution request content relating to acquisition of charged consumption value in the second economic activity execution request table.
  • the second economic activity basic price table may include, for example, the basic price for each category II of the type II category to which the paid consumption value to be acquired in the second economic activity belongs, and for each group of entities. The “type II category” and the “base price” etc.
  • the “basic price” may not have a difference for each subject group, or may have a difference for each subject group, but the value according to the present embodiment across a plurality of subject groups having different purchasing power sizes.
  • the system administrator defines in advance each paid consumption value category so as to classify paid consumption value to be dealt with in the second economic activity in advance, and, for example, for each category of category II of each entity group, type IIA of entity group A For example, "300 ACT / min", type IIB "800 ACT / time”, or type IIC "5 ACT / pixel x min", etc., and base price according to the form of the act of acquiring paid consumption value. You should set it.
  • each paid consumption value represented by the base price for the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value belonging to Type II may differ depending on the category, category of subjects, or time of each type II. Therefore, the server 10 is based on, for example, an information processing apparatus operated by a system administrator connected to the server 10, an input / output I / F 104 (apparatus) of the server 10, or a machine learning apparatus connected to the server 10 described above.
  • a request for correcting the price may be received, and the base price included in the second economic activity base price table may be corrected according to the base price correction request.
  • the base price correction request may include, for example, a category II category, a group of entities, and information indicating the corrected base price.
  • the server 10 receives a base price correction request from at least one of the devices, and at a predetermined timing (for example, every predetermined period, a timing designated by the system administrator, or any time), the server 10 (2)
  • the basic price included in the economic activity basic price table may be corrected.
  • the calculation method of the correction value of a base price is not specifically limited, For example, you may be arbitrary base prices etc. which concern on each base price correction request
  • FIG. 7H is a diagram showing an example of the second economic activity table.
  • the second economic activity table is a table for managing various information related to the second economic activity.
  • “date time”, “user ID of user performing second economic activity”, “subject group to which user performing second economic activity belongs”, “second economic activity quantity”, “Type” and "a group of subjects to which the user who is the target of the second economic activity belongs” may be included.
  • the "date time” records the time at which the second economic activity took place.
  • the date and time may be set to the world standard time.
  • the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second economic activity performed by the “user performing the second economic activity” is recorded.
  • the “type” a category of type II to which the paid consumption value to be acquired in the second economic activity performed by the user belongs is recorded.
  • FIG. 7I is a diagram showing an example of the first evaluation table.
  • the first evaluation table is a table for managing various information related to the first economic activity for each of the first economic activity.
  • “date and time” for each of the first economic activities for example, “date and time” for each of the first economic activities, “free exchange value ID”, “type”, “free exchange value provider user ID”, “free exchange value provider belongs”.
  • a subject group, a user ID of a gratis exchange value acquirer, a body group to which a gratis exchange value acquirer belongs, an evaluation score, an evaluation value, an evaluation issue, and the like may be included.
  • the "date time” records the time when the first economic activity took place.
  • the free exchange value ID the ID of the free exchange value generated by the first economic activity is recorded.
  • the “evaluation score” is calculated based on the first economic activity basic score table and the operation information related to the acquisition of the free exchange value of the user terminal 20 used by the free exchange value acquirer, the evaluation value and the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor Calculation of evaluation score which is the basis of calculation is calculated and recorded quantitatively.
  • the operation information is information that indicates arbitrarily (qualitatively or quantitatively) the operation of the user terminal 20 when the user terminal 20 uses (acquires) the free replacement value.
  • the operation information includes the various input devices (the touch panel, the touch display, the hardware key such as the keyboard, the pointing device such as the mouse, the camera, the microphone, the GPS sensor, the acceleration sensor, the tilt sensor, and the vibration sensor) included in the information processing apparatus Temperature sensor, barometric pressure sensor, humidity sensor, illuminance sensor, pressure sensor, blood pressure sensor, heart rate sensor, body temperature sensor, perspiration sensor, etc.). More specifically, the operation information may be, for example, the reproduction time for free exchange value which is moving image data, and the amount of display data (including the number of displayed characters) for free exchange value which is character data such as articles.
  • the free exchange value, which is image data may be the number of display pixels or the like.
  • the motion information is data serving as a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score determined for each category I category and each subject group. That is, the operation information is information that can be a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score related to the free exchange value belonging to the type I acquired by the user terminal 20.
  • a system administrator or the like may optionally set what kind of input data the operation information is to be acquired. In particular, the system administrator or the like may set the operation information such that the evaluation score described above is rationally calculated according to the mode of the free exchange value for each category of type I. In the “evaluation value”, an evaluation value calculated by the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 described later is recorded.
  • evaluation issue information indicating whether the evaluation issue of the first value exchange medium based on the evaluation value by the evaluation issuing unit 123 described later has been executed or not completed is recorded.
  • the server 10 uses the history information of the user's behavior of obtaining the free exchange value belonging to the type I etc. as other tables stored in the storage unit 11 and the big data integrated with the ledger. It becomes possible to acquire, and by treating the historical information (big data) as "value" generated in the first network, "value” generated in the first network by the first economic activity through the second economic activity is extracted It is possible to provide the user terminal 20 with the resulting economic value obtained from the action as paid consumption value.
  • the evaluation score recorded in the first evaluation table may be determined, for example, by the evaluation correction unit 127 of the server 10 at a predetermined timing (for example, before calculation processing of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor by the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 is started). At any point in time) may be corrected by a predetermined evaluation correction algorithm.
  • the evaluation correction algorithm may be a process of correcting the evaluation score based on an arbitrary parameter related to the first economic activity and / or setting information set by a user, a system administrator or the like.
  • the evaluation and correction algorithm obtains the attribute of a specific free exchange value (free exchange value acquired by a free exchange value acquirer in the first economic activity) related to the evaluation score to be corrected, by the user within a predetermined period.
  • the processing may be such that the evaluation score is corrected based on the ratio of all the free exchange value attributes.
  • the evaluation correction unit 127 or the like of the server 10 includes the category among all free replacement values acquired by the user in the predetermined period. It is also possible to calculate the proportion of the free exchange value to be used and correct the evaluation score to be corrected based on the proportion. At this time, the evaluation score may be corrected to be smaller as the ratio is larger. Moreover, you may correct
  • the evaluation correction unit 127 or the like of the server 10 converts the free replacement to be corrected among all the free replacement values acquired by the user within the predetermined period.
  • the ratio of the free exchange value provided by the provider of value may be calculated, and the evaluation score to be corrected may be corrected based on the ratio.
  • the evaluation score may be corrected to be smaller as the ratio is larger.
  • the correction process of the evaluation score may be executed, for example, by multiplying the evaluation score by a predetermined correction magnification.
  • y a + (1 ⁇ browsing ratio of each category) ⁇ b
  • a is an added value when all the free categories of the same category are obtained
  • b is a category that has never been obtained It is an added value when acquiring the free exchange value of.
  • y ' a' + (1-browsing rate of each user) x b '
  • a' is an added value when all the same free exchange value providers have obtained the free exchange value provided by the provider.
  • B ′ represents the added value when the free exchange value provided by the free exchange value provider that has never been obtained is acquired.
  • the evaluation correction algorithm corrects the evaluation score based on, for example, the proportion of the part (outputted by the user terminal 20) used by the free exchange value acquirer in the entire free exchange value of one unit. It may be.
  • the evaluation score correction process may be performed, for example, by multiplying the evaluation score by a predetermined correction magnification.
  • the correction magnification may be, for example, the ratio of the portion (outputted by the user terminal 20) used by the free exchange value acquirer in the entire free exchange value of one unit.
  • FIG. 7J is a diagram showing an example of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table is a table for managing an evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor to be described later in each evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiple calculation period may be a predetermined period for calculating the evaluation purchasing power multiple which is arbitrarily set by a system administrator or the like.
  • each evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor may be recorded for each subject group.
  • FIG. 7K is a diagram showing an example of the exchange request table.
  • the exchange request table is a table for managing an exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and a process (a first exchange or a second exchange) for the exchange request.
  • a process a first exchange or a second exchange
  • the exchange request table for example, “date time of exchange request”, “user ID”, “subject group”, “exchange request type”, “quantity”, “desired exchange rate”, and “date time of execution process” May be included.
  • the time when the server 10 acquires the exchange request from the user terminal 20 is recorded in the “date time of the exchange request”.
  • As the “user ID”, a user ID related to the user terminal 20 that has transmitted the exchange request is recorded.
  • the subject group the subject group to which the user related to the user terminal 20 that has sent the exchange request belongs is recorded.
  • the type of exchange request that is, whether the exchange request is the first exchange request or the second exchange request is recorded in the “exchange request type”.
  • the quantity of the exchange medium (the first value exchange medium in the case of the first exchange request, the second value exchange medium in the case of the second exchange request) for which exchange is desired is recorded.
  • the desired exchange rate the ratio of unit exchange value between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user is recorded.
  • the “date and time of the settlement process” records the time when the server 10 executes the settlement process for the exchange request.
  • FIG. 7L is a diagram showing an example of a debt issuance table.
  • the debt issuance table is a table for managing various quantities related to the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium.
  • the debt issuance table for example, “debt issuance quantity”, “offset purchase quantity”, “time-cancellation quantity”, “debt issuance balance”, “first value exchange medium total circulation amount”, and “debt issuance balance” (The ratio of the balance of debt issuance to the total circulation volume of the first value exchange medium) may be included.
  • the debt issuance quantity is A
  • the offset purchase quantity is B
  • the timed cancellation quantity is B ′
  • the balance of debt issuance can be expressed as A ⁇ (B + B ′).
  • Debt issue volume A is the accumulated debt issue volume
  • offset purchase quantity B is the cumulative offset purchase quantity
  • timed cancellation quantity B ' is the newly time-cancelled quantity. It may be calculated as the accumulation of
  • FIG. 7M is a diagram showing an example of a third economic activity table.
  • the third economic activity table is a table for managing various types of information related to the actually performed third economic activity.
  • the third economic activity table for example, “date time”, “provider entity group”, “provider user ID”, “acquirer entity group”, “acquirer user ID”, “type”, “first "Value exchange medium quantity” may be included.
  • the "date time” records the time when the third economic activity took place. The date and time may be set to the world standard time.
  • the “provider principal group” the principal group to which the user who has become the provider in the third economic activity belongs is recorded.
  • the ID of the user who has become the provider in the third economic activity is recorded.
  • the “acquirer principal group” records the principal group to which the user who has become the acquirer in the third economic activity belongs.
  • the “acquirer user ID” records the user ID of the user who has become the acquirer in the third economic activity.
  • a category of type III to which the paid exchange value pertaining to the third economic activity performed by the user belongs is recorded.
  • the “first value exchange medium quantity” records the quantity of the first value exchange medium as the exchange price for the paid exchange value to be traded in the third economic activity.
  • FIG. 7N is a diagram showing an example of the first ledger.
  • the first ledger is a ledger for managing various information related to the first value exchange medium.
  • the first ledger contains information on the issuance, transfer (transfer), cancellation, etc. of the first value exchange medium.
  • the first ledger may include “medium ID”, “acquired user ID”, “acquired date”, “acquired cause”, “remittance source user ID”, and “scheduled cancellation date”, etc. Good.
  • the medium ID is information for identifying each first value exchange medium.
  • the acquisition user ID is the user ID of the user who acquired the first value exchange medium.
  • the acquisition date is the date on which the user acquired the first value exchange medium.
  • the acquisition cause is a cause by which the user acquired the first value exchange medium, and may include, for example, evaluation issuance, debt issuance, third economic activity, and (mere) remittance.
  • the “remittance source user ID” is a user ID of a user who remits the acquired first value exchange medium when the acquisition cause is the third economic activity or (simple) remittance.
  • the scheduled cancellation date is the date of the cancellation deadline of the first value exchange medium set by the server 10.
  • each of the first value exchange media is given a medium ID to distinguish them. However, as the first ledger, the number of first value exchange media linked to each user ID may be recorded without distinguishing each of the first value exchange media.
  • the “medium ID” consumption by the user in the second economic activity, offset purchase by the second execution process of the server 10 based on the first exchange request of the user terminal 20, or “scheduled cancellation date
  • the first value exchange medium to be canceled may be canceled from the first ledger, or “user ID” may be left blank without being canceled.
  • the “medium ID” itself may be managed cumulatively.
  • “medium ID” in which "user ID” became blank may continue to be accumulated, or it may be accumulated after a predetermined period has elapsed.
  • the "medium ID” in which the stacked "user ID” is blank may be allocated to the evaluation issue or the debt issue.
  • the first ledger record is rewritten according to the issuance, transfer (transfer) or cancellation of the first value exchange medium, but for each of the first value exchange medium, from issuance to transfer and The history leading to cancellation may be left as a record.
  • FIG. 7O is a diagram showing an example of the second evaluation table.
  • the second evaluation table is a table for evaluating each user from the remittance state of the second value exchange medium between the server 10 and the user terminal 20. That is, when the second evaluation table is included in the configuration, "increase based only on increase pattern (iii) movement evaluation value" of the second value exchange medium described later, or “increase pattern (iv) quantity held and movement evaluation value Based on the above, instead of determining the newly issued quantity simply by the size of the remittance quantity, by evaluating the contents of remittance using the second evaluation table, the new issue of the second value exchange medium at the time of increase It becomes possible to “determine the amount based on the movement evaluation value and the achieved additional rate”.
  • the second value exchange medium quantity newly issued to the user is recorded in the “second evaluation table.
  • the ratio of the movement evaluation value of the user to the total movement evaluation value ⁇ (attainment incremental rate ⁇ 1) ⁇ the second value exchange medium distribution total amount ”, in other words, the movement evaluation value in the second evaluation table is the first evaluation It can be said that it plays almost the same role as the score on the table. Thereby, the flow speeds of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium can be improved.
  • “date time”, “quantity of second value exchange medium”, “remittance user ID”, “payment user ID”, “remittance division”, “remittance division ratio”, “cancellation amount” “Determination” and “movement evaluation value” may be included.
  • the “date and time” records the date and time when the movement of the second value exchange medium was performed. The time may be world standard time.
  • the “second value exchange medium quantity” records the quantity of the second value exchange medium on which the movement has been performed.
  • the “remittance user ID” records the identification number of the user who has been disconnected from the medium ID. In the “payment user ID”, the identification number of the user newly linked to the medium ID is recorded. In FIG.
  • "U000” is described as a server ID. Classification according to the remittance status is recorded in "Remittance Division". For example, if A is a second exchange request by the user terminal 20 and remittance of the second value exchange medium to the server 10 occurs when the first market exchange request by the server 10 is fulfilled, if B, the charge or fee in the first network
  • the remittance division is set in advance in such a way as remittance of the second value exchange medium to the server 10 occurring at the time of settlement etc. and remittance of the second value exchange medium between the user terminals 20 such as transfer or settlement if C. deep.
  • Remittance Division Ratio the ratio set according to the remittance division is recorded.
  • Offset determination determines whether or not the executed remittance is added to the calculation of the movement evaluation value, for example, 0 if it is determined to be added to the calculation of the movement evaluation value (no cancellation determination), the movement evaluation value If it is determined that it is not added to the calculation of (with cancellation determination), 1 is recorded. Furthermore, if it is determined that the remittance which was previously determined not to be offsetted is determined to be offsetted by the transaction that occurred later, the offsetting determination of the remittance may be rewritten and recorded, or the movement evaluation value may be decreased. A line may be created just to make it happen.
  • the depositing user U001 transfers money to the remittance user U002 by normal transfer C within a predetermined period.
  • the movement of the same number of second value exchange medium may not be added to the movement evaluation value.
  • the second evaluation table of FIG. 7O when the movement of row 5 is executed, there is a transaction of row 1 first, so row 1 and the same quantity of 120,000 ESTs from 186,000 in row 5 The movement evaluation value is calculated using only the subtracted 66,000 ESTs.
  • the movement evaluation value of row 1 is rewritten to 0.
  • a line may be created to reduce the movement evaluation value of U001 by minus 120,000.
  • the "movement evaluation value” is calculated by (quantity of second value exchange medium) x (remittance division ratio) The calculated value is recorded.
  • FIG. 7P is a diagram showing an example of the second ledger.
  • the second ledger is constituted by, for example, a block chain, and includes transaction information (transaction) of the second value exchange medium.
  • the block contains information about any transaction between users.
  • each block includes a list of transactions that are information about digest data and transactions.
  • the digest data includes a new hash value calculated from the previous block. That is, as shown in FIG. 7P, each block is stored as a transaction database (block chain) in a chain-like state by including a hash value calculated from information included in the block immediately before the block. Be done.
  • a transaction is data that records transactions of the second value exchange medium between users.
  • a transaction includes input information indicating information on a transfer source and output information indicating information on a transfer destination.
  • the input information includes transaction output information (identification information (transaction hash value, sequence number, etc.) specifying a transaction) when the transfer source user receives the transfer of the second value exchange medium to be traded, and It includes information for certifying that the user owns the second value exchange medium (a script satisfying the conditions for using the output, etc.).
  • FIG. 7Q is a diagram showing another example of the second ledger.
  • the second ledger contains information on the issue, transfer (transfer) and cancellation of the second value exchange medium.
  • the second ledger includes, for example, “medium ID”, “user ID”, “acquisition cause”, “acquisition date” and the like.
  • the medium ID is information for identifying each second value exchange medium.
  • the user ID is information for identifying the holder of the second value exchange medium.
  • the acquisition cause is information indicating the cause of acquisition of the second value exchange medium, and for example, a new issue by an increase process of the second value exchange medium described later by the server 10 or the user terminal 20, the exchange office function of the server 10.
  • It may include acquisition as compensation for the first value exchange medium by the first exchange, remittance from another user terminal 20, and the like.
  • the acquisition cause may include, for example, debt issuance by the server 10.
  • the acquisition cause may include, for example, issuance of a credit by the server 10 or the user terminal 20.
  • the acquisition date is the date when the user acquired the second value exchange medium.
  • a medium ID is attached to each of the second value exchange media to distinguish them.
  • the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID may be recorded without distinguishing each second value exchange media.
  • the second value exchange medium canceled by the smart contract unit 131 or the decrease execution unit 131e or 231e of the 231 may be canceled from the second ledger, or canceled.
  • the "medium ID” itself may be cumulatively managed by leaving the "user ID” blank.
  • “medium ID” in which "user ID” became blank may continue to be accumulated, or it may be accumulated after a predetermined period has elapsed.
  • the "medium ID” in which the stacked "user ID” is blank may be assigned to the issue by the increase execution unit 131c or 231c.
  • the second ledger record is rewritten according to the issuance, transfer (transfer) or cancellation of the second value exchange medium, but for each second value exchange medium, from the issue to the transfer and The history leading to cancellation may be left as a record.
  • FIG. 7R is a diagram showing an example of the credit issuance table.
  • the credit issuance table contains information on the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium.
  • the credit issuing table includes, for example, “credit issuing party ID”, “credit issuing source ID”, “credit issuing quantity”, “credit canceling quantity”, “credit issuing balance”, and “credit issuing limit”. Quantity etc. are included.
  • “Credit Issued Party ID” is a user ID as a credit issued party.
  • the “credit issuer ID” is a system administrator ID as a credit issuer or a user ID.
  • the "credit issued quantity” is the (cumulative) quantity of the second value exchange medium issued credit to the user of the credit issuing destination.
  • “Credit cancellation quantity” is the (cumulative) quantity of the second value exchange medium for which the credit cancellation destination user has canceled the credit.
  • “Credit issuance balance” is the balance of the credit issuance volume currently issued to the user of the credit issuer (ie, "(cumulative) credit issuance volume-(cumulative) credit cancellation volume”) .
  • the credit issuance limit quantity is a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity for the user of the credit issuing party.
  • the first value exchange medium management unit 12 includes, for example, a value processing unit 121, a free exchange value evaluation unit 122, an evaluation issuing unit 123, a remittance processing unit 124, a settlement processing unit 125, and a cancellation processing unit 126; It has an evaluation correction unit 127 and a second economic activity processing unit 128.
  • the value processing unit 121 executes a process related to the value received from the user terminal 20.
  • the free exchange value evaluation unit 122 is an example of an evaluation issuance algorithm, and executes evaluation processing of the value transferred between users free of charge and the free exchange value provider.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 evaluates and issues the first value exchange medium to the free exchange value provider based on the evaluation value calculated by the free exchange value evaluation unit 122.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 executes remittance processing between users of the first value exchange medium.
  • the settlement processing unit 125 executes processing relating to the settlement relating to the third economic activity among the users of the first value exchange medium.
  • the cancellation processing unit 126 manages the cancellation time limit of each first value exchange medium, and executes a process of canceling the first value exchange medium whose cancellation time limit has arrived.
  • the evaluation correction unit 127 executes a process of correcting the first economic activity basic score table.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 executes processing relating to the second economic activity.
  • Second value exchange medium management unit 13 has, for example, a smart contract unit 131 and a credit issuing unit 132.
  • the smart contract unit 131 is configured as a so-called smart contract that automatically executes a predetermined process when a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, and more specifically, based on monitoring of a market exchange rate. Execute increase / decrease processing (increase or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium.
  • the smart contract unit 131 has, for example, a market exchange rate acquisition unit 131a, an increase condition determination unit 131b, an increase execution unit 131c, a decrease condition determination unit 131d, and a decrease execution unit 131e.
  • the market exchange rate acquisition unit 131a acquires, for example, the market exchange rate from the exchange management unit 15 (for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151) of the server 10.
  • the increase condition determination unit 131b determines, for example, whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied.
  • the increase execution unit 131 c executes, for example, a process of increasing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the increase condition determination unit 131 b.
  • the decrease condition determination unit 131d determines, for example, whether a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied.
  • the reduction execution unit 131e executes, for example, a process of reducing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the reduction condition determination unit 131d.
  • the credit issuing unit 132 executes, for example, processing relating to the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium.
  • the credit issuing unit 132 includes, for example, a receiving unit 132a, an update information generating unit 132b, and a determining unit 132c.
  • the accepting unit 132 a accepts, for example, a credit issuance request from the user terminal 20.
  • the update information generation unit 132 b generates, for example, update information of the second ledger for issuing a credit. More specifically, the update information generation unit 132b is provided, for example, from the user ID that is the credit issuance request source, represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the credit issuance request.
  • the update information for newly issuing (credit issuing) a second value exchange medium of a quantity based on the value of the value of the asset to be generated is generated.
  • the determination unit 132c determines, for example, whether or not the balance of the second value exchange medium that is credit-issued for the user ID related to the credit issuance request exceeds a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity.
  • Account management unit 14 executes basic processing for the user to use the value exchange medium service, such as user registration and login processing.
  • the processing of the account management unit 14 may include authentication processing such as biometric authentication or two-step authentication.
  • the exchange management unit 15 executes processing as an exchange of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium provided by the server 10.
  • the exchange management unit 15 for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151, the first exchange request reception unit 152a, the second exchange request reception unit 152b, the first market exchange request generation unit 153a, and the second market exchange request.
  • the exchange rate calculation unit 151 includes a desired exchange rate (a first desired exchange rate and a second desired exchange rate) which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user.
  • the exchange rate (including the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate), which is the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate, may be calculated on the basis of.
  • the first exchange request receiving unit 152a may receive the first exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and record the first exchange request in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11.
  • the first exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging a predetermined quantity of first value exchange medium for a second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate desired by the user.
  • the second exchange request receiving unit 152 b may receive the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and record the second exchange request in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11.
  • the second exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging a predetermined value of the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate desired by the user.
  • the first market exchange request generation unit 153a may generate, for example, a predetermined first market exchange request.
  • the predetermined first market exchange request is, for example, a market exchange rate (first market exchange rate), which is a market of desired exchange rates (first desired exchange rate and second desired exchange rate), It may be a requirement to exchange a one-value exchange medium for a second value exchange medium.
  • the second market exchange request generation unit 153 b may generate, for example, a predetermined second market exchange request.
  • the predetermined second market exchange request is, for example, a market exchange rate (second market exchange rate) which is a market of desired exchange rates (first desired exchange rate and second desired exchange rate) It may be a request to exchange a two-value exchange medium for a first value exchange medium.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a may execute contract processing of, for example, a first market exchange request, a first fixed exchange request, and the like, and a second exchange request that satisfies a predetermined first contract condition.
  • the predetermined first execution condition may be, for example, that the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first exchange rate, and that the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first target exchange rate. May be included. Also, the predetermined first execution condition may include that the second exchange request is successful.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b may execute contract processing of, for example, a second exchange request, a second fixed exchange request, and the like, and a first exchange request that satisfies a predetermined second contract condition.
  • the predetermined second execution condition may be, for example, that the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the second exchange rate, and that the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the second target exchange rate. May be included. Also, the predetermined second execution condition may include that the first exchange request is successful.
  • the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a for example, when the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID increases in response to the predetermined increase condition being satisfied, the first exchange request related to the first exchange request.
  • the desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the first exchange request.
  • the second exchange request is made.
  • the second desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the increase in the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request.
  • the desired exchange rate correction unit 155b decreases the first exchange request according to the first exchange request.
  • the desired exchange rate may be modified to offset the decreasing rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the first exchange request.
  • the desired exchange rate correction unit 155 b reduces the number of second value exchange media associated with each user ID in response to the predetermined reduction condition being satisfied, for example, when the second exchange request is made.
  • the second desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the decrease in the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request.
  • the first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a may generate, for example, a predetermined first fixed exchange request.
  • the predetermined first fixed exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at a predetermined target exchange rate (first target exchange rate).
  • the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b may generate, for example, a predetermined second fixed exchange request.
  • the predetermined second fixed exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at a predetermined target exchange rate (second target exchange rate).
  • FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the user terminal 20.
  • the user terminal 20 includes, for example, a storage unit 21, a first value exchange medium processing unit 22, a second value exchange medium processing unit 23, an account processing unit 24, an exchange request processing unit 25, and a display processing unit 26.
  • a storage unit 21 a first value exchange medium processing unit 22, a second value exchange medium processing unit 23, an account processing unit 24, an exchange request processing unit 25, and a display processing unit 26.
  • the processor 101 the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 which the above-described information processing apparatus 100 has.
  • the storage unit 21 stores, for example, a second evaluation table, a second ledger, and a wallet management application X.
  • the second ledger may be configured as a distributed ledger such as a block chain, for example, and may include transaction information (transaction) of the second value exchange medium.
  • the second evaluation table may be configured as a distributed ledger such as a block chain as in the second ledger, or may be attached to the second ledger.
  • the wallet management application X is a generic term for the wallet management application X1 and the wallet management application X2.
  • the wallet management application X1 is an application for managing the first value exchange medium (linked to the user ID) owned by the user recorded in the first ledger.
  • the user issues the first value exchange medium from other users (user ID and server ID) by using the wallet management application X1 using the user terminal 20 (evaluation issuance from the server 10 and debt issuance), and transfer Accept the transfer (including transfer as compensation for any transaction), and transfer the first value exchange medium to other users (user ID and server ID) (transfer as compensation for unilateral remittance and any transaction) Can be done).
  • the wallet management application X2 also functions as an application for managing the second value exchange medium owned by the user recorded in the second ledger.
  • the user issues credit of second value exchange medium from other users (user ID and server ID), transfer (one-way remittance, and consideration for any transaction) by the wallet management application X2 using the user terminal 20. May be included in the assignment), the issuance of the second value exchange medium by the increase execution unit 131c and 231c, the cancellation of the second value exchange medium by the decrease execution unit 131e and 231e, and other users It is preferable to be able to transfer the second value exchange medium to (user ID and server ID).
  • the first value exchange medium processing unit 22 includes, for example, a value registration processing unit 221, a remittance unit 222, a second economic activity processing unit 223, a value utilization unit 224, and a basic score correction request unit 225.
  • the value registration processing unit 221 executes registration processing regarding the paid exchange value belonging to the type III or the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
  • the remittance unit 222 executes a process related to remittance of the first value exchange medium.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 223 executes a process related to the second economic activity.
  • the value using unit 224 executes processing relating to the use of the paid exchange value or the free exchange value.
  • the basic score correction request unit 225 executes a process related to a request to correct the basic score related to the evaluation of the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
  • the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 includes, for example, a smart contract unit 231 and a credit issuing unit 232.
  • the smart contract unit 231 is configured as a so-called smart contract that automatically executes a predetermined process when a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, and more specifically, based on monitoring of the market exchange rate. Execute increase / decrease processing (increase or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium.
  • the smart contract unit 231 includes, for example, a market exchange rate acquisition unit 231a, an increase condition determination unit 231b, an increase execution unit 231c, a decrease condition determination unit 231d, and a decrease execution unit 231e.
  • the market exchange rate acquisition unit 231a acquires the market exchange rate from the exchange management unit 15 (for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151) of the server 10.
  • the increase condition determination unit 231b determines, for example, whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied.
  • the increase execution unit 231c executes, for example, a process of increasing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the increase condition determination unit 231b.
  • the reduction condition determination unit 231d determines, for example, whether a predetermined reduction condition is satisfied.
  • the reduction execution unit 231e executes, for example, a process of reducing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the reduction condition determination unit 231d.
  • the credit issuing unit 232 executes, for example, processing relating to the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium.
  • the credit issuing unit 232 includes, for example, a reception unit 232a, an update information generation unit 232b, and a determination unit 232c.
  • the reception unit 232a receives a credit issuance request from the user terminal 20.
  • the update information generation unit 232 b generates, for example, update information of the second ledger for issuing a credit. More specifically, the update information generation unit 232b is provided, for example, from the user ID that is the credit issuance request source, represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the credit issuance request.
  • the update information for newly issuing (credit issuing) a second value exchange medium of a quantity based on the value of the value of the asset to be generated is generated.
  • the determination unit 232c determines, for example, whether or not the balance of the second value exchange medium that is credit-issued for the user ID related to the credit issuance request exceeds a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity.
  • the account processing unit 24 executes basic processing for the user to use the value exchange medium service, such as user registration and login processing.
  • the processing of the account processing unit 24 may include authentication processing such as biometric authentication or two-step authentication.
  • the exchange request processing unit 25 transmits to the server 10 an exchange request of contents according to the user's operation.
  • the exchange request processing unit 25 includes, for example, a first exchange request processing unit 251 and a second exchange request processing unit 252.
  • the first exchange request processing unit 251 transmits a first exchange request to the server 10 according to the user's operation.
  • the second exchange request processing unit 252 transmits a second exchange request to the server 10 according to the user's operation.
  • Display processing unit 26 executes processing to display various screens on the display device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20 based on predetermined display data.
  • First value exchange medium (3-1) Value registration registration processing of the free exchange value as the basis of evaluation and issuance of the first value exchange medium in the present embodiment, and first value exchange concerning the third economic activity
  • the registration process of the paid exchange value which is the basis of the settlement of the medium (payment of the consideration)
  • the user is the free exchange value on which the issuance of the first value exchange medium is based, or the paid exchange value on which the settlement of the first value exchange medium related to the third economic activity (payment of consideration) is based.
  • the server 10 When registering a value, the user makes the value to be provided a paid exchange value or a free exchange value, that is, transfers the first value exchange medium from other users who use (acquire) the value. It is good to be able to choose whether to receive or not.
  • FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of a paid exchange value registration process.
  • the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A receives an input of the paid exchange value registration information, for example, according to the operation of the input device (input / output I / F) by the user A.
  • the charge exchange value registration information is information related to registration of charge exchange value, and includes information indicating charge exchange value and price.
  • FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the paid exchange value registration information input screen 300A-1 displayed on the user terminal 20A.
  • the paid exchange value registration information input screen 300A-1 is, for example, an input unit 301 for the paid exchange value to be registered, a price setting unit 302, a type selection unit 303, and a registration request for the paid exchange value. And a selection unit 304 for transmission.
  • the user can input the paid exchange value to be registered.
  • the input unit 301 displays, for example, information for specifying the paid exchange value, such as a storage location of the paid exchange value and a file name stored in the storage area of the user terminal 20A.
  • the data format of the paid exchange value and the mode of its input are not limited to those described above.
  • the input unit 301 may be a form that can directly input a text such as an exhibition form on an electronic commerce site or an input form on an SNS.
  • the paid exchange value may be user operation and environment information acquired by the user terminal 20A including the wearable terminal and the like. This may allow, for example, skilled workers, dancers and other analog operations to be treated as "economic value (paid exchange value)".
  • the paid exchange value may be 3D information of an object acquired by the user terminal 20A including a 3D scan terminal.
  • the paid exchange value may be data such as a moving image (live broadcast of television) or voice (live broadcast of radio) provided by so-called live distribution.
  • information acquired by the user terminal 20A connected to an input device such as video or audio is transmitted to the server 10 in real time, and other viewing devices connected to the user terminal 20 (input By outputting to the output I / F 104), it may be possible to distribute the information between users in real time.
  • the user can set the quantity (price) of the first value exchange medium to be used for the value use (acquisition).
  • the paid exchange value may be registered as “free paid exchange value”.
  • the user is the value user when the user who is the other value user uses the paid exchange value (performs the third economic activity), as described later.
  • transfer of the quantity set in the price setting unit 302 is received.
  • the type selection unit 303 the user can select a category of paid exchange value from the categories included in the type III (including a category into which the type III is subdivided such as type IIIA, IIIB, IIIC, etc.) You should do it.
  • the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A transmits a paid exchange value registration request to the server 10 when the user inputs the paid exchange value registration information and selects the selection unit 304.
  • the charge exchange value registration request includes the charge exchange value registration information described above.
  • FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of registration process of free exchange value.
  • the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A receives an input of the free replacement value registration information, for example, according to the operation of the input device (input / output I / F) by the user A.
  • the free replacement value registration information is information related to the free replacement value registration, and includes free replacement value described later.
  • FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of the free replacement value registration information input screen 300A-2 displayed on the user terminal 20A.
  • the free replacement value registration information input screen 300A-2 includes, for example, a free replacement value input unit 305 to be registered, a type selection unit 306, and a selection unit for transmitting a free replacement value registration request. And 307.
  • the user can input data relating to the free exchange value to be registered.
  • the input unit 305 displays, for example, information for specifying the free replacement value, such as the storage location and file name of the free replacement value stored in the storage area of the user terminal 20A.
  • the form of the free exchange value and the aspect of the input are not restricted to what was mentioned above.
  • the input unit 305 may be a form that can directly input a text such as an exhibition form on an electronic commerce site or an input form on an SNS.
  • the free replacement value may be user operation and environment information acquired by the user terminal 20A including the wearable terminal and the like. This may enable, for example, skilled workers, dancers and other analog operations to be treated as "value (free exchange value)".
  • the free exchange value may be 3D information of an object acquired by the user terminal 20A including the 3D scan terminal.
  • value free exchange value
  • the free exchange value may be data such as a moving image (live broadcast of television) and voice (live broadcast of radio) provided by so-called live distribution.
  • information acquired by the user terminal 20A connected to an input device (input / output I / F 104) such as video or audio is transmitted to the server 10 in real time, and other viewing devices connected to the user terminal 20 (input By outputting to the output I / F 104), it may be possible to distribute the information between users in real time.
  • the type selection unit 306 the user can select the category of the free exchange value from the categories included in the type I (including a category in which the type I is subdivided such as type IA, IB, IC, etc.) You should do it.
  • the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A transmits a free replacement value registration request to the server 10 when the user inputs the free replacement value registration information and selects the selection unit 307.
  • the free replacement value registration request includes the free replacement value registration information described above.
  • the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 registers the value registration information included in the free replacement value registration request in the value table stored in the storage unit 11. .
  • the free exchange value can be used (acquired) by a user who is another value user by browsing or viewing.
  • the evaluation issuance process of the first value exchange medium includes the evaluation score and the first value exchange medium recorded by the server 10 in the first evaluation table and the second economic activity table stored in the storage unit 11, respectively. This is processing of evaluating and issuing the first value exchange medium based on the consumption quantity and the like.
  • the evaluation issuance process may include the process of providing and acquiring free exchange value (first economic activity), calculation of evaluation purchasing power multiple, and evaluation issuance, as described below.
  • FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation sequence of the process of providing and acquiring free replacement value.
  • the user B who is the free exchange value user uses (acquires) the free exchange value provided by the user A who is the free exchange value provider, using the user terminal 20B.
  • (S3200) First, for example, after the screen of the first network provided by the server 10 is displayed on the display device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20B, the user B is an input device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20B. It is assumed that the user A selects the use of the free exchange value provided by the user A, which is registered in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 via. Thereby, the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B may transmit, to the server 10, a free exchange value use request indicating that the use of the free exchange value is requested.
  • the free exchange value use request may include the user ID of the user B.
  • the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 may provide the user A and transmit the free replacement value registered in the value table to the user terminal 20B.
  • the user B can use (acquire) the free replacement value via the user terminal 20B. That is, the first economic activity is performed between the user A and the user B.
  • the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B may transmit, to the server 10, operation information of the user terminal 20B related to the use of the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
  • the operation information optionally (qualitatively or quantitatively) indicates the operation of the user terminal 20B at the time of utilization of the free exchange value belonging to type I by the user terminal 20B according to the first economic activity. It is.
  • the motion information is data serving as a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score determined for each category I category and each subject group.
  • the operation information may be, for example, the reproduction time for the free exchange value, which is moving image data, and may be the display data amount (including the number of displayed characters), etc. for the free exchange value, which is character data such as articles.
  • the free exchange value which is image data, may be the number of display pixels or the like. That is, the operation information is information that can be a basis for calculating an evaluation score (for example, calculating the number of times of integration of the base score, etc.) from the basic score related to the free exchange value belonging to type I acquired by the user terminal 20 . (S3203) Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 receives the operation information from the user terminal 20B, the value processing unit 121 may update the first evaluation table based on the operation information.
  • the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 in the first evaluation table, the date and time, the acquired free exchange value ID relating to the free exchange value, the category I type I category to which the acquired free exchange value belongs, It is preferable to record the exchange value provider ID and the group of entities to which the free exchange value provider belongs. Furthermore, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 may record the free exchange value acquirer ID relating to the free exchange value use request, and a group of subjects to which the free exchange value acquirer belongs. Furthermore, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 refers to the first economic activity basic score table, and identifies the group to which the gratuitous exchange value acquirer who operates the user terminal 20B belongs, and the type I of the gratuitous exchange value registered. It is preferable to specify a base score according to the category and calculate an evaluation score by integrating the base score on the operation information and recording the evaluation score in the evaluation table. This is the end of the provision and acquisition processing of the free exchange value.
  • FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of calculation processing of evaluation purchasing power magnification.
  • the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 determines whether or not a predetermined period (evaluation purchase power multiple calculation period) for calculating the evaluation purchase power multiple has ended.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period may be a fixed period previously determined by the system administrator, and the length is not particularly limited, but may be defined by a week, a month, or the like.
  • the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 records the consumption data in the second economic activity table in (3-4-1) described later.
  • the quantity of consumption of the first value exchange medium (second economic activity quantity) in the second economic activity targeting the relevant substance group during the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is added together for each of the substance groups using It is good to calculate the second economic activity quantity for the subject group of
  • the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value by the user It can be said that the total of the first value exchange medium consumed is calculated.
  • the total value of the evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period of the first value exchange medium spent for the group of subjects is calculated by the second economic activity targeting the group of subjects It can be said that it is a thing.
  • the second economic activity quantity of each subject group in the evaluation purchase power multiple factor calculation period is shown.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is set to be from 10:00 January 1, 2019 to 24:00 January 31, 2019.
  • the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 refers to the first evaluation table, and sums the evaluation scores in the evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period by the free replacement value acquirer belonging to the subject group for each subject group. It is good to calculate In other words, for each group of subjects to which the user who is to acquire the gratis exchange value belongs, calculate the total value of the predetermined period of evaluation scores recorded in the first evaluation table in relation to the acquisition act of the gratis exchange value It can be said that Furthermore, in other words, for each group of subjects, the total value of evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period of evaluation points calculated for the free exchange value is calculated by the user who belongs to the group of subjects, by the act of acquiring the free exchange value. It can be said that
  • the total evaluation score of the subject group JPN to which the user who acquired the free replacement value in the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period belongs is 10 (row 1) + 2 (row 3) + 10 (row 4) + 6 (row 5) + 10 (row 5).
  • Row 7) 38.
  • the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 may calculate the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor for each subject group in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period, and record the calculated evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table or the like.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor is “the total of the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium) related to the second economic activity performed for the users belonging to the subject group in the predetermined period. It may be defined as “the total sum of evaluation points pertaining to the free exchange value acquired by the user belonging to the subject group in a predetermined period.
  • the magnitude of the economic value included in the above-mentioned “evaluation” (“value” of the “value” generated in the first network by the first economic activity by the user. It is possible that the size of each subject group differs. Also, in the first economic activity basic score table, even for the same category included in type I, it is possible to make a difference in the size of the basic score of each subject group (reflect the characteristics and situation of the subject group (By the measure to vary the degree of integration of the basic score for each category of category I for each subject group).
  • the server 10 calculates the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor as the side that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I, and multiplies this by the evaluation score for each evaluation (acquisition operation of the free exchange value generating the evaluation).
  • the server 10 while reflecting different purchasing power for each subject group as a side that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I to the evaluation score, it is simultaneously the same category of type I and the integration score of the basic score for each subject group (evaluation Even if there is a difference in the score addition degree), the size of the economic value included in the “evaluation” for the users belonging to each subject group is appropriately calculated for the providing user and the acquiring user It can be possible.
  • FIG. 15 shows an example of an operation sequence of the evaluation issuing process.
  • the evaluation issuance process may be applied to, for example, the first economic activity (providing and acquiring the gratis exchange value) represented by any one record (row) included in the first evaluation table described in FIG. 7I.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 determines whether it is time to execute the evaluation issuing process related to the target first economic activity (evaluation issuing process execution time).
  • the evaluation issuance process execution time may be any time previously determined by the system administrator, and the time is not particularly limited, but every day at 24:00, every Sunday at 24:00, or every month end day It may be defined by a cycle such as 24:00.
  • the evaluation issuance process execution time may be a different time for each subject group or may be the same time.
  • the end time of the predetermined period in the calculation process of the evaluation purchase power multiple described above the evaluation issuance process execution timing may be performed following the end of the calculation process of the evaluation purchase power multiple.
  • the time may be the time when the target first economic activity is performed.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may calculate an evaluation value related to the first economic activity to be targeted, and record the calculated evaluation value in the first evaluation table.
  • the evaluation value may be calculated as, for example, “evaluation score ⁇ evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying calculation period including the time point when the target first economic activity is executed”.
  • the evaluation value is calculated, for example, as "evaluation score ⁇ evaluation purchasing power ratio of evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period before evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period including time when target first economic activity is executed" It is also good.
  • the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 may record a desired evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor in the first evaluation table, for example, by referring to the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table in advance or at the time of S3209.
  • the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period It becomes possible to calculate an evaluation value simultaneously about all the 1st economic activities included. Therefore, in this case, the evaluation issuance quantity included in the evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period matches the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second economic activity) (complete agreement, and substantial agreement) Etc.).
  • the size of the economic value represented as the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed in relation to the acquisition of the paid consumption value in the second economic activity in the predetermined period, and the gratis exchange in the first economic activity in the predetermined period It can be said that it is a measure to balance the size of the economic value expressed as the evaluation value assigned to the value provision operation.
  • the evaluation value when the evaluation value is calculated as "evaluation score ⁇ evaluation purchasing power magnification period of evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period prior to evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period including time when target first economic activity is executed"
  • a difference may occur between the evaluation issuance quantity included in any evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period and the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second economic activity).
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may execute a correction process to reduce the difference.
  • the correction process is, for example, a process of multiplying the evaluation value before correction by a coefficient calculated (the calculation method is not particularly limited) based on the difference between the evaluation issuance quantity and the second economic activity quantity. Good.
  • the coefficient may be updated at a predetermined time (for example, it may be periodic) based on the difference between the evaluation issuance quantity and the second economic activity quantity.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may use the index value when performing the correction process for reducing the difference described above. For example, when the index value is “1.0” (as a ratio of the debt issuance balance to the total circulation amount of the first value exchange medium), the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 evaluates the issuance quantity (the first predetermined quantity) ) And the consumption cancellation quantity (the second predetermined quantity) can be understood to be in a “1: 1” relationship.
  • the index value is, for example, “1.1” (“first predetermined quantity ⁇ second predetermined quantity”) or “0.9” (“first predetermined quantity> second predetermined quantity”). If the evaluation issue unit 123 of the server 10 performs the correction process to reduce the difference described above when it indicates a value such as shown), the index value can be made closer to “1.0”. is there. The system administrator may cause the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 to execute the correction processing for reducing the above-described difference using any method.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 refers to the first evaluation table stored in the storage unit 11 and associates the target first economic activity with the user ID (free exchange value provider ID)
  • the first value exchange medium should be evaluated and issued.
  • the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 links the user ID to the first ledger stored in the storage unit 11, and the quantity indicated by the evaluation value according to the target first economic activity Add 1st Value Exchange Media.
  • the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 may record, in the first evaluation table, the fact that the evaluation issuance process has been completed for the first economic activity for which the evaluation issuance process has ended.
  • the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may transmit an issuance notification indicating that the first value exchange medium has been evaluated and issued to the user terminal 20A.
  • the issue notification may include information for specifying the free exchange value subject to evaluation issue, and information (issuance information) on issue such as the quantity of the first value exchange medium issued for evaluation.
  • the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 does not execute the process of issuing notification for each evaluation issuance as in S3211, but performs the first value exchange related to all the evaluation issuance processes performed for the user in a predetermined period.
  • the total amount of the assessed quantity issued of the medium may be notified at any time after the predetermined period has ended.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of the issuance information display screen 300B for displaying the issuance information.
  • the issuance information display screen 300B includes, for example, a display unit 308 that displays the quantity of the first value exchange medium that has been evaluated and issued. This is the end of the evaluation issuance process of the first value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 functions by the exchange management unit 15 as an exchange managing the exchange between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 may be able to newly issue the first value exchange medium.
  • the issue is referred to as debt issue for issue (evaluation issue) of the first value exchange medium based on the value provided to the no charge or the evaluation of the no charge exchange value provider. Details of debt issuance will be described later.
  • FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of the remittance processing of the first value exchange medium.
  • the user A who is the remittance source uses the user terminal 20A
  • the user B who is the remittance destination uses the user terminal 20B.
  • the remittance unit 222 of the user terminal 20A receives the input of the remittance instruction of the first value exchange medium according to the operation of the input device by the user A.
  • the contents of the remittance instruction include, for example, the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be remitted and the remittee.
  • FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a remittance instruction input screen 300C for inputting a remittance instruction of the first value exchange medium displayed on the user terminal 20.
  • the remittance instruction input screen 300C displays, for example, the display unit 309 that displays the current amount of the first value exchange medium, and the number of the first value exchange medium to be remitted and the remittance destination. It includes an input unit 310 and a selection unit 311 for transmitting a remittance instruction.
  • “1000 ACT” is displayed on the display unit 309 as the current amount of possession of the first value exchange medium.
  • the user A can input the amount and the remittance destination of the first value exchange medium to be remitted to the input unit 310.
  • “500” ACT is input as the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be remitted
  • “user B” is input as the remittance destination.
  • the remittance unit 222 of the user terminal 20A transmits the remittance instruction to the server 10 when the user A inputs the content of the remittance instruction on the remittance instruction input screen 300C and selects the remittance instruction in the selection unit 311.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 updates the user ID to the user B with priority to the first value exchange medium owned by the user A who is the source of remittance, from those with the closest arrival date of the scheduled retirement date. May.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 selects 500 ACT out of 1000 ACT, which is the first value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user A who is the remittance source.
  • the process of updating the user ID relating to the user A from the user A to the user B is executed.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 may collect, as a remittance charge, a second value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity from the user A of the remittance source. For example, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 transmits a predetermined transaction generation instruction to the user terminal 20A.
  • the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20A responds to the transaction generation instruction to the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity linked to the user ID of the user A as the server 10 (administrator ID related to the system administrator)
  • the content transaction to be transferred may be generated and transmitted (broadcast) to the block chain network.
  • the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20A may perform the generation / transmission processing of the transaction at the same time as the transmission of the remittance instruction described above (S3301).
  • the amount of the fee may be defined, for example, by setting information set in advance by the system administrator, the type of the user's account (for example, "business person", “individual”, etc.), or the user's first It may be changed according to the distribution contribution rate such as the status of remittance of the value exchange medium and / or the second value exchange medium, and the movement evaluation value.
  • the second value exchange medium supplied to the value exchange medium distribution network is properly recovered by providing the second value exchange medium collection process for remittance processing of the first value exchange medium between users.
  • the manager of the server 10 can obtain a remittance charge.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 may transmit a remittance notification indicating that the remittance has been performed to the user terminal 20B used by the user of the remittance destination.
  • FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of the remittance notification screen 300D.
  • the remittance notification screen 300D includes, for example, a display unit 312 that displays the remittance source and the quantity of the remitted first value exchange medium.
  • “user A” is displayed as the remittance source on the display unit 312
  • “500” ACT is displayed as the quantity of the first value exchange medium to which the remittance has been made.
  • FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of processing of settlement (third economic activity) accompanying the use of the paid exchange value registered in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10.
  • the first value exchange medium whose quantity corresponds to the price of the paid exchange value is the user B who is a paid exchange value user.
  • the user B who is a paid exchange value user uses (acquires) the paid exchange value provided by the user A who is the paid exchange value provider, using the user terminal 20B.
  • the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 stores the transaction history (provider principal group, provider user ID, acquirer principal group, acquirer user ID, and the like in the third economic activity table stored in the storage unit 11). Record the category III category to which the exchangeable value belongs and the quantity of the first value exchange medium that has been paid for. In addition, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 determines that the user B does not hold the first value exchange medium having the price equal to or more than the paid exchange value, for example, the paid exchange value can not be used. Etc. to the user terminal 20B, and the process ends.
  • the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 is the paid exchange value provider from the user B who is the paid exchange value using (acquisition) person of the first value exchange medium of the quantity according to the price related to the paid exchange value. Execute processing to transfer to user A. Specifically, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 calculates the quantity according to the price among the first value exchange media linked to the user ID related to the user B who is the paid exchange value user in the first ledger. A process of updating the minute user ID from the user B who is a paid exchange value user to the user A who is a paid exchange value provider is executed. At this time, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 may execute the linking from the user B to the user A with priority given to those with a date when the cancellation time limit comes.
  • the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 transmits, to the user terminal 20A, a use notification for notifying that the paid exchange value has been used by another user.
  • the use notification may include information (use information) on the quantity and the like of the first value exchange medium according to the price of the use.
  • FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the usage information display screen 300E for displaying usage information.
  • the usage information display screen 300E includes, for example, a display unit 313 indicating a paid exchange value user and a paid exchange value (who used what).
  • the usage information display screen 300E may include a display unit 314 that indicates the quantity of the first value exchange medium acquired by the paid exchange value provider by the use of the paid exchange value.
  • processing of the settlement (the 3rd economic activity) accompanying use of charge exchange value ends.
  • Second economic activity (3-4-1-1) Pull type and push type etc.
  • the second economic activity is performed in the value exchange medium distribution system 1
  • the operation processing of each information processing apparatus will be described. First, the outline of the second economic activity is explained.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives, for example, a request (execution request) to execute the second economic activity from the second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20, the second economic activity basic price table , Identifying the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium necessary to execute the specific second economic activity related to the request received from the user terminal 20, and transmitting information indicating the consumption quantity to the user terminal 20 .
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 When the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives an approval (execution approval) to execute the second economic activity from the user terminal 20, the second economic activity processing unit 128 links it to the user ID of the user terminal 20 that has transmitted the execution approval.
  • the first value exchange medium of the consumption quantity related to the execution approval of which has been approved is canceled (same as cancellation processing due to arrival of scheduled cancellation date, but it is better not to take measures to reduce debt issuance balance)
  • the consumed first value exchange medium may cancel the medium ID from the first ledger (consumption cancellation), or the medium ID is temporarily isolated without being canceled in order to be used for the later evaluation issue. (And may be saved) to carry out a second economic activity based on the execution request.
  • FIG. 22 is an example of operation processing of the value exchange medium distribution system 1, and the value exchange medium distribution system 1 does not necessarily execute the processing in the order and contents shown in FIG.
  • the user terminal 20A is the user terminal 20 used by the user A who is the free exchange value provider in the first economic activity
  • the user terminal 20B is the user B who is the free exchange value acquirer in the first economic activity Is the user terminal 20 used by the user terminal 20C
  • the user terminal 20C is a user terminal used by the user C (user C who intends to carry out the advertisement promotion activity) who is a paid consumption value acquirer in the second economic activity (eg advertisement promotion activity) It shall be 20.
  • the user terminal 20B uses, through the server 10, the free exchange value registered by the user terminal 20A in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 in advance, for example, S3103 to S3105 described above. (Viewing, acquisition, etc.) shall be made. Then, when the user terminal 20B acquires the free exchange value through the server 10 as the first economic activity and displays it on the display device, the user terminal 20C advertises the advertisement relating to one paid consumption value belonging to the type II It is assumed that it is going to display on a display with the said free exchange value.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20C for example, for each category of the first value exchange medium consumed for performing the push-type second economic activity according to the operation of the user C, and for each entity group.
  • a request to refer to the base price (in other words, a request to confirm the cost of the second economic activity) is sent to the server 10.
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20C exchanges, for example, the first value exchange consumed for each category related to the advertisement as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the requested category II category, and the target object group
  • the second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20C transmits, to the server 10, an execution request for a second economic activity (a second economic activity execution request), for example, according to the operation of the user C.
  • the second economic activity execution request includes advertising content data, target subject groups, target user attributes, and the like relating to the act of obtaining paid consumption value belonging to type II selected from the information displayed on the display device. May be included.
  • the second economic activity execution request may also include a request for registration of execution request (upload of advertisement content data) to the second economic activity execution request table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 When the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives, for example, a second economic activity execution request including a request for execution request registration from the user terminal 20C, the second economic activity processing unit 128 performs a second economic activity operation based on the second economic activity execution request. Update the execution request table. Specifically, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10, for example, carries out the second economic activity execution request table for the advertisement content data, the target subject group, the target user attributes, etc. included in the second economic activity execution request. The second economic activity execution request table is updated by registering in.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 generates, for example, first update information for updating the first ledger (canceling the first value exchange medium) based on the second economic activity execution request.
  • the first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger.
  • the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. .
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information.
  • the server 10 may transmit, for example, a notification that the first ledger has been updated to the user terminal 20C.
  • the user terminal 20C may display, for example, the notification received from the server 10.
  • charging processing first ledger update processing
  • charging processing may be performed for each execution processing of the execution request of the server 10 based on the contents of the execution request registration.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 executes, for example, the second economic activity processing unit 128 based on the execution processing of the execution request content relating to the acquisition act of the paid consumption value belonging to type II in the second economic activity execution request table registered by the user terminal 20C. 2) Update the second economic activity table by recording the contents of the execution process (the number of the first value exchange media consumed, etc.) in the economic activity table.
  • the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B transmits, to the server 10, a search request for using (eg, browsing) the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 pays consumption belonging to the type II associated with the search operation or the like of the user terminal 20B in the user terminal 20B.
  • the advertisement data (the execution request content relating to the acquisition act of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered by the user terminal 20C) is transmitted as the value acquisition act.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 displays the execution request content (advertisement advertisement) in the free exchange value list display belonging to type I May be inserted.
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B receives the advertisement and the list information of the free exchange value belonging to the type I from the server 10 (displays the list of the free exchange value), the display processor 26 inserts the advertisement into the list information. And display on the display device.
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may display the advertisement on the display device in a partial area (for example, a display area of a portion of the display) of the display device in which the list information is displayed. .
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may perform the process of displaying the advertisement on the display device.
  • the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 may execute the process of (S3404) described above following the execution process of the second economic activity execution request.
  • S3408 For example, when the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B receives a request to use (view, etc.) the free exchange value including the selection operation of the free exchange value belonging to the type I by the user B, the value using unit 224 selects the selected type I A request (free exchange value use request) to use (view etc.) the free exchange value to which the user belongs is sent to the server 10.
  • S3408 corresponds to S3200 described above.
  • the value processing unit 121 and / or the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 for example, use the free exchange value belonging to type I and the use of the free exchange value according to the free exchange value use request received from the user terminal 20B.
  • the advertisement as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the type II associated with the request is transmitted to the user terminal 20B.
  • the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 and / or the second economic activity processing unit 128 may, for example, insert the advertisement into the free exchange value and transmit it, or the free exchange value and the advertisement The advertisement may be transmitted respectively.
  • S3409 corresponds to S3201 described above.
  • the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 obtains the free replacement value belonging to type I of the user terminal 20B (use of free replacement value such as browsing) and the first economic activity basic score table.
  • the first evaluation table is updated by recording the evaluation score in the evaluation table.
  • the server 10 may also transmit, for example, a notification to the effect that the advertisement has been transmitted to the user terminal 20B to the user terminal 20C that is the registration source of the advertisement (second economic activity execution request).
  • S3410 corresponds to the above-described S3202 and S3203.
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B displays the free exchange value and advertisement on the display device (input / output I / F 104).
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may display the advertisement in a partial area (for example, a display area of a portion of the display) of the display device that displays the free replacement value.
  • the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may perform a process of displaying the advertisement on the display device prior to the process of displaying the free replacement value on the display device.
  • the settlement (the first ledger update process) is a single prepayment when the server 10 approves the execution request for the second economic activity (as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II) by the user terminal 20C. It may be Alternatively, the settlement (the update process of the first ledger) may be performed after the server 10 approves the execution request related to the second economic activity (as an act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II) by the user terminal 20C.
  • the server 10 may stop the execution process by the server 10 when the holding balance of the first value exchange medium of the user C is lost.
  • the server 10 may perform a credit transaction such as closing the month for the user C.
  • the execution history may be recorded each time the first ledger update processing pertaining to the second economic activity is performed.
  • the second economic activity table may allow the user C to refer to his own execution history using the user terminal 20C. The user C may optionally be able to modify or delete (including stop) the execution request already approved by the server 10 and registered in the second economic activity execution request table.
  • the first value exchange medium may be canceled, for example, upon the expiration of the cancellation date.
  • the cancellation processing unit 126 of the server 10 may meet a predetermined condition (when a predetermined period has elapsed from the previous cancellation processing, or when a request for performing cancellation processing by a system administrator or the like is received). And so forth, and may specify the withdrawal deadline for each first value exchange medium included in the first ledger in any other case), and the withdrawal deadline is earlier than the point in time of the final cancellation process.
  • the record of the first value exchange medium may be deleted from the first ledger. From this, it can be said that the first value exchange medium can control the value storage function among the basic functions of the currency.
  • the system administrator can arbitrarily set the cancellation time limit, and the server 10 stores the setting information of the cancellation time limit in the storage unit 11.
  • the expiration date of the first value exchange medium may be set to different values according to the user ID, the type of the user's account, the acquisition history of the user, and the like.
  • the cancellation processing unit 126 of the server 10 may record the cancellation quantity of the first value exchange medium for which the cancellation process has been executed upon arrival of the cancellation time limit in the debt issuance table (increasing the time-limited cancellation quantity). Since the first value exchange medium can have a cancellation deadline, it is possible to improve the circulation speed.
  • the average buying and selling price of the type IIIC of the subject group F (lock / large class voice) (one of the categories of type III) is 18.00 ACT
  • the average of the type IIIC of the subject group E Since the selling price is 1.80 ACT, it can be said that there is a 10-fold difference in the average buying and selling price of Type IIIC between the subject group F and the subject group E.
  • the server 10 may perform, for example, the customstic price adjustment process described below.
  • the server 10 based on the third economic activity purchasing power reference table, for example, a paid exchange provided by a user belonging to a certain subject group F, a user belonging to a subject group E different from the subject group F to which the user belongs in the third economic activity.
  • the average value (1.80) in the subject group E associated with the category III category (for example, category IIIC) to which the chargeable exchange value belongs From the average value (18.00) of the same type IIIC in the subject group F to which it belongs, the average value (1.80) of the subject group E according to type IIIC associated with the paid exchange value is the subject group to which it belongs
  • the ratio (“10.00 18.00 / 1.8”) of the average value to the price (for example, 2 ACT) set to the paid exchange value
  • the ratio of the average value to be multiplied by the price set to the paid exchange value registered in the value table is Measures may be taken to limit the range of the original ratio (10.00, that is, 20 ACT as an example) to "1.00" (that is, 2 ACT as an example).
  • the method of ratio change may be, for example, arbitrary setting information by the system administrator, or arbitrary setting information by each user, or a combination of the system administrator and the user It may be arbitrary setting information.
  • 20 ACT which is the displayed corrected quantity, may be settled as the exchange consideration due to the completion of trading of the paid exchange value.
  • the value exchange medium distribution network in this embodiment may also have an aspect of a block chain network configured with the server 10 and the user terminal 20 as nodes.
  • Each node may distributively share (store) a second ledger for recording or managing the issuance, transfer, cancellation, etc. of the second value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 may store the block chain as the second ledger illustrated in FIG. 7P and FIG. 7Q in the storage unit 11 and the user terminal 20 in the storage unit 21, respectively.
  • the server 10 and the user terminal 20 may each generate a transaction under predetermined conditions and transmit it to another node.
  • the server 10 and the user terminal 20 may execute predetermined verification and then transmit to other nodes. In this way, transactions generated at any node on the value exchange media distribution network can be sent (broadcasted) to any other node on the value exchange media distribution network.
  • Transactions broadcast on the block chain network may be captured in blocks generated by mining processing by nodes bearing minor functions.
  • the blocks generated by the minor are broadcast on the block chain network, and each node may add the received block to the block chain it stores, after performing predetermined verification.
  • the block chain network in which the second value exchange medium is distributed may not be a pure non-centralized network, but may be a network in which an administrative node such as the server 10 exists.
  • the network may be configured in any mode such as a bitcoin type, a ripple type, an etherial type, or an aspect disclosed in Patent Document 1 as a prior art document.
  • the second value exchange medium may also be issued by issuing a credit.
  • the issue of the credit of the second value exchange medium for example, the second value exchange medium of the quantity based on the credit of the user who is the subject of the issue of credit is newly issued by being associated with the user ID of the user. It can be said that The credit of the user may be calculated based on, for example, the next transaction between the server 10 as a credit issuer or the user terminal 20 and the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer.
  • the entity (credit issuer) that executes the credit issuance may be the server 10 used by the system administrator, or any user terminal 20 used by any user.
  • the credit issuing source is the user terminal 20
  • a user ID using the user terminal 20 whose authority (credit issuing right) capable of executing credit issuing is the credit issuing source by the system administrator or the like in advance. May be given to Information on assignment of the credit issuing right to the user ID may be recorded in the storage unit 11 or the like of the server 10 as appropriate.
  • the credit issuer may be limited to one user terminal 20 per one subject group.
  • the user terminal 20 serving as a single credit issuing source in one entity group may be referred to as “central bank user terminal 20”.
  • a user who uses the "central bank user terminal 20" may be referred to as a "central bank user”.
  • the target of the credit issuance may be any user terminal 20 used by any user.
  • the user terminal 20 of the credit issuance destination to be subjected to the credit issuance performed by the credit issuer may be arbitrarily set by the account (system administrator ID or user ID) of the credit issuer or the like.
  • the credit issuing destination of the user terminal 20 as one credit issuing source may be limited to only the user terminal 20 belonging to the main body group to which the user terminal 20 as the credit issuing source belongs.
  • the correspondence relationship between the credit issuing source and the credit issuing destination may be recorded, for example, in the storage unit 11 or the like of the server 10.
  • the user terminal 20 which is the credit issuing destination may be referred to as "a commercial bank-like user terminal 20".
  • a user who uses the "commercial bank user terminal 20" may be referred to as a "commercial bank user”.
  • the correspondence relationships according to one embodiment are not limited, and for example, the credit issuing source There may be “central bank users” as single users in the principal group.
  • the credit issuing destination may be linked to each central bank-like user, and there may be a plurality of “bank-like users” as each user for each entity group. Then, there can be a large number of “general users” who operate the user terminals 20 such as individuals, corporations, groups, and administrations in association with each subject group (state).
  • the credit issuance is performed only from the central bank user who is the credit issuer to the in-bank user who is the credit issuer, but not to the general user. Good.
  • credit issuance for the purpose of supplying the second value exchange medium to the general user is a commercial bank user.
  • credit issuance is performed as a supply source for central bank users to middle bank users, which is performed to supply the second value exchange medium from middle bank users to general users. It can be said that it is a new issue of the second value exchange medium.
  • the second value exchange medium supplied by the credit issuance to the second network is canceled by repayment from the middle bank user to the central bank user.
  • “credit” is received from the in-town bank-like user who is the credit issue destination.
  • the value of the value of the asset as a basis for recovery of the value exchange medium) is the soundness of the asset of the commercial bank-like user. That is, based on the size of the economic value represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium of the credit held by the municipal bank-like user (otherwise the debt generated to the general user), credit is issued to the commercial bank user It is good to set the upper limit that can be done.
  • the upper limit value can be referred to as a credit issue limit quantity.
  • Commercial banking users receive credit from central banking users based on their financial soundness, and use the second value exchange medium they are supposed to hold to finance and invest for general users It is good to do business such as
  • FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an operation sequence according to the process of issuing a credit.
  • the credit issuing destination is the user terminal 20 and the credit issuing source is the server 10 will be described as an example.
  • the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer may transmit a credit issuance request to the server 10, for example, according to the user's operation (S4100).
  • the credit issuance request may include, for example, information indicating the quantity of the second value exchange medium that the user desires to issue a credit.
  • the credit issuance request may include, for example, information (user ID) identifying the credit issuing destination, information (system administrator ID, user ID, etc.) identifying the credit issuing source, and the like.
  • the accepting unit 132a of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 receives the credit issuance request transmitted from the user terminal 20, and the information included in the received credit issuance request is stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 It may be recorded in Then, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may update the second ledger based on the credit issuance request accepted by the acceptance unit 132a (S4101). Specifically, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 associates the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the credit issuance request with the user ID related to the user terminal 20 as the credit issuance destination. , May be added to the second ledger.
  • the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 refers to the credit issuance destination (information for specifying the credit issuance destination included in the credit issuance request or information stored in advance in the storage unit 11 or the like) in the credit issuance table. Processing may be performed to increase the credit issuance balance related to the (which may be specified) by the number related to the credit issuance request.
  • the credit issuing source user or the like may set the credit issuing limit quantity for each user of the credit issuing destination.
  • the credit issuing limit quantity may be set based on the credit of the user of the credit issuing party.
  • the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may record the credit issuing limit quantity for each credit issuing destination in response to a request from the server 10 serving as a credit issuing source or the user terminal 20.
  • the server 10 refers to the credit issuance table and transmits information such as the credit issuance limit quantity.
  • the determining unit 132c of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 receives a credit issuing request from the user terminal 20 as a credit issuing party, the determining unit 132c refers to the credit issuing table and obtains the desired credit issuing quantity included in the credit issuing request. It may be determined whether or not the credit issuance limit quantity has been exceeded.
  • the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit of the server 10 does not execute the credit issuing process when it is determined that the desired credit issuance quantity included in the credit issuance request exceeds the credit issuance limit quantity.
  • the user terminal 20 that has transmitted the credit issuance request may be notified that the credit issuance is not executed.
  • the user terminal 20 as the credit issuer can repay the credit-issued second value exchange medium to the server 10 as the credit issuer or the user terminal 20.
  • the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer may transmit a repayment request to the server 10, for example, in accordance with the user's operation.
  • the repayment request may include, for example, information indicating the quantity of the second value exchange medium that the user desires to repay.
  • the repayment request may include, for example, information (a system administrator ID, a user ID, etc.) for specifying a credit issuing source to be repayed.
  • the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may update the second ledger based on the repayment request. Specifically, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may cancel the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the repayment request from the second ledger. Then, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 stores the credit issuing source (information for specifying the credit issuing source included in the repayment request, or the storage unit 11 in advance) in the credit issuing table. Processing may be performed to reduce the credit issuance balance related to the information (which may be identified with reference to the information) by the quantity related to the credit issuance request.
  • the server 10 has an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20.
  • FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence related to processing of transmission and registration of a replacement request.
  • the exchange request by the user terminal 20 will be described below.
  • the first exchange request processing unit 251 or the second exchange request processing unit 252 of the user terminal 20 inputs an exchange request (a first exchange request or a second exchange request) according to, for example, an operation of the input device by the user. Accept.
  • FIG. 26 is a view showing an example of a first exchange request input screen 500A displayed in the wallet management application X1 of the user terminal 20.
  • the first exchange request input screen 500A includes, for example, an area 501 for displaying the current stock of the first value exchange medium, and an area 502 for inputting the quantity of the first value exchange medium desired to be exchanged. If the first exchange request for limit price is selected and the first exchange request for limit price is selected, an area 503 for selecting whether it is a first exchange request for a normal without specifying a desired exchange rate or a first exchange request for a limit specifying a desired exchange rate And an area 504 for specifying a rate.
  • An area 501 displays the number of first value exchange media currently held by the user.
  • An area 502 displays the quantity of the first value exchange medium which the user desires to exchange.
  • the area 503 includes, for example, a selection unit 503a for selecting a first exchange request for sale and a selection unit 503b for selecting a first exchange request for limit price.
  • the area 504 includes, for example, a display area 504a of the current market price and a correction unit 504b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
  • the value of the market exchange rate (second market exchange rate) described later is displayed as the current market.
  • the user confirms the current market price (market exchange rate) using the display area 504a, and then sets the desired exchange rate (first desired exchange rate) when exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible to set.
  • the user can correct the desired exchange rate by operating the correction unit 504 b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
  • the display mode of the correction unit 504b is not particularly limited.
  • a change unit 504c that changes the desired exchange rate is displayed.
  • the changing unit 504 c may input a numerical value in free text, or every time the arrow icon displayed on the changing unit 504 c is pressed, the desired exchange rate has a predetermined width (for example, 0.05). Depending on the direction of the arrow, it may increase or decrease (in the case of an upward arrow, increase, in the case of a downward arrow, etc.).
  • FIG. 27 is a view showing an example of the second exchange request input screen 500B displayed in the wallet management application X2 of the user terminal 20.
  • the second exchange request input screen 500B includes, for example, an area 505 for displaying the current stock of the second value exchange medium, and an area 506 for inputting the quantity of the second value exchange medium desired to be exchanged.
  • an area 508 for specifying a rate for specifying a rate.
  • An area 505 displays the number of second value exchange media currently held by the user.
  • An area 506 displays the number of second value exchange media that the user has requested to exchange.
  • the area 507 includes, for example, a selection unit 507 a for selecting a second exchange request of success and a selection unit 507 b for selecting a second exchange request for limit price.
  • the area 508 includes, for example, a display area 508a of the current market price and a correction unit 508b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
  • the value of the market exchange rate (first market exchange rate) described later is displayed as the current market.
  • the user confirms the current market price (market exchange rate) using the display area 508a, and then sets the desired exchange rate (second desired exchange rate) when exchanging the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium. It becomes possible to set.
  • the user can correct the desired exchange rate by operating the correction unit 508 b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
  • the display mode of the correction unit 508b is not particularly limited.
  • a change unit 508c that changes the desired exchange rate is displayed.
  • the changing unit 508 c may input a numerical value in free text, or every time the arrow icon displayed on the changing unit 508 c is pressed, the desired exchange rate has a predetermined width (for example, 0.05). Depending on the direction of the arrow, it may increase or decrease (in the case of an upward arrow, increase, in the case of a downward arrow, etc.).
  • the server 10 has an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20.
  • the exchange function of the server 10 will be described below.
  • the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10 uses the market value (expected increase rate) of the desired exchange rate related to the exchange request received from each user terminal 20. Calculate a certain exchange rate.
  • the exchange rate is the exchange rate at the time of executing the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium and the offset purchase of the debt issue to be described later.
  • any method capable of expressing the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate can be adopted.
  • the exchange rate may be calculated based on at least one first desired exchange rate and at least one second desired exchange rate.
  • the desired exchange rates (the first desired exchange rate and the second desired exchange rate) related to the exchange requests (the first exchange request and the second exchange request) received by the server 10 within a predetermined effective period.
  • the rate exchange rate may be calculated based on
  • the market exchange rate may be calculated based on all the first desired exchange rates and all the second desired exchange rates.
  • the rate exchange rate is an average of the weighted desired averages of the first desired exchange rate and the second desired exchange rate included in the exchange request table (each value may be multiplied by a coefficient (which may include 0)). ) May be.
  • the exchange rate may be a weighted average of at least one first desired exchange rate and at least one second desired exchange rate. Further, the exchange rate may be a weighted average of all the first desired exchange rates and all the second desired exchange rates.
  • the highest first desired exchange rate among the first desired exchange rates included in the exchange request table is defined as the highest first desired exchange rate, and the lowest first desired exchange rate among the second desired exchange rates included in the exchange request table (2)
  • the market exchange rate may be calculated based on the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate.
  • the exchange rate may be an average value of the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate.
  • the second exchange request specifies a predetermined number (for example, one or 1000) of second exchange requests in the order of the desired exchange rate closer to the first exchange request, and the second exchange request may be used as the second exchange request.
  • a predetermined number (for example, one or 1000) of first exchange requests may be specified in the order of close desired exchange rates, and may be an average value of the desired exchange rates according to the specified exchange requests. .
  • the first exchange request processing unit 251 of each of the user terminals 20A and 20B transmits the first exchange request to the server 10, and the second exchange request processing unit 252 of each of the user terminals 20C and 20D.
  • the second exchange request is sent to the server 10.
  • the quantity of the first value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 1000 ACT
  • the first desired exchange rate is 0.86. It is.
  • the quantity of the first value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 500 ACT
  • the first desired exchange rate is 0.92.
  • the quantity of the second value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 700 EST, and the second desired exchange rate is 1.1.
  • the quantity of the second value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 2000 EST, and the second desired exchange rate is 1.17.
  • the highest first desired exchange rate is 0.92 related to the first exchange request transmitted by the first exchange request processing unit 251 of the user terminal 20B
  • the first market exchange request generating unit 153a of the server 10 uses the above-mentioned market exchange rate (first market exchange rate), Infinitely generate a first market exchange request for exchanging a first value exchange medium to be issued debt for a second value exchange medium. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined first contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, if there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first exchange rate (first exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request.
  • Execution processing between the first market exchange request and the first market exchange request is performed at a first market exchange rate, with the request as a trade target satisfying the predetermined first trade condition. Also, with regard to the market second exchange request, the contract process with the first market exchange request is immediately executed at the first market exchange rate as a contract target satisfying the predetermined first meeting condition.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request.
  • a record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the market exchange rate (first market exchange rate).
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 performs the second contract process together with debt issuance of the first value exchange medium.
  • a process of transferring the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the exchange request to the server ID (manager ID) related to the server 10 is executed.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger
  • the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10.
  • the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • the system administrator may issue a gratis debt issuance to the user (hereinafter, may be referred to as “gratis debt issuance”) based on arbitrary setting information set in advance. More specifically, for example, as a measure based on arbitrary setting information by the system administrator, the first rate exchange request generating unit 153a of the server 10 uses the user ID linked to the user operating the user terminal 20.
  • the first market price exchange request (hereinafter referred to as the “first gratis benefit request”) may not be required to transfer the second value exchange medium as the compensation received by the server ID linked to the system administrator of the server 10 ) May be generated.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 performs a second exchange request (hereinafter, “second free acquisition request”) as a response to the first free benefit request received from the user terminal 20 under predetermined conditions. Processing (hereinafter, may be referred to as “first free contract processing”) may be performed.
  • the server ID linked to the system administrator of the server 10 is associated with the later first exchange request, and the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 offsets and purchases the first value exchange medium.
  • the first free payment request, or the first free of charge the quantity of the second value exchange medium to be transferred to the user ID linked to the user operating the user terminal 20 making the first exchange request. It is good to prepare only for the contract processing (prepare as payment source).
  • the server 10 uses the first value exchange medium for issuing free debt to the user ID by the first free contract processing, consumption consideration (or belonging to type III) relating to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II Measures have been taken to limit the exchange compensation for the acquisition of paid exchange value), and the server 10 uses the information indicating the purpose (limited use) of the gratis debt issuance pertaining to the first gratis grant request. And may be transmitted to the user terminal 20 at the execution timing of the gratis debt issuance. Then, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20 may display, on the display device of the user terminal 20, information indicating the purpose (limited use) of the free debt issuance related to the first free payment request received from the server 10. .
  • the system administrator can set the time limit for the first value exchange medium to issue free debt to the user ID by the first free agreement processing, as a predetermined setting information in advance for one day, three days, one week, half a month Or set to a relatively short period such as one month, and the server 10 issues information on the gratis debt issuance of information indicating the expiration date of the first value exchange medium to be issued gratis in connection with the first gratis contract processing. It is preferable to transmit to the user terminal 20 at the execution timing. Then, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20 may display the information indicating the expiration date of the first value exchange medium received from the server 10 on the display device of the user terminal 20. Thereby, the system administrator may be able to arbitrarily improve the distribution speed of the first value exchange medium including the economic stimulus package.
  • the second market exchange request generation unit 153b of the server 10 uses the above-mentioned market exchange rate (the second market exchange rate), Infinitely generate a second exchange request for exchange of the second value exchange medium that the company owns by debt issuance for the first value exchange medium.
  • the second market price exchange request generation unit 153b of the server 10 generates a second market price exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table, instead of generating the second market price exchange request infinitely.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a first exchange request in which the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the market exchange rate (the second exchange rate), the first exchange is the first exchange request. Execution processing between the second market exchange request and the second market exchange request is performed at the second market exchange rate, making the request a contract object satisfying the predetermined second contract condition. Also, with regard to the market first exchange request, the contract process with the second market exchange request is immediately executed at the second market exchange rate as a contract target satisfying the predetermined second contract condition.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request.
  • the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated.
  • the first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger.
  • the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. .
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
  • the second agreement processing unit 154b of the server 10 holds the second value held by itself in conjunction with offset purchase of the first value exchange medium.
  • a process of transferring the value exchange medium to the user ID associated with the first exchange request is performed.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 is a first value exchange medium targeted for the second contract processing as a sales (exchange) fee for the first value exchange medium.
  • a second value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity may be collected from the user of the sale (first exchange) source of the.
  • the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 transmits a predetermined transaction generation instruction to the user terminal 20.
  • the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20 uses the server 10 (administrator ID pertaining to the system administrator) as the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity linked to the user ID of the user.
  • a transaction of content to be transferred may be generated and transmitted (broadcast) to the blockchain network.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 may use the user ID (the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request) regarding the second value exchange medium owned by itself along with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium.
  • the second value exchange medium possessed by the user ID relating to the first exchange request is transferred to the server ID relating to the server 10 following the execution of the process of transferring the user to the first user of the Transaction generation / transmission processing may be performed.
  • the amount of the sales (exchange) fee may be defined by setting information set in advance by the system administrator, the type of the user's account (for example, “business person”, “individual”, etc.), It may be changed according to the evaluation value such as the status of remittance of the first value exchange medium and / or the second value exchange medium of the user.
  • the exchange management unit 15 of the server 10 uses the market exchange rate related to the first market exchange request (sometimes referred to as "first market exchange rate”) and the second market exchange request.
  • a spread may be provided between the exchange rate (which may be referred to as “the second exchange rate”).
  • the exchange management unit 15 of the server 10 executes the process described in “(6-1-3-3) and (6-2-3-3) fixing exchange rate” described later, 1
  • the spread it is possible to appropriately collect the second value exchange medium supplied to the value exchange medium distribution network, and the manager of the server 10 can obtain the spread profit.
  • FIG. 29 shows the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10.
  • FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of an increase process of the second value exchange medium performed by each of the smart contract units 231 of the user terminal 20. In the following, an increase in the number of second value exchange media in the present embodiment will be described.
  • the market exchange rate acquiring unit 131a of the server 10 or the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a of the user terminal 20 converts the market exchange rate described in “(5-2-1) Calculation of market exchange rate” into the market price of the server 10. It is acquired from the exchange rate calculation unit 151.
  • the increase condition determination unit 131b of the server 10 or the increase condition determination unit 231b of the user terminal 20 determines whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied.
  • the predetermined increase condition described above is, for example, a market price acquired by the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a or the market exchange ratio acquiring unit 131a with respect to a target exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium.
  • the rate of increase which is a ratio of the exchange rate, may have reached a predetermined upper limit, the rate of increase upper limit.
  • the target exchange rate is a target value of the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium which can be set by the system administrator.
  • the target exchange rate is, for example, unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (currency expressed as “1.00” as “unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium / unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium”) It may be the target exchange rate when the unit exchange value (currency value) of the value and the second value exchange medium are equal.
  • the additional upper limit value may be determined randomly or within a predetermined section (for example, between 1.05 and 1.10), randomly, or by voting by the user terminal 20, for example. Even in the case of random determination, it may be a discrete fixed value (for example, a value such as 0.001, such as (1.05 + 0.001 ⁇ N), defined by a predetermined step width). .
  • the additional upper limit value may be black boxed so that the user or the user and the system administrator can not recognize it. As a result, it is possible to operate without making the user aware of the execution timing of the increase process of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 or 231.
  • the predetermined increase condition described above may be, for example, that the increase rate at the time when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous increase process (or decrease process) of the second value exchange medium is larger than “1”.
  • the cycle of the increase and decrease processing of the second value exchange medium can be contained within a predetermined period. Therefore, even when the fluctuation of the premium rate continues to fluctuate gradually in the range that does not reach the premium upper limit value, the premium rate can be made to approach "1", and the premium rate deviates from "1". It is possible to further enhance the effect of making it difficult (effect of suppressing fluctuation of the premium rate in the vicinity of “1”).
  • the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 determines that the increase condition determination unit 131b of the server 10 or the increase condition determination unit 231b of the user terminal 20 determines that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied.
  • the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID of the user terminal 20 and the server 10 is increased by a predetermined number.
  • the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 is second update information for updating the second ledger, and the server ID related to the server 10 or the user terminal 20 The second update information is generated to increase the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID by a predetermined number.
  • the second ledger may be configured by a block chain. Therefore, the second update information may be a transaction to be taken into the block chain, and may be a transaction of a content that newly generates a second value exchange medium having the user ID as a holder by a predetermined number.
  • the predetermined quantity (the increase quantity of the second value exchange medium) mentioned above will be described later.
  • the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 can generate the second update information (transaction) generated from any node (server 10 or user terminal 20, etc.) in the value exchange medium distribution network. Send to). Then, the second update information (transaction) is broadcasted on the value exchange medium distribution network, and after being subjected to predetermined processing, is taken into a block chain stored in each node. Thereby, the second ledger is updated.
  • the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 controls the number of second value exchange media held by the system administrator or the user by a predetermined number. increase.
  • the increase quantity is the increase rate when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied (hereinafter referred to as "attainment increase rate"), the user and It may be calculated based on the system administrator's second value exchange medium possession quantity.
  • the predetermined increase condition described above is that the rate of increase, which is the ratio of the exchange rate to the target exchange rate, has reached the additional upper limit value
  • the achieved additional rate is equal to the above-mentioned additional upper limit value.
  • the predetermined increase condition described above is greater than “1” when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous increase processing (or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium, the achieved additional ratio is the predetermined predetermined increase condition.
  • the distribution contribution rate is calculated, for example, as follows.
  • Distribution contribution rate individual currency transfer rate / standard currency transfer rate
  • Individual currency transfer rate EST transfer (remittance) quantity in the specified period / final EST possession quantity
  • Base currency transfer rate total EST transfer (remittance) quantity / total EST quantity in a predetermined period
  • the increase processing of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract section 131 of the server 10 and the smart contract section 231 of the user terminal 20 It may be a period from the previous execution of (or reduction processing) to the current execution.
  • the distribution contribution rate of the system manager may be fixed as an arbitrary value as “1” which is an overall average value.
  • the increase quantity may be calculated based on the movement evaluation value, which is an evaluation value related to the movement (such as remittance) of the second value exchange medium.
  • the increase quantity may be a value obtained by multiplying Formula (1) below by Formula (2).
  • the above equation (2) indicates the degree of contribution (the degree of use contribution as the remittance side) for each user to the total movement amount (total remittance amount) of the second value exchange medium. Therefore, it can be said that the above-mentioned calculation method issues the second value exchange medium according to the movement evaluation value of each user after first determining the overall increase quantity based on the achieved additional rate. Such an increase quantity calculation method makes it possible to newly issue the second value exchange medium according to the remittance situation (use situation of the second value exchange medium) for each user, regardless of the quantity of the second value exchange medium held. The effect of improving the currency circulation speed of the second value exchange medium may be exerted.
  • the movement evaluation value is, instead of the movement evaluation value based on the second ledger described above, movement evaluation recorded in the second evaluation table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 and the storage unit 21 of the user terminal 20 You may use a value.
  • “remittance classification”, “remittance division rate”, “settlement determination”, and “movement evaluation value” recorded in the second evaluation table are included in the second ledger, and the second ledger, the second ledger, and the second ledger
  • the evaluation table may be configured integrally.
  • the increase quantity is a predetermined distribution ratio according to the above-mentioned "(i) Based on only the held quantity” and "(iii) Only based on movement evaluation value” It may be calculated proportionally based on More specifically, the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 may, for example, select a desired distribution rate from the system administrator or the user (weight in the case of Accepting the input of the distribution ratio with the specific gravity based on the evaluation value, and totaling the received distribution ratio, etc., the specific gravity based on the holding quantity at the time of increase, and the specific gravity based on the movement evaluation value only Calculate The smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 uses the ratio (increase distribution ratio) of the specific gravity calculated here to indicate the increase quantity of the second value exchange medium It is good to set it as the quantity which was divided and divided up with "if it is based only on the possession quantity" and "
  • Unit 231 adds together the quantity obtained by multiplying 0.3 by the calculated increase quantity based on the held quantity only and the quantity obtained by multiplying the addition quantity calculated by case based on the movement evaluation value by 0.7. It is good to do.
  • the second value for the user who holds the second value exchange medium Incentives can be exercised to use exchange media (payment, settlement, remittance, or means of repayment, or second exchange etc.
  • exchange media payments, settlement, remittance, or means of repayment, or second exchange etc.
  • the incentive to use legal currency is negative (* The retention desire than the use desire)
  • the distribution function of the second value exchange medium as a “value exchange medium” is more likely to be exhibited.
  • the second value exchange medium is likely to increase in quantity if used appropriately without stagnating, and it can be said that using it means that “plus interest rate” (equivalent to a small minus) can occur (plus minus).
  • the second value exchange medium is easy to move from wallet to purse, that is, it is easy to exchange "value”, and becomes a "value exchange medium” with a high distribution speed because it can function as a currency that exerts a positive effect. obtain.
  • the second value exchange medium is controlled similarly to the first value exchange medium in that “the unit exchange value is newly issued based on the relative evaluation of the value transferred among users and the demand (value It can function as a "speed exchange value exchange medium with reduced fluctuation of scale".
  • the server 10 further adds the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the second value exchange medium to the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium at the target exchange rate, as described below.
  • a predetermined process may be performed to balance (do not deviate from the target exchange rate).
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is further balanced with the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium at (or near) the target exchange rate, and therefore, as described above, the first value exchange medium has It is possible to generate more robust value scaling functions (functions that can control unit exchange value) to the second value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 corrects the desired exchange rate for the already received exchange request so as to offset the increase rate of the volume of the second value exchange medium of each user. May be
  • the fluctuation amounts of the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate based on the exchange rate resulting from this correction process can be up to the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate and the second target exchange rate).
  • the amount of fluctuation exceeding the target exchange rate may be limited.
  • FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction processing of a desired exchange rate at the time of increase processing. By this processing, the above-mentioned market exchange rate further approaches the target exchange rate.
  • the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 acquires the market exchange rate from the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10, as in S6100 described above.
  • step S6105 the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied, as in S6101 described above. If it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is not satisfied (S6105; No), the process returns to step S6104. On the other hand, when it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied (S6105; Yes), the process proceeds to step S6106.
  • the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 receives the already received exchange request (including the first exchange request and the second exchange request) recorded in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Among them, one exchange request whose correction of the desired exchange rate is not completed is identified.
  • the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 refers to the second ledger, and the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the exchange request specified in S6106.
  • the second desired exchange rate related to a certain second exchange request is 1.04, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the second exchange request increases by 5%.
  • the first exchange rate is, for example, 1.00
  • the second exchange request whose second exchange rate is corrected to 0.988 is the first exchange rate (in this case, If there is, it can be fulfilled with the first market exchange request at 1.00).
  • the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 determines whether or not the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests in the exchange request table. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has not been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6109; No), the process returns to S6106. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6109; Yes), the process is ended.
  • the server 10 associates each user ID with the processing described in “(6-1-1) Basic flow of increase” described above.
  • the correction of the second desired exchange rate may be limited in a predetermined period (the fluctuation suppression period).
  • FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation flow of a modification limitation process of increasing the second desired exchange rate.
  • the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 receives a correction request for the second desired exchange rate from the user terminal 20.
  • the correction request may include, for example, information indicating a desired corrected second desired exchange rate (corrected second desired exchange rate).
  • the predetermined switching condition is a condition that defines the end of the fluctuation suppression period described above.
  • the predetermined switching condition may be that a predetermined fixed length period has elapsed.
  • the length of the fixed length period is not particularly limited, may be any length, and may be determined by voting of the user terminal 20 or the like.
  • the predetermined switching condition may be that the above-described premium rate (the ratio of the market exchange rate to the target exchange rate) has reached a predetermined threshold.
  • the value of the predetermined threshold is not particularly limited, and may be any value.
  • the value of the predetermined threshold may be equal to or more than the above-described additional upper limit value.
  • step S6112 If it is determined in step S6111 that the predetermined switching condition is satisfied (S6111; Yes), the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 corrects the second desired exchange rate in the exchange request table, and the process finish.
  • step S6113 If it is determined in step S6111 that the predetermined switching condition is not satisfied (S6111: No), the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 increases the second desired exchange rate as the correction content related to the correction request Direction ((6-1-3-1) due to the increase in the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID by the processing described in “(6-1-1) Basic flow of increase” It is determined whether or not the second desired exchange rate corrected by the process described in “Correction of the desired exchange rate” returns to the second desired exchange rate before being corrected.
  • step S6111 If it is determined that the second desired exchange rate is not in the increasing direction (S6111; No), the process proceeds to step S6112, and the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 performs the second desired exchange in the exchange request table. Correct the rate and the process ends.
  • the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 limits the correction of the second desired exchange rate.
  • Execute predetermined restriction processing may not execute the correction process of the second desired exchange rate at all, and may execute the correction process of the second desired exchange rate that is not the same as the correction request received in S6110 (for example, The second desired exchange rate recorded in the exchange request table may be corrected to a value smaller than the corrected second desired exchange rate received in S6110.
  • the predetermined restriction process may be, for example, a process of notifying the user terminal 20 that the correction of the second desired exchange rate is restricted. Thus, the process ends.
  • the server 10 is linked to each user ID by the series of processes described in the above-mentioned “(6-1) increase in the number of second value exchange media”. If the quantity of the second value exchange medium has increased, processing may be performed to make the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 fulfill the target exchange rate in a predetermined period.
  • the predetermined period is referred to as a fixed exchange period.
  • the fixed exchange period may overlap with the fluctuation suppression period described above.
  • the first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a of the server 10 performs the first exchange of the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium (the debt issuance) at the above-described target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate). 1 Generate fixed exchange request infinitely. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined first contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request.
  • Execution processing between the first fixed exchange request and the first fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
  • the execution process with the first fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request.
  • a record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate).
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 transmits the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request subjected to the contract process to the server together with the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium.
  • a process of transferring to a server ID (administrator ID) related to 10 is executed.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger
  • the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10.
  • the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 exchanges the second value exchange medium held by itself with the first value exchange medium (offset purchase) at the above-described target exchange rate (second target exchange rate). Infinitely generate a second fixed exchange request to Note that the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 generates a second fixed exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table instead of generating the second fixed exchange request infinitely. You may Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process.
  • the first exchange request is the first exchange request.
  • the execution process between the second fixed exchange request and the second fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined second execution condition.
  • the execution process with the second fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying a predetermined second execution meeting condition.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request.
  • the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated.
  • the first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger.
  • the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. .
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 transfers the second value exchange medium held by itself to the user ID related to the first exchange request in conjunction with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • FIG. 32 shows the operations performed by the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 and the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20. It is a figure which shows an example of the operation
  • the market exchange rate acquiring unit 131a of the server 10 or the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a of the user terminal 20 converts the market exchange rate described in “(5-2-1) Calculation of market exchange rate” into the market price of the server 10. It is acquired from the exchange rate calculation unit 151.
  • the decrease condition determination unit 131 d of the server 10 or the decrease condition determination unit 231 d of the user terminal 20 determines whether a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied.
  • the predetermined decrease condition described above is, for example, a market price acquired by the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a or the market exchange ratio acquiring unit 131a with respect to a target exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium.
  • the rate of increase which is a ratio of the exchange rate, may have reached a predetermined rate of increase lower limit.
  • the target exchange rate is a target value of the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium which can be set by the system administrator.
  • the target exchange rate is, for example, unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (currency expressed as “1.00” as “unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium / unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium”) It may be the target exchange rate when the unit exchange value (currency value) of the second value exchange medium is equal to the value).
  • the premium lower limit value may be determined randomly or within a predetermined section (for example, between 0.95 and 0.90), randomly, or by voting by the user terminal 20, for example. Even in the case of determining randomly, it is a discrete fixed value (for example, a value such as 0.001, such as (0.95-0.001 ⁇ N), defined by a predetermined step width). It is also good.
  • the additional lower limit may be black boxed so that the user or the user and the system administrator can not recognize. As a result, it is possible to make the user not aware of the execution timing of the reduction process of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 or 231.
  • the predetermined decrease condition described above may be, for example, that the increase rate at the time when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous reduction process (or increase process) of the second value exchange medium is smaller than “1”.
  • the cycle of the increase and decrease processing of the second value exchange medium can be contained within a predetermined period. Therefore, even when the fluctuation of the premium rate continues to fluctuate gradually in the range that does not reach the premium lower limit value, the premium rate can be made to approach "1", and the premium rate deviates from "1". It is possible to further enhance the effect of making it difficult (effect of suppressing fluctuation of the premium rate in the vicinity of “1”).
  • the decrease execution unit 131e of the server 10 or the decrease execution unit 231e of the user terminal 20 determines that the decrease condition determination unit 131d of the server 10 or the decrease condition determination unit 231d of the user terminal 20 determines that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied.
  • the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user terminal 20 and the server 10 is decreased by a predetermined number.
  • the reduction execution unit 131 e of the server 10 or the reduction execution unit 231 e of the user terminal 20 is second update information for updating the second ledger, and the server ID related to the server 10 or the user terminal 20 The second update information is generated to reduce the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID by a predetermined number.
  • the second ledger may be configured by a block chain. Therefore, the second update information may be a transaction to be taken into the block chain, and may be a transaction whose content reduces the second value exchange medium having the user ID as the holder by a predetermined number.
  • the predetermined quantity (the reduction quantity of the second value exchange medium) mentioned above will be described later.
  • the decrease execution unit 131e of the server 10 or the decrease execution unit 231e of the user terminal 20 can generate the second update information (transaction) generated by the generated node 2 into any node (server 10 or user terminal 20, etc.) in the value exchange medium distribution network. Send to). Then, the second update information (transaction) is broadcasted on the value exchange medium distribution network, and after being subjected to predetermined processing, is taken into a block chain stored in each node. Thereby, the second ledger is updated.
  • the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 controls the quantity of the second value exchange medium held by the system administrator or the user by a predetermined quantity. Reduce.
  • the reduced quantity is the increase rate at the time when the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied (hereinafter referred to as "attainment increase rate"), the user and It may be calculated based on the system administrator's second value exchange medium possession quantity.
  • the predetermined decrease condition described above is that the rate of increase, which is the ratio of the exchange rate to the target exchange rate, has reached the increase lower limit value
  • the achieved increase rate is equal to the increase lower limit value described above.
  • the predetermined decrease condition described above is smaller than “1” when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous decrease processing (or increase processing) of the second value exchange medium
  • the distribution contribution rate is calculated, for example, as follows.
  • an upper limit may be provided for the value obtained by “(1 ⁇ distribution contribution rate)” related to the calculation of the decrease quantity of the example, and if larger than “1”, the upper limit is not exceeded.
  • the distribution contribution rate may be balanced and corrected among users whose obtained value is larger than “1” (in other words, users whose distribution contribution rate is relatively lower than “1”).
  • the second value exchange medium is used for the user who holds the second value exchange medium by calculating the decrease quantity of the second value exchange medium based on the distribution contribution rate as well as the owned quantity. Incentives can be exercised (payment, settlement, remittance, or means of payment, or second exchange etc.) (In general terms, the incentive for using a legal currency is negative (* The desire for preservation is higher than the desire for use) And the second value exchange medium becomes more likely to function as a "value exchange medium".
  • the second value exchange medium is a positive (relative value) (it is equivalent to a relatively small negative value) can be generated if it is used "moderately without reduction” if used moderately and so to speak To be able to function as a currency that exerts an asset effect (which is equivalent to a small negative).
  • “it is easy to reduce the amount” so to say, not using it, "negative interest rate” (equivalent to relatively large negative) can occur negative (relative negative
  • the second value exchange medium is easy to move from wallet to wallet, that is, it is easy to exchange “value” and has a high speed of distribution, since it can function as a currency that exhibits the asset effect of “large”.
  • the second value exchange medium similarly to the first value exchange medium, “reduces the fluctuation of the value scale newly issued based on the relative evaluation of the value transferred among users and the demand (unit exchange It can function as a value exchange medium with a high flow rate and controlled value).
  • the server 10 further adds the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the second value exchange medium to the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium at the target exchange rate, as described below.
  • a predetermined process may be performed to balance (do not deviate from the target exchange rate).
  • the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is further balanced with the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium at (or near) the target exchange rate, and therefore, as described above, the first value exchange medium has It is possible to generate more robust value scaling functions (functions to control unit exchange value) for the second value exchange medium.
  • the server 10 corrects the desired exchange rate relating to the already received exchange request so as to offset the decreasing rate of the volume of the second value exchange medium of each user. May be
  • the fluctuation amounts of the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate based on the exchange rate resulting from this correction process can be up to the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate and the second target exchange rate).
  • the amount of fluctuation exceeding the target exchange rate may be limited.
  • FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction processing of a desired exchange rate at the time of reduction processing. By this processing, the above-mentioned market exchange rate further approaches the target exchange rate.
  • the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 acquires the market exchange rate from the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10, as in S6200 described above.
  • step S6205 the dilution reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined reduction condition is satisfied, as in S6201 described above. If it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is not satisfied (S6205; No), the process returns to step S6204. On the other hand, when it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied (S6205; Yes), the process proceeds to step S6206.
  • the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 transmits the already received exchange request (including the first exchange request and the second exchange request) recorded in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Among them, one exchange request whose correction of the desired exchange rate is not completed is identified.
  • the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 refers to the second ledger, and the reduction rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the exchange request specified in S6206.
  • the second desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.2051.
  • the first desired exchange rate related to a certain first exchange request is 0.96
  • the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the first exchange request is reduced by 5%.
  • the first desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.008.
  • the second exchange rate is, for example, 1.00
  • the first exchange request whose first desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.008 is the second exchange rate (in this case, If there is, the second market exchange request can be fulfilled at 1.00).
  • the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 determines whether or not the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all the already received exchange requests in the exchange request table. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has not been corrected for all the already received exchange requests (S6209; No), the process returns to S6206. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6209; Yes), the process ends.
  • FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction limitation processing for reducing the first desired exchange rate.
  • the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 receives a correction request of the first desired exchange rate from the user terminal 20.
  • the correction request may include, for example, information indicating a desired corrected first desired exchange rate (corrected first desired exchange rate).
  • the predetermined switching condition is a condition that defines the end of the fluctuation suppression period described above.
  • the predetermined switching condition may be that a predetermined fixed length period has elapsed.
  • the length of the fixed length period is not particularly limited, may be any length, and may be determined by voting of the user terminal 20 or the like.
  • the predetermined switching condition may be that the above-described premium rate (the ratio of the market exchange rate to the target exchange rate) has reached a predetermined threshold.
  • the value of the predetermined threshold is not particularly limited, and may be any value.
  • the value of the predetermined threshold may be equal to or less than the above-described additional increase lower limit value.
  • step S6212 If it is determined in step S6211 that the predetermined switching condition is satisfied (S6211; Yes), the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 corrects the first desired exchange rate in the exchange request table, and the process finish.
  • step S6213 If it is determined in step S6211 that the predetermined switching condition is not satisfied (S6211: No), the decrease-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 decreases the first desired exchange rate as the correction content related to the correction request Direction ((6-2-3-1) due to a decrease in the number of second value exchange media associated with each user ID by the processing described in “(6-2-1) Basic flow of reduction” It is determined whether or not the first desired exchange rate corrected by the process described in “Correction of the desired exchange rate” returns to the first desired exchange rate of the state before being corrected.
  • step S6213 If it is determined that the first desired exchange rate is not decreasing (S6213; No), the process proceeds to step S6212, and the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 performs the first desired exchange in the exchange request table. Correct the rate and the process ends.
  • the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 limits the correction of the first desired exchange rate.
  • Execute predetermined restriction processing may not execute the correction process of the first desired exchange rate at all, and may execute the correction process of the first desired exchange rate that is not the correction request received in S6210 (for example, The first desired exchange rate recorded in the exchange request table may be corrected to a value larger than the corrected first desired exchange rate received in S6210.
  • the predetermined restriction process may be, for example, a process of notifying the user terminal 20 that the correction of the first desired exchange rate is restricted. Thus, the process ends.
  • the server 10 is linked to each user ID by the series of processes described in the above-mentioned “(6-2) Decrease of the quantity of the second value exchange medium”.
  • processing may be performed to make the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 meet the target exchange rate in a predetermined period (fixed exchange period).
  • the first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a of the server 10 performs the first exchange of the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium (the debt issuance) at the above-described target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate). 1 Generate fixed exchange request infinitely. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request.
  • Execution processing between the first fixed exchange request and the first fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
  • the execution process with the first fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request.
  • a record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate).
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 transmits the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request subjected to the contract process to the server together with the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium.
  • a process of transferring to a server ID (administrator ID) related to 10 is executed.
  • the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger
  • the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10.
  • the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 exchanges the second value exchange medium held by itself with the first value exchange medium (offset purchase) at the above-described target exchange rate (second target exchange rate). Infinitely generate a second fixed exchange request to Note that the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 generates a second fixed exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table instead of generating the second fixed exchange request infinitely. You may Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process.
  • the first exchange request is the first exchange request.
  • the execution process between the second fixed exchange request and the second fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined second execution condition.
  • the execution process with the second fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying a predetermined second execution meeting condition.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request.
  • the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated.
  • the first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger.
  • the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. .
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table.
  • the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 transfers the second value exchange medium held by itself to the user ID related to the first exchange request in conjunction with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium.
  • the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price.
  • the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network.
  • the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
  • the server 10 responds to the reference request for the paid consumption value belonging to the type II of the user terminal 20 or the reference request for the paid exchange value belonging to the type III.
  • the server 10 When displaying the quantity of the first value exchange medium as the compensation for the acquisition of the chargeable consumption value or the acquisition of the charge exchange value on the display device of, the amount of the first value exchange medium in addition to or instead of the quantity of the first value exchange medium , You may display the quantity of the 2nd value exchange medium as compensation.
  • the server 10 is required to acquire the quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second exchange from the first market exchange rate generated by the first market exchange request generating unit 153a.
  • the notification belongs to, for example, a second value exchange medium quantity, a settlement request, and a second exchange request at a first exchange rate, and an execution request for a paid consumption value acquisition activity belonging to Type II, or belongs to Type III It may also include a requirement for the use of chargeable exchange value for the acquisition of chargeable exchange value.
  • the server 10 when the server 10 receives the EST settlement request from the user terminal 20 (transmits / receives according to the selection of execution by the user), the first contract processing unit 154a performs the first exchange at the first rate exchange rate included in the EST execution request. 2 Complete the fulfillment process of the exchange request. Thereafter, the server 10 may settle the first value exchange medium which has issued debt by predetermined processing relating to acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II or the paid exchange value belonging to the type III.
  • the increase in debt issuance balance is expected, and at the same time, the second value exchange medium (as a custody asset) of the server may also increase. Furthermore, the first value exchange medium volume acquired by the free exchange value providing user or the paid exchange value providing user may also be increased. Then, with the increase of the offset purchase quantity of the server, the second value exchange medium (as a deposit asset) of the server is eventually transferred to the free exchange value providing user or the paid exchange value providing user. From this, in addition to the acceleration of the circulation speed of the first value exchange medium, the acceleration effect of the circulation speed of the second value exchange medium may be exhibited.
  • the unit exchange value of the value exchange medium to be provided can be stabilized.
  • the distribution speed of the value exchange medium to be provided may be improved.
  • the economic value included in the free replacement value can be quantified.
  • the distribution speed of value (exchange value) can be improved. ⁇ If the unit exchange value of the value exchange medium to be provided is lowered, the total amount of currency circulation will increase (value exchange medium is newly issued), The value of the entire value exchange medium held as an asset does not decrease. Also, Substantial debt size may decrease.
  • target for increase (target for new issue) is biased to the purchasing power side, it may cause a levied monetary taxation (such as substantial asset taxation).
  • increase target new issue target
  • the currency circulation speed can be further improved. Also, redistribution of wealth and debt can be implemented at will.
  • each processing step illustrated in the above-described embodiment may be modified to exhibit the effect of the present invention by including, as a part of the functional unit, a technique conventionally known by a person skilled in the art.
  • the processing steps described above can be arbitrarily changed in order or performed in parallel as long as no contradiction occurs in the processing contents.
  • other steps may be added between each processing step.
  • arbitrary steps may be excluded from the respective processing steps. Further, the steps described as one step may be divided into a plurality of steps and executed, or those described separately into a plurality of steps may be grasped as one step.

Landscapes

  • Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • Engineering & Computer Science (AREA)
  • Accounting & Taxation (AREA)
  • Finance (AREA)
  • General Business, Economics & Management (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Theoretical Computer Science (AREA)
  • Strategic Management (AREA)
  • Development Economics (AREA)
  • Economics (AREA)
  • Marketing (AREA)
  • Technology Law (AREA)
  • Financial Or Insurance-Related Operations Such As Payment And Settlement (AREA)
  • Management, Administration, Business Operations System, And Electronic Commerce (AREA)
  • Stored Programmes (AREA)

Abstract

Provided is a value exchange medium capable of controlling the magnitude (unit exchange value) of the value (e.g., economic value, exchange value, and purchasing power) included per unit of a value exchange medium that serves as a basis for a value measure function. A system related to an embodiment of the present invention includes a plurality of connected information processing devices that can communicate with each other, through which a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium, which can be associated with user identifications, are distributed, wherein: the first value exchange medium and the second exchange medium can be exchanged between multiple user identifications; the first value exchange medium is issued on the basis of operating information of an information processing device that acquires first economic value, said device being configured to not accept the first value exchange value medium as compensation for transfers between multiple user identifications; and the second value exchange medium increases or decreases according to the exchange rate market between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium.

Description

価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を制御するためのシステム、プログラム、情報処理装置、及び方法System, program, information processing apparatus, and method for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium
　本発明は、価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を制御するためのシステム、プログラム、情報処理装置、及び方法に関する。 The present invention relates to a system, program, information processing apparatus and method for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium.
　人々が生産活動、消費活動、及びコミュニティー活動を行いながら生活する社会では、ＩＣＴ（Ｉｎｆｏｒｍａｔｉｏｎ　Ｃｏｍｍｕｎｉｃａｔｉｏｎ　Ｔｅｃｈｎｏｌｏｇｙ）の進歩により、有償、無償を問わず、多種多様な「価値」が時間（時代）や場所（国家）を超えて容易に流通するようになった。人類の歴史において、経済はもとより我々の社会は、「価値」が人々の間で効果的に移転することによって形作られてきた。このような「価値」を人々の間で効果的に流通させるための手段として、我々は「通貨」を進化させてきた。例えば、これまで長い間、主要な「通貨」として、国家や、国家によって信認された機関が発行する法定通貨が広く用いられてきた。また最近では、ブロックチェーン技術を活用した仮想通貨が利用され始めている。 In a society where people live in production activities, consumption activities, and community activities, with the advancement of information communication technology (ICT), a wide variety of “values” can be stored in time (time) or places (whether paid or not). It became easy to distribute beyond the state). In human history, not only the economy but also our society has been shaped by the effective transfer of “value” among people. We have evolved the "currency" as a means to effectively distribute such "values" among people. For example, legal currency issued by the state or an institution trusted by the state has been widely used as a major "currency" for a long time. Recently, virtual currency utilizing blockchain technology has begun to be used.
　このような「通貨」は、基本機能の一つとして、モノやサービスの交換価値の客観的な尺度となる機能、すなわち価値尺度機能を有すると言われている。この点、例えば、特許文献１には、仮想通貨と法定通貨との間の交換率を固定する技術が記載されている。 Such "currency" is said to have a function that serves as an objective measure of the exchange value of goods and services, that is, a value measure function, as one of the basic functions. In this regard, for example, Patent Document 1 describes a technique for fixing the exchange rate between a virtual currency and a legal currency.
特許第６３５２４６３号明細書Patent No. 635 2463 specification
　しかしながら、仮想通貨システムを含め現在人々に用いられている様々な通貨システムにおいては、価値尺度機能の基礎となる通貨の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ（単位交換価値）の変動（例えば、時間的変動、地理的変動等）を制御する仕組みが内在されていない。そのため、通貨価値の急激な変動等の様々な弊害が生じている。 However, in various currency systems currently used by people, including the virtual currency system, the value of the value (eg, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) included per unit of currency underlying the value scale function is large. There is no inherent mechanism to control the change (eg, temporal change, geographical change, etc.) of the unit exchange value. As a result, various adverse effects such as rapid fluctuations in currency value have occurred.
　そこで、本発明は、価値尺度機能の基礎となる価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ（単位交換価値）を制御することの可能な価値交換媒体を提供することを目的とする。 Therefore, the present invention can control the size (unit exchange value) of the value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) contained in the unit of value exchange medium underlying the value scale function. It aims to provide a value exchange medium.
　本発明の一態様に係るシステムは、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられ得る第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体が流通する、互いに通信可能に接続された複数の情報処理装置を含むシステムであって、第１価値交換媒体と第２価値交換媒体とは、複数のユーザ識別情報の間で交換可能であって、第１価値交換媒体は、複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得する情報処理装置の動作情報に基づいて発行され、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体と第２価値交換媒体との間の交換率の相場に応じて増加又は減少する。 A system according to an aspect of the present invention is a system including a plurality of information processing apparatuses communicably connected to each other, in which a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium that can be linked to user identification information are distributed. The first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium can be exchanged between the plurality of user identification information, and the first value exchange medium is used for the transfer of the plurality of user identification information. The first value exchange medium is issued based on the operation information of the information processing apparatus for acquiring the first economic value set to receive no value exchange medium, and the second value exchange medium includes the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium. Increase or decrease depending on the exchange rate rate between
　この態様によれば、無償で提供及び取得される価値の評価度量に基づいて発行される第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に均衡させて第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を制御することが可能となる。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を抑制し、当該単位交換価値を安定化させることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium issued based on the value evaluation value of the value provided and acquired free of charge is balanced to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
　本発明の一態様に係る方法は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体の交換を管理するためのコンピュータに実行させる方法であって、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体は複数のユーザ識別情報の間で任意に交換可能であって、第１価値交換媒体は、複数のユーザ識別情報の間を移転した無償交換価値に対する評価に基づいて発行され、第２価値交換媒体は、ユーザが希望する第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率が、目標となる第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率から所定割合だけ変動した場合に、変動した分の少なくとも一部を相殺するように所定数量だけ変動し、プログラムは、コンピュータに、第１価値交換媒体を第１希望交換率で第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１交換要求を受け付けるステップと、第２価値交換媒体を第２希望交換率で第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２交換要求を受け付けるステップと、第１価値交換媒体を相場交換率で第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１相場交換要求を生成するステップと、第２価値交換媒体を相場交換率で第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２相場交換要求を生成するステップと、第１相場交換要求と、所定の第１約定条件を満たす第２交換要求との間の第１約定処理を実行するステップと、第２相場交換要求と、所定の第２約定条件を満たす第１交換要求との間の第２約定処理を実行するステップと、を実行させる。 A method according to an aspect of the present invention includes a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information. A method for causing a computer to manage an exchange, wherein the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are arbitrarily exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information, and the first value exchange medium is The second value exchange medium is a rate of exchange between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, which is issued based on the evaluation on the free exchange value transferred between the plurality of user identification information If the exchange rate, which is the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate, fluctuates by a predetermined rate from the target exchange rate, which is the exchange rate between the target first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, Offset some The program varies with the predetermined quantity, and the program receives from the computer a first exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at the first desired exchange rate, and the second value exchange medium Receiving a second exchange request to exchange the first value exchange medium at the second exchange rate desired, and first market exchange to exchange the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at the market exchange rate Generating a request, generating a second market exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at the market exchange rate, a first market exchange request, and a predetermined first execution. Performing a first fulfillment process between a second exchange request that satisfies the second exchange request, and performing a second execution process between the second market exchange request and the first exchange request that satisfies a predetermined second exchange meeting condition Step and step Make.
　この態様によれば、無償で提供及び取得される価値の評価度量に基づいて発行される第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に均衡させて第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を制御することが可能となる。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を抑制し、当該単位交換価値を安定化させることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium issued based on the value evaluation value of the value provided and acquired free of charge is balanced to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
　本発明の一態様に係る方法は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、ユーザが希望する第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得するステップと、相場交換率に係る所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定するステップと、所定の増加条件が満たされると判定された場合、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定の増加数量だけ増加させる第２更新情報を生成する増加実行ステップと、を実行させる。 In a method according to one aspect of the present invention, a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information Acquiring a market exchange rate, which is a market exchange rate that is the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, to a computer that is a node of a circulating network; Determining whether or not a predetermined increase condition related to the rate is satisfied, and when it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the second update information for updating the second ledger, which is at least one of And C. performing an increase execution step of generating second update information for increasing the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information of the second information by the predetermined increase quantity.
　この態様によれば、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に均衡させて第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を制御することが可能となる。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を抑制し、当該単位交換価値を安定化させることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, it is possible to balance the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
　本発明の一態様に係る方法は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、ユーザが希望する第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得するステップと、相場交換率に係る所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定するステップと、所定の減少条件が満たされると判定された場合、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定の減少数量だけ減少させる第２更新情報を生成する減少実行ステップと、を実行させる。 In a method according to one aspect of the present invention, a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information Acquiring a market exchange rate, which is a market exchange rate that is the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user, to a computer that is a node of a circulating network; Determining whether or not a predetermined reduction condition related to the rate is satisfied, and when it is determined that the predetermined reduction condition is satisfied, the second update information for updating the second ledger, which is at least one of And C. performing a second execution step of generating second update information for decreasing the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information of the second information by the predetermined decrease quantity.
　この態様によれば、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に均衡させて第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を制御することが可能となる。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を抑制し、当該単位交換価値を安定化させることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, it is possible to balance the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium to control the change of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium. Thereby, it becomes possible to suppress the fluctuation of the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium and to stabilize the unit exchange value.
　本発明の一態様に係る方法は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するノードの動作情報に基づいた第１所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するステップと、ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を取り出す行為に基づいた第２所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を消却するステップと、を実行させる方法であって、第１所定数量は、第２所定数量に基づいて決定される。 A method according to an aspect of the present invention is a method for transferring a plurality of pieces of user identification information to a computer that is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in the first ledger is linked to user identification information. Issuing a first predetermined quantity of first value exchange medium based on the operation information of the node that acquires the first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as a consideration; (2) A method of executing the step of canceling the first predetermined value exchange medium of the second predetermined quantity based on the act of taking out the economic value, wherein the first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity.
　この態様によれば、無償で提供及び取得される価値の評価度量と、有償で取得される価値の消費度量とに基づいて発行及び消却される第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の変動を制御することが可能となる。これにより、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を任意に変動させることが可能となる。 According to this aspect, control of the unit exchange value fluctuation of the first value exchange medium issued and canceled based on the value evaluation amount provided and acquired free of charge and the consumption amount of value acquired for a fee It is possible to This makes it possible to arbitrarily change the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium.
　本発明の一態様に係る方法は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するステップと、第１経済価値を取得するステップにおける動作情報を、第１台帳を管理する情報処理装置に送信するステップと、第１経済価値を取得するステップに関連付けて、ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を第１価値交換媒体の消費を伴い取り出す行為を他の情報処理装置から受け付けるステップと、を実行させる。 A method according to an aspect of the present invention is a method for transferring a plurality of pieces of user identification information to a computer that is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in the first ledger is linked to user identification information. The steps of acquiring the first economic value set to not receive the first value exchange medium as compensation and transmitting the operation information in the step of acquiring the first economic value to the information processing apparatus that manages the first ledger And a step of receiving from the other information processing apparatus an act of taking out the second economic value generated from the network with consumption of the first value exchange medium in association with the step of acquiring the first economic value.
　この態様によれば、無償で提供及び取得される価値の評価の大きさを定量化することが可能となり、また当該定量化された評価に有償で取得される価値の消費度量を本位させることが可能となる。これにより制御可能な経済価値としての評価に本位させた第１価値交換媒体を発行することが可能となる。 According to this aspect, it is possible to quantify the magnitude of the value evaluation provided and obtained without charge, and to make the consumption amount of the value acquired for a fee for the quantified evaluation as the main. It becomes possible. This makes it possible to issue a first value exchange medium centered on the evaluation as a controllable economic value.
　本発明によれば、価値尺度機能の基礎となる価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ（単位交換価値）を制御することの可能な価値交換媒体を提供することが可能となる。 According to the present invention, it is possible to control the size (unit exchange value) of the value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) contained per unit of value exchange medium underlying the value scale function. It becomes possible to provide a value exchange medium.
本発明の一実施形態に係る価値交換媒体流通システム１の概要を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating the outline | summary of the value exchange medium distribution system 1 which concerns on one Embodiment of this invention. 各経済活動、価値、及び価値交換媒体等の相互の関係の一例を説明するための概念図である。It is a conceptual diagram for demonstrating an example of mutual relationships, such as each economic activity, value, and value exchange media. 第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の機能の一例を説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an example of the function of a 1st value exchange medium and a 2nd value exchange medium. 価値交換媒体流通システム１の構成の一例を示す図である。FIG. 1 is a diagram showing an example of the configuration of a value exchange medium distribution system 1; サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the hardware constitutions of the server 10 and the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. サーバ１０の機能的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。FIG. 2 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of a server 10; アカウント情報テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an account information table. 検索履歴テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a search history table. 価値テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a value table. 第２経済活動実行要求テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 2nd economic activity execution request | requirement table. ブロックテーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a block table. 第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 1st economic activity basics number table. 第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 2nd economic activity basic price table. 第２経済活動テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 2nd economic activity table. 第１評価テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 1st evaluation table. 評価購買力倍率テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an evaluation purchasing power ratio table. 交換要求テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a replacement | exchange request | requirement table. 債務発行テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a debt issuing table. 第３経済活動テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 3rd economic activity table. 第１台帳の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 1st ledger. 第２評価テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 2nd evaluation table. 第２台帳の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 2nd ledger. 第２台帳の他の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows another example of a 2nd ledger. 信用発行テーブルの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a credit issuing table. ユーザ端末２０の機能的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。5 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of a user terminal 20. FIG. 有償交換価値の登録処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence of the registration process of payment exchange value. 有償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－１の一例を示す図である。It is a figure showing an example of paid exchange value registration information input screen 300A-1. 無償交換価値の登録処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence of the registration process of the free exchange value. 無償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－２の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the free replacement value registration information input screen 300A-2. 無償交換価値の提供及び取得処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence of the provision of a free exchange value, and an acquisition process. 評価購買力倍率の算出処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement flow of calculation processing of evaluation purchasing power ratio. 評価発行処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence of evaluation issuing process. 発行情報を表示するための発行情報表示画面３００Ｂの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the issue information display screen 300B for displaying issue information. 第１価値交換媒体の送金処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence of the remittance process of a 1st value exchange medium. 送金指示入力画面３００Ｃの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the remittance instruction | indication input screen 300C. 送金通知画面３００Ｄの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of remittance notification screen 300D. 有償交換価値の利用に伴う決済（第３経済活動）の処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation sequence of processing of the payment (3rd economic activity) accompanying utilization of charge exchange value. 利用情報表示画面３００Ｅの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the utilization information display screen 300E. 価値交換媒体流通システム１において、第２経済活動が行われる場合の処理の一例について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an example of a process in case the 2nd economic activity is performed in the value exchange medium distribution system 1. FIG. 第３経済活動購買力参照表の一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of a 3rd economic activity purchasing power reference table. 信用発行の処理に係る動作シーケンスの一例を示す概略図である。It is a schematic diagram showing an example of the operation sequence concerning processing of trust issuance. 交換要求の送信及び登録の処理に係る動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement sequence which concerns on the process of transmission of exchange request | requirement, and registration. ウォレット管理アプリＸ１において表示される第１交換要求の入力画面５００Ａの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the input screen 500A of the 1st exchange request | requirement displayed in the wallet management application X1. ウォレット管理アプリＸ２において表示される第２交換要求の入力画面５００Ｂの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the input screen 500B of the 2nd replacement | exchange request | requirement displayed in the wallet management application X2. 交換要求について説明するための図である。It is a figure for demonstrating an exchange request | requirement. 第２価値交換媒体の増加処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an operation flow of the increase process of a 2nd value exchange medium. 増加処理時の希望交換率の修正処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an operation | movement flow of correction process of the desired exchange rate at the time of an increase process. 第２希望交換率の修正の制限処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an operation | movement flow of the restriction | limiting process of correction | amendment of a 2nd desired exchange rate. 第２価値交換媒体の減少処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement flow of a reduction process of a 2nd value exchange medium. 減少処理時の希望交換率の修正処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an operation | movement flow of correction process of the desired exchange rate at the time of a reduction process. 第１希望交換率の修正の制限処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。It is a figure which shows an example of an operation | movement flow of the restriction | limiting process of correction of a 1st desired exchange rate.
　添付図面を参照して、本発明の好適な実施形態について説明する。（なお、各図において、同一の符号を付したものは、同一又は同様の構成を有する。 Preferred embodiments of the present invention will be described with reference to the accompanying drawings. (In addition, in each figure, what attached the same code | symbol has the same or same structure.
　本実施形態では、「価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ」を、「単位交換価値」と称する場合がある。なお、「価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ」、すなわち「単位交換価値」は、「価値尺度基準」、「単位経済価値」、「単位購買力」、「通貨価値」、「価格の度量標準」、「信用の計算単位」、又は「価値の度量衡」等と称され得る。 In the present embodiment, “the value of value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) included per unit of value exchange medium” may be referred to as “unit exchange value”. Note that “the value of value (for example, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) included per unit of value exchange medium”, that is, “unit exchange value” is “value scale standard”, “unit economic value”, It may be referred to as “unit purchasing power”, “currency value”, “price measure standard”, “credit calculation unit”, “value measure” or the like.
（１）概要
（１－１）構成
　図１は、本発明の一実施形態に係る価値交換媒体流通システム１の概要を説明するための図である。 (1) Outline (1-1) Configuration FIG. 1 is a view for explaining an outline of a value exchange medium distribution system 1 according to an embodiment of the present invention.
　価値交換媒体流通システム１は、例えば、インターネット等の通信ネットワークＮを介して互いに情報を送受信可能に接続されたサーバ１０と、ユーザ端末２０とを含んで構成される。サーバ１０は例えばシステム管理者が、ユーザ端末２０は例えばユーザが、それぞれ利用する情報処理装置である。価値交換媒体流通システム１は、例えば、サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０等をノードとするネットワークを構成し得るところ、当該ネットワークは、サーバ・クライアントモデルとしての側面と、ブロックチェーン・ネットワークとしての側面とを有し得る。本実施形態では、価値交換媒体流通システム１は、例えば、第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークとしての側面からは、「第１ネットワーク」と称され得る。本実施形態では、価値交換媒体流通システム１は、例えば、第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークとしての側面からは、「第２ネットワーク」と称され得る。 The value exchange medium distribution system 1 includes, for example, a server 10 connected to be able to transmit and receive information mutually via a communication network N such as the Internet, and a user terminal 20. The server 10 is, for example, an information processing apparatus used by a system administrator, and the user terminal 20 is, for example, a user. The value exchange medium distribution system 1 can configure, for example, a network having the server 10, the user terminal 20, etc. as a node, and the network concerned has a side as a server / client model and a side as a block chain network. It can have. In the present embodiment, the value exchange medium distribution system 1 may be referred to as a “first network”, for example, from the aspect as a network through which the first value exchange medium is distributed. In the present embodiment, the value exchange medium distribution system 1 may be referred to as a “second network”, for example, from the aspect as a network through which the second value exchange medium is distributed.
　価値交換媒体流通システム１は、人間の社会的活動欲求（共同体の一部を構成するための機能に含まれる力）を源泉として他者に提供される「価値」を経済価値の観点から相対評価として定量化し、時代や国家に翻弄されない「時間的・場所的変動が抑制された価値尺度機能」及び「価値保蔵機能」を有する流通速度の速い「価値交換媒体」を単位交換価値が制御可能な状態で生成し、これをノード間で流通させる。価値交換媒体流通システム１においては、第１価値交換媒体と、第２価値交換媒体との、２種類の価値交換媒体が、サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０の間を流通し得る。 The value exchange medium distribution system 1 is a relative evaluation of the “value” provided to others from the social value of human activities (power included in the function to form a part of the community) from the viewpoint of economic value The unit exchange value can control the fast “value exchange medium” with “value scale function with reduced temporal and spatial variation” and “value storage function” that can be quantified as Generate in the state and distribute this among nodes. In the value exchange medium distribution system 1, two types of value exchange media of a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium can be distributed between the server 10 and the user terminal 20.
　ユーザは、例えば、ユーザ端末２０にインストールされたアプリケーションソフトウェアである後述するウォレット管理アプリＸを介して、自身のユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体、及び第２価値交換媒体それぞれを管理することができる。 The user manages, for example, the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user via the wallet management application X described later, which is application software installed in the user terminal 20, for example. can do.
　本実施形態では、第１価値交換媒体の名称乃至単位を「ＡＣＴ」と、第２価値交換媒体の名称乃至単位を「ＥＳＴ」と称する場合がある。本実施形態では、第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換することを「第１交換」と称し、第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換することを「第２交換」と称する場合がある。本実施形態では、ユーザ端末２０がサーバ１０に送信する第１交換の要求を「第１交換要求」と称し、ユーザ端末２０がサーバ１０に送信する第２交換の要求を「第２交換要求」と称する場合がある。 In the present embodiment, the name or unit of the first value exchange medium may be referred to as “ACT”, and the name or unit of the second value exchange medium may be referred to as “EST”. In the present embodiment, exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium is referred to as “first exchange”, and exchanging the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium is “second exchange”. It may be called. In the present embodiment, the request for the first exchange transmitted by the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is referred to as a “first exchange request”, and the request for the second exchange transmitted by the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is “second exchange request”. It may be called.
　本実施形態では、特に断りの無い限り、「交換率」、「希望交換率」、「第１希望交換率」、「第２希望交換率」、「相場交換率」、「第１相場交換率」、「第２相場交換率」、「目標交換率」、「第１目標交換率」、及び「第２目標交換率」等を、第２価値交換媒体の交換数量に対する第１価値交換媒体の交換数量の比「第１価値交換媒体の交換数量／第２価値交換媒体の交換数量」（すなわち、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に対する第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の比「第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値／第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値」）として表すものとする。しかしながら、これは、「交換率」、「希望交換率」、「第１希望交換率」、「第２希望交換率」、「相場交換率」、「第１相場交換率」、「第２相場交換率」、「目標交換率」、「第１目標交換率」、及び「第２目標交換率」等を、第１価値交換媒体の交換数量に対する第２価値交換媒体の交換数量の比「第２価値交換媒体の交換数量／第１価値交換媒体の交換数量」（すなわち、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に対する第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の比「第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値／第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値」）として表すことが、本実施形態から排除されることを意味するものではない。 In the present embodiment, unless otherwise noted, “exchange rate”, “desired exchange rate”, “first desired exchange rate”, “second desired exchange rate”, “market exchange rate”, “first market exchange rate” , “Second exchange rate”, “target exchange rate”, “first target exchange rate”, and “second target exchange rate”, etc., for the first value exchange medium with respect to the exchange quantity of the second value exchange medium. Ratio of exchange quantity "exchange quantity of first value exchange medium / exchange quantity of second value exchange medium" (ie, ratio of unit exchange value of second value exchange medium to unit exchange value of first value exchange medium "second Unit exchange value of the value exchange medium / unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium ”. However, this means that “exchange rate”, “desired exchange rate”, “first desired exchange rate”, “second desired exchange rate”, “market exchange rate”, “first market exchange rate”, “second market exchange rate” Exchange ratio, target exchange ratio, first target exchange ratio, second target exchange ratio, etc., the ratio of the exchange quantity of the second value exchange medium to the exchange quantity of the first value exchange medium Exchange value of 2 value exchange medium / exchange amount of 1st value exchange medium "(ie, ratio of 1st value exchange medium unit exchange value to 2nd value exchange medium unit exchange value) 1st value exchange medium unit exchange Expressing as “value / unit exchange value of second value exchange medium” does not mean to be excluded from the present embodiment.
（１－２）第１価値交換媒体
　価値交換媒体流通システム１では、第１価値交換媒体が流通し得る。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、サーバ１０が有する、後述する所定の評価発行アルゴリズムにより、複数のユーザ端末２０間において無償で移転された価値の評価に基づいて新規に発行（以下、「評価発行」と称する場合がある。）され得る。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０とサーバ１０との間で行われる後述する第２経済活動における価値の取得による第１価値交換媒体の消費に基づきサーバ１０により消却（消費消却）され得る。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０とサーバ１０との間で行われる第２交換に基づいて新規に発行（以下、「債務発行」と称する場合がある）され得る。換言すると、債務発行は、サーバ１０がユーザ端末２０から第２価値交換媒体を預かり、実質的な預かり証として第１価値交換媒体を新規に発行する行為とも言える。また、換言すると、債務発行は、発行元（サーバ１０）としては、発行先（ユーザ端末２０）に対して第１価値交換媒体の数量によって経済価値の大きさが表される「債務」（後述するように、交換によりユーザに対して第２価値交換媒体を提供する義務）が生じ、発行先としては、発行元に対して第１価値交換媒体の数量によって経済価値の大きさが表される「債権」（後述するように、交換によりサーバから第２価値交換媒体を取得する権利）が生じると言える。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０とサーバ１０との間で行われる第１交換による、債務発行分のサーバ１０による相殺購入に基づいて消却（相殺消却）され得る。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、取得されてから所定の期間が経過した場合に消却（時限消却）され得る。第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、サーバ１０が記憶する第１台帳に発行数量がユーザＩＤに紐付けて記録され得る。本実施形態において、第１台帳が構成される態様は特に限定されない。第１台帳は、例えば、サーバ１０、又は任意のユーザ端末２０等によって管理される集中型台帳であってもよい。第１台帳は、例えば、サーバ１０、及びユーザ端末２０それぞれが記憶するブロックチェーン等によって構成される分散型台帳であってよい。本実施形態において、「第１台帳の更新」とは、第１台帳の構成の態様に応じて規定され得る更新のための任意の処理を含んでもよく、第１台帳を直接的に更新する処理の他、第１台帳の更新権限のある情報処理装置に対して更新の要求を送信する処理を含んでもよい。 (1-2) First Value Exchange Medium In the value exchange medium distribution system 1, the first value exchange medium can be distributed. The first value exchange medium is newly issued, for example, based on the evaluation of the value transferred free of charge among the plurality of user terminals 20 according to a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm described later that the server 10 has (hereinafter referred to as “evaluation issuance May be referred to as The first value exchange medium is canceled (consumption cancellation) by the server 10 based on, for example, consumption of the first value exchange medium by acquisition of value in second economic activity to be described later performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10 obtain. The first value exchange medium may be newly issued (hereinafter, may be referred to as “debt issuance”) based on, for example, a second exchange performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10. In other words, debt issuance can be said to be an action in which the server 10 receives the second value exchange medium from the user terminal 20 and newly issues the first value exchange medium as a substantial deposit. Also, in other words, as the issuer (server 10), the debt issuance is “debt” in which the size of the economic value is represented by the quantity of the first value exchange medium with respect to the issuance destination (user terminal 20) (described later As a matter of fact, the exchange requires the user to provide the second value exchange medium to the user, and the issuer is represented by the quantity of the first value exchange medium with respect to the issuer. It can be said that “bonds” (the right to obtain the second value exchange medium from the server by exchange, as will be described later) occur. The first value exchange medium may be canceled (cancelled cancellation), for example, based on the offset purchase by the debt issue server 10 in the first exchange performed between the user terminal 20 and the server 10. The first value exchange medium may be canceled (timed cancellation), for example, when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since acquisition. In the first value exchange medium, for example, the issued quantity can be linked to the user ID in the first ledger stored by the server 10 and recorded. In the present embodiment, the manner in which the first ledger is configured is not particularly limited. The first ledger may be, for example, a centralized ledger managed by the server 10 or any user terminal 20 or the like. The first ledger may be, for example, a distributed ledger configured by a server 10 and a block chain stored in each of the user terminals 20. In the present embodiment, “updating of the first ledger” may include any process for updating that may be defined according to the configuration of the first ledger, and the process of directly updating the first ledger In addition to the above, processing for transmitting an update request to an information processing apparatus having the first ledger update authority may be included.
（１－２－１）価値及び経済活動
（１－２－１－１）価値
　本実施形態における「価値」は、人間が社会生活を営む中で行う任意の行動（社会的活動）に関連して、複数の情報処理装置間で送受信可能な形式で表現される任意の情報を含んでもよい。換言すれば、「価値」は、例えば、人間の社会的活動においてユーザ（個人や法人等）間でやり取りされる便益を含んでもよいといえる。また、「価値」は、例えば、ユーザ（個人や法人等）間でやり取りされる物品（モノ）、役務（サービス）、又は契約行為等の何らかの相互作用を及ぼすもの（一方に（心理的）債権、及び他方に（心理的）債務を生じさせる行為を含む）に関する情報であって、従来の社会において必ずしも評価や定量化がなされてこなかったものを含んでもよい。また、価値は、例えば、言語（文字）データ、動画データ、画像データ、音声データ、設計図面データ、作品データ、有益情報データ等のコンテンツを含んでもよい。 (1-2-1) Value and Economic Activity (1-2-1-1) Value In the present embodiment, “value” is related to arbitrary behavior (social activity) performed by human beings in social life. It may include any information expressed in a format that can be transmitted and received among a plurality of information processing apparatuses. In other words, it can be said that "value" may include, for example, benefits exchanged between users (individuals, corporations, etc.) in human social activities. In addition, “value” is, for example, an article (a thing) exchanged between users (individuals, a corporation, etc.), a service (service), or a thing that exerts some kind of interaction such as a contract act (a psychological one) And information on the other side (including an act of causing debt), which may not necessarily be evaluated or quantified in the conventional society. In addition, the value may include, for example, content such as language (character) data, moving image data, image data, audio data, design drawing data, work data, and useful information data.
　本実施形態において、価値は、「有償交換価値」と「無償交換価値」とを含んでもよく、「有償交換価値」は、「有償消費価値」を含んでもよい。本実施形態において、「有償」とは、ユーザ端末２０によって行われる経済活動において第１価値交換媒体、又は第２価値交換媒体を対価として必要とすることを言う。本実施形態において、「無償」とは、ユーザ端末２０によって行われる経済活動において第１価値交換媒体、又は第２価値交換媒体を対価として必要としないことを言う。本実施形態に係る価値交換媒体流通システム１においては、ユーザ端末２０は、後述する「第１経済活動」、「第２経済活動」、「第３経済活動」、及び「第４経済活動」を実行する事ができる。以下では、「有償交換価値」（「有償消費価値」を含む）、及び「無償交換価値」について、「第１経済活動」、「第２経済活動」、「第３経済活動」、及び「第４経済活動」と併せて説明する。 In the present embodiment, the value may include "paid exchange value" and "free exchange value", and "paid exchange value" may include "paid consumption value". In the present embodiment, “paid” means that the economic activity performed by the user terminal 20 requires the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as a price. In the present embodiment, “free of charge” means that the economic activity performed by the user terminal 20 does not require the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as a price. In the value exchange medium distribution system 1 according to the present embodiment, the user terminal 20 performs “first economic activity”, “second economic activity”, “third economic activity”, and “fourth economic activity” described later. It can be done. In the following, with regard to “Paid Exchange Value” (including “Paid Consumption Value”) and “Granted Exchange Value”, “First Economic Activity”, “Second Economic Activity”, “Third Economic Activity”, and “Third Economic Activity” This will be explained in conjunction with 4) Economic activity.
　本実施形態において、「類型I」は、第１経済活動において第１価値交換媒体を交換対価としない、サーバ１０によって管理することができる、又は管理される「無償交換価値」が属する類型であり得る。本実施形態において、「類型II」は、第２経済活動において第１価値交換媒体を消費対価とする、サーバ１０によって管理することができる、又は管理される「有償消費価値」が属する類型であり得る。本実施形態において、「類型III」は、第３経済活動において第１価値交換媒体を交換対価とする、サーバ１０によって管理することができる、又は管理される「有償交換価値」が属する類型であり得る。本実施形態において、「類型IV」は、第４経済活動において第１価値交換媒体、又は第２価値交換媒体を交換対価とする、サーバ１０によって管理することができない、又は管理されない「任意の有償交換価値」が属する類型であり得る。 In this embodiment, the “type I” is a type that does not use the first value exchange medium as the exchange value in the first economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “free exchange value” managed. obtain. In the present embodiment, the “type II” is a type that uses the first value exchange medium as the consumption consideration in the second economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “paid consumption value” managed. obtain. In the present embodiment, the “type III” is a type that uses the first value exchange medium as an exchange value in the third economic activity, can be managed by the server 10, or belongs to the “paid exchange value” managed. obtain. In the present embodiment, the “type IV” is an optional fee that can not be managed by the server 10 or is not managed by using the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as the exchange value in the fourth economic activity. It can be a type to which “exchange value” belongs.
（１－２－１－２）有償交換価値
　本実施形態において、「有償交換価値」（「有償消費価値」を含む）は、例えば、価値の提供の対価として所定数量（０（ゼロ）を含んでもよい）の第１価値交換媒体の提供を受け付けるように設定された価値であって、第２経済活動及び第３経済活動において第１価値交換媒体を対価として提供及び取得される価値を含んでもよい。 (1-2-1-2) Charged Exchange Value In the present embodiment, the “charged exchange value” (including “charged consumption value”) includes, for example, a predetermined quantity (0 (zero)) as a value provision. The value of the first value exchange medium, which includes the value provided and obtained for the first value exchange medium in consideration of the second economic activity and the third economic activity. Good.
＜第２経済活動＞
　本実施形態においては、異なる経済活動を行うユーザ端末２０間において、サーバ１０を介してネットワークに生じ得る価値から取り出すことの可能な経済価値（有償消費価値）を、第１価値交換媒体を消費対価に取得（利用）する行為を、「第２経済活動」と称する。より具体的には、「第２経済活動」とは、第１経済活動によってネットワーク（第１ネットワーク）内に生じ得る「価値」を、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を対価として消費して取得する行為を言う。なお、ユーザ端末２０が第２経済活動を実行する場合、当該第２経済活動を実行するユーザ端末２０と、第１経済活動において後述する無償交換価値を取得するユーザ端末２０との間で、価値の交換が行われていると捉えることができる。なお、第２経済活動においてユーザ端末２０を用いてユーザの取得する、消費対価を伴う有償消費価値が属する類型IIは、例えば、類型IIＡ、IIＢ、IIＣ、IIＡＡ、IIＡＡＡ・・・などと、更に細分化されてもよい。 <Second Economic Activity>
In this embodiment, among user terminals 20 performing different economic activities, the economic value (payable consumption value) that can be extracted from the value that can be generated in the network via the server 10 can be calculated using the first value exchange medium The act of acquiring (using) is called “the second economic activity”. More specifically, “the second economic activity” means that “value” that can be generated in the network (the first network) by the first economic activity is consumed by consuming a predetermined amount of the first value exchange medium as a value. Say the act to do. When the user terminal 20 executes the second economic activity, the value between the user terminal 20 executing the second economic activity and the user terminal 20 acquiring the free exchange value described later in the first economic activity It can be understood that the exchange of Note that Type II to which the user obtains using the user terminal 20 in the second economic activity and to which the paid consumption value accompanied by the consumption value belongs is, for example, Type IIA, IIB, IIC, IIAA, IIAAA, etc. It may be subdivided.
（プッシュ型）
　第２経済活動は、例えば、プッシュ型の第２経済活動としての有償消費価値の取得行為を含んでもよい。ここで、「プッシュ型の第２経済活動」とは、第１経済活動において無償交換価値を取得等する第２経済活動の対象ユーザ（群）に対して、第１価値交換媒体を対価として消費し、経済価値を生じさせ得る有償消費価値を取得しようとする（第１ネットワークから経済価値を取り出そうとする）ユーザが、「任意に（意図して）影響力を及ぼそうとするアクション」としての第２経済活動と言える。プッシュ型の第２経済活動の目的となる有償消費価値は、例えば、「小分類：再生頻度指定・回数課金型動画コマーシャル／中分類：端末ディスプレイ割り込み挿入型広告宣伝／大分類：ターゲッティング広告宣伝」や、「小分類：表示時間・地域・ユーザ属性（特性）指定の挿入枠買取型広告宣伝／中分類：端末ディスプレイ割り込み挿入型広告宣伝／大分類：ターゲッティング広告宣伝」や、「小分類：対象ユーザ範囲限定の本編表示・再生前差し込み型広告宣伝／中分類：無償交換価値合成型広告宣伝／大分類：ターゲッティング広告宣伝」等により生じうる価値（経済価値）を含んでもよい。より具体的には、プッシュ型の第２経済活動は、例えば、購買意欲を増加させる情報の発信、印象操作のための情報の発信、又は行動に影響を与えるための情報の発信等を含み、これらユーザ端末２０によって発信される情報（後述する、記憶部１１に記憶された第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録される、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求の内容）を、第１経済活動において無償交換価値を取得等する対象ユーザの操作するユーザ端末２０に対してサーバ１０を介して表示させる（強制的に表示させることを含む）等の行為であると言える。これにより、プッシュ型の第２経済活動に係る類型IIに属する有償消費価値を取得しようとする消費ユーザに、第１経済活動において類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得するユーザに対するアクションから得られる経済価値を取得させることが可能となり得る。換言すれば、無償交換価値を取得することに伴って上述したように、その他の消費ユーザからの「任意に影響力を及ぼそうとするアクション」を受けるユーザは、無償交換価値を取得することで無償交換価値を提供したユーザに対して生じる（観念上の）債務を、その他の消費ユーザからの「任意に影響力を及ぼそうとするアクション」を受け入れる（受容する）ことによって弁済（債務を帳消しすること、又は有償消費価値を取得する消費ユーザに債務を付け替えること）していると解することもできる。このようにして、無償交換価値を提供したユーザに生じた（観念上の）債権は、第２経済活動によって有償消費価値を取得する消費ユーザに生じる債務と相殺され、消費される第１価値交換媒体は、（観念上の）債権者たる無償交換価値提供ユーザに評価発行される根拠を有し得る。すなわち、価値交換媒体流通システム１においては、後述するように、第１経済活動、及び第２経済活動を行う複数のユーザ間において生じる（観念上の）債権と債務の帳消し行為たる決済が、評価発行アルゴリズムを用いて自律的に処理され得るものである。 (Push type)
The second economic activity may include, for example, an act of acquiring paid consumption value as a push-type second economic activity. Here, “push-type second economic activity” refers to consumption of the first value exchange medium as a price for the target user (group) of the second economic activity that obtains free exchange value etc. in the first economic activity. Users, who want to obtain paid consumption value that can bring about economic value (to try to take economic value from the first network), as “action to take influence (intentionally) intentionally” It can be said that it is the second economic activity. The paid consumption value, which is the purpose of the push-type second economic activity, may be, for example, “small classification: reproduction frequency specification / counting-type video commercial / mid-classification: terminal display interrupt insertion type advertisement / large classification: targeting advertisement Or, "Small classification: Display time · region · user attribute (characteristic) specified insertion frame purchase type advertising / middle classification: terminal display interrupt insertion type advertising / large classification: targeting advertising /", "small classification: target It may include the value (economic value) that can be generated by the main part display / pre-reproduction plug-in advertising / mid-classification: free exchange value combination type advertising / large classification: targeting advertising / promotion limited to the user range. More specifically, the push-type second economic activity includes, for example, the transmission of information to increase the purchase intention, the transmission of information for an impression operation, or the transmission of information for affecting an action, etc. Information transmitted by the user terminal 20 (content of an execution request related to the act of acquiring a paid consumption value belonging to type II registered in the second economic activity execution request table stored in the storage unit 11 described later) It can be said that this is an action such as displaying (including forcibly displaying) the user terminal 20 operated by the target user who acquires the free replacement value in the first economic activity etc. via the server 10. Thus, the economy obtained from the action for the user who obtains the free exchange value belonging to Type I in the first economic activity to the consumption user who intends to acquire the paid consumption value belonging to Type II pertaining to the push-type second economic activity It can be possible to get value. In other words, as described above in connection with acquiring the free exchange value, the user who receives the “action to arbitrarily exert influence” from other consuming users acquires the free exchange value. Reimbursement (cancellation of debt) by accepting (accepting) the (ideal) debt that arises for the user who has provided the free exchange value, from "other voluntary influence actions" from other consumer users It can also be understood that the user is repaying a debt to the consumer user who acquires the paid consumption value. In this way, the first value exchange used for the (value notion) receivables generated for the user who provided the gratis exchange value is offset with the debt generated for the consumption user who obtains the consumption consumption value by the second economic activity, and consumed. The medium may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
（プル型）
　第２経済活動は、例えば、プル型の第２経済活動としての有償消費価値の取得行為を含んでもよい。ここで、「プル型の第２経済活動」とは、第１経済活動において無償交換価値を取得等する第２経済活動の対象ユーザ（群）に対して、第１価値交換媒体を対価として消費し、経済価値を生じさせ得る有償消費価値を取得しようとする（第１ネットワークから経済価値を取り出そうとする）ユーザが、「任意に（意図して）情報を引き出そうとするアクション」としての第２経済活動と言える。プル型の第２経済活動の目的となる有償消費価値は、例えば、「小分類：興味変動予測／中分類：興味傾向相関分析／大分類：興味統計」や、「小分類：政党支持変動予測／中分類：意識傾向相関分析／大分類：意識統計」や、「小分類：消費変動予測／中分類：消費傾向相関分析／大分類：消費統計」や、「小分類：為替変動予測／中分類：通貨・経済相関分析／大分類：経済統計（例示として、価値交換媒体流通システム１外に、第２価値交換媒体と、外貨である各国法定通貨との、ユーザ端末２０による交換取引機能を構成に含めることによって、為替データがサーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶され、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記録されている種々のデータとの相関性を検証することにより実行）」等により取得され得る価値（経済価値）を含んでもよい。より具体的には、プル型の第２経済活動は、例えば、購買意欲を増加させる情報の発信、印象操作のための情報の発信、又は行動に影響を与えるための情報の発信等を行うための基礎データ（ビッグデータ）の取得を含み、これら取得する基礎データ（第１経済活動において無償交換価値を取得等するユーザ端末２０の動作情報を含む、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶されるビッグデータとしての基礎データ）から経済価値を取り出そうとする行為であると言える。これにより、プル型の第２経済活動に係る類型IIに属する有償消費価値を取得しようとする消費ユーザに、第１経済活動において類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得するユーザに対するアクションとしての経済価値を取得させることが可能となり得る。換言すれば、無償交換価値を取得することに伴って上述したように、その他の消費ユーザからの「任意に情報を引き出そうとするアクション」を受けるユーザは、無償交換価値を取得することで無償交換価値を提供したユーザに対して生じる（観念上の）債務を、その他の消費ユーザからの「任意に情報を引き出そうとするアクション」を受け入れる（受容する）ことによって弁済（債務を帳消しすること、又は有償消費価値を取得する消費ユーザに債務を付け替えること）していると解することもできる。このようにして、無償交換価値を提供したユーザに生じた（観念上の）債権は、第２経済活動によって有償消費価値を取得する消費ユーザに生じる債務と相殺され、消費される第１価値交換媒体は、（観念上の）債権者たる無償交換価値提供ユーザに評価発行される根拠を有し得る。すなわち、価値交換媒体流通システム１においては、後述するように、第１経済活動、及び第２経済活動を行う複数のユーザ間において生じる（観念上の）債権と債務の帳消し行為たる決済が、評価発行アルゴリズムを用いて自律的に処理され得るものである。 (Pull type)
The second economic activity may include, for example, an act of acquiring paid consumption value as a pull-type second economic activity. Here, “pull-type second economic activity” refers to consumption of the first value exchange medium as a price for the target user (group) of the second economic activity that obtains free exchange value etc. in the first economic activity. Second, as a user's action for extracting information at an arbitrary (intended) action (that is, the user who intends to extract the economic value from the first network), It can be said that it is economic activity. The paid consumption value, which is the purpose of the pull-type second economic activity, may be, for example, “small classification: interest fluctuation prediction / middle classification: interest trend correlation analysis / large classification: interest statistics” or “small classification: party-supported fluctuation prediction / Middle classification: Consciousness trend correlation analysis / large classification: Consciousness statistics "," small classification: consumption fluctuation forecast / middle classification: consumption trend correlation analysis / large classification: consumption statistics "," small classification: currency fluctuation forecast / middle Classification: Currency-economic correlation analysis / major classification: Economic statistics (For example, besides the value exchange medium distribution system 1, the exchange transaction function by the user terminal 20 between the second value exchange medium and each country's legal currency which is a foreign currency By including it in the configuration, the exchange data is stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10, and can be acquired by verifying the correlation with various data recorded in the storage unit 11 of the server 10) and the like. Value (economic value It may include a. More specifically, the pull-type second economic activity includes, for example, transmission of information to increase purchasing desire, transmission of information for impression operation, transmission of information for affecting behavior, etc. Of the basic data (big data) stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 including the basic data to be acquired (big data) and operation information of the user terminal 20 that acquires the free exchange value in the first economic activity etc. It can be said that it is an action to extract economic value from basic data as data). Thus, the economic value as an action for the user who acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I in the first economic activity to the consumption user who intends to acquire the paid consumption value belonging to type II related to the pull type second economic activity It may be possible to get In other words, as described above in connection with obtaining the free replacement value, the user who receives the “action to extract information arbitrarily” from other consuming users obtains the free replacement value to obtain free replacement. Reimbursement (cancellation of debt) by accepting (accepting) an obligation that arises for a user who has provided value (in conceptual terms) from other consumer users “action to extract information voluntarily” It can also be understood that the user is repaying debt to the consumer user who acquires the paid consumption value. In this way, the first value exchange used for the (value notion) receivables generated for the user who provided the gratis exchange value is offset with the debt generated for the consumption user who obtains the consumption consumption value by the second economic activity, and consumed. The medium may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
（他者第２経済活動ブロック型）
　第２経済活動は、例えば、他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動を含んでもよい。ここで、「他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動」とは、自身が類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得する第１経済活動を行う場合に、当該第１経済活動に関連して他者が実行しようとする第２経済活動（広告宣伝、又はビッグデータの回収等）をブロックするアクションとしての第２経済活動と言える。ここで、他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動の目的となる有償消費価値が属する類型IIのカテゴリは、他の第２経済活動（プッシュ型、及びプル型等）の目的となる有償消費価値が属する類型IIのカテゴリとは異なっていてもよい。具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０は、他者第２経済活動ブロック型以外の型（プッシュ型、及びプル型等）の第２経済活動の実行要求に含まれる実行対象から、指定するユーザＩＤ（基本的には自身が想定される）を除外させる実行要求（他者第２経済活動ブロック要求）を受け付けてもよい。このとき更に、サーバ１０は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から受け付けたプッシュ型又はプル型等の第２経済活動の実行要求に基づいて当該実行要求を実行する際に、他者第２経済活動ブロック要求に基づいて、当該他者第２経済活動ブロック要求に含まれるユーザＩＤを当該実行要求の対象から除外するとよい。また、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から取得する動作情報等を後述する第１評価テーブルや検索履歴テーブル等へ記録する際に、他者第２経済活動ブロック要求に基づいて、当該他者第２経済活動ブロック要求に含まれるユーザＩＤを記録対象から除外してもよい（例えば、後述する第１評価テーブルにおける「無償交換価値取得者のユーザＩＤ」を空欄として第１経済活動に係る情報を記録するとよい）。これにより、他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動を行うユーザは、類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得する行為に含まれる経済価値（有償消費価値）を、第１価値交換媒体を消費して直接的に（つまり、例えば、他のユーザのプッシュ型の第２経済活動によって他のユーザから任意に（意図して）影響力を及ぼそうとするアクションを受けたり、他のユーザによるプル型の第２経済活動によって他のユーザから任意に（意図して）情報を引き出そうとするアクションを受けたりすることなく）取り出すことが可能になる。換言すれば、無償交換価値を取得することに伴って、上述したように、その他の消費ユーザからの「任意に影響力を及ぼそうとするアクション」（プッシュ型）、又は「任意に情報を引き出そうとするアクション」（プル型）を受けないユーザは、無償交換価値を取得することで無償交換価値を提供したユーザに対して生じる（観念上の）債務を、その他の消費ユーザからのアクションを受け入れる（受容する）ことによって弁済（債務を帳消しすること、又は有償消費価値を取得する消費ユーザに債務を付け替えること）するのではなく、自らの他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動によって弁済していると解することもできる。このようにして、無償交換価値を提供したユーザに生じた（観念上の）債権は、他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の消費と相殺され、消費される第１価値交換媒体は、（観念上の）債権者たる無償交換価値提供ユーザに評価発行される根拠を有し得る。すなわち、価値交換媒体流通システム１においては、後述するように、第１経済活動、及び第２経済活動を行う複数のユーザ間において生じる（観念上の）債権と債務の帳消し行為たる決済が、評価発行アルゴリズムを用いて自律的に処理され得るものである。 (Others second economic activity block type)
The second economic activity may include, for example, another economic activity block type second economic activity. Here, the “other activity second economic activity block type second economic activity” is related to the first economic activity when performing the first economic activity for obtaining the free exchange value belonging to type I. It can be said that it is the second economic activity as an action to block the second economic activity (such as advertisement or collection of big data) that others are going to carry out. Here, the category II of the Type II category to which the paid consumption value belongs, which is the purpose of the second economic activity of the second economic activity block type, is the purpose of the other second economic activity (push type, pull type, etc.) It may be different from the category II category to which the paid consumption value belongs. Specifically, for example, the server 10 is a user ID designated from the execution target included in the execution request of the second economic activity of a type (push type, pull type, etc.) other than the second other economic activity block type. An execution request (other's second economic activity block request) may be accepted which excludes (essentially, oneself is assumed). At this time, when the server 10 executes the execution request based on the execution request of the second economic activity such as push type or pull type received from the user terminal 20, for example, the second economic activity block request is requested. The user ID included in the other person's second economic activity block request may be excluded from the target of the execution request. In addition, when the server 10 records the operation information and the like acquired from the user terminal 20 in the first evaluation table and the search history table and the like described later, based on the other person second economic activity block request, the other person second The user ID included in the economic activity block request may be excluded from the recording target (for example, "user ID of the free exchange value acquirer in the first evaluation table described later is left blank to record the information related to the first economic activity Good). Thereby, the user who performs the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type calculates the economic value (paid consumption value) included in the act of acquiring the gratis exchange value belonging to type I as the first value exchange medium. Consuming directly (that is, for example, receiving an action that is intended to exert an influence (intentionally) influence from another user by another user's push-type second economic activity, or by another user) The pull-type second economic activity makes it possible to retrieve information from other users arbitrarily (intentionally) without receiving an action to retrieve information. In other words, along with acquiring the free exchange value, as described above, “actions to arbitrarily exert influence” (push type) or “arbitrary information extraction” from other consumer users. The user who does not receive the “action to be tried” (pull type) accepts the (ideal) debt that arises for the user who provided the free exchange value by acquiring the free exchange value, and accepts the action from other consuming users Rather than reimbursing (accepting) debt (removing debt or retiring to a consumer who gets paid consumption value), rather than by the other's second economic activity block type second economic activity It can also be understood that it has been paid. In this way, the (ideal) receivables generated for the user who provided the gratis exchange value is offset with the consumption of the first value exchange medium for the second economic activity of the second economic activity block type and consumption The first value exchange medium to be executed may have a basis to be evaluated and issued to the (ideal) creditor free of charge exchange value providing user. That is, in the value exchange medium distribution system 1, as will be described later, the settlement operation which is the act of writing out the (notional) bond and debt generated between the plurality of users who perform the first economic activity and the second economic activity is evaluated. It can be processed autonomously using an issue algorithm.
　そして、サーバ１０に登録（設定）された類型IIに属する有償消費価値は、以降、ユーザ端末２０のサーバ１０に対する実行要求によって消費対価を伴い任意に取得（利用）され得る。また、類型IIの各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値に係る消費対価は、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに記録される類型IIに属する各有償消費価値、及び各主体群に紐づく基礎価格として設定されるとよい。当該設定行為は、システム管理者（システム管理者の管理下にある人工知能を含んでもよい）の専用行為であってもよい。サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から第２経済活動の実行要求を受け付けた場合、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルの中からユーザ端末２０による当該実行要求に係る基礎価格を特定し、当該有償消費価値取得行為としてのユーザ端末２０による第２経済活動の実行に伴い、第１台帳を更新するとよい。 Then, the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered (set) in the server 10 can be optionally acquired (utilized) with a consumption consideration according to an execution request for the server 10 of the user terminal 20 thereafter. In addition, the consumption consideration associated with the paid consumption value belonging to each category of category II is each paid consumption value belonging to category II recorded in the second economic activity basic price table stored in storage unit 11 of server 10, and each It should be set as the base price linked to the subject group. The setting action may be a dedicated action of a system administrator (which may include artificial intelligence under the control of the system administrator). When the server 10 receives the execution request of the second economic activity from the user terminal 20, the server 10 specifies the basic price according to the execution request by the user terminal 20 from the second economic activity basic price table, and acquires the paid consumption value The first ledger may be updated along with the execution of the second economic activity by the user terminal 20 as an act.
＜第３経済活動＞
　本実施形態においては、ユーザ端末２０間においてサーバ１０を介して第１価値交換媒体を交換対価に有償交換価値を提供、又は取得する行為を、「第３経済活動」と称する。第３経済活動において交換対価を伴ってユーザ端末２０が提供、及び取得する有償交換価値は、後述する価値テーブルに登録され得る。第３経済活動の対象となる有償交換価値が属する類型IIIは、任意に細分化することができる。類型IIIは例えば、第３経済活動の対象となる有償交換価値のデータ形式（例えば、文字データ、動画データ、音声データ、及び画像データ等の一般的なデータ形式の他、ＣＡＤデータ等の特定のソフトウェアによって作成されたデータ形式を含んでもよい）によって細分化されてもよい。また、類型IIIに属する有償交換価値は、ユーザ間で取引される商品及び役務に関連する任意の情報を含んでもよいが、類型IIIはこのような商品・役務の種類によって細分化されてもよい。 <Third Economic Activity>
In the present embodiment, the act of providing or acquiring the first exchange value for exchange value for the first value exchange medium through the server 10 between the user terminals 20 is referred to as “third economic activity”. The paid exchange value provided and acquired by the user terminal 20 with the exchange compensation in the third economic activity can be registered in a value table described later. Type III to which the paid exchange value to which the third economic activity belongs belongs can be subdivided arbitrarily. Type III is, for example, a data format of paid exchange value targeted for the third economic activity (for example, general data formats such as character data, moving image data, voice data, and image data, as well as specific data such as CAD data). It may be subdivided by the data format created by software). In addition, the paid exchange value belonging to Type III may include any information related to goods and services traded among users, but Type III may be subdivided according to the type of goods / services .
　類型IIIの細分化の一例を以下に示す。なお、類型IIIは、例えば、類型IIIＡ、IIIＢ、IIIＣ、IIIＣＡ、IIIＣＡＢ・・・などと、更に細分化されてもよい。
（文字データ系）
　文字データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：自己啓発著書／中分類：長編著書／大分類：著書」や、「小分類：ＩＴ論文／中分類：短編論文／大分類：論文」等が含まれてもよい。
（動画データ系）
　動画データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：サスペンスドラマ／中分類：連続ドラマ／大分類：ドラマ」や、「小分類：ＳＦシネマ／中分類：長編シネマ／大分類：シネマ」等が含まれてもよい。
（音声データ系）
　音声データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：オーケストラミュージック／中分類：クラシックミュージック／大分類：ミュージック」や、「小分類：ポップスミュージック／中分類：メジャーミュージック／大分類：ミュージック」等が含まれてもよい。
（画像データ系）
　画像データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類キャラクターイラスト／中分類：デジタルイラスト／大分類：イラスト」や、「小分類：グラビア写真／中分類：アイドル写真／大分類：写真」等が含まれてもよい。
（作品データ系）
　作品データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：住宅建築ＣＡＤデータ／中分類：建築ＣＡＤデータ／大分類：ＣＡＤデータ」や、「小分類：グループスケジュール管理アプリケーション／中分類：ビジネスアプリケーション／大分類：アプリケーション」等が含まれてもよい。
（物流を伴う物品系）
　物流を伴う物品系であれば、例えば、「小分類：焦点距離／中分類：単焦点レンズ／大分類：カメラレンズ」や、「小分類：スタンドスピーカー／中分類：ＡＶ機器（オーディオヴィジュアル）／大分類：オークション」等が含まれてもよい。
（役務の提供を伴う契約系）
　役務の提供を伴う契約系であれば、例えば、「小分類：キャラクター／中分類：デザイン／大分類：イラストレーター」や、「小分類：ウェブデータベース／中分類：Ｊａｖａプログラミング／大分類：プログラミング」等が含まれてもよい。 An example of subdivision of Type III is shown below. Type III may be further subdivided into, for example, types IIIA, IIIB, IIIC, IIICA, IIICAB, and so on.
(Character data type)
If it is a character data system, for example, "small classification: self-enlightening book / middle classification: long-length book / large classification: book" or "small classification: IT articles / middle classification: short articles / large classification: articles" etc. It may be included.
(Video data system)
In the case of a video data system, for example, "small classification: suspense drama / middle classification: serial drama / large classification: drama", "small classification: SF cinema / middle classification: long feature cinema / large classification: cinema", etc. are included. It may be
(Voice data system)
If it is an audio data system, for example, "small classification: orchestra music / middle classification: classical music / large classification: music" or "small classification: pop music / middle classification: major music / large classification: music" etc. are included. It may be
(Image data system)
In the case of an image data system, for example, "small classification character illustration / middle classification: digital illustration / large classification: illustration" or "small classification: gravure photo / middle classification: idle photo / large classification: photo" etc. are included. May be
(Work data system)
If it is a work data system, for example, "small classification: house building CAD data / middle classification: building CAD data / large classification: CAD data" or "small classification: group schedule management application / middle classification: business application / large classification Application, etc. may be included.
(Article system with distribution)
If it is an article system with physical distribution, for example, "small classification: focal length / middle classification: single focus lens / large classification: camera lens", or "small classification: stand speaker / middle classification: AV equipment (audio visual) / Major Classification: Auction, etc. may be included.
(Contract system with provision of services)
If it is a contract system with provision of services, for example, "small classification: character / middle classification: design / large classification: illustrator", "small classification: web database / middle classification: Java programming / large classification: programming", etc. May be included.
　ユーザ端末２０による、類型IIIの中から対象となるカテゴリを選択（類型IIIのカテゴリは、あらかじめシステム管理者によって設定等しておけばよい）しての後述する価値登録行為によって価値テーブルに価値登録される各有償交換価値に紐づく交換対価としての第１価値交換媒体の数量は、価値テーブルに登録されるとよい。 The value is registered in the value table by the later-described value registration operation of selecting the target category from the type III by the user terminal 20 (the category of the type III may be set in advance by the system administrator) The quantity of the first value exchange medium as exchange consideration linked to each paid exchange value to be sent may be registered in the value table.
＜第４経済活動＞
　本実施形態においては、第１価値交換媒体又は第２価値交換媒体を交換対価として類型IVに属する（サーバ１０によって管理することができない、又は管理されない任意の）有償交換価値（任意の有償交換価値）を交換する行為を「第４経済活動」と称する。換言すれば、第４経済活動は、直接送金（価値交換媒体流通システム１の外（換言すると実体経済）における任意の直接取引に起因する直接送金）といえる。 <Fourth Economic Activity>
In this embodiment, the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium belongs to the type IV as an exchange value (any optional that can not be managed by the server 10 or is not managed) The act of exchanging) is called "the fourth economic activity". In other words, the fourth economic activity can be said to be direct remittance (direct remittance resulting from any direct transaction outside the value exchange medium distribution system 1 (in other words, the real economy)).
（１－２－１－３）無償交換価値
　本実施形態において、「無償交換価値」は、例えば、価値の提供の対価として所定数量の第１価値交換媒体の提供を受け付けないように設定された価値であって、後述する評価発行アルゴリズムによる評価の対象としての価値を含んでもよい。ここで、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体の提供を受け付けるか否かの設定は、例えば、価値提供者がユーザ端末２０を用いて行うことができるようにするとよい。 (1-2-1-3) Free Exchange Value In the present embodiment, the “free exchange value” is set not to accept the provision of the first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity, for example, as the value provision. It may be a value, which is a target of evaluation by an evaluation issuance algorithm described later. Here, the setting of whether to accept the provision of the first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity may be performed, for example, by a value provider using the user terminal 20.
＜第１経済活動＞
　ユーザ端末２０間においてサーバ１０を介して無償交換価値を提供、又は取得する行為を「第１経済活動」と称する。第１経済活動において第３経済活動のような交換対価及び第２経済活動のような消費対価を伴わずユーザ端末２０が提供、及び取得する、無償交換価値は、後述する価値テーブルに登録される。第１経済活動の対象となる無償交換価値が属する類型Iは、任意に細分化することができる。類型Iは例えば、第１経済活動の対象となる無償交換価値のデータ形式（例えば、文字データ、動画データ、音声データ、及び画像データ等の一般的なデータ形式の他、ＣＡＤデータ等の特定のソフトウェアによって作成されたデータ形式を含んでもよい）によって細分化されてもよい。 <First Economic Activity>
The act of providing or acquiring free exchange value between the user terminals 20 via the server 10 is referred to as "first economic activity". The free exchange value provided and acquired by the user terminal 20 without exchange consideration such as the third economic activity and consumption consideration such as the second economic activity in the first economic activity is registered in the value table described later . Type I to which the free exchange value subject to the first economic activity belongs can be subdivided arbitrarily. Type I is, for example, the data format of the free exchange value which is the object of the first economic activity (for example, general data formats such as character data, moving image data, voice data, and image data) It may be subdivided by the data format created by software).
　類型Iの細分化の一例を以下に示す。なお、類型Iは、例えば、類型IＡ、IＡＢ、IＡＢＣ・・・などと、更に細分化されてもよい。
（文字データ系）
　文字データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：ＩＴ記事／中分類：テクノロジー記事／大分類：記事」や、「小分類：ファイナンスコラム／中分類：経済コラム／大分類：コラム」等が含まれてもよい。
（動画データ系）
　動画データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：試乗レビュー／中分類：自動車レビュー／大分類：レビュー」や、「小分類：事業インタビュー／中分類：経済活動インタビュー／大分類：インタビュー」等が含まれてもよい。
（音声データ系）
　音声データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：ピアノソナタミュージック／中分類：クラシックミュージック／大分類：ミュージック」や、「小分類：ロックミュージック／中分類：インディーズミュージック／大分類：ミュージック」等が含まれてもよい。
（画像データ系）
　画像データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類キャラクターイラスト／中分類：デジタルイラスト／大分類：イラスト」や、「小分類：山岳写真／中分類：風景写真／大分類：写真」等が含まれてもよい。
（作品データ系）
　作品データ系であれば、例えば、「小分類：文具３Ｄプリンタデータ／中分類：単純素材３Ｄプリンタデータ／大分類：３Ｄプリンタデータ」や、「小分類：スケジュール管理アプリケーション／中分類：ビジネスアプリケーション／大分類：アプリケーション」等が含まれてもよい。 An example of subdivision of type I is shown below. Type I may be further subdivided into, for example, types IA, IAB, IABC, and so on.
(Character data type)
If it is a character data system, for example, "small classification: IT article / middle classification: technology article / large classification: article", "small classification: finance column / middle classification: economic column / large classification: column, etc. are included It may be
(Video data system)
In the case of a video data system, for example, "small classification: test drive review / medium classification: car review / large classification: review" or "small classification: business interview / medium classification: economic activity interview / large classification: interview" It may be included.
(Voice data system)
If it is an audio data system, for example, "small classification: piano sonata music / middle classification: classical music / large classification: music" or "small classification: rock music / middle classification: indie music / large classification: music" etc. It may be included.
(Image data system)
In the case of an image data system, for example, "small classification character illustration / middle classification: digital illustration / large classification: illustration", "small classification: mountain photograph / middle classification: landscape photograph / large classification: photograph", etc. are included. May be
(Work data system)
If it is a work data system, for example, "small classification: stationery 3D printer data / middle classification: simple material 3D printer data / large classification: 3D printer data", "small classification: schedule management application / middle classification: business application / Major Classification: Application, etc. may be included.
　サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０によって無償交換価値が取得されるたびに、価値テーブルにおいて当該無償交換価値の属する類型Iの各カテゴリに紐づき、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに記録される基礎点数に基づいてユーザ端末２０の動作情報から当該無償交換価値に対して評価点数を付けてもよい。また、ここで行われるサーバ１０による評価点数付けは、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルにおいて、無償交換価値を取得するユーザの属する主体群に関連付けられている基礎点数が用いられるようにするとよい。 Every time the free exchange value is acquired by the user terminal 20, the server 10 links each category of Type I to which the free exchange value belongs to the value table, and sets the basic points recorded in the first economic activity basic point table. Based on the operation information of the user terminal 20, an evaluation score may be attached to the free exchange value. In addition, in the first economic activity basic score table, it is preferable that the basic score associated with the subject group to which the user who acquires the free exchange value belongs be used in the evaluation scoring by the server 10 performed here.
　なお、例えば、無償交換価値には、第１経済活動において無償交換価値提供ユーザによって提供された無償交換価値、又は第３経済活動において有償交換価値提供ユーザによって提供された有償交換価値に対する、無償交換価値、又は有償交換価値を取得するユーザによる、「コメント」（ニュース記事等に対するコメント等）、又は「レビュー」（ＥＣサイトにおける商品レビュー等）等の、「価値取得ユーザによる意見」を含めてもよい。この場合に、「価値取得ユーザによる意見」は、それそのものが提供される無償交換価値として、類型Iのカテゴリを特定したうえで、価値テーブルに登録され、以降、無償交換価値として取り扱われるようにしてもよい。 For example, the gratis exchange value may be a gratis exchange for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value providing user in the first economic activity, or for the gratis exchange value provided by the gratis exchange value offering user in the third economic activity. Even if you include "opinions from value-acquisition users" such as "comments" (comments on news articles etc.) or "reviews" (product reviews on EC sites) by users who acquire value or paid exchange value Good. In this case, “Opinion by the value-acquisition user” is registered as a free exchange value that is itself provided to the category I after being specified as a free exchange value to be provided, and thereafter treated as a free exchange value. May be
（１－２－２）発行
＜評価発行＞
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０は、後述する所定の評価発行アルゴリズムにより、ユーザ端末２０間において移転（提供及び取得）された無償交換価値及び無償交換価値提供ユーザを相対的に評価する。そして、サーバ１０は、第１経済活動、及び第２経済活動に基づき、所定の評価発行アルゴリズムにより、無償交換価値提供ユーザのユーザＩＤに紐付けて所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を評価発行する。また、サーバ１０によって評価発行される第１価値交換媒体の数量は、後述するように、無償交換価値を取得したユーザの属する主体群の購買力が反映されるように算出されるとよい。ここで、「主体群」は、後述するアカウント情報テーブルに記録される地域属性（生活拠点、又は事業拠点）の集合体であってよい。「主体群」は、例えば、「法定通貨」、「適用される法律」、「統治機構」、「購買力」、及び「使用言語」等の少なくともいずれかを（ほぼ）共有するユーザの集合体であってよい。「主体群」は、例えば、市区町村、都道府県、州、地域、国家、経済圏、及び大陸等の少なくともいずれかによって規定できる。本実施形態では、「国家」を想定して説明するが、これに限られない。なお、地域属性や主体群の規定は、システム管理者によって定めるとよい。このように、第１価値交換媒体は、上述した「無償交換価値」という、人間の社会的・経済的活動欲求やコミュニティーへの貢献欲求等に基づく時間（時代等）や場所（国等）を跨いだ普遍的なエネルギーに交換価値を本位させている。なお、サーバ１０は、アカウント情報テーブルに記録される地域属性のほかに、ユーザ端末２０から取得するＧＰＳデータ等による位置情報、ユーザ端末２０の使用言語、又は後述するウォレット管理アプリＸの表示言語等に基づき各ユーザＩＤの属する主体群を特定してもよい。 (1-2-2) Issue <Evaluation issue>
In the present embodiment, the server 10 relatively evaluates the gratuitous exchange value and the gratuitous exchange value providing user transferred (provided and acquired) between the user terminals 20 by a predetermined evaluation issue algorithm described later. Then, based on the first economic activity and the second economic activity, the server 10 evaluates and issues a first value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity in association with the user ID of the free exchange value providing user according to a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm. . Further, as described later, the quantity of the first value exchange medium evaluated and issued by the server 10 may be calculated so as to reflect the purchasing power of the entity group to which the user who has obtained the free exchange value belongs. Here, the “subject group” may be a collection of regional attributes (living bases or business bases) recorded in an account information table described later. The “subject group” is, for example, a group of (generally) users sharing at least one of “legal currency”, “applicable law”, “governing mechanism”, “purchasing power”, and “language used”. May be there. The "subject group" can be defined by, for example, a town, a prefecture, a state, a region, a country, an economic zone, and / or a continent. In the present embodiment, the description is made on the assumption of “national”, but is not limited thereto. In addition, it is good for the system administrator to define the regional attribute and the definition of the group of subjects. As described above, the first value exchange medium is a time (time, etc.) or a place (country, etc.) based on human social and economic activity desires and a desire to contribute to the community, such as the above-mentioned “free exchange value”. The exchange value is based on universal energy that spans. In addition to the region attribute recorded in the account information table, the server 10 also includes position information such as GPS data acquired from the user terminal 20, a language used by the user terminal 20, a display language of the wallet management application X described later, etc. The subject group to which each user ID belongs may be specified based on
＜債務発行＞
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０は、後述する所定の債務発行アルゴリズムにより、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第２交換要求に応じて、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を当該ユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けて債務発行する。例えば、本実施形態においてユーザは、第１経済活動において無償交換価値をその他のユーザに提供すること、又は第３経済活動において有償交換価値をその他のユーザに提供することによって、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を取得し得る。しかしながら、ユーザは、そのようにして取得された第１価値交換媒体の数量よりも多くの数量の第１価値交換媒体を用いて、第２経済活動、第３経済活動、又は第４経済活動を行いたい場合がある。このとき、当該ユーザは、第２交換要求によって所定数量の第２価値交換媒体を所定数量の第１価値交換媒体に交換（サーバ１０による債務発行）することで、不足する数量の第１価値交換媒体を取得することができる。このように、債務発行は、第１ネットワークにおける第１価値交換媒体の供給不足という課題を減じる効果を有すると言える。 <Debt issue>
In the present embodiment, the server 10 uses the predetermined value of the first value exchange medium as the user ID for the user terminal 20 according to the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20 according to a predetermined debt issuance algorithm described later. Relate debt and issue. For example, in the present embodiment, the user can provide the first user with the free exchange value to the other users in the first economic activity, or can provide the other users with the paid exchange value in the third economic activity. It is possible to obtain a value exchange medium. However, the user uses the first value exchange medium whose number is larger than the number of first value exchange mediums acquired in this way, to perform the second economic activity, the third economic activity, or the fourth economic activity. I want to do it. At this time, the user exchanges the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity with the first value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity (the debt issuance by the server 10) by the second exchange request, thereby exchanging the first value of the quantity which is lacking. You can get media. In this way, debt issuance can be said to have the effect of reducing the problem of lack of supply of the first value exchange medium in the first network.
（１－２－３）消却
（１－２－３－１）第２経済活動
　本実施形態において、第１価値交換媒体は、第２経済活動の消費対価となる。サーバ１０は、ユーザがユーザ端末２０を介して第１ネットワーク内で第２経済活動を行うと、第１台帳において当該ユーザのユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体のうち所定数量を消却することにより、当該所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を第１ネットワークから消却（消費消却）する。なお、第２経済活動によって消費され第１ネットワークから消却された第１価値交換媒体の数量は、後述する所定の評価発行アルゴリズムによって第１経済活動に基づき評価発行される第１価値交換媒体の数量の根拠となる。すなわち、当該第２経済活動におけるユーザ端末２０による、第１経済活動に基づきネットワークに生じた「価値」から取り出すことの可能な経済価値（有償消費価値）の取得行為によって消費され、ネットワーク内から消却される経済価値としての第１価値交換媒体の数量（又は第１価値交換媒体に内在する経済価値としての評価値）は、第１経済活動において無償交換価値に対して与えられた評価（評価配点による評価点数）に含まれる経済価値を算出する根拠としての役割を有すると言える。 (1-2-3) Cancellation (1-2-3-1) Second Economic Activity In this embodiment, the first value exchange medium is the consumption consideration of the second economic activity. When the user performs the second economic activity in the first network via the user terminal 20, the server 10 cancels a predetermined quantity of the first value exchange medium linked to the user ID of the user in the first ledger. By doing this, the first value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity is canceled (consumption cancellation) from the first network. The quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed by the second economic activity and canceled from the first network is the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be assessed and issued based on the first economic activity by a predetermined evaluation issuance algorithm described later. It becomes the basis of That is, the user terminal 20 in the second economic activity is consumed by the act of acquiring economic value (charged consumption value) that can be extracted from “value” generated in the network based on the first economic activity, and is canceled from within the network The quantity of the first value exchange medium (or the evaluation value as economic value inherent to the first value exchange medium) as the economic value to be It has a role as a basis to calculate the economic value included in
　なお、第２経済活動において消費された第１価値交換媒体は、第１台帳から消却（消費消却）せずに、一時的に第１台帳において、例えばシステム管理者等が管理する一時保存用のＩＤ（消費消却分の一時保存用のＩＤ）に一時的に紐づけておき、第１経済活動における類型Iに属する無償交換価値の評価に係り算出される評価値に基づき評価発行される第１価値交換媒体に充当するようにしてもよい。 In addition, the first value exchange medium consumed in the second economic activity is temporarily stored in the first ledger, for example, for temporary storage managed by a system administrator or the like without being canceled (consumed consumption) from the first ledger. The ID (ID for temporary storage for consumption cancellation) is temporarily linked, and the evaluation is issued based on the evaluation value calculated according to the evaluation of the free exchange value belonging to Type I in the first economic activity. It may be appropriated to a value exchange medium.
＜第２経済活動と基礎価格＞
　第２経済活動に係る類型IIに含まれる各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の基礎価格は、異なる各主体群の間で同一としてもよい。一方で、第２経済活動に係る類型IIに含まれる各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格は、主体群毎に個別に決定、及び更新されるようにするとよい。つまり、類型IIに含まれる各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の細分化の態様を複数の主体群の間において共通としながらも、各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格は、例えば第２経済活動の対象とする各主体群に属するユーザの第１経済活動によってネットワークに生じる価値の大きさ（購買力）に合わせるように最適化することが望ましい。 Second Economic Activity and Base Price
The base price of the paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity may be the same among different entity groups. On the other hand, the basic price for the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity may be determined and updated individually for each group of entities. In other words, the basic price for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category is, for example, (2) It is desirable to optimize in accordance with the value (purchasing power) generated in the network by the first economic activity of the users belonging to each subject group targeted for economic activity.
＜基礎価格の決定、及び更新処理の指針＞
　第２経済活動に係る類型IIに含まれる各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格は、各主体群の各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値ごとに、所定期間における同一のカテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費数量（基礎価格の積算等）の合計が、常に最大化するよう基礎価格を変動させるように、ＡＩ（機械学習アルゴリズム）、又はＡＩを構成に含めなければ人力によって最適解が（継続的に）出力されてもよい。より具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０は、各主体群の類型IIの各カテゴリについて消費される第１価値交換媒体の数量が最大化するように、記憶部１１に記憶された第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに記録される基礎価格と、第２経済活動テーブルに記録される活動内容とを入力データとして、機械学習アルゴリズムによるスコア方式を用いて、当該類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格に積算する係数を出力するとよい。そして、当該出力された係数を、元の積算された基準値としての基礎価格に積算し、当該類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格を変動させるとよい。 <Determination of base prices, and guidelines for renewal processing>
The basic price for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category included in Type II pertaining to the second economic activity is, for each paid consumption value belonging to each category of each entity group, charged fee belonging to the same category in a predetermined period If AI (machine learning algorithm) or AI is not included in the configuration, the sum of consumption quantity (accumulation of base price etc.) related to the act of acquiring consumption value fluctuates the base price so as to maximize at all times. The optimal solution may be output (continuously). More specifically, for example, the second economic activity stored in the storage unit 11 so that the server 10 maximizes the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed for each category of the type II of each subject group Based on the basic price recorded in the basic price table and the activity content recorded in the second economic activity table as input data, using the scoring method according to the machine learning algorithm, the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to the type II It is good to output a coefficient to be integrated to the base price concerned. Then, it is preferable that the output coefficient is integrated with the base price as the original integrated reference value, and the base price relating to the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the type II is changed.
　ここで、サーバ１０は、例えば以下に示すような機械学習装置を有していてもよい。すなわち、機械学習装置は、ユーザ端末２０を用いて提供される対価を受け付けない設定がなされた経済価値（例えば類型Iに属する無償交換価値）に対する評価点数に基づき発行される価値交換媒体（例えば第１価値交換媒体）の流通するネットワークにおいて、前記ネットワークに生じた経済価値を前記価値交換媒体を消費して取り出すための少なくとも一つの類型（例えば類型II）に属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格を決定することを学習し得る。当該機械学習装置は、所定期間における前記少なくとも一つの類型に係る価値交換媒体の消費数量と、前記類型に係る基礎価格とから構成される消費動向を観測する観測部と、前記観測部により観測された前記少なくとも一つの類型に係る価値交換媒体の消費数量の変化と、前記類型に係る基礎価格とを関連付けて学習する学習部と、を有するとよい。 Here, the server 10 may have, for example, a machine learning device as described below. That is, the machine learning device is a value exchange medium (for example, the first value) which is issued based on the evaluation score for the economic value (for example, the free exchange value belonging to type I) set to not receive the value provided using the user terminal 20. In a network in which one value exchange medium is distributed, a basis for an act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to at least one type (for example, type II) for consuming and extracting the economic value generated in the network using the value exchange medium You can learn to determine the price. The machine learning device is observed by an observation unit that observes a consumption trend including a consumption quantity of value exchange media according to the at least one type during a predetermined period and a base price according to the type; It is good to have a learning part which matches and learns change of the consumption quantity of the value exchange medium concerning the at least one type, and the basic price concerning the type.
　前記評価点数に基づき発行される価値交換媒体の数量は、前記ネットワークに生じた経済価値を取り出す行為により消費される価値交換媒体の数量に基づき決定されてもよい。 The quantity of value exchange media issued based on the evaluation score may be determined based on the quantity of value exchange media consumed by the act of retrieving the economic value generated in the network.
　前記観測部が観測する前記少なくとも一つの類型に係る消費動向は、時期、対象ユーザ属性、対象ユーザ特性、及び対象主体群、のうち少なくとも一つを含んでいてもよい。 The consumption trend according to the at least one type observed by the observation unit may include at least one of a time, a target user attribute, a target user characteristic, and a target subject group.
　前記観測部が観測する前記類型に係る基礎価格は、時間あたり価格、回数あたり価格、及び面積あたり価格のうち少なくとも一つを含んでいてもよい。 The base price according to the type observed by the observation unit may include at least one of a price per hour, a price per count, and a price per area.
　前記学習部は、前記少なくとも一つの類型に係る消費動向に基づいて、前記類型に係る基礎価格を決定する関数を更新することによって、前記類型に係る基礎価格を決定することを学習してもよい。 The learning unit may learn to determine the base price according to the type by updating a function that determines the base price according to the type based on the consumption trend according to the at least one type. .
　前記学習部は、前記少なくとも一つの類型に係る消費動向に基づいて、前記類型に係る基礎価格を決定した結果に対する報酬を計算する報酬計算部と、前記報酬計算部により計算された報酬に基づいて、前記関数を更新する関数更新部と、を含んでもよい。 The learning unit calculates a reward for the result of determining the base price according to the type based on the consumption trend according to the at least one type, and the reward calculating unit calculates the reward based on the reward calculated by the reward calculation unit. And a function update unit that updates the function.
　前記関数更新部は、前記関数の更新を繰り返すことによって、前記報酬が最も多く得られる前記類型に係る基礎価格を学習してもよい。 The function update unit may learn a base price according to the type that can obtain the most rewards by repeating the update of the function.
　前記観測部は、前記ネットワークに生じた経済価値を取り出す各行為に係る類型毎(及び主体群毎)に独立して、前記所定期間における価値交換媒体の消費数量と、前記類型に係る基礎価格とから構成される消費動向を観測してもよい。 The observation unit independently calculates the consumption quantity of the value exchange medium in the predetermined period, and the basic price according to the type, independently for each type (and each entity group) related to each action for taking out the economic value generated in the network. You may observe the consumption trend which consists of
　前期観測部が観測する対象データは、前記評価点数の加点原因となる前記対価を受け付けない設定がなされた経済価値を取得するユーザ端末の動作情報と、前記評価点数に係る基礎点数と、を含んでもよい。 The target data to be observed by the previous term observation unit includes operation information of the user terminal that acquires the economic value set to not receive the consideration that causes the addition of the evaluation score, and the basic score related to the evaluation score. May be.
　前期学習部が関連付けて学習する対象データは、前記評価点数の加点原因となる前記対価を受け付けない設定がなされた経済価値を取得するユーザ端末の動作情報と、前記評価点数に係る基礎点数と、を含んでもよい。 Target data to be learned in association with the previous term learning unit includes operation information of a user terminal that acquires an economic value set to not receive the consideration that is the cause of addition of the evaluation score, a basic score related to the evaluation score, May be included.
　また、サーバ１０が有する他の機械学習装置は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０を用いて提供される対価を受け付けない設定がなされた経済価値（例えば類型Iに属する無償交換価値の取得行為）に対する評価に基づき発行される価値交換媒体（例えば第１価値交換媒体）の流通するネットワークにおいて、前記ネットワークに生じた経済価値を前記価値交換媒体を消費して取り出す行為のうち少なくとも一つの類型（例えば類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為）に係る消費価格の基礎価格を学習してもよい。当該機械学習装置は、所定期間における前記類型に係る消費価格の合計、及び前記基礎価格を状態変数として観測する観測部と、前記状態変数に基づいて作成されるデータセットに従って、前記所定期間における前記消費価格の合計が、より大きくなるような基礎価格を学習する学習部と、を有するとよい。 In addition, another machine learning apparatus included in the server 10 is, for example, to evaluate an economic value (for example, an acquisition act of a free exchange value belonging to type I) configured not to receive a value provided using the user terminal 20. Based on the distribution of value exchange media (for example, first value exchange media) issued based on at least one type (for example, type II) of actions for consuming and extracting the value exchange media for the economic value generated in the network You may learn the basic price of the consumption price which concerns on acquisition of the paid consumption value which belongs. The machine learning device is configured to calculate the total amount of consumption prices for the type in a predetermined period, the observation unit that observes the base price as a state variable, and the data set created based on the state variable. It is good to have the learning part which learns the base price which the sum total of consumption price becomes larger.
　前記学習部は、前記消費価格の合計に基づいて報酬を計算する報酬計算部と、前記報酬に基づいて、前記基礎価格を決定するための関数を更新する関数更新部と、をさらに有してもよい。 The learning unit further includes a reward calculation unit that calculates a reward based on the sum of the consumption prices, and a function update unit that updates a function for determining the base price based on the reward. It is also good.
＜単位交換価値の制御＞
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０は、各主体群における類型IIの各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係るすべての基礎価格をシステム管理者による（ユーザに対するコミットメント内容）の入力に基づき、一律に変動させ（主に第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を減少させ、且つ物価を増加させ）てもよい。このとき、サーバ１０は、当該更新処理の内容（コミットメント内容）を、事前に、又は当該処理の実行時に、ユーザ端末２０に対して送信する（告知する）とよい。これにより、ユーザの第２経済活動における有償消費価値の取得に際する有償消費価値と第１価値交換媒体との価値感覚のバランス（単位交換価値の認識・価格の価値感覚）と、ユーザの第１経済活動における無償交換価値の提供に際して評価発行される第１価値交換媒体の価値感覚のバランス（単位交換価値の認識・価格の価値感覚）との、価値感覚の二重のアンカリング効果によって、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の制御が可能となり得る。また、当該価値感覚の二重のアンカリング効果は、ユーザ端末２０を操作するユーザの第３経済活動における有償交換価値の販売価格（他方で購入価格）の価値感覚のバランス（単位交換価値の認識・価格の価値感覚）と、さらには第４経済活動における任意の有償交換価値に係る直接取引の価値感覚のバランス（単位交換価値の認識・価格の価値感覚）との、いわばユーザによる直接の自由取引における価値感覚のバランスにも波及し得る。サーバ１０は、個々の第１価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（単位交換価値）、第１ネットワーク内の第１価値交換媒体の流通総量、後述する第２ネットワーク内の第２価値交換媒体の流通総量、及び物価（ユーザによって任意に根付けられる有償交換価値の価格）を任意に変動させる措置（価値交換媒体の単位あたりに含まれる価値（例えば、経済価値、交換価値、購買力等）の大きさ（単位交換価値）を制御する措置）としてこれを実行するとよい。システム管理者は、価値交換媒体流通システム１のマクロ経済政策として、コミットメント（単位交換価値を変動させる率、すなわち物価の変動量）の内容を決定するとよい。 <Control of unit exchange value>
In the present embodiment, the server 10 uniformly distributes all base prices relating to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to each category of type II in each group of subjects based on the input (content of commitment to the user) by the system administrator. It may be varied (mainly to reduce the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and to increase the price). At this time, the server 10 may transmit (notify) the content of the update processing (commitment content) to the user terminal 20 in advance or when the processing is performed. Thereby, the balance between the paid consumption value and the first value exchange medium at the time of acquisition of the paid consumption value in the second economic activity of the user (value recognition of the unit exchange value and the value sense of the price) of the user (1) The dual anchoring effect of the sense of value with the balance of sense of value of the first value exchange medium (value recognition of unit exchange value, sense of value of unit exchange value) It may be possible to control the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium. In addition, the dual anchoring effect of the sense of value is a balance (sense of unit exchange value) of the sense of value of the selling price (the purchase price on the other hand) of the paid exchange value in the third economic activity of the user operating the user terminal 20 -The direct freedom by users, so to speak, of the sense of value of price) and also the balance of the sense of value of direct transaction relating to any paid exchange value in the 4th economic activity (perception of unit exchange value, sense of value of price) It can also affect the balance of sense of value in transactions. The server 10 calculates the value (unit exchange value) included per unit of each first value exchange medium, the total amount of first value exchange medium in the first network, and the second value exchange medium in the second network described later. Total volume of distribution, and measures to voluntarily change prices (prices of paid exchange value optionally set by the user) (value of value included per unit of value exchange medium (eg, economic value, exchange value, purchasing power, etc.) You may want to do this as a measure to control the unit exchange value. As a macroeconomic policy of the value exchange medium distribution system 1, the system administrator may determine the content of the commitment (rate at which the unit exchange value changes, that is, the price change amount).
＜基礎価格表＞
　なお、第２経済活動における各主体群の類型IIの各カテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る基礎価格は、例えば、後述する「第２経済活動基礎価格テーブル」において規定されてもよい。なお、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに記録される「基礎価格」は、「当該主体群（に属するユーザ）を対象とした第２経済活動を行う場合の基礎価格」であり、「当該主体群に属するユーザが他の主体群を対象に第２経済活動を行うときの基礎価格」ではない。第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルには、類型IIのカテゴリ、主体群、基礎価格、及び積算される大きさの基準を含めてもよい。また、基礎価格の決定、及び更新処理に際しては、当該第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルと、第２経済活動の活動記録としての「第２経済活動テーブル」とを参照して行うようにするとよい。第２経済活動テーブルには、日時、ユーザＩＤ、属する主体群、類型IIのカテゴリ、消費数量、及び活動対象主体群を含めてもよい。 <Basic price list>
In addition, the base price which concerns on the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value which belongs to each category of Type II of each agent group in 2nd economic activity may be prescribed | regulated, for example in the "2nd economic activity basic price table" mentioned later. The “basic price” recorded in the second economic activity basic price table is “the basic price in the case of performing the second economic activity targeting the subject group (user belonging to the subject group),” “the subject group Is not the “basic price” when the user belonging to performs the second economic activity targeting another entity group. The second economic activity base price table may include a category II category, an agent group, a base price, and a standard of accumulated size. Further, the determination of the base price and the updating process may be performed with reference to the second economic activity base price table and the "second economic activity table" as the activity record of the second economic activity. The second economic activity table may include a date and time, a user ID, a group of subjects to which it belongs, a category of type II, a consumption quantity, and a group of active subjects.
　上述の第２経済活動においてネットワークから取り出すことのできる第１経済活動における「価値」とは、例えば、第１経済活動として、ユーザ端末２０Ａから提供される文字データや動画データ等の無償交換価値Ｂがあるとき、他方で、第１経済活動として、無償交換価値Ｂを取得しようとするユーザ端末２０Ｃによる検索行為や、閲覧行為や、取得行為が行われることにより第１ネットワークに生じる「価値」がある。ここで、ユーザ端末２０Ｃによる第１経済活動としての種々の行為に対して、その他のユーザ端末２０Ｄが第２経済活動としての経済価値を見出しやすいように、システム管理者は、あらかじめ類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為の態様を規定し、取得される有償消費価値の基礎価格を、第２経済活動を行う対象としての主体群毎に定めてユーザ端末２０Ｄが有償消費価値（第２経済活動の対象（目的）としての経済価値）を取得できる環境を提供することができる。なお、第２経済活動を行うことによって得られる（生じる）ことになる経済価値が有償消費価値であって、第２経済活動の行為そのもの、又は第２経済活動の対象そのもの（第１経済活動によって第１ネットワークに生じた価値そのもの）が有償消費価値ではないと言える。例えば、類型IIのカテゴリには、ユーザ端末２０Ｄが広告宣伝をユーザ端末２０Ｃに対して行う環境を提供するカテゴリのような、上述した「プッシュ型」の第２経済活動を行う環境の提供としての有償消費価値の取得環境の利用カテゴリや、ユーザ端末２０Ｄが、第１経済活動におけるユーザ端末２０Ｃによる種々の行為としてサーバ１０が記録しているビッグデータを利用できる環境を提供するカテゴリのような、上述した「プル型」の第２経済活動を行う環境の提供としての有償消費価値の取得環境の利用カテゴリが含まれてもよい。また例えば、有償消費価値の取得環境には、上述の「プッシュ型」と「プル型」の混成された第２経済活動をユーザ端末２０Ｄが行える環境の提供としての類型IIのカテゴリなどが含まれてもよい。このようにして、有償消費価値を取得しようとするユーザ端末２０Ｄは、第１価値交換媒体を消費して有償消費価値を取得することができるようになる。すなわち、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係り消費された第１価値交換媒体の数量だけ、第１経済活動におけるユーザ端末２０Ｃの行為、及び第１経済活動においてユーザ端末２０Ａが提供した無償交換価値Ｂには経済価値が見出されたと解することができる。このようにして、第１経済活動によって第１ネットワーク内に生じた「価値」に、第２経済活動を通して定量化され得る経済価値が生じ、当該生じた経済価値としての後述する評価値に応じた所定数量の第１価値交換媒体が、ユーザ端末２０Ａに評価発行され得る。なお、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為には、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｃの第１経済活動における種々の行為に割り込ませる態様での広告宣伝（例えば、従来のテレビコマーシャルのように視聴ラインに挿入する態様、新聞・雑誌等の広告欄を用いた購読ラインに挿入する態様、ウェブ検索一覧フィールドラインに挿入する態様、又は看板のように視聴ラインに挿入する態様の広告宣伝）があってもよく、又はユーザ端末２０Ｃの第１経済活動における無償交換価値Ｂの取得時に無償交換価値Ｂに直接的に含める態様の広告宣伝があってもよく、さらには、有償消費価値の属する類型IIのカテゴリ毎に大分類、中分類、又は小分類として、それぞれ細かく細分化して、ユーザ端末２０Ｄの利便性を向上させるようにしてもよい。システム管理者は、第１経済活動によって生じた「価値」に対する第２経済活動によって見出される経済価値が増加する類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得環境であれば、どのような有償消費価値が取得され得る環境であってもユーザ端末２０Ｄに提供してもよく、ユーザ端末２０Ｄの消費する第１価値交換媒体の数量が増加して、第１経済活動において評価発行される第１価値交換媒体の数量が増加するように類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得環境（のカテゴリ）を追加、修正、又は削除することが好ましい。 The “value” in the first economic activity that can be extracted from the network in the above-mentioned second economic activity is, for example, a free exchange value B such as character data or moving image data provided from the user terminal 20A as the first economic activity. On the other hand, as the first economic activity, there is a “value” that occurs in the first network as a result of a search act by the user terminal 20C trying to acquire the free replacement value B, a browsing act, and an acquisition act. is there. Here, the system administrator belongs to Type II in advance so that the other user terminals 20D can easily find out the economic value as the second economic activity with respect to various actions as the first economic activity by the user terminal 20C. The user terminal 20D defines the mode of acquiring paid consumption value and defines the basic price of the acquired paid consumption value for each group of subjects serving as the second economic activity, and the user terminal 20D calculates the paid consumption value (second economic activity (second economic activity). It is possible to provide an environment in which the economic value as an object of In addition, the economic value to be obtained (generated) by performing the second economic activity is the paid consumption value, and the act of the second economic activity itself or the target of the second economic activity itself (by the first economic activity) It can be said that the value itself generated in the first network is not the paid consumption value. For example, as category II, a category providing the environment in which user terminal 20D carries out advertisement to user terminal 20C, such as a category providing the above-mentioned "push-type" second economic activity, is provided. Use category of acquisition environment for paid consumption value, such as a category that provides an environment where user terminal 20D can use big data recorded by server 10 as various actions by user terminal 20C in the first economic activity, The utilization category of the acquisition environment for paid consumption value as provision of the environment for performing the above-mentioned “pull type” second economic activity may be included. Also, for example, the acquisition environment for paid consumption value includes category II of category II as providing of an environment in which the user terminal 20D can carry out the above-mentioned mixed “push-type” and “pull-type” economic activities. May be In this way, the user terminal 20D that wants to acquire the paid consumption value can consume the first value exchange medium to acquire the paid consumption value. That is, only the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed according to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II, the action of the user terminal 20C in the first economic activity, and the gratis provided by the user terminal 20A in the first economic activity It can be understood that economic value was found in the exchange value B. In this way, the “value” generated in the first network by the first economic activity has an economic value that can be quantified through the second economic activity, and corresponds to the later-described evaluation value as the generated economic value. A predetermined quantity of first value exchange media can be evaluated and issued to the user terminal 20A. Note that, for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II, for example, an advertisement in a mode of interrupting various actions in the first economic activity of the user terminal 20C (for example, to a viewing line like a conventional television commercial) Even if there is an insertion aspect, an insertion aspect in a subscription line using an advertisement column such as newspaper or magazine, an insertion aspect in a web search list field line, or an advertisement of an insertion aspect in a viewing line like a signboard) Well, there may be an advertisement of an aspect directly included in the free replacement value B at the time of obtaining the free replacement value B in the first economic activity of the user terminal 20C, and further, category II of category II to which the paid consumption value belongs. The convenience of the user terminal 20D may be improved by finely dividing each into a large classification, a middle classification, or a small classification, respectively. The system administrator acquires any paid consumption value as long as it is an acquisition environment for paid consumption value belonging to Type II in which the economic value found by the second economic activity with respect to the "value" generated by the first economic activity increases. Of the first value exchange medium to be evaluated and issued in the first economic activity as the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed by the user terminal 20D increases. It is preferable to add, modify or delete (the category of) the acquisition environment of the paid consumption value belonging to Type II so that the quantity increases.
（１－２－３－２）その他
　なお、サーバ１０は、例えば第１台帳の更新時において、ユーザＩＤに新たに紐付けられる第１価値交換媒体に消却期限を設定し、予め設定された期限が到来すると、第１台帳から消却（時限消却）するようにしてもよい。また、消却期限は、第１価値交換媒体の取得経緯毎に異なっていてもよい。そして、サーバ１０は、消却した第１価値交換媒体の数量だけ、後述するように、債務発行テーブルに記録された債務発行残高を減少するとよい。この点で、第１価値交換媒体は、通貨の基本機能のうち「価値保蔵機能」を有するようにも、又は有さないようにも、若しくは任意の程度有するようにも構成することが可能である。また、第１価値交換媒体は、後述するサーバ１０による債務発行分の相殺購入（ユーザ端末２０による第１交換要求の約定）によっても消却される。 (1-2-3-2) Others In addition, for example, at the time of updating of the first ledger, the server 10 sets a withdrawal deadline for the first value exchange medium newly associated with the user ID, and a preset deadline. When (1) arrives, it may be canceled (timed cancellation) from the first ledger. Further, the cancellation time limit may be different for each acquisition process of the first value exchange medium. Then, the server 10 may decrease the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table, as described later, by the number of the canceled first value exchange media. In this regard, the first value exchange medium can be configured to have or not have the "value storage function" of the basic functions of the currency, or to have any degree. is there. In addition, the first value exchange medium is also canceled by offset purchase for debt issuance by the server 10 described later (a promise of the first exchange request by the user terminal 20).
（１－２－４）移転（第４経済活動）
　本実施形態において、ユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を用いて第１価値交換媒体を、他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ）に対して送金（譲渡）することができる。また、ユーザは、第１価値交換媒体を、ユーザ端末２０を用いるユーザ間において、任意に取得する有償交換価値の対価として送金（決済・譲渡・弁済）することもできる（第４経済活動）。 (1-2-4) Relocation (4th Economic Activity)
In the present embodiment, the user can transfer (transfer) the first value exchange medium to another user (user ID) using the user terminal 20. The user can also remit (settlement, transfer, reimbursement) the first value exchange medium as compensation for the paid exchange value optionally acquired between users using the user terminal 20 (fourth economic activity).
（１－２－５）価値の循環
　上述のとおり、第１経済活動、及び第２経済活動に基づいて評価発行され、並びに第２交換に基づいて債務発行される第１価値交換媒体は、第１ネットワークにおける第２経済活動や第３経済活動の支払い対価に用いられ得、またユーザ間における第４経済活動の送金手段に用いられ得る。そして、発行される第１価値交換媒体は、第２経済活動において消費されることによって消却（消費消却）等され、また、消却期限が設定されている場合に期限の到来によっても消却（時限消却）され得る。なお、例えば、類型Iに属する無償交換価値の評価に基づく評価発行、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の販売によって第１価値交換媒体を獲得するユーザは、自身による類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の取得による第１価値交換媒体の消費数量よりも、当該獲得する第１価値交換媒体の数量が上回っている場合に、後述するサーバ１０との第１交換（サーバ１０による第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入）によって、当該上回っている数量の第１価値交換媒体を、同等の経済価値が含まれる数量の第２価値交換媒体に交換することができるようになっている。これらのことから、第１価値交換媒体は、有償交換価値（有償消費価値を含む）、及び無償交換価値の交換媒体として機能し、一つどころに留まらず、法定通貨等の従来の価値交換媒体に比して流通速度が速くなり得る。すなわち、第１価値交換媒体は、発行、移転、及び消却のサイクルが連続的且つ高速に行われ得る、価値尺度を制御可能な価値交換媒体であると言える。 (1-2-5) Circulation of value As described above, the first value exchange medium to be evaluated and issued based on the first economic activity and the second economic activity, and to be issued debt based on the second exchange It can be used for payment for the second economic activity and the third economic activity in one network, and can be used as a means of remittance of the fourth economic activity among users. Then, the first value exchange medium to be issued is canceled (consumption cancellation) etc. by being consumed in the second economic activity, and also canceled by the arrival of the time limit if the cancellation time limit is set. Can be Note that, for example, a user who acquires the first value exchange medium by the evaluation issuance based on the evaluation of the free exchange value belonging to Type I, or the sale of the paid exchange value belonging to Type III If the number of acquired first value exchange media is greater than the consumption amount of the first value exchange media due to acquisition or acquisition of the paid exchange value belonging to type III, the first exchange with the server 10 described later By (the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium by the server 10), it is possible to exchange the first value exchange medium of the exceeding quantity with the second value exchange medium of the quantity including the equivalent economic value. It has become. From these facts, the first value exchange medium functions as an exchange medium for paid exchange value (including charged consumption value) and free exchange value, and can be more than one, and it can be used as a traditional value exchange medium such as legal currency. The flow speed can be faster than. That is, it can be said that the first value exchange medium is a value exchange controllable value exchange medium where issuance, transfer, and cancellation cycles can be performed continuously and rapidly.
（１－３）第２価値交換媒体
（１－３－１）第２価値交換媒体の概要
　価値交換媒体流通システム１では、第２価値交換媒体が流通し得る。第２価値交換媒体は、例えば、システム管理者が行ったＩＣＯによって予め所定数量が発行され得る。第２価値交換媒体は、例えば、後述する信用発行によっても発行され得る。なお、本実施形態において、第２台帳が構成される態様は特に限定されない。第２台帳は、例えば、サーバ１０、又は任意のユーザ端末２０等によって管理される集中型台帳であってもよい。第２台帳は、例えば、サーバ１０、及びユーザ端末２０それぞれが記憶するブロックチェーン等によって構成される分散型台帳であってよい。また、本実施形態において、「第２台帳の更新」とは、第２台帳の構成の態様に応じて規定され得る更新のための任意の処理を含んでもよく、第２台帳を直接的に更新する処理の他、第２台帳の更新権限のある情報処理装置に対して更新の要求を送信する処理を含んでもよい。 (1-3) Second Value Exchange Medium (1-3-1) Outline of Second Value Exchange Medium In the value exchange medium distribution system 1, the second value exchange medium can be distributed. The second value exchange medium may be issued a predetermined quantity in advance, for example, by ICO performed by the system administrator. The second value exchange medium may also be issued, for example, by issuing a credit as described below. In the present embodiment, the manner in which the second ledger is configured is not particularly limited. The second ledger may be, for example, a centralized ledger managed by the server 10 or any user terminal 20 or the like. The second ledger may be, for example, a distributed ledger configured by a server 10 and a block chain stored in each of the user terminals 20. Further, in the present embodiment, “the update of the second ledger” may include any process for updating that may be defined according to the configuration of the second ledger, and the second ledger is directly updated. In addition to the processing described above, processing for transmitting an update request to an information processing apparatus having the second ledger update authority may be included.
　上述のとおり、第１価値交換媒体は価値保蔵機能を有していない場合があるが、第１価値交換媒体は、以下に説明するサーバ１０による交換所機能によって、第２価値交換媒体に基本的に常時交換が可能である。そのため、後述するようにあらかじめ価値保蔵機能が備わっている第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体が有していない価値保蔵機能を補完的に担う役割を持ち得る。 As described above, although the first value exchange medium may not have the value storage function, the first value exchange medium is basically used as the second value exchange medium by the exchange function by the server 10 described below. Always replaceable. Therefore, as described later, the second value exchange medium provided with the value storage function in advance may play a role of complementarily playing the value storage function not possessed by the first value exchange medium.
　サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０との間で、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の交換を行う交換所機能を有していてもよい。より具体的には、例えば、第２価値交換媒体を欲するユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を介して、サーバ１０に、第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に希望する交換率（第１希望交換率）で交換することを要求する交換要求（第１交換要求）を送信することができる。また、例えば、第１価値交換媒体を欲するユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を介して、サーバ１０に、第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に希望する交換率（第２希望交換率）で交換することを要求する交換要求（第２交換要求）を送信することができる。 The server 10 may have an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20. More specifically, for example, a user who desires the second value exchange medium requests the server 10 via the user terminal 20 to request the first value exchange medium as the second value exchange medium (the first exchange rate desired) Exchange request (first exchange request) requesting to exchange at a rate). Also, for example, a user who desires the first value exchange medium exchanges with the server 10 via the user terminal 20 the second value exchange medium as the first value exchange medium at the desired exchange rate (the second desired exchange rate) Exchange request (second exchange request) can be sent.
　サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第２交換要求に対しては、所定条件下で、第１希望交換率及び第２希望交換率の相場（相場交換率）による第１相場交換要求をもって約定処理（第１約定処理）を行ってもよい。すなわち、サーバ１０は、第１価値交換媒体を当該ユーザに発行（債務発行）すると共に、第２価値交換媒体を当該ユーザから取得してもよい。 In response to the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20, the server 10 executes the first exchange request with the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate with the first exchange rate under the predetermined condition. A process (first execution process) may be performed. That is, the server 10 may issue the first value exchange medium to the user (issue debt) and acquire the second value exchange medium from the user.
　また、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第１交換要求に対しては、所定条件下で、上述した相場交換率による第２相場交換要求をもって約定処理（第２約定処理）を行ってもよい。すなわち、サーバ１０は、第２価値交換媒体を当該ユーザに譲渡すると共に、第１価値交換媒体を当該ユーザから取得し、上述した債務発行分を相殺購入し消却（相殺消却）してもよい。 In addition, the server 10 executes the execution process (the second execution process) with the second market exchange request at the above-described market exchange rate under the predetermined condition, for the first exchange request received from the user terminal 20. Good. That is, the server 10 may transfer the second value exchange medium to the user, acquire the first value exchange medium from the user, and offset purchase and cancel out the above-described debt issue.
　なお、上述した第１相場交換要求に係る相場交換率と、第２相場交換要求に係る相場交換率とは、同一であっても、異なっていてもよい。両者を区別する場合、第１相場交換要求に係る相場交換率を「第１相場交換率」と、第２相場交換要求に係る相場交換率を「第２相場交換率」と、それぞれ称する場合がある。 Note that the market exchange rate related to the first market exchange request described above may be the same as or different from the market exchange rate related to the second market exchange request. When the two are distinguished, the first exchange rate related to the first exchange rate request may be referred to as “first exchange rate”, and the second exchange rate according to the second exchange request may be referred to as “second exchange rate”. is there.
（１－３－２）第２価値交換媒体の増加／減少
　上述した相場交換率（第１相場交換率及び第２相場交換率）は、交換所としてのサーバ１０が各ユーザ端末２０から受信する交換要求に係る希望交換率（第１希望交換率及び第２希望交換率）に基づいて決定されるとよい。後述するとおり、第２価値交換媒体の数量は所定条件下において変動（増減）する。換言すれば、相場交換率は、各ユーザの第２価値交換媒体に対する、将来において第２価値交換媒体が増加する（自身に新規に発行される）と期待する数量（比率）を表す指標値（期待増加率）であると言える。例えば、本実施形態においては、後述するスマートコントラクト部１３１及び２３１は、所定の増加条件が満たされるとき（又は減少条件が満たされるとき）に、所定の増加条件、又は減少条件が満たされた時点における割増率（目標交換率に対する相場交換率の割合）である到達割増率を基準として、第２価値交換媒体の保有量や、後述する流通貢献率、又は移動評価値に基づき、各ユーザに第２価値交換媒体を新規に発行する（又は消却する）。そして続けて、スマートコントラクト部１３１及び２３１が各ユーザに対する第２価値交換媒体の新規発行（又は消却）処理を実行すると、交換所管理部１５によって、相場交換率が、「目標となる交換率」又は「目標となる交換率の付近」に収束するように、若しくは、ユーザ毎に、新規発行（又は消却）されて増加（又は減少）した第２価値交換媒体の増加（又は減少）率分を相殺するように、各ユーザの希望交換率を修正するとよい。以上のようにして、相場交換率は、ユーザのファンダメンタルズ等を反映して、閾値に達し、又は所定期間が経過すると、「目標となる交換率」付近に収束する。このため、各ユーザの希望交換率に基づく相場交換率によって増加（又は減少）する第２価値交換媒体であるから、相場交換率は期待増加率と言い換えることができる。 (1-3-2) Increase / Decrease of Second Value Exchange Medium The above-described market exchange rates (first market exchange rate and second market exchange rate) are received by the server 10 as an exchange from each user terminal 20. It may be determined based on a desired exchange rate (a first desired exchange rate and a second desired exchange rate) relating to the exchange request. As described later, the quantity of the second value exchange medium fluctuates (increases or decreases) under predetermined conditions. In other words, the rate exchange rate is an index value representing the quantity (ratio) expected to be increased in the future by the second value exchange medium (newly issued to itself) to the second value exchange medium of each user It can be said that the expected increase rate). For example, in the present embodiment, when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied (or when the decrease condition is satisfied), the smart contract units 131 and 231 described later indicate when the predetermined increase condition or the decrease condition is satisfied. On the basis of the attainment rate, which is the rate of increase rate (ratio of market exchange rate to target exchange rate) in the second, to each user based on the holding amount of the second value exchange medium, the distribution contribution rate described later, or the movement evaluation value Newly issue (or cancel) a two-value exchange medium. Then, when the smart contract units 131 and 231 execute a new issue (or cancellation) process of the second value exchange medium for each user, the exchange management unit 15 determines that the market exchange rate becomes “target exchange rate”. Or to converge to “near target exchange rate” or for each user, increase (or decrease) rate of the second value exchange medium newly issued (or canceled) and increased (or decreased) The user's desired exchange rate may be modified to offset. As described above, the market exchange rate reflects a user's fundamentals and the like, and reaches a threshold or converges to the “target exchange rate” when a predetermined period elapses. Therefore, since the second value exchange medium increases (or decreases) by the rate exchange rate based on the desired exchange rate of each user, the rate exchange rate can be rephrased as an expected rate of increase.
　例えば、サーバ１０及び各ユーザ端末２０はそれぞれ、サーバ１０が導出する相場交換率を取得し、所定の増加条件又は所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを断続的にモニタリングするとよい。そして、サーバ１０及び各ユーザ端末２０はそれぞれ、所定の増加条件が満たされると判定した場合、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体の保有量、第２価値交換媒体の流通貢献率、及び第２価値交換媒体の移動評価値等の少なくともいずれかに応じて、第２価値交換媒体の数量を増加させるような第２台帳の更新情報を生成するとよい。また、同様に、サーバ１０及び各ユーザ端末２０はそれぞれ、所定の減少条件が満たされると判定した場合、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体の保有量、及び第２価値交換媒体の流通貢献率等の少なくともいずれかに応じて、第２価値交換媒体の数量を減少させるような第２台帳の更新情報を生成するとよい。 For example, the server 10 and each user terminal 20 may respectively acquire the rate exchange rate derived by the server 10 and intermittently monitor whether or not a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied. Then, when the server 10 and each user terminal 20 each determine that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the possession amount of the second value exchange medium held by itself, the distribution contribution rate of the second value exchange medium, and the second Update information of the second ledger may be generated to increase the quantity of the second value exchange medium according to at least one of the movement evaluation value of the value exchange medium and the like. Similarly, when it is determined that the server 10 and each user terminal 20 each satisfy the predetermined decrease condition, the possession amount of the second value exchange medium owned by itself and the distribution contribution rate of the second value exchange medium The second ledger update information may be generated to reduce the quantity of the second value exchange medium according to at least one of the above.
　以上のとおり、本実施形態において、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値は、到達割増率を根拠に、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に目標交換率を乗じた値付近に収束する。特に、目標交換率が「１．００」の場合には、第２価値交換媒体は、到達割増率を根拠に、単位交換価値が第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値付近に収束するように増加又は減少する。そして、第２価値交換媒体を保有する、又は保有しようとするユーザは、割増率（期待増加率）を意識した希望交換率での交換要求を行う。このことから、第２価値交換媒体の増加又は減少処理が実行された直後の、当該ユーザにおける割増率（期待増加率）に対する意識は「１」付近に収束する。つまり、到達割増率分だけ増加又は減少した第２価値交換媒体の比率を反映するように当該ユーザの意識に基づく希望交換率は目標交換率の付近に収束する。このようにして、第２価値交換媒体が増加又は減少するとき、各ユーザが第１価値交換媒体又は第２価値交換媒体を欲する数量が増加又は減少前と変わらないとすれば、各ユーザが希望交換率を、第２価値交換媒体の増加数量又は減少数量を相殺するように修正することが期待できる。これにより、相場交換率を目標交換率と同一又はこれに近い値に保つことができるため、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に目標交換率を乗じた値と同一又はこれに近い値に保つことができる。換言すると、第２価値交換媒体の数量は、単位交換価値が、目標交換率に基づく第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値から乖離することが抑制されるように増加又は減少する。すなわち、より一般的に表現すると、第２価値交換媒体の数量は、第１価値交換媒体との交換比率に基づき増加又は減少する（第２価値交換媒体が発行又は消却される）ものである。 As described above, in the present embodiment, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium converges around the value obtained by multiplying the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate on the basis of the achieved increase rate. In particular, when the target exchange rate is "1.00", the second value exchange medium increases so that the unit exchange value converges to the vicinity of the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium based on the achievement additional rate. Or decrease. Then, the user who holds or intends to hold the second value exchange medium makes an exchange request at a desired exchange rate in consideration of the additional rate (expected increase rate). From this, immediately after the increase or decrease processing of the second value exchange medium is executed, the awareness of the additional rate (expected increase rate) of the user converges to “1”. That is, the desired exchange rate based on the user's awareness converges to the vicinity of the target exchange rate so as to reflect the proportion of the second value exchange medium that has increased or decreased by the achieved additional rate. In this way, when the second value exchange medium increases or decreases, each user wants the first value exchange medium or the second value exchange medium as long as the number before the increase or decrease does not change. The exchange rate can be expected to be modified to offset the increased or decreased quantity of the second value exchange medium. As a result, since the exchange rate can be kept equal to or close to the target exchange rate, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is multiplied by the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate. It can be kept the same as or close to this value. In other words, the quantity of the second value exchange medium is increased or decreased such that the unit exchange value is suppressed from deviating from the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium based on the target exchange rate. That is, more generally expressed, the quantity of the second value exchange medium increases or decreases based on the exchange ratio with the first value exchange medium (the second value exchange medium is issued or canceled).
　なお、サーバ１０は、第２価値交換媒体が増加又は減少した場合、既に受け付け、後述するように、交換要求テーブルに記録している交換要求に係る希望交換率を、第２価値交換媒体の増加数量又は減少数量を相殺（乃至、低減）するように強制的に修正してもよい。また、更にサーバ１０は、第２価値交換媒体が増加又は減少した時点からの所定の期間（後述する変動抑制期間）において、ユーザ端末２０から受信する希望交換率の所定の修正（第２価値交換媒体の増加数量又は減少数量を相殺する方向とは逆の方向への修正）を制限してもよい。また、更にサーバ１０は、所定の期間（後述する固定交換期間）においては、ユーザ端末２０から受信した交換要求との約定処理を、目標交換率（第１目標交換率、又は第２目標交換率）に固定させてもよい。すなわち、サーバ１０は、当該固定交換期間においては、目標交換率による固定交換要求（第１固定交換要求又は第２固定交換要求）を生成した上で、相場交換要求より固定交換要求を優先させて、ユーザ端末２０から受信した交換要求と約定させてもよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値と目標交換率とに基づいた値に制御することが可能となる。特に、目標交換率が「１．００」の場合には、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値と同一又はこれに近い値に保つ効果が増加する。 When the second value exchange medium increases or decreases, the server 10 receives the desired exchange rate related to the exchange request recorded in the exchange request table, as described above, by the increase of the second value exchange medium. Forced correction may be made to offset (or reduce) the quantity or the reduction quantity. Furthermore, the server 10 further performs the predetermined correction (the second value exchange) of the desired exchange rate received from the user terminal 20 in the predetermined period (the fluctuation suppression period described later) from the time when the second value exchange medium increases or decreases. The correction in the opposite direction to the direction of offsetting the increase quantity or the decrease quantity of the medium may be limited. In addition, the server 10 further performs a target exchange rate (a first target exchange rate or a second target exchange rate) with a contract process with the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 in a predetermined period (fixed exchange period described later). ) May be fixed. That is, in the fixed exchange period, the server 10 generates the fixed exchange request (the first fixed exchange request or the second fixed exchange request) according to the target exchange rate, and prioritizes the fixed exchange request over the market exchange request. , And the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 may be fulfilled. Thus, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium can be controlled to a value based on the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and the target exchange rate. In particular, when the target exchange rate is "1.00", the effect of keeping the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium equal to or close to the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium is increased.
　なお、ユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を用いて第２価値交換媒体を、他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ）に対して送金（譲渡）することができる。また、ユーザは、第２価値交換媒体を、ユーザ端末２０を用いるユーザ間において、任意に取得する有償交換価値の対価として送金（決済・譲渡・弁済）することもできる（第４経済活動）。 The user can remit (transfer) the second value exchange medium to another user (user ID) using the user terminal 20. The user can also remit (settlement, transfer, reimbursement) the second value exchange medium as compensation for the paid exchange value optionally acquired between users using the user terminal 20 (fourth economic activity).
（１－４）第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の機能
　図２は、上述した各経済活動、価値、及び価値交換媒体等の相互の関係の一例を説明するための概念図である。上述した各経済活動、価値、及び価値交換媒体等の相互の関係は、例えば以下のように表せる。なお、以下の説明は一例であって、各経済活動、価値、及び価値交換媒体等の発生・実行の順序、因果関係、数量等を限定するものではない。 (1-4) Functions of the First Value Exchange Medium and the Second Value Exchange Medium FIG. 2 is a conceptual diagram for explaining an example of the mutual relationship among the above-mentioned economic activities, values, and value exchange medium. . The relationships among the above-mentioned economic activities, values, and value exchange media can be expressed as follows, for example. The following description is an example, and does not limit the order of generation / execution of each economic activity, value, and value exchange medium, etc., causality, quantity, and the like.
　まず、第２経済活動基礎価格（類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費対価の基準）を（コミットメント内容に基づき）一律に増加させると、第２経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の消費数量が増加し、第１価値交換媒体の評価発行数量が増加する。その結果、評価点数当たりの第１価値交換媒体の評価発行数量が増加する。換言すれば、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に伴う消費対価、及び類型Iに属する無償交換価値の評価に基づく評価発行に係る第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が切り下がる。 First, the first value exchange medium for the second economic activity is obtained by uniformly increasing the second economic activity basic price (basis of consumption consideration for acquisition of paid consumption value belonging to type II) (based on the content of the commitment) Consumption volume increases, and the evaluation issuance volume of the first value exchange medium increases. As a result, the evaluation issuance quantity of the first value exchange medium per evaluation score increases. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium involved in the evaluation issue based on the evaluation of the no charge value associated with the act of acquiring the chargeable consumption value belonging to Type II and the free exchange value belonging to Type I falls.
　そして、第１経済活動における第１価値交換媒体の評価発行数量による経済価値（購買力）の大きさに対してユーザが持つ感覚と、第２経済活動における第１価値交換媒体の消費数量による経済価値（購買力）の大きさに対してユーザが持つ感覚とに合わせるように、第３経済活動における有償交換価値の価格に対する増加圧力が加わり、第３経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の消費数量が増加する。換言すれば、類型IIIに属する有償交換価値に係る第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が切り下がる。そしてまた、第３経済活動における有償交換価値の価格に対してユーザが持つ経済価値（購買力）の大きさの感覚に合わせるように、第４経済活動における任意の有償交換価値の価格に対する増加圧力が加わり第４経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の送金数量が増加する。換言すれば、類型IVに属する任意の有償交換価値に係る第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が切り下がる。そうして、第１価値交換媒体の必要数量の増加によって第２交換における第１価値交換媒体の数量が増加し、第１価値交換媒体の債務発行残高が増加して、第１価値交換媒体の流通数量（流通総量）が増加し、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値がコミットメント内容に近づくように減少する。換言すれば、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の切り下げがユーザ間に浸透する。 Then, the user has a sense of the size of the economic value (purchasing power) by the evaluation issuance quantity of the first value exchange medium in the first economic activity, and the economic value by the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second economic activity To match the sense of the user with the size of (purchasing power), the increasing pressure on the price of the paid exchange value in the third economic activity is added, and the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the third economic activity is To increase. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium related to the paid exchange value belonging to the type III falls. And also, to match the sense of the size of the economic value (purchasing power) the user has to the price of the paid exchange value in the third economic activity, the increasing pressure on the price of any paid exchange value in the fourth economic activity In addition, the remittance quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the fourth economic activity will increase. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium associated with any paid exchange value belonging to type IV falls. Then, the increase in the required quantity of the first value exchange medium increases the quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second exchange, and the debt issuance balance of the first value exchange medium increases. The volume of distribution (total volume of distribution) increases, and the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium decreases to approach the content of the commitment. In other words, the devaluation of the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium penetrates among the users.
　以上から、第１価値交換媒体の需要増加に伴い、相対的に第２価値交換媒体が不足するようになり、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値の減少（単位交換価値の切り下げ）から、交換所機能において第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値は相対的に増加するようになり、期待増加率は上昇する。そうして、後述するスマートコントラクト部１３１、及び２３１による増加処理の実行により、第２価値交換媒体の流通総量が増加し、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値は、第１価値交換媒体の減少した単位交換価値に目標交換率を乗じた値に収束するように減少する。そして、第２価値交換媒体の増加に伴い第２交換要求による第１価値交換媒体の債務発行数量が需要を満たすように増加して第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の流通総量が増加することでコミットメントは達成され得る。換言すれば、第１価値交換媒体、及び第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が、第２経済活動基礎価格（類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費対価基準）の一律の増加に合わせるように切り下がる。 From the above, with the increase in demand for the first value exchange medium, the second value exchange medium becomes relatively short, and the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium decreases (the unit exchange value is reduced), and the exchange is performed. In the function, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium relatively increases, and the expected increase rate increases. Thus, the execution of the increase processing by the smart contract units 131 and 231 described later increases the total circulation volume of the second value exchange medium, and decreases the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium by the first value exchange medium The unit exchange value is reduced to converge to the target exchange rate multiplied value. Then, with the increase of the second value exchange medium, the debt issuance quantity of the first value exchange medium due to the second exchange request increases so as to satisfy the demand, and the total amount of distribution of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium increases The commitment can be achieved by doing. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium is a uniform increase of the second economic activity basic price (consumption consideration standard for the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II) Cut down to fit.
　本実施形態においては、第１価値交換媒体は、第１経済活動においてユーザ端末２０間をサーバ１０を介して無償で移転した価値（無償交換価値）の相対評価、及び当該相対評価に含まれる経済価値の大きさ（類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費度量）に基づき評価発行（評価発行アルゴリズムによる評価値算出による経済価値を含む評価配分発行）される。このように、第１価値交換媒体には当該相対評価、及び制御可能な経済価値が本位するため、第１価値交換媒体は安定して自律的に発揮される価値尺度機能を有する。換言すると、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値は、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る価格（消費度量）を制御することによって制御され得る。すなわち、より一般的に表現すると、第１価値交換媒体は、無償交換価値の相対評価及び有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費度量に基づき評価発行数量が決定される。 In the present embodiment, the first value exchange medium is a relative evaluation of the value (free exchange value) transferred free of charge between the user terminals 20 through the server 10 in the first economic activity, and the economy included in the relative evaluation. Evaluation is issued (evaluation distribution including economic value by evaluation value calculation by evaluation issuance algorithm) based on the value of the value (consumption degree related to acquisition of paid consumption value belonging to type II). Thus, the first value exchange medium has a value scale function that is stably and autonomously exhibited because the relative value and the controllable economic value predominate in the first value exchange medium. In other words, the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium can be controlled by controlling the price (consumption amount) related to the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II. That is, more generally expressed, in the first value exchange medium, the evaluation issuance quantity is determined based on the relative evaluation of the free exchange value and the consumption degree amount related to the acquisition of the charged consumption value.
　そして、第１価値交換媒体は、サーバ１０の有する交換所機能によって、需要に対する過不足のない供給、及び供給に対する過不足のない需要が生成されることによる第２価値交換媒体との交換処理に基づき債務発行、及び相殺購入される。ここで、第２価値交換媒体は、単位交換価値を第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に目標交換率を乗じた値に収束させ続けるように、所定条件下で数量が増減する、価値保蔵機能を有した価値交換媒体である。 Then, the first value exchange medium is for exchange processing with the second value exchange medium by the supply of just enough for demand and generation of just enough demand for supply by the exchange function of the server 10. Based on debt issuance, and offset purchase. Here, the second value exchange medium has a value storage function in which the quantity is increased or decreased under predetermined conditions so that the unit exchange value continues to converge to the value obtained by multiplying the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium by the target exchange rate. Value exchange medium.
　したがって、第１価値交換媒体は、サーバ１０の有する交換所機能によって第２価値交換媒体と接続されており、「ユーザ間を無償で移転する価値の相対評価（評価値算出による経済価値を含む評価配分）に基づき発行（評価発行）される価値尺度機能が自律的に発揮される価値交換媒体」であると言える。また、第２価値交換媒体は、「ユーザ間を移転する価値の相対評価（保有数量、流通貢献率、又は移動評価値算出等に基づいた評価配分及び需給バランスを均衡状態に収束させ続けることによる総量としての流通数量調整）に基づき発行又は消却（自律的に流通数量が増減）される価値保蔵機能を有した価値交換媒体」であると言える。 Therefore, the first value exchange medium is connected to the second value exchange medium by the exchange function possessed by the server 10, and the “relative evaluation of the value for free transfer among users (the evaluation including the economic value by evaluation value calculation) It can be said that this is a value exchange medium in which the value scale function issued (evaluated and issued) based on allocation) is autonomously exhibited. In addition, the second value exchange medium is based on the “relative evaluation of the value transferred between users (by keeping the evaluation distribution based on the owned quantity, distribution contribution rate, or movement It can be said that it is a value exchange medium having a value storage function which is issued or canceled (the amount of distribution is increased or decreased autonomously) based on the distribution amount adjustment as the total amount.
　また、第２価値交換媒体は、例えば、後述するように信用発行機能を有していてもよい。この場合には、信用発行先ユーザの信用の大きさに基づき、信用発行元ユーザ（システム管理者を含んでもよい）は、信用発行先ユーザから取得する債権や株式等の資産（換言すると、第２価値交換媒体の数量で表され得る信用発行する経済価値の回収根拠）を対価に第２価値交換媒体を新規に発行してもよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体、及び第１価値交換媒体の流通数量の増大、及び流通速度の上昇が期待され得る。 In addition, the second value exchange medium may have, for example, a credit issuing function as described later. In this case, on the basis of the magnitude of the credit of the credit issuing user, the credit issuing user (which may include the system administrator) is an asset such as a credit or stock acquired from the credit issuing user (in other words, The second value exchange medium may be newly issued for the value of the credit issue economic value collection basis that can be represented by the quantity of the two value exchange medium. Thereby, an increase in the distribution quantity of the second value exchange medium and the first value exchange medium, and an increase in the distribution speed can be expected.
　このように、サーバ１０の交換所機能によって互いに接続された第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体は、一体として評価本位貨幣としての価値交換媒体として機能を発揮し得る。そして、無償交換価値に内在する経済価値としての評価値（換言すると、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係り消費された第１価値交換媒体に係る経済価値）に価値を本位させている第１価値交換媒体は、第２価値交換媒体に対して単位交換価値の基準としての機能（アンカリング機能）を提供し、一方で第２価値交換媒体への第１交換（第１交換における対象の第１価値交換媒体はサーバ１０の相殺購入によって消却される）によって価値保蔵機能を取得し得る。すなわち、本実施形態において、第１価値交換媒体、及び第２価値交換媒体は、サーバ１０による交換所機能を用いた債務発行アルゴリズム、及びスマートコントラクト部１３１、及び２３１による第２価値交換媒体の増減アルゴリズム、並びにサーバ１０による評価発行アルゴリズムの各処理の連続的な協働処理によって、一体として、価値交換媒体としての機能の根幹たる「価値尺度機能」（換言すると、価値交換媒体１つあたりに内在する経済価値の大きさの統一基準機能や、物差しの目盛りの統一基準機能とも言える）を、場所や時間を超えて強固に安定、及び制御可能な状態でユーザに提供され得るものである。 Thus, the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium connected to each other by the exchange function of the server 10 can function as a value exchange medium as an evaluation-oriented money as one body. Then, the value is based on the evaluation value as the economic value inherent to the free exchange value (in other words, the economic value of the first value exchange medium consumed in relation to the acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to type II) The first value exchange medium provides the second value exchange medium with a function (anchoring function) as a standard of unit exchange value, while the first exchange to the second value exchange medium (target in the first exchange) The first value exchange medium of can be canceled by the offset purchase of the server 10) to obtain the value preservation function. That is, in the present embodiment, the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are the debt issuance algorithm using the exchange function by the server 10, and increase / decrease of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 and 231. By the continuous collaborative processing of each processing of the algorithm and the evaluation issuance algorithm by the server 10, "value scale function" which is the basis of the function as a value exchange medium (in other words, intrinsic per one value exchange medium) Can be provided to the user in a stable, stable, and controllable state over a place or time, which can be said to be a uniform reference function of the size of the economic value, and a uniform reference function of the scale of the ruler.
（１－５）法定通貨、及び仮想通貨との比較
　図３は、本実施形態における第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の機能の一例を説明するための図である。図３を用いて、これら価値交換媒体（通貨）の機能について、法定通貨、及び仮想通貨と比較しながら説明する。なお、以下の説明は一例であって、各通貨の機能を限定するものではない。 (1-5) Comparison with Legal Currency and Virtual Currency FIG. 3 is a diagram for explaining an example of functions of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium in the present embodiment. The function of the value exchange medium (currency) will be described using FIG. 3 in comparison with a legal currency and a virtual currency. In addition, the following description is an example, Comprising: The function of each currency is not limited.
　図３で示すように、法定通貨のインフレ耐性は脆弱であり、発行主体のマクロ経済政策等の政策の影響を受けることはもとより、信認性が発行主体の経済力（国力や国債償還能力等）や法による強制通用力に大きく依存している。そして、法定通貨は発行主体毎に発行され、主に発行主体の統治する経済圏において流通する中で、「価値」が世界中に流通する今日では、国際決済を行う必要性から為替が生じている。そして、流通範囲が発行主体の統治する経済圏に限られている法定通貨であるにもかかわらず、発行主体外によって発行されるその他の法定通貨の影響も多大に受け、及び他の法定通貨に対しても影響を多大に与えるようになっている。また、法定通貨は、債務減少による預金の減少を除くと、消却されないことを前提にユーザ間を流通していること、及び新規に発行される手段を債務増加に依存していることから、インフレ懸念の生じていない平時においての流通速度は遅く、一つどころに留まりやすい性質（持つ者はより多く持ち、持たざる者はより少なく持つ性質）がある。なお、法定通貨の流通制御は、商業銀行等による信用創造システムによって、個人や法人等の経済主体間において負債が連鎖する状態（ユーザ間において債務及び債権が連鎖的に循環する状態）に対して外部から間接的に影響力を行使する態様にとどまっており、たいていは中央銀行による政策金利（コールレート）及び公開市場操作（買いオペレーション・売りオペレーション）による流通制御を図っている。このような法定通貨であるところ、平時においては、価値交換媒体の機能である「価値尺度機能」及び「価値保蔵機能」は、発行主体の統治する経済圏において、多少の変動はありつつも、おおむね機能を発揮してはいるようである。しかしながら、この場合においても、為替の影響を免れることはできず、政策を誤った場合の金融不安の可能性は排除できず、さらには、利害関係の交差する国際関係の整備も怠ることはできないという課題がある。 As shown in Fig. 3, the resistance to inflation of the legal currency is weak, and not only is it affected by the issuer's macroeconomic policy, but also the credibility is the economic power of the issuer (national power, government bond redemption ability, etc.) It is highly dependent on the forced passing power of the law. And while the legal currency is issued for each issuer, and it circulates in the economic zone mainly governed by the issuer, today, when “value” circulates all over the world, the exchange has arisen from the necessity of performing international settlement. There is. And, despite being a legal currency whose distribution range is limited to the economic zone governed by the issuing entity, it is also greatly influenced by other legal currencies issued outside the issuing entity, and other legal currency It also has a great deal of influence. In addition, the legal currency, which is distributed among users on the assumption that it will not be cancelled, except for the decrease in deposits due to a decrease in debt, and the fact that it depends on the debt increase as a means to be issued newly, The circulation speed in peacetime where concerns are not occurring is slow, and it is easy to stay at one place (it has more people and less people). In addition, circulation control of legal currency is a state in which debt is linked between economic entities such as individuals and corporations by a credit creation system by a commercial bank or the like (a state in which debt and credit are circulated among users). It is limited to the mode of exercising the influence indirectly from the outside, and in most cases, the central bank tries to control the flow by the policy rate (call rate) and the open market operation (buy operation / sell operation). Where such legal currency is used, in normal times, the functions “value scale function” and “value storage function”, which are functions of value exchange medium, have some fluctuations in the economic sphere governed by the issuing entity, It seems that the function is generally exhibited. However, even in this case, the influence of exchange rates can not be ruled out, the possibility of financial instability in the case of a wrong policy can not be ruled out, and furthermore, the development of international relations where interests cross each other can not be neglected. There is a problem called.
　そうしたところ、図３で示すように、いわゆるビットコイン等の仮想通貨（暗号資産ともいう）は、発行主体及び責任の所在が不安定なこと、及び単なる電子的データに過ぎないこと、並びにそれそのものの価値、又は本位させている対象の価値が確立されておらず、いわば「中身がない」価値交換媒体として存在している。このことから、仮想通貨は、信認性の根拠が極めて不明瞭であり、価値交換媒体として世界中を（ユーザ間を）流通しているとは言っても、単位交換価値は不安定であり、いつ価値（単位交換価値）が暴落、又は暴騰するか誰も予測できないでいる。また、仮想通貨の価値交換媒体としての流通速度は法定通貨にも及んでおらず、ユーザにとって単なる投機対象にしか過ぎないなどと言われている。このように、流通制御もなされず、いわゆる「中身のない」仮想通貨であるところ、価値交換媒体としての重要な機能である「価値尺度機能」は有しておらず、他方で、単位交換価値が変動すると言っても、「価値保蔵機能」の基礎的要素だけは有している。 As such, as shown in FIG. 3, a virtual currency such as so-called bitcoin (also referred to as a cryptographic asset) is unstable in the issuing entity and the location of responsibility, and is merely electronic data, and itself The value of or the value of the subject that is being reconciled has not been established, so it exists as an "intrinsic" value exchange medium. From this, the virtual currency is extremely unclear in the basis of credibility, and although it is distributed throughout the world as a value exchange medium (between users), the unit exchange value is unstable, No one can predict when the value (unit exchange value) falls or rises. In addition, it is said that the circulation speed of the virtual currency as a value exchange medium does not reach that of the legal currency, and is merely a speculation target for the user. In this way, there is no flow control, and while it is a so-called "blank" virtual currency, it does not have the "value scale function" which is an important function as a value exchange medium, and on the other hand, unit exchange value Even if it fluctuates, it has only the basic elements of the "value holding function".
　なお、従来の電子マネーやポイント等の価値交換媒体については、法定通貨に価値の根源を置いており、単独で経済圏を構築、及び流通する価値交換媒体ではないため、これらは法定通貨の従属媒体として、ここでは説明を省く。以上のように、価値交換媒体には、法定通貨と仮想通貨があるが、図３で示すように、第１価値交換媒体と第２価値交換媒体について、その他の価値交換媒体との違いを次に説明する。 In the case of value exchange media such as conventional electronic money and points, since the source of value is placed in legal currency and it is not a value exchange medium that establishes and circulates an economic zone alone, these are subordinate to legal currency As a medium, the explanation is omitted here. As described above, there are legal currency and virtual currency as value exchange media, but as shown in FIG. 3, the difference between the first value exchange media and the second value exchange media is compared with other value exchange media. Explain to.
　通貨は流通する経済圏があって機能を発揮する価値交換媒体であるが、第１価値交換媒体の流通する経済圏は、第１ネットワークである。第１価値交換媒体は、第１ネットワークにおける唯一の決済手段であり、第１ネットワークにおいて所定のアルゴリズムを用いて発行（評価発行、及び債務発行）され流通する。ユーザは、第１ネットワークにアカウントを用いてログインすることで経済活動（その他のユーザとの「価値」の交換）を行えるようになる。また、第１ネットワークにおいては、ユーザの経済活動に対して徴税機能を付加することも可能である。つまり、第１価値交換媒体の信認性の根拠は、第１ネットワークの経済力であると言える。第１価値交換媒体は、第１ネットワークが国を跨いで世界中（通信ネットワークＮに接続されたユーザ端末２０があるところすべて）、及び時代を超えてユーザに価値交換媒体としての機能を提供するため、所定のアルゴリズムによって安定した「価値尺度機能」を発揮する。そして、第１価値交換媒体は、法定通貨に比して強度な「価値尺度機能」を発揮すること（ユーザ端末２０による第２経済活動における消費によって消却等すること、サーバ１０による債務発行分の相殺購入によって消却されること、及び期限により消却され得るように構成できること、並びに常に消却される価値交換媒体であってアルゴリズムによって随時、評価発行、及び債務発行され続けることによるもの）から、インフレ懸念は生じず、さらに、第１ネットワークの物価制御（コミットメント及び第２経済活動に係る消費数量の制御）による単位交換価値の制御を可能としており、法定通貨に比して流通制御がしやすい特徴を有している。 The currency is a value exchange medium having a circulating economic zone and performing functions, but the economic zone in which a first value exchange medium circulates is a first network. The first value exchange medium is the only settlement means in the first network, and is issued (evaluated and issued) and distributed in the first network using a predetermined algorithm. The user can perform economic activity (exchange of “value” with other users) by logging in to the first network using an account. In the first network, it is also possible to add a tax collection function to the user's economic activities. In other words, it can be said that the basis for the credibility of the first value exchange medium is the economic power of the first network. The first value exchange medium provides the function as a value exchange medium to users across the world (where the user terminal 20 connected to the communication network N is present) across the first network across countries Therefore, a stable "value scale function" is exhibited by a predetermined algorithm. Then, the first value exchange medium exerts a strong “value scale function” compared to legal currency (cancelling by consumption in the second economic activity by the user terminal 20, etc. Inflation concerns from being canceled by offsetting purchases and being able to be configured to be able to be canceled by deadlines, and by a value exchange medium that is always canceled, by continuing to be issued and evaluated from time to time by the algorithm) Does not occur, and further, unit exchange value control is possible by price control of the first network (control of commitments and consumption quantity related to the second economic activity), and it is characterized by easy flow control compared to legal currency. Have.
　次に第２価値交換媒体について説明する。第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を基準とした期待増加率に基づいて数量が自律的に増加又は減少する、いつでも第１価値交換媒体に交換することができる（「中身」が第１価値交換媒体であると言える）特徴を有した仮想通貨（暗号資産）である。このことから、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体と切り離されると、期待増加率は算出できず、いわゆる「中身がない」ただの仮想通貨になり得る。このように、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体と一体として機能させることを前提にしていることから、第１価値交換媒体と接続された状態の第２価値交換媒体について説明する。 Next, the second value exchange medium will be described. The second value exchange medium can be exchanged at any time to the first value exchange medium where the quantity increases or decreases autonomously based on the expected increase rate based on the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (" "Content" is a virtual currency (cryptographic asset) having the feature "can be said to be the first value exchange medium". From this, when the second value exchange medium is separated from the first value exchange medium, the expected increase rate can not be calculated, and it can be a so-called "poor" virtual currency. Thus, since the second value exchange medium is premised to function integrally with the first value exchange medium, the second value exchange medium connected to the first value exchange medium will be described.
　図３で示すように、第２価値交換媒体は、言わば第１価値交換媒体本位価値交換媒体である。このことから、第２価値交換媒体の経済圏（第２ネットワーク）は第１価値交換媒体の経済圏（第１ネットワーク）と重なり合い、通信ネットワークＮに接続されたユーザ端末２０があるところすべてになる。第２価値交換媒体の信認性の根拠は第１価値交換媒体に依存（連動）する。また、第２価値交換媒体が信用発行機能を備える場合には、第２価値交換媒体の信認性の根拠に、信用発行元が信用発行先から取得する債権等の資産の健全性が影響し得る。第２価値交換媒体は、スマートコントラクト部１３１及び２３１と交換所管理部１５の協働処理により自身の数量を増加又は減少させること、及びその他の一連のアルゴリズムによって第１価値交換媒体の「価値尺度機能」が生じるようになっている。また、第１価値交換媒体の「価値の尺度」（単位交換価値）が変動した場合には、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体の「価値の尺度」の変動を追いかけるように変動し、及び期待増加率に基づき増加又は減少することから、例えば、物価変動等の単位交換価値の変動による第２価値交換媒体の資産的価値（交換価値）の変動を打ち消すように数量が変動する。そして、第２価値交換媒体は、仮想通貨であることによる基本的な「価値保蔵機能」は有している。また、ユーザの通貨流通に対する貢献度を評価して発行数量を変動させる措置を構成に含めることも可能としている。これらのことから、第２価値交換媒体は、法定通貨及び仮想通貨に比して、「価値尺度機能」及び「価値保蔵機能」が大きく又は強く発揮される、インフレ耐性のある流通制御可能な通貨流通速度の速いグローバル通貨としての機能を発揮し得るものである。 As shown in FIG. 3, the second value exchange medium is, so to speak, a first value exchange medium based value exchange medium. From this, the economic area of the second value exchange medium (the second network) overlaps with the economic area of the first value exchange medium (the first network), and all the user terminals 20 connected to the communication network N are present. . The basis for the credibility of the second value exchange medium depends on the first value exchange medium. In addition, when the second value exchange medium has a credit issuing function, the soundness of the asset such as a credit which the credit issuer acquires from the credit issuer may affect the basis of the credibility of the second value exchange medium. . The second value exchange medium increases or decreases its quantity by cooperative processing of the smart contract units 131 and 231 and the exchange management unit 15, and the “value scale of the first value exchange medium” by another series of algorithm. "Function" is supposed to occur. Also, if the "value scale" (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium fluctuates, the second value exchange medium fluctuates to follow the fluctuation of the "value scale" of the first value exchange medium And increase or decrease based on the expected growth rate, for example, the quantity fluctuates so as to offset the fluctuation of the asset value (exchange value) of the second value exchange medium due to the fluctuation of unit exchange value such as price fluctuation. . And the second value exchange medium has a basic "value storage function" by being a virtual currency. In addition, it is also possible to include in the configuration measures to evaluate the contribution of the user to the currency circulation and to change the issue quantity. From these facts, the second value exchange medium is an inflation-resistant, currency-controllable currency in which the "value scale function" and the "value storage function" are exhibited more or more strongly than legal and virtual currencies. It can function as a fast-paced global currency.
（２）構成
（２－１）システム構成
　図４は、価値交換媒体流通システム１の構成の一例を示す図である。価値交換媒体流通システム１は、インターネット等の通信ネットワークＮを介して通信可能に接続されたサーバ１０と、複数のユーザ端末２０とを含む。サーバ１０は、システム管理者が利用する情報処理装置の一例であって、ユーザに対して例えば第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体を管理するためのサービス（以下、「価値交換媒体サービス」と称する場合がある。）を提供する。ユーザ端末２０は、ユーザが利用する情報処理装置の一例であって、サーバ１０が提供する価値交換媒体サービスを利用する際のインタフェースとなる。以下では、サーバ１０と、複数のユーザ端末２０とによって構成されるネットワークを、価値交換媒体流通ネットワークと称する場合がある。 (2) Configuration (2-1) System Configuration FIG. 4 is a diagram showing an example of a configuration of the value exchange medium distribution system 1. The value exchange medium distribution system 1 includes a server 10 communicably connected via a communication network N such as the Internet, and a plurality of user terminals 20. The server 10 is an example of an information processing apparatus used by a system administrator, and a service for managing, for example, a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium for a user (hereinafter, “value exchange medium service” May be referred to as The user terminal 20 is an example of an information processing apparatus used by a user, and serves as an interface when using the value exchange medium service provided by the server 10. Hereinafter, a network configured by the server 10 and the plurality of user terminals 20 may be referred to as a value exchange medium distribution network.
（２－２）ハードウェア構成
　図５は、サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０のハードウェア構成の一例を示す図である。以下では、サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０を区別する必要が無い場合、両者をまとめて情報処理装置１００と称する。情報処理装置１００は、例えば、スマートフォン、携帯電話（フィーチャーフォン）、コンピュータ（例えば、デスクトップ、ラップトップ、タブレットなど）、サーバ装置、メディアコンピュータプラットホーム（例えば、ケーブル、衛星セットトップボックス、デジタルビデオレコーダなど）、ハンドヘルドコンピュータデバイス（例えば、ＰＤＡ（Personal Digital Assistant）、電子メールクライアントなど）、ウェアラブル端末（例えば、メガネ型デバイス、時計型デバイスなど）、他種のコンピュータ、コミュニケーションプラットホーム、及びこれらデバイスを複数組み合わせたものを含んでもよい。 (2-2) Hardware Configuration FIG. 5 is a diagram showing an example of the hardware configuration of the server 10 and the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. Hereinafter, when there is no need to distinguish between the server 10 and the user terminal 20, both are collectively referred to as an information processing apparatus 100. The information processing apparatus 100 is, for example, a smartphone, a mobile phone (feature phone), a computer (eg, desktop, laptop, tablet etc.), a server device, a media computer platform (eg, cable, satellite set top box, digital video recorder etc.) ), Handheld computer devices (eg, PDA (Personal Digital Assistant), e-mail client, etc.), wearable terminals (eg, glasses-type devices, watch-type devices, etc.), other kinds of computers, communication platforms, and a combination of these devices May be included.
　情報処理装置１００は、プロセッサ１０１と、メモリ１０２と、ストレージ１０３と、入出力インタフェース（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ）１０４と、通信インタフェース（通信Ｉ／Ｆ）１０５とを含む。情報処理装置１００のハードウェアの各構成要素は、限定でなく例として、バスＢを介して相互に接続される。 The information processing apparatus 100 includes a processor 101, a memory 102, a storage 103, an input / output interface (input / output I / F) 104, and a communication interface (communication I / F) 105. The respective components of the hardware of the information processing apparatus 100 are mutually connected via the bus B as an example and not limitation.
　情報処理装置１００は、プロセッサ１０１と、メモリ１０２と、ストレージ１０３と、入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４と、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５との協働により、本実施形態に記載される機能、および／または、方法を実現する。 The information processing apparatus 100 cooperates with the processor 101, the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 to perform the functions and / or methods described in the present embodiment. To realize.
　プロセッサ１０１は、ストレージ１０３に記憶されるプログラムに含まれるコードまたは命令によって実現する機能、および／または、方法を実行する。プロセッサ１０１は、限定でなく例として、中央処理装置（ＣＰＵ）、ＭＰＵ（Micro Processing Unit）、ＧＰＵ（Graphics Processing Unit）、マイクロプロセッサ（microprocessor）、プロセッサコア（processor core）、マルチプロセッサ（multiprocessor）、ＡＳＩＣ（Application-Specific Integrated Circuit）、ＦＰＧＡ（Field Programmable Gate Array）等を含み、集積回路（ＩＣ（Integrated Circuit）チップ、ＬＳＩ（Large Scale Integration））等に形成された論理回路（ハードウェア）や専用回路によって各実施形態に開示される各処理を実現してもよい。また、これらの回路は、１または複数の集積回路により実現されてよく、各実施形態に示す複数の処理を１つの集積回路により実現されることとしてもよい。また、ＬＳＩは、集積度の違いにより、ＶＬＳＩ、スーパーＬＳＩ、ウルトラＬＳＩなどと呼称されることもある。 The processor 101 executes functions and / or methods implemented by code or instructions included in a program stored in the storage 103. The processor 101 may be, by way of example and not limitation, a central processing unit (CPU), a micro processing unit (MPU), a graphics processing unit (GPU), a microprocessor, a processor core, a multiprocessor, Logic circuits (hardware) or dedicated circuits formed on integrated circuits (ICs (Integrated Circuits) chips, LSIs (Large Scale Integration)), etc., including application-specific integrated circuits (ASICs), field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), etc. The circuit may realize each process disclosed in each embodiment. In addition, these circuits may be realized by one or more integrated circuits, and the plurality of processes shown in each embodiment may be realized by one integrated circuit. Also, LSI may be called VLSI, super LSI, ultra LSI, or the like depending on the degree of integration.
　メモリ１０２は、プロセッサ１０１がストレージ１０３からロードしたプログラムを一時的に記憶し、プロセッサ１０１に対して作業領域を提供する。メモリ１０２には、プロセッサ１０１がプログラムを実行している間に生成される各種データも一時的に格納される。メモリ１０２は、限定でなく例として、ＲＡＭ（Random Access Memory）、ＲＯＭ（Read Only Memory）などを含む。 The memory 102 temporarily stores the program loaded from the storage 103 by the processor 101 and provides the processor 101 with a work area. The memory 102 also temporarily stores various data generated while the processor 101 is executing a program. The memory 102 includes, by way of example and not limitation, random access memory (RAM), read only memory (ROM), and the like.
　ストレージ１０３は、プログラムを記憶する。ストレージ１０３は、限定でなく例として、ＨＤＤ（Hard Disk Drive）、ＳＳＤ（Solid State Drive）、フラッシュメモリなどを含む。 The storage 103 stores a program. The storage 103 includes, by way of example and not limitation, a hard disk drive (HDD), a solid state drive (SSD), a flash memory, and the like.
　通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５は、通信ネットワークＮを介して各種データの送受信を行う。当該通信は、有線、無線のいずれで実行されてもよく、互いの通信が実行できるのであれば、どのような通信プロトコルを用いてもよい。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５は、通信ネットワークＮを介して、他の情報処理装置との通信を実行する機能を有する。通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５は、各種データをプロセッサ１０１からの指示にしたがって、他の情報処理装置に送信する。また、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５は、他の情報処理装置から送信された各種データを受信し、プロセッサ１０１に伝達する。 The communication I / F 105 transmits and receives various data via the communication network N. The communication may be performed by wire or wireless, and any communication protocol may be used as long as communication with each other can be performed. The communication I / F 105 has a function of executing communication with another information processing apparatus via the communication network N. The communication I / F 105 transmits various data to another information processing apparatus in accordance with an instruction from the processor 101. Also, the communication I / F 105 receives various data transmitted from another information processing apparatus and transmits the data to the processor 101.
　入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４は、情報処理装置１００に対する各種操作を入力する入力装置、および、情報処理装置１００で処理された処理結果を出力する出力装置を含む。入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４は、入力装置と出力装置が一体化していてもよいし、入力装置と出力装置とに分離していてもよい。 The input / output I / F 104 includes an input device for inputting various operations on the information processing apparatus 100, and an output device for outputting the processing result processed by the information processing apparatus 100. The input / output I / F 104 may be integrated with an input device and an output device, or may be separated into an input device and an output device.
　入力装置は、ユーザからの入力を取得して、当該入力に係る情報をプロセッサ１０１に伝達できる全ての種類の装置のいずれか、または、その組み合わせにより実現される。入力装置は、限定でなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、キーボード等のハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイス、カメラ（画像を介した操作入力）、マイク（音声による操作入力）を含んでもよい。また、入力装置は、ＧＰＳセンサ、加速度センサ、傾きセンサ、振動センサ、温度センサ、気圧センサ、湿度センサ、照度センサ、圧力センサ、血圧センサ、心拍センサ、体温センサ、及び発汗センサ等の、ユーザの動作や状態等に基づく種々の物理量を取得可能な各種センサを含んでもよい。 The input device is realized by any one or a combination of all types of devices capable of acquiring an input from a user and transmitting information related to the input to the processor 101. The input device may include, by way of example and not limitation, hardware keys such as a touch panel, touch display, keyboard, a pointing device such as a mouse, a camera (operation input through an image), a microphone (operation input by voice) . Also, the input device may be a GPS sensor, an acceleration sensor, an inclination sensor, a vibration sensor, a temperature sensor, an atmospheric pressure sensor, a humidity sensor, an illuminance sensor, a pressure sensor, a blood pressure sensor, a heart rate sensor, a body temperature sensor, and a sweat sensor. It may include various sensors capable of acquiring various physical quantities based on the operation, the state, and the like.
　出力装置は、プロセッサ１０１で処理された処理結果を出力することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれか、または、その組み合わせにより実現される。当該処理結果を映像、および／または、動画像として出力する場合、出力装置は、フレームバッファに書き込まれた表示データにしたがって、当該表示データを表示することができる全ての種類の装置のいずれかまたはその組み合わせにより実現される。出力装置は、限定でなく例として、タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、モニタ（限定でなく例として、液晶ディスプレイ、ＯＥＬＤ（Organic Electroluminescence Display）など）、ヘッドマウントディスプレイ（ＨＭＤ：Head Mounted Display）、プロジェクションマッピング、ホログラム、空気中など（真空であってもよい）に画像やテキスト情報等を表示可能な装置、スピーカ（音声出力）、プリンタなどを含む。なお、これらの出力装置は、３Ｄで表示データを表示可能であってもよい。 The output device is realized by any one or a combination of all kinds of devices capable of outputting the processing result processed by the processor 101. When outputting the processing result as a video and / or a moving image, the output device may display the display data according to the display data written in the frame buffer, or any one of all types of devices that can display the display data. It is realized by the combination. The output device is, by way of example and not limitation, a touch panel, touch display, monitor (for example but not limited to, liquid crystal display, OELD (Organic Electroluminescence Display), etc.), head mounted display (HMD: Head Mounted Display), projection mapping, hologram , A device capable of displaying images, text information, etc. in air (or vacuum), a speaker (audio output), a printer, etc. These output devices may be able to display display data in 3D.
　本実施形態のプログラムは、コンピュータに読み取り可能な記憶媒体に記憶された状態で提供されてもよい。記憶媒体は、「一時的でない有形の媒体」に、プログラムを記憶可能である。プログラムは、限定でなく例として、ソフトウェアプログラムやコンピュータプログラムを含む。 The program of the present embodiment may be provided as stored in a computer readable storage medium. The storage medium can store the program in the “non-transitory tangible medium”. The programs include, by way of example and not limitation, software programs and computer programs.
　記憶媒体は適切な場合、１つまたは複数の半導体ベースの、または他の集積回路（ＩＣ）（限定でなく例として、フィールド・プログラマブル・ゲート・アレイ（ＦＰＧＡ）、特定用途向けＩＣ（ＡＳＩＣ）など）、ハード・ディスク・ドライブ（ＨＤＤ）、ハイブリッド・ハード・ドライブ（ＨＨＤ）、光ディスク、光ディスクドライブ（ＯＤＤ）、光磁気ディスク、光磁気ドライブ、フロッピィ・ディスケット、フロッピィ・ディスク・ドライブ（ＦＤＤ）、磁気テープ、固体ドライブ（ＳＳＤ）、ＲＡＭドライブ、セキュア・デジタル・カードもしくはドライブ、任意の他の適切な記憶媒体、またはこれらの２つ以上の適切な組合せを含むことができる。記憶媒体は、適切な場合、揮発性、不揮発性、または揮発性と不揮発性の組合せでよい。 The storage medium is, where appropriate, one or more semiconductor-based or other integrated circuits (ICs) (for example but not limited to field programmable gate arrays (FPGAs), application specific ICs (ASICs) etc. Hard disk drive (HDD), hybrid hard drive (HHD), optical disk, optical disk drive (ODD), magneto-optical disk, magneto-optical drive, floppy diskette, floppy disk drive (FDD), magnetic disk A tape, solid state drive (SSD), RAM drive, secure digital card or drive, any other suitable storage medium, or any suitable combination of two or more of these can be included. The storage medium may be volatile, non-volatile, or a combination of volatile and non-volatile, as appropriate.
　また、本実施形態のプログラムは、当該プログラムを伝送可能な任意の伝送媒体（通信ネットワークや放送波など）を介して、情報処理装置１００に提供されてもよい。また、本実施形態は、プログラムが電子的な伝送によって具現化された、搬送波に埋め込まれたデータ信号の形態でも実現され得る。 Also, the program of the present embodiment may be provided to the information processing apparatus 100 via any transmission medium (communication network, broadcast wave, etc.) capable of transmitting the program. The present embodiment can also be realized in the form of a data signal embedded in a carrier wave, in which the program is embodied by electronic transmission.
　なお、本実施形態のプログラムは、限定でなく例として、ＡｃｔｉｏｎＳｃｒｉｐｔ、ＪａｖａＳｃｒｉｐｔ（登録商標）などのスクリプト言語、Ｏｂｊｅｃｔｉｖｅ－Ｃ、Ｊａｖａ（登録商標）などのオブジェクト指向プログラミング言語、ＨＴＭＬ５などのマークアップ言語などを用いて実装される。 The program according to the present embodiment is not limited and is, for example, a script language such as ActionScript or JavaScript (registered trademark), an object-oriented programming language such as Objective-C or Java (registered trademark), or a markup language such as HTML5. Is implemented using
　情報処理装置１００における処理の少なくとも一部は、１以上のコンピュータにより構成されるクラウドコンピューティングにより実現されていてもよい。 At least part of the processing in the information processing apparatus 100 may be realized by cloud computing configured by one or more computers.
　情報処理装置１００における処理の少なくとも一部を、他の情報処理装置により行う構成としてもよい。この場合、プロセッサ１０１により実現される各機能部の処理のうち少なくとも一部の処理を、他の情報処理装置で行う構成としてもよい。 At least a part of the processing in the information processing apparatus 100 may be performed by another information processing apparatus. In this case, at least part of the processing of each functional unit realized by the processor 101 may be performed by another information processing apparatus.
（２－３）サーバ１０の機能構成
　図６は、サーバ１０の機能的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。サーバ１０は、例えば、記憶部１１と、第１価値交換媒体管理部１２と、第２価値交換媒体管理部１３と、アカウント管理部１４と、交換所管理部１５と、を有する。これらは、上述した情報処理装置１００が有するプロセッサ１０１と、メモリ１０２と、ストレージ１０３と、入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４と、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５との協働により実現される。 (2-3) Functional Configuration of Server 10 FIG. 6 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the server 10. As shown in FIG. The server 10 has, for example, a storage unit 11, a first value exchange medium management unit 12, a second value exchange medium management unit 13, an account management unit 14, and an exchange place management unit 15. These are realized by the cooperation of the processor 101, the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 which the above-described information processing apparatus 100 has.
（２－３－１）記憶部１１
　記憶部１１は、例えば、アカウント情報テーブルと、検索履歴テーブルと、価値テーブルと、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルと、ブロックテーブルと、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルと、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルと、第２経済活動テーブルと、第１評価テーブルと、評価購買力倍率テーブルと、交換要求テーブルと、債務発行テーブルと、第３経済活動テーブルと、第１台帳と、第２評価テーブルと、第２台帳と、信用発行テーブルとを記憶する。 (2-3-1) Storage unit 11
For example, the storage unit 11 includes an account information table, a search history table, a value table, a second economic activity execution request table, a block table, a first economic activity basic score table, and a second economic activity basic price table , Second economic activity table, first evaluation table, evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table, exchange request table, debt issuance table, third economic activity table, first ledger, second evaluation table, first 2. Store two ledgers and a credit issuance table.
＜アカウント情報テーブル＞
　図７Ａは、アカウント情報テーブルの一例を示す図である。アカウント情報テーブルは、ユーザを管理するためのテーブルである。アカウント情報テーブルには、例えば、「ユーザを識別するための識別情報（ユーザＩＤ）」、「個人と事業者の別」、「性別・生年月日（個人の場合）／業種・創業時期（事業者の場合）」、「ユーザ情報」、及び「地域属性」等が含まれてもよい。ここで、「個人と事業者の別」には、当該ユーザのアカウントの種類としての個人と事業者の別が記録される。また、「性別・生年月日（個人の場合）／業種・創業時期（事業者の場合）」には、ユーザが個人の場合における当該ユーザの性別・生年月日、又ユーザが事業者の場合における当該事業者の業種・創業時期が記録される。また、「ユーザ情報」には、当該ユーザの任意の属性情報が記録される。また、「地域属性」には、当該ユーザの拠点地域が記録される。なお、「地域属性」は主体群が含まれてもよい。 <Account Information Table>
FIG. 7A is a diagram showing an example of the account information table. The account information table is a table for managing users. In the account information table, for example, “identification information (user ID) for identifying the user”, “different between individual and business”, “sex, date of birth (in the case of an individual) / type of business, start time (business) In the case of a person), "user information", "area attribute" and the like may be included. Here, the distinction between the individual and the enterprise as the type of the account of the user is recorded in “individual and enterprise distinction”. In addition, in “sex, date of birth (in the case of an individual) / type of business, time of establishment (in the case of an enterprise)”, the gender, date of birth of the user when the user is an individual, and when the user is an enterprise. The company's business type and establishment date are recorded. Further, in the "user information", arbitrary attribute information of the user is recorded. Further, in the "area attribute", the base area of the user is recorded. The "area attribute" may include a subject group.
＜検索履歴テーブル＞
　図７Ｂは、検索履歴テーブルの一例を示す図である。検索履歴テーブルは、例えば、ユーザがユーザ端末２０を用いて行った無償交換価値（類型Iに属する価値）、及び有償交換価値（類型IIIに属する価値）の検索の履歴を管理するテーブルである。検索履歴テーブルには、例えば、「検索日時」、「主体群（地域属性含む）」、「ユーザＩＤ」、「第１経済活動と第３経済活動の別」、「検索の対象となる主体群（地域属性含む）」、「類型」、及び「検索ワード」等が含まれてもよい。サーバ１０は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から当該検索の履歴を取得し、当該検索履歴テーブルに記録することができる。より具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から受信した類型Iに属する無償交換価値、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値に係る検索要求や一覧要求等の結果をユーザ端末２０に送信するとき等に、併せてユーザ端末２０から受信した検索内容を検索履歴テーブルに記録するとよい。 <Search history table>
FIG. 7B is a diagram showing an example of a search history table. The search history table is, for example, a table for managing a search history of free exchange value (value belonging to type I) and paid exchange value (value belonging to type III) performed by the user using the user terminal 20. In the search history table, for example, “search date and time”, “subject group (including regional attribute)”, “user ID”, “different of first economic activity and third economic activity”, “subject group to be searched” (Including regional attribute), "type", and "search word" may be included. For example, the server 10 can acquire the history of the search from the user terminal 20 and record the history in the search history table. More specifically, for example, the server 10 transmits, to the user terminal 20, a result such as a search request or a list request concerning the free exchange value belonging to type I received from the user terminal 20 or the paid exchange value belonging to type III At the same time, it is preferable to record the search content received from the user terminal 20 in the search history table, for example.
＜価値テーブル＞
　図７Ｃは、価値テーブルの一例を示す図である。価値テーブルは、類型I及びIIIに属する価値を管理するためのテーブルである。当該価値は、有償交換価値であってもよいし、無償交換価値であってもよい。また、価値テーブルは、無償交換価値テーブルと、有償交換価値テーブルとに分けて、類型Iに属する価値と、類型IIIに属する価値とを別々に管理してもよい。価値テーブルには、例えば、価値を識別するためのＩＤ（価値ＩＤ）、価値種別、価値が属する類型、価値の価格、価値の内容、価値提供者であるユーザに係るユーザＩＤ（価値提供者ＩＤ）、及び価値提供者の属する主体群が含まれてもよい。 <Value table>
FIG. 7C is a diagram showing an example of the value table. The value table is a table for managing values belonging to types I and III. The value may be a paid exchange value or a free exchange value. The value table may be divided into a free exchange value table and a paid exchange value table, and the values belonging to type I and the values belonging to type III may be separately managed. In the value table, for example, ID (value ID) for identifying value, value type, type to which value belongs, price of value, content of value, user ID relating to the user who is the value provider (value provider ID And a group of subjects to which the value provider belongs.
＜第２経済活動実行要求テーブル＞
　図７Ｄは、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルの一例を示す図である。第２経済活動実行要求テーブルは、ユーザ端末２０からサーバ１０が受信した第２経済活動の実行要求を管理するためのテーブルである。第２経済活動実行要求テーブルには、例えばユーザ端末２０からサーバ１０に対して送信された、第２経済活動に係る広告宣伝（プッシュ情報）の内容となるデータが登録されている。第２経済活動実行要求テーブルには、例えば、「実行要求承認日時」、「実行要求ユーザの属する主体群」、「実行要求ユーザのユーザＩＤ」、「プッシュ内容の属する類型」、「プッシュ内容データ」、「プッシュ対象主体群）」、「プッシュ対象ユーザ」、「プッシュのタイミング」、及び「プッシュ対象となるユーザ端末２０の動作状態の条件」等が含まれてもよい。 <Second Economic Activity Execution Request Table>
FIG. 7D is a diagram showing an example of the second economic activity execution request table. The second economic activity execution request table is a table for managing the execution request of the second economic activity received from the user terminal 20 by the server 10. In the second economic activity execution request table, for example, data as contents of advertisement (push information) related to the second economic activity transmitted from the user terminal 20 to the server 10 is registered. In the second economic activity execution request table, for example, “execution request approval date”, “subject group to which execution request user belongs”, “user ID of execution request user”, “type to which push content belongs”, “push content data “Push target subject group”, “push target user”, “push timing”, “condition of operation state of user terminal 20 to be push target”, and the like may be included.
＜ブロックテーブル＞
　図７Ｅは、ブロックテーブルの一例を示す図である。ブロックテーブルは、他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動の各種情報を管理するためのテーブルである。ブロックテーブルには、例えば、「ユーザＩＤ」と、「始期」と、「終期」と、「ブロック対象」とが含まれてもよい。始期及び終期はそれぞれ、例えば、ブロックを実行する期間の開始時点及び終了時点をそれぞれ意味する。ブロック対象は、例えば、ブロックの対象となる他者によるプッシュ型やプル型等の第２経済活動に係る類型IIのカテゴリを示す。サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から「ブロック要求」（他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動の実行要求）を受信すると、第２台帳の更新処理を行うとともに、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶されたブロックテーブルに「ブロック内容」（他者第２経済活動ブロック型の第２経済活動の実行要求の内容）を記録するとよい。なお、ブロックテーブルは、上述した第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに統合されてもよい。 <Block table>
FIG. 7E is a diagram showing an example of a block table. The block table is a table for managing various pieces of information of the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type. The block table may include, for example, a “user ID”, a “start period”, a “end period”, and a “block target”. The beginning and the end respectively mean, for example, the start time and the end time of the period for executing the block. The block target indicates, for example, a category II of the second economic activity, such as push-type or pull-type by another person who is the target of the block. When the server 10 receives the “block request” (request to execute the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type) from the user terminal 20, the server 10 performs the second ledger update process and the storage unit 11 of the server 10. It is preferable to record the "block contents" (the contents of the execution request of the second economic activity of the other person second economic activity block type) in the block table stored in. The block table may be integrated into the second economic activity execution request table described above.
＜第１経済活動基礎点数テーブル＞
　図７Ｆは、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルの一例を示す図である。第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルは、第１経済活動に係る評価点数を算出する基礎となる基礎点数を管理するためのテーブルである。第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルには、例えば、第１経済活動において類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得するユーザ端末２０の動作情報によって規定される、無償交換価値に対する評価を行うための基礎点数が含まれてもよい。第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルには、例えば、第１経済活動の対象となる無償交換価値が属する類型Iのカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎に、基礎点数が規定されてもよい。第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに含まれる類型Iのカテゴリの構成、及び基礎点数の値等は、例えば、システム管理者によって設定されてもよいし、少なくとも一のユーザ端末２０から受け付けた基礎点数補正要求に基づいて決定されてもよい。基礎点数は、主体群毎に差を設けなくてもよいし、例えば主体群毎の特性を反映させるように主体群毎に差を設けてもよい。基礎点数は、類型Iに含まれる特定のカテゴリ毎に主体群を跨いで一括で設定（変更）されてもよい。 <First economic activity basic score table>
FIG. 7F is a diagram showing an example of the first economic activity basic score table. The first economic activity basic score table is a table for managing a basic score serving as a basis for calculating an evaluation score related to the first economic activity. In the first economic activity basic score table, for example, a basic score for performing evaluation on the free exchange value defined by the operation information of the user terminal 20 that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I in the first economic activity is It may be included. In the first economic activity basic score table, for example, a basic score may be defined for each category of category I to which the free exchange value to be subjected to the first economic activity belongs and for each group of subjects. The configuration of the category I included in the first economic activity basic score table, the value of the basic score, etc. may be set by, for example, a system administrator, or the basic score correction received from at least one user terminal 20 It may be determined based on the request. The base score may not have a difference for each subject group, or may have a difference for each subject group so as to reflect the characteristics of each subject group, for example. The basic score may be collectively set (changed) across the subject group for each specific category included in the type I.
　類型Iに属する無償交換価値に対する評価が有する実質的な重みは、類型Iのカテゴリ毎、主体群毎、時期毎に異なる場合があり得る。そこで、サーバ１０は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から基礎点数を補正することの要求（基礎点数補正要求）を受け付け、当該要求に応じて第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに含まれる基礎点数を補正してもよい。基礎点数補正要求は、例えば、ユーザＩＤ、類型Iのカテゴリ、及び希望する基礎点数を示す情報等を含んでもよい。サーバ１０は、少なくとも１のユーザ端末２０から基礎点数補正要求を受け付けておき、所定のタイミング（例えば、所定期間毎、システム管理者により指定したタイミング、又は随時）において、基礎点数補正要求に基づいて第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに含まれる基礎点数を補正してもよい。基礎点数の補正値の算出方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、各基礎点数補正要求に係る希望する補正後の基礎点数の加重平均（単純な平均値を含む）、及び中央値等であってよい。また、サーバ１０は、記憶部１１に記憶された検索履歴テーブルを参照して、類型Iのカテゴリ毎の検索の回数や頻度等を分析した上で、分析結果に基づいて第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに含まれる基礎点数を補正してもよい。ユーザ端末２０は、ユーザによる基礎点数補正要求に係る各種情報を入力するための画面を表示してもよい。当該画面は、任意の態様によって構成されてもよい。 The substantial weight that the evaluation on the free exchange value belonging to type I has may be different for each category of type I, for each subject group, and for each time. Therefore, for example, the server 10 receives a request for correcting the basic score from the user terminal 20 (a basic score correction request), and corrects the basic score included in the first economic activity basic score table according to the request. It is also good. The basic score correction request may include, for example, a user ID, a category of category I, and information indicating a desired basic score. The server 10 receives the basic score correction request from at least one user terminal 20, and based on the basic score correction request at a predetermined timing (for example, every predetermined period, at a timing designated by the system administrator, or at any time). The basic score included in the first economic activity basic score table may be corrected. Although the method of calculating the correction value of the base score is not particularly limited, for example, it is a weighted average (including a simple average value), a median, etc. of the base score after desired correction related to each base score correction request. Good. Further, the server 10 analyzes the number and frequency of searches for each category of category I with reference to the search history table stored in the storage unit 11, and then the first economic activity basic score based on the analysis result The basic score included in the table may be corrected. The user terminal 20 may display a screen for inputting various information related to the basic score correction request by the user. The screen may be configured in any manner.
＜第２経済活動基礎価格テーブル＞
　図７Ｇは、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルの一例を示す図である。第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルは、第２経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の消費数量を算出する基礎となる基礎価格を管理するためのテーブルである。第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルには、第２経済活動において類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求内容を受信する第２経済活動の対象となるユーザ端末２０の動作状態（例えば、「プッシュ型」であれば、サーバ１０は、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録された類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得に係る実行要求内容を、当該実行要求対象となる類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得しようとするユーザ端末２０の動作状態に基づきユーザ端末２０の表示装置に送信してもよいし、「プル型」であれば、サーバ１０は、実行要求を承認した類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得に係る実行要求内容を、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録することなく、当該実行要求元となる類型IIに属する有償消費価値を取得しようとするユーザ端末２０の動作状態に基づき送信「ビッグデータの提供等」してもよい）によって規定される、第２経済活動に係る類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為毎の基礎価格が含まれてもよい。第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルには、例えば、第２経済活動において取得しようとする有償消費価値の属する類型IIのカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎の基礎価格が含まれてもよい。第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに含まれる「類型IIのカテゴリ」、及び「基礎価格」等は、例えば、システム管理者によって設定されてもよいし、機械学習装置を用いた人工知能によって決定（更新）されてもよい。「基礎価格」は、主体群毎に差を設けなくてもよいし、主体群毎に差を設けてもよいが、購買力の大きさが異なる複数の主体群を跨いで本実施形態に係る価値交換媒体流通システム１を実施する場合には、主体群毎に差を設けるとよい。システム管理者は、あらかじめ第２経済活動において取り扱われる有償消費価値を分類するように各有償消費価値のカテゴリを規定し、各主体群の類型IIのカテゴリ毎に、例えば、主体群Ａの類型IIＡは「３００ＡＣＴ／分」、類型IIＢは「８００ＡＣＴ／回」、又は類型IIＣは「５ＡＣＴ／ピクセル×分」等のように、あらかじめ分類された有償消費価値の取得行為の態様に応じて基礎価格を設定するとよい。 <Second Economic Activity Basic Price Table>
FIG. 7G is a diagram showing an example of a second economic activity basic price table. The second economic activity basic price table is a table for managing a basic price which is a basis for calculating the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium according to the second economic activity. In the second economic activity basic price table, the operation state of the user terminal 20 that is the target of the second economic activity that receives the execution request content pertaining to the act of acquiring paid value belonging to Type II in the second economic activity (for example, In the case of the “push type”, the server 10 executes the contents of the execution request related to the acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered in the second economic activity execution request table, the free of charge belonging to the type I The exchange value may be transmitted to the display device of the user terminal 20 based on the operation state of the user terminal 20 to obtain the exchange value, or in the case of “pull type”, the server 10 belongs to Type II which approved the execution request. The user is about to acquire paid consumption value belonging to type II, which is the execution request source, without registering the execution request content relating to acquisition of charged consumption value in the second economic activity execution request table. Based on the operating state of the terminal 20) and may include a basic price for each act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to Type II pertaining to the second economic activity, which is defined by transmission “providing big data etc.” It is also good. The second economic activity basic price table may include, for example, the basic price for each category II of the type II category to which the paid consumption value to be acquired in the second economic activity belongs, and for each group of entities. The “type II category” and the “base price” etc. included in the second economic activity base price table may be set by, for example, a system administrator or determined by artificial intelligence using a machine learning device (updated ) May be. The “basic price” may not have a difference for each subject group, or may have a difference for each subject group, but the value according to the present embodiment across a plurality of subject groups having different purchasing power sizes. When the exchange medium distribution system 1 is implemented, it is preferable to make a difference for each of the subject groups. The system administrator defines in advance each paid consumption value category so as to classify paid consumption value to be dealt with in the second economic activity in advance, and, for example, for each category of category II of each entity group, type IIA of entity group A For example, "300 ACT / min", type IIB "800 ACT / time", or type IIC "5 ACT / pixel x min", etc., and base price according to the form of the act of acquiring paid consumption value. You should set it.
　類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に対する基礎価格で表す各有償消費価値が有する実質的な重みは、類型IIのカテゴリ毎、主体群毎、時期毎に異なる場合があり得る。そこで、サーバ１０は、例えば、サーバ１０に接続されたシステム管理者の操作する情報処理装置、サーバ１０の入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４（装置）、又は上述するサーバ１０に接続された機械学習装置から基礎価格を補正することの要求（基礎価格補正要求）を受け付け、基礎価格補正要求に応じて第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに含まれる基礎価格を補正してもよい。基礎価格補正要求は、例えば、類型IIのカテゴリ、主体群、及び修正後の基礎価格を示す情報等を含んでもよい。サーバ１０は、少なくとも当該１の装置から基礎価格補正要求を受け付けておき、所定のタイミング（例えば、所定期間毎、システム管理者により指定したタイミング、又は随時）において、基礎価格補正要求に基づいて第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに含まれる基礎価格を補正してもよい。基礎価格の補正値の算出方法は、特に限定されないが、例えば、各基礎価格補正要求に係る任意の基礎価格等であってよい。 The substantial weight that each paid consumption value represented by the base price for the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value belonging to Type II may differ depending on the category, category of subjects, or time of each type II. Therefore, the server 10 is based on, for example, an information processing apparatus operated by a system administrator connected to the server 10, an input / output I / F 104 (apparatus) of the server 10, or a machine learning apparatus connected to the server 10 described above. A request for correcting the price (base price correction request) may be received, and the base price included in the second economic activity base price table may be corrected according to the base price correction request. The base price correction request may include, for example, a category II category, a group of entities, and information indicating the corrected base price. The server 10 receives a base price correction request from at least one of the devices, and at a predetermined timing (for example, every predetermined period, a timing designated by the system administrator, or any time), the server 10 (2) The basic price included in the economic activity basic price table may be corrected. Although the calculation method of the correction value of a base price is not specifically limited, For example, you may be arbitrary base prices etc. which concern on each base price correction request | requirement.
＜第２経済活動テーブル＞
　図７Ｈは、第２経済活動テーブルの一例を示す図である。第２経済活動テーブルは、第２経済活動に関する各種の情報を管理するためのテーブルである。第２経済活動テーブルには、例えば、「日付時間」、「第２経済活動を行うユーザのユーザＩＤ」、「第２経済活動を行うユーザの属する主体群」、「第２経済活動数量」、「類型」、及び「第２経済活動の対象となるユーザの属する主体群」等が含まれてもよい。「日付時間」には、第２経済活動が行われた時間が記録される。なお日付時間は、世界標準時間としてもよい。「第２経済活動数量」には、「第２経済活動を行うユーザ」が行った第２経済活動における第１価値交換媒体の消費数量が記録される。「類型」には、当該ユーザが行った第２経済活動において取得しようとする有償消費価値が属する類型IIのカテゴリが記録される。 <Second Economic Activity Table>
FIG. 7H is a diagram showing an example of the second economic activity table. The second economic activity table is a table for managing various information related to the second economic activity. In the second economic activity table, for example, “date time”, “user ID of user performing second economic activity”, “subject group to which user performing second economic activity belongs”, “second economic activity quantity”, "Type" and "a group of subjects to which the user who is the target of the second economic activity belongs" may be included. The "date time" records the time at which the second economic activity took place. The date and time may be set to the world standard time. In the “second economic activity quantity”, the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium in the second economic activity performed by the “user performing the second economic activity” is recorded. In the “type”, a category of type II to which the paid consumption value to be acquired in the second economic activity performed by the user belongs is recorded.
＜第１評価テーブル＞
　図７Ｉは、第１評価テーブルの一例を示す図である。第１評価テーブルは、第１経済活動毎に当該第１経済活動に関する各種の情報を管理するためのテーブルである。第１評価テーブルには、例えば、第１経済活動毎の「日付時間」、「無償交換価値ＩＤ」、「類型」、「無償交換価値提供者のユーザＩＤ」、「無償交換価値提供者の属する主体群」、「無償交換価値取得者のユーザＩＤ」、「無償交換価値取得者の属する主体群」、「評価点数」、「評価値」、及び「評価発行」等が含まれてもよい。「日付時間」には、第１経済活動が行われた時間が記録される。「無償交換価値ＩＤ」には、第１経済活動によって評価の発生した無償交換価値のＩＤが記録される。「類型」には、評価対象となる無償交換価値が属する類型Iのカテゴリが記録される。「評価点数」には、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブル、及び無償交換価値取得者が利用するユーザ端末２０の無償交換価値の取得に係る動作情報に基づいて算出される、評価値や評価購買力倍率の算出基礎となる評価点数が定量的に算出及び記録される。ここで、動作情報は、ユーザ端末２０が無償交換価値を利用（取得）する際の当該ユーザ端末２０の動作を任意に（定性的、又は定量的に）示す情報である。動作情報は、情報処理装置が備える上述した各種の入力装置（タッチパネル、タッチディスプレイ、キーボード等のハードウェアキーや、マウス等のポインティングデバイス、カメラ、マイク、ＧＰＳセンサ、加速度センサ、傾きセンサ、振動センサ、温度センサ、気圧センサ、湿度センサ、照度センサ、圧力センサ、血圧センサ、心拍センサ、体温センサ、及び発汗センサ等）によって取得可能な任意の情報を含んでもよい。より具体的には、動作情報は、例えば、動画データである無償交換価値については再生時間等であってよく、記事等の文字データである無償交換価値については表示データ量（表示文字数を含む）等であってよく、画像データである無償交換価値については表示画素数等であってよい。動作情報は、類型Iのカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎に定められた基礎点数から評価点数を算出するための基礎となるデータである。すなわち、動作情報は、ユーザ端末２０に取得された類型Iに属する無償交換価値に係る基礎点数から評価点数を算出するための根拠となり得る情報である。動作情報をいずれの入力装置で取得されるどのような種類のデータとするかは、システム管理者等が任意に設定してもよい。特に、システム管理者等は、類型Iのカテゴリ毎の無償交換価値の態様に応じて、上述した評価点数が合理的に算出されるように動作情報を設定してもよい。「評価値」には、後述する無償交換価値評価部１２２が算出した評価値が記録される。「評価発行」には、後述する評価発行部１２３による評価値に基づく第１価値交換媒体の評価発行が実行処理済みであるか未了であるかを示す情報が記録される。なお、これにより、サーバ１０は、類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得等するユーザの行動の履歴情報を、記憶部１１に記憶されているその他のテーブル、及び台帳と一体化させたビッグデータとして取得することが可能となり、当該履歴情報（ビッグデータ）を第１ネットワークに生じた「価値」として取り扱うことで、第２経済活動を通して第１経済活動によって第１ネットワークに生じた「価値」を取り出す行為から得られる結果としての経済価値を、有償消費価値としてユーザ端末２０に提供することが可能となる。 <First evaluation table>
FIG. 7I is a diagram showing an example of the first evaluation table. The first evaluation table is a table for managing various information related to the first economic activity for each of the first economic activity. In the first evaluation table, for example, “date and time” for each of the first economic activities, “free exchange value ID”, “type”, “free exchange value provider user ID”, “free exchange value provider belongs”. A subject group, a user ID of a gratis exchange value acquirer, a body group to which a gratis exchange value acquirer belongs, an evaluation score, an evaluation value, an evaluation issue, and the like may be included. The "date time" records the time when the first economic activity took place. In the "free exchange value ID", the ID of the free exchange value generated by the first economic activity is recorded. In the “type”, a category of type I to which the free exchange value to be evaluated belongs is recorded. The “evaluation score” is calculated based on the first economic activity basic score table and the operation information related to the acquisition of the free exchange value of the user terminal 20 used by the free exchange value acquirer, the evaluation value and the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor Calculation of evaluation score which is the basis of calculation is calculated and recorded quantitatively. Here, the operation information is information that indicates arbitrarily (qualitatively or quantitatively) the operation of the user terminal 20 when the user terminal 20 uses (acquires) the free replacement value. The operation information includes the various input devices (the touch panel, the touch display, the hardware key such as the keyboard, the pointing device such as the mouse, the camera, the microphone, the GPS sensor, the acceleration sensor, the tilt sensor, and the vibration sensor) included in the information processing apparatus Temperature sensor, barometric pressure sensor, humidity sensor, illuminance sensor, pressure sensor, blood pressure sensor, heart rate sensor, body temperature sensor, perspiration sensor, etc.). More specifically, the operation information may be, for example, the reproduction time for free exchange value which is moving image data, and the amount of display data (including the number of displayed characters) for free exchange value which is character data such as articles. The free exchange value, which is image data, may be the number of display pixels or the like. The motion information is data serving as a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score determined for each category I category and each subject group. That is, the operation information is information that can be a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score related to the free exchange value belonging to the type I acquired by the user terminal 20. A system administrator or the like may optionally set what kind of input data the operation information is to be acquired. In particular, the system administrator or the like may set the operation information such that the evaluation score described above is rationally calculated according to the mode of the free exchange value for each category of type I. In the “evaluation value”, an evaluation value calculated by the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 described later is recorded. In “evaluation issue”, information indicating whether the evaluation issue of the first value exchange medium based on the evaluation value by the evaluation issuing unit 123 described later has been executed or not completed is recorded. As a result, the server 10 uses the history information of the user's behavior of obtaining the free exchange value belonging to the type I etc. as other tables stored in the storage unit 11 and the big data integrated with the ledger. It becomes possible to acquire, and by treating the historical information (big data) as "value" generated in the first network, "value" generated in the first network by the first economic activity through the second economic activity is extracted It is possible to provide the user terminal 20 with the resulting economic value obtained from the action as paid consumption value.
　第１評価テーブルに記録される評価点数は、例えばサーバ１０の評価補正部１２７等により、所定のタイミング（例えば、サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２による評価購買力倍率の算出処理が開始される前の任意の時点）において、所定の評価補正アルゴリズムによって補正されてもよい。当該評価補正アルゴリズムは、第１経済活動に関連する任意のパラメータ、及び／又はユーザやシステム管理者等により設定された設定情報に基づいて、評価点数を補正する処理であってよい。 The evaluation score recorded in the first evaluation table may be determined, for example, by the evaluation correction unit 127 of the server 10 at a predetermined timing (for example, before calculation processing of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor by the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 is started). At any point in time) may be corrected by a predetermined evaluation correction algorithm. The evaluation correction algorithm may be a process of correcting the evaluation score based on an arbitrary parameter related to the first economic activity and / or setting information set by a user, a system administrator or the like.
　各ユーザが取得する無償交換価値については、例えば、類型Iのいずれのカテゴリに含まれるか、当該無償交換価値の提供者であるユーザは誰か、などの属性を観念することができる。評価補正アルゴリズムは、例えば、補正対象の評価点数に係る特定の無償交換価値（無償交換価値取得者が第１経済活動において取得する無償交換価値）の当該属性が、当該ユーザが所定期間内に取得した全ての無償交換価値の属性に占める割合に基づいて、当該評価点数を補正する処理であってもよい。 With regard to the free exchange value acquired by each user, for example, it is possible to think of an attribute such as in which category of Type I, a user who is a provider of the free exchange value is who, and the like. The evaluation and correction algorithm, for example, obtains the attribute of a specific free exchange value (free exchange value acquired by a free exchange value acquirer in the first economic activity) related to the evaluation score to be corrected, by the user within a predetermined period. The processing may be such that the evaluation score is corrected based on the ratio of all the free exchange value attributes.
　例えば、無償交換価値が含まれる類型Iのカテゴリを上述した属性とした場合、サーバ１０の評価補正部１２７等は、所定期間内に当該ユーザが取得した全ての無償交換価値のうち当該カテゴリに含まれる無償交換価値が占める割合を算出し、当該割合に基づいて補正対象となる評価点数を補正してもよい。このとき、当該割合が大きいほど評価点数が小さくなるように補正するとよい。また、当該割合が小さいほど評価点数が大きくなるように補正してもよい。 For example, when the category I category including the free replacement value is set as the above-described attribute, the evaluation correction unit 127 or the like of the server 10 includes the category among all free replacement values acquired by the user in the predetermined period. It is also possible to calculate the proportion of the free exchange value to be used and correct the evaluation score to be corrected based on the proportion. At this time, the evaluation score may be corrected to be smaller as the ratio is larger. Moreover, you may correct | amend so that an evaluation score may become large, so that the said ratio is small.
　また、例えば、無償交換価値の提供者を上述した属性とした場合、サーバ１０の評価補正部１２７等は、所定期間内に当該ユーザが取得した全ての無償交換価値のうち補正対象となる無償交換価値の提供者によって提供された無償交換価値の割合を算出し、当該割合に基づいて補正対象となる評価点数を補正してもよい。このとき、当該割合が大きいほど評価点数が小さくなるように補正するとよい。また、当該割合が小さいほど評価点数が大きくなるように補正してもよい。 Further, for example, when the provider of the free replacement value is the above-mentioned attribute, the evaluation correction unit 127 or the like of the server 10 converts the free replacement to be corrected among all the free replacement values acquired by the user within the predetermined period. The ratio of the free exchange value provided by the provider of value may be calculated, and the evaluation score to be corrected may be corrected based on the ratio. At this time, the evaluation score may be corrected to be smaller as the ratio is larger. Moreover, you may correct | amend so that an evaluation score may become large, so that the said ratio is small.
　評価点数の補正処理は、例えば、評価点数に所定の補正倍率を乗算することにより実行されてもよい。ここで、当該補正倍率は、例えば、以下のとおり算出されてもよい。
　「補正倍率」＝１＋ｙ＋ｙ’ The correction process of the evaluation score may be executed, for example, by multiplying the evaluation score by a predetermined correction magnification. Here, the correction magnification may be calculated, for example, as follows.
"Correction factor" = 1 + y + y '
　ここで、ｙ＝ａ＋（１－各カテゴリの閲覧割合）×ｂであり、ａは、全て同一のカテゴリの無償交換価値を取得した場合の加算値、ｂは、一度も取得したことがないカテゴリの無償交換価値を取得した場合の加算値である。また、ｙ’＝ａ’＋（１－各ユーザの閲覧割合）×ｂ’であり、ａ’は、全て同一の無償交換価値提供者が提供する無償交換価値を取得していた場合の加算値、ｂ’は、一度も取得したことがない無償交換価値提供者が提供する無償交換価値を取得した場合の加算値を表している。 Here, y = a + (1−browsing ratio of each category) × b, a is an added value when all the free categories of the same category are obtained, b is a category that has never been obtained It is an added value when acquiring the free exchange value of. In addition, y '= a' + (1-browsing rate of each user) x b ', and a' is an added value when all the same free exchange value providers have obtained the free exchange value provided by the provider. , B ′ represents the added value when the free exchange value provided by the free exchange value provider that has never been obtained is acquired.
　また、評価補正アルゴリズムは、例えば、一単位の無償交換価値の全体に占める無償交換価値取得者によって利用された（ユーザ端末２０によって出力された）部分の割合に基づいて、評価点数を補正する処理であってよい。上述したとおり、評価点数の補正処理は、例えば、評価点数に所定の補正倍率を乗算することにより実行されてもよい。ここで、当該補正倍率は、例えば、一単位の無償交換価値の全体に占める無償交換価値取得者によって利用された（ユーザ端末２０によって出力された）部分の割合そのものとしてもよい。 Also, the evaluation correction algorithm corrects the evaluation score based on, for example, the proportion of the part (outputted by the user terminal 20) used by the free exchange value acquirer in the entire free exchange value of one unit. It may be. As described above, the evaluation score correction process may be performed, for example, by multiplying the evaluation score by a predetermined correction magnification. Here, the correction magnification may be, for example, the ratio of the portion (outputted by the user terminal 20) used by the free exchange value acquirer in the entire free exchange value of one unit.
＜評価購買力倍率テーブル＞
　図７Ｊは、評価購買力倍率テーブルの一例を示す図である。評価購買力倍率テーブルは、各評価購買力倍率算出期間における後述する評価購買力倍率を管理するためのテーブルである。ここで、評価購買力倍率算出期間は、システム管理者等によって任意に設定された、評価購買力倍率を算出するための所定期間であってよい。評価購買力倍率テーブルは、例えば、図７Ｊに示すとおり、主体群毎に各評価購買力倍率が記録されてもよい。 <Evaluation Purchase Power Multiplier Table>
FIG. 7J is a diagram showing an example of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table. The evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table is a table for managing an evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor to be described later in each evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period. Here, the evaluation purchasing power multiple calculation period may be a predetermined period for calculating the evaluation purchasing power multiple which is arbitrarily set by a system administrator or the like. For example, as shown in FIG. 7J, in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table, each evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor may be recorded for each subject group.
＜交換要求テーブル＞
　図７Ｋは、交換要求テーブルの一例を示す図である。交換要求テーブルは、ユーザ端末２０から受信した交換要求、及び当該交換要求についての約定処理（第１交換、又は第２交換）を管理するためのテーブルである。交換要求テーブルには、例えば、「交換要求の日付時間」、「ユーザＩＤ」、「主体群」、「交換要求種別」、「数量」、「希望交換率」、及び「約定処理の日付時間」が含まれてもよい。「交換要求の日付時間」には、サーバ１０がユーザ端末２０から交換要求を取得した時間が記録される。「ユーザＩＤ」は、交換要求を送信したユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤが記録される。「主体群」には、交換要求を送信したユーザ端末２０に係るユーザが属する主体群が記録される。「交換要求種別」には、交換要求の種別、すなわち、当該交換要求が第１交換要求であるか第２交換要求であるかが記録される。「数量」には、交換を希望する交換媒体（第１交換要求であれば第１価値交換媒体、第２交換要求であれば第２価値交換媒体）の数量が記録される。希望交換率には、ユーザが希望する第１価値交換媒体と第２価値交換媒体との単位交換価値の比率が記録される。「約定処理の日付時間」には、サーバ１０が当該交換要求について約定処理を実行した時間が記録される。 <Exchange request table>
FIG. 7K is a diagram showing an example of the exchange request table. The exchange request table is a table for managing an exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and a process (a first exchange or a second exchange) for the exchange request. In the exchange request table, for example, “date time of exchange request”, “user ID”, “subject group”, “exchange request type”, “quantity”, “desired exchange rate”, and “date time of execution process” May be included. The time when the server 10 acquires the exchange request from the user terminal 20 is recorded in the “date time of the exchange request”. As the “user ID”, a user ID related to the user terminal 20 that has transmitted the exchange request is recorded. In the “subject group”, the subject group to which the user related to the user terminal 20 that has sent the exchange request belongs is recorded. The type of exchange request, that is, whether the exchange request is the first exchange request or the second exchange request is recorded in the “exchange request type”. In the “quantity”, the quantity of the exchange medium (the first value exchange medium in the case of the first exchange request, the second value exchange medium in the case of the second exchange request) for which exchange is desired is recorded. In the desired exchange rate, the ratio of unit exchange value between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user is recorded. The “date and time of the settlement process” records the time when the server 10 executes the settlement process for the exchange request.
＜債務発行テーブル＞
　図７Ｌは、債務発行テーブルの一例を示す図である。ここで、債務発行テーブルは、第１価値交換媒体の債務発行に関する各種の数量を管理するためのテーブルである。債務発行テーブルには、例えば、「債務発行数量」、「相殺購入数量」、「時限消却数量」、「債務発行の残高」、「第１価値交換媒体の流通総量」、及び「債務発行の残高の流通総量に占める割合」（第１価値交換媒体の流通総量に占める債務発行の残高の割合）等が含まれてもよい。ここで、債務発行数量をＡ、相殺購入数量をＢ、時限消却数量をＢ’とすると、債務発行の残高はＡ－（Ｂ＋Ｂ’）として表せる。また、債務発行数量Ａは、新規に発行された債務発行数量の累積として、相殺購入数量Ｂは、新規に相殺購入された数量の累積として、時限消却数量Ｂ’は、新規に時限消却した数量の累積として、それぞれ算出されてもよい。 <Debt issue table>
FIG. 7L is a diagram showing an example of a debt issuance table. Here, the debt issuance table is a table for managing various quantities related to the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium. In the debt issuance table, for example, “debt issuance quantity”, “offset purchase quantity”, “time-cancellation quantity”, “debt issuance balance”, “first value exchange medium total circulation amount”, and “debt issuance balance” (The ratio of the balance of debt issuance to the total circulation volume of the first value exchange medium) may be included. Here, assuming that the debt issuance quantity is A, the offset purchase quantity is B, and the timed cancellation quantity is B ′, the balance of debt issuance can be expressed as A− (B + B ′). Debt issue volume A is the accumulated debt issue volume, offset purchase quantity B is the cumulative offset purchase quantity, and timed cancellation quantity B 'is the newly time-cancelled quantity. It may be calculated as the accumulation of
＜第３経済活動テーブル＞
　図７Ｍは、第３経済活動テーブルの一例を示す図である。第３経済活動テーブルは、実際に行われた第３経済活動に関する各種の情報を管理するためのテーブである。第３経済活動テーブルには、例えば、「日付時間」、「提供者主体群」、「提供者ユーザＩＤ」、「取得者主体群」、「取得者ユーザＩＤ」、「類型」、「第１価値交換媒体数量」等を含んでもよい。「日付時間」には、第３経済活動が行われた時間が記録される。なお日付時間は、世界標準時間としてもよい。「提供者主体群」には、第３経済活動において提供者となったユーザの属する主体群が記録される。「提供者ユーザＩＤ」には、第３経済活動において提供者となったユーザのＩＤが記録される。「取得者主体群」には、第３経済活動において取得者となったユーザの属する主体群が記録される。「取得者ユーザＩＤ」には、第３経済活動において取得者となったユーザのユーザＩＤが記録される。「類型」には、当該ユーザが行った第３経済活動に係る有償交換価値が属する類型IIIのカテゴリが記録される。「第１価値交換媒体数量」には、当該第３経済活動において売買される有償交換価値の交換対価としての第１価値交換媒体の数量が記録される。 <Third Economic Activity Table>
FIG. 7M is a diagram showing an example of a third economic activity table. The third economic activity table is a table for managing various types of information related to the actually performed third economic activity. In the third economic activity table, for example, “date time”, “provider entity group”, “provider user ID”, “acquirer entity group”, “acquirer user ID”, “type”, “first "Value exchange medium quantity" may be included. The "date time" records the time when the third economic activity took place. The date and time may be set to the world standard time. In the “provider principal group”, the principal group to which the user who has become the provider in the third economic activity belongs is recorded. In the “provider user ID”, the ID of the user who has become the provider in the third economic activity is recorded. The “acquirer principal group” records the principal group to which the user who has become the acquirer in the third economic activity belongs. The “acquirer user ID” records the user ID of the user who has become the acquirer in the third economic activity. In the “type”, a category of type III to which the paid exchange value pertaining to the third economic activity performed by the user belongs is recorded. The “first value exchange medium quantity” records the quantity of the first value exchange medium as the exchange price for the paid exchange value to be traded in the third economic activity.
＜第１台帳＞
　図７Ｎは、第１台帳の一例を示す図である。第１台帳は、第１価値交換媒体に関する各種の情報を管理するための台帳である。第１台帳には、第１価値交換媒体の発行、移転（譲渡）、消却等に関する情報が含まれる。図７Ｎに示すとおり、例えば第１台帳は、「媒体ＩＤ」、「取得ユーザＩＤ」、「取得日」、「取得原因」、「送金元ユーザＩＤ」、及び「消却予定日」等を含んでもよい。媒体ＩＤは、個々の第１価値交換媒体を識別するための情報である。取得ユーザＩＤは、第１価値交換媒体を取得したユーザのユーザＩＤである。取得日は、ユーザが第１価値交換媒体を取得した日付である。取得原因は、ユーザが第１価値交換媒体を取得した原因であって、例えば、評価発行、債務発行、第３経済活動、及び（単なる）送金等を含んでもよい。「送金元ユーザＩＤ」は、取得原因が第３経済活動や（単なる）送金等の場合の、取得された第１価値交換媒体を送金したユーザのユーザＩＤである。消却予定日は、サーバ１０が設定した第１価値交換媒体の消却期限の日付である。なお、上述した第１台帳は、第１価値交換媒体の各々に媒体ＩＤを付してこれらを区別する態様とした。しかしながら、第１台帳としては、第１価値交換媒体の各々を区別せずに、各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体の数量を記録する態様としてもよい。また、「媒体ＩＤ」が用いられる態様の場合においては、第２経済活動におけるユーザによる消費、ユーザ端末２０の第１交換要求に基づくサーバ１０の第２約定処理による相殺購入、又は「消却予定日」が到来等することによって当該消却（消費消却、相殺消却、又は時限消却）する第１価値交換媒体を第１台帳から消却してもよいし、消却させず、「ユーザＩＤ」を空欄にして「媒体ＩＤ」そのものを累積的に管理するようにしてもよい。なお、累積的に「媒体ＩＤ」を管理する場合には、「ユーザＩＤ」が空欄となった「媒体ＩＤ」を累積的に積み上げ続けてもよいし、所定の期間が経過した後に累積的に積み上げられた「ユーザＩＤ」が空欄となった「媒体ＩＤ」を評価発行分又は債務発行分に割り当てるようにしてもよい。 <First ledger>
FIG. 7N is a diagram showing an example of the first ledger. The first ledger is a ledger for managing various information related to the first value exchange medium. The first ledger contains information on the issuance, transfer (transfer), cancellation, etc. of the first value exchange medium. As shown in FIG. 7N, for example, the first ledger may include “medium ID”, “acquired user ID”, “acquired date”, “acquired cause”, “remittance source user ID”, and “scheduled cancellation date”, etc. Good. The medium ID is information for identifying each first value exchange medium. The acquisition user ID is the user ID of the user who acquired the first value exchange medium. The acquisition date is the date on which the user acquired the first value exchange medium. The acquisition cause is a cause by which the user acquired the first value exchange medium, and may include, for example, evaluation issuance, debt issuance, third economic activity, and (mere) remittance. The “remittance source user ID” is a user ID of a user who remits the acquired first value exchange medium when the acquisition cause is the third economic activity or (simple) remittance. The scheduled cancellation date is the date of the cancellation deadline of the first value exchange medium set by the server 10. In the first ledger described above, each of the first value exchange media is given a medium ID to distinguish them. However, as the first ledger, the number of first value exchange media linked to each user ID may be recorded without distinguishing each of the first value exchange media. Also, in the case where the “medium ID” is used, consumption by the user in the second economic activity, offset purchase by the second execution process of the server 10 based on the first exchange request of the user terminal 20, or “scheduled cancellation date The first value exchange medium to be canceled (consumption cancellation, cancellation cancellation, or timed cancellation) may be canceled from the first ledger, or “user ID” may be left blank without being canceled. The "medium ID" itself may be managed cumulatively. In addition, when managing "medium ID" cumulatively, "medium ID" in which "user ID" became blank may continue to be accumulated, or it may be accumulated after a predetermined period has elapsed. The "medium ID" in which the stacked "user ID" is blank may be allocated to the evaluation issue or the debt issue.
　なお、本実施形態では、第１価値交換媒体の発行、移転（譲渡）又は消却に応じて、第１台帳のレコードを書き換える構成としたが、それぞれの第１価値交換媒体について、発行から移転及び消却に至る履歴をレコードとして残すようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the first ledger record is rewritten according to the issuance, transfer (transfer) or cancellation of the first value exchange medium, but for each of the first value exchange medium, from issuance to transfer and The history leading to cancellation may be left as a record.
＜第２評価テーブル＞
　図７Ｏは、第２評価テーブルの一例を示す図である。第２評価テーブルは、サーバ１０やユーザ端末２０の間での第２価値交換媒体の送金状態から各ユーザを評価するためのテーブルである。すなわち、第２評価テーブルを構成に含める場合には、後述する第２価値交換媒体の「増加パターン（iii）移動評価値のみに基づく増加」、又は「増加パターン（iv）保有数量及び移動評価値に基づく場合」にあたって、単に送金数量の大小のみで新規発行数量を決定することに替えて、第２評価テーブルを用いて送金内容を評価することで、増加時の第２価値交換媒体の新規発行数量を「移動評価値、及び到達割増率に基づき決定する」ことが可能となる。第２評価テーブルを用いた移動評価値の算出、及び増加パターン（iii）を構成に含める場合には、ユーザに新規発行される第２価値交換媒体数量は、「第２評価テーブルに記録される移動評価値の総和に占めるユーザの移動評価値の割合×（到達割増率－１）×第２価値交換媒体流通総量」であり、換言すると、第２評価テーブルにおける移動評価値は、第１評価テーブルにおける評価点数と、ほぼ同じ役割を担うと言える。これにより、第１価値交換媒体、及び第２価値交換媒体の流通速度が向上し得る。第２評価テーブルには、例えば、「日付時間」、「第２価値交換媒体の数量」、「送金ユーザＩＤ」、「着金ユーザＩＤ」、「送金区分」、「送金区分倍率」、「相殺判定」、及び「移動評価値」が含まれてもよい。「日付時間」には、第２価値交換媒体の移動が実行された日時が記録される。時間は世界標準時間としてもよい。「第２価値交換媒体の数量」には、移動が実行された第２価値交換媒体の数量が記録される。「送金ユーザＩＤ」には、媒体ＩＤとの紐付けを解かれたユーザの識別番号が記録される。「着金ユーザＩＤ」には、媒体ＩＤに新たに紐づけられたユーザの識別番号が記録される。なお図７Ｏにおいて「Ｕ０００」はサーバＩＤとして記載している。「送金区分」には、送金状況に応じた区分が記録される。例えば、Ａならユーザ端末２０による第２交換要求と、サーバ１０による第１相場交換要求が約定した時に発生するサーバ１０への第２価値交換媒体の送金、Ｂなら第１ネットワークにおける課金、又は手数料等の決済時に発生するサーバ１０への第２価値交換媒体の送金、及びＣなら譲渡や決済といったユーザ端末２０間での第２価値交換媒体の送金、といった具合に、あらかじめ送金区分を設定しておく。「送金区分倍率」には、送金区分に応じて設定された倍率を記録しておく。これはサーバ１０による専用行為として決定、及び更新してもよいし、少なくとも一以上のユーザ端末２０を含む手段によって決定、及び更新してもよい。「相殺判定」には、実行された送金が移動評価値の算出に加えるか否かを判定し、例えば移動評価値の算出に加える（相殺判定なし）と判定された場合は０、移動評価値の算出に加えない（相殺判定あり）と判定された場合は１が記録される。さらに、先に相殺判定なしと判定されていた送金が、後に発生した取引によって相殺判定ありと判定された場合は、当該送金の相殺判定を書き換えて記録してもよいし、移動評価値をマイナスさせる為だけの行が作成されてもよい。判定の方法は、例えば送金ユーザＵ００２が着金ユーザＵ００１に通常譲渡Ｃにて送金を行ったとき、所定の期間以内に着金ユーザＵ００１が送金ユーザＵ００２への通常譲渡Ｃによる送金を行っていた場合（送金された第２交換媒体を送金者へ戻す行為とみなせる）、これと同数の第２価値交換媒体の移動に関しては移動評価値に加えないとしてもよい。図７Ｏの第２評価テーブルにおいては、行５の移動を実行した際に、先に行１の取引が存在する為、行１と、同数量となる１２０，０００ＥＳＴを行５の１８６，０００から減算した６６，０００ＥＳＴのみを用いて移動評価値を算出する。同時に、行１の移動評価値は０に書き換えられる。（若しくはＵ００１の移動評価値をマイナス１２０，０００する為だけの行が作成されてもよい。）「移動評価値」には、（第２価値交換媒体の数量）×（送金区分倍率）により、算出された値が記録される。 <Second evaluation table>
FIG. 7O is a diagram showing an example of the second evaluation table. The second evaluation table is a table for evaluating each user from the remittance state of the second value exchange medium between the server 10 and the user terminal 20. That is, when the second evaluation table is included in the configuration, "increase based only on increase pattern (iii) movement evaluation value" of the second value exchange medium described later, or "increase pattern (iv) quantity held and movement evaluation value Based on the above, instead of determining the newly issued quantity simply by the size of the remittance quantity, by evaluating the contents of remittance using the second evaluation table, the new issue of the second value exchange medium at the time of increase It becomes possible to “determine the amount based on the movement evaluation value and the achieved additional rate”. When the movement evaluation value is calculated using the second evaluation table and the increase pattern (iii) is included in the configuration, the second value exchange medium quantity newly issued to the user is recorded in the “second evaluation table. The ratio of the movement evaluation value of the user to the total movement evaluation value × (attainment incremental rate−1) × the second value exchange medium distribution total amount ”, in other words, the movement evaluation value in the second evaluation table is the first evaluation It can be said that it plays almost the same role as the score on the table. Thereby, the flow speeds of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium can be improved. In the second evaluation table, for example, “date time”, “quantity of second value exchange medium”, “remittance user ID”, “payment user ID”, “remittance division”, “remittance division ratio”, “cancellation amount” “Determination” and “movement evaluation value” may be included. The "date and time" records the date and time when the movement of the second value exchange medium was performed. The time may be world standard time. The “second value exchange medium quantity” records the quantity of the second value exchange medium on which the movement has been performed. The “remittance user ID” records the identification number of the user who has been disconnected from the medium ID. In the “payment user ID”, the identification number of the user newly linked to the medium ID is recorded. In FIG. 7O, "U000" is described as a server ID. Classification according to the remittance status is recorded in "Remittance Division". For example, if A is a second exchange request by the user terminal 20 and remittance of the second value exchange medium to the server 10 occurs when the first market exchange request by the server 10 is fulfilled, if B, the charge or fee in the first network The remittance division is set in advance in such a way as remittance of the second value exchange medium to the server 10 occurring at the time of settlement etc. and remittance of the second value exchange medium between the user terminals 20 such as transfer or settlement if C. deep. In "Remittance Division Ratio", the ratio set according to the remittance division is recorded. This may be determined and updated as a dedicated action by the server 10, or may be determined and updated by means including at least one or more user terminals 20. "Offset determination" determines whether or not the executed remittance is added to the calculation of the movement evaluation value, for example, 0 if it is determined to be added to the calculation of the movement evaluation value (no cancellation determination), the movement evaluation value If it is determined that it is not added to the calculation of (with cancellation determination), 1 is recorded. Furthermore, if it is determined that the remittance which was previously determined not to be offsetted is determined to be offsetted by the transaction that occurred later, the offsetting determination of the remittance may be rewritten and recorded, or the movement evaluation value may be decreased. A line may be created just to make it happen. As a method of determination, for example, when the remittance user U002 transfers money to the depositing user U001 by normal transfer C, the depositing user U001 transfers money to the remittance user U002 by normal transfer C within a predetermined period. In the case (which can be regarded as the act of returning the remitted second exchange medium to the sender), the movement of the same number of second value exchange medium may not be added to the movement evaluation value. In the second evaluation table of FIG. 7O, when the movement of row 5 is executed, there is a transaction of row 1 first, so row 1 and the same quantity of 120,000 ESTs from 186,000 in row 5 The movement evaluation value is calculated using only the subtracted 66,000 ESTs. At the same time, the movement evaluation value of row 1 is rewritten to 0. (A line may be created to reduce the movement evaluation value of U001 by minus 120,000.) The "movement evaluation value" is calculated by (quantity of second value exchange medium) x (remittance division ratio) The calculated value is recorded.
＜第２台帳＞
　図７Ｐは、第２台帳の一例を示す図である。第２台帳は、例えばブロックチェーンにより構成され、第２価値交換媒体の取引情報（トランザクション）が含まれる。ブロックは、ユーザ間における任意の取引に関する情報を含む。具体的には、各ブロックは、ダイジェストデータ及び取引に関する情報であるトランザクションのリストを含む。ダイジェストデータは、１つ前のブロックから算出された新たなハッシュ値を含む。すなわち、図７Ｐに示すように、ブロックが１つ前のブロックに含まれる情報から算出されたハッシュ値を含むことによって、各ブロックがチェーンのように繋がった状態で取引データベース（ブロックチェーン）として記憶される。トランザクションは、ユーザ間において第２価値交換媒体の取引を記録するデータである。トランザクションは、移転元に関する情報を示すインプット情報と、移転先に関する情報を示すアウトプット情報とを含む。インプット情報は、移転元のユーザが取引対象となる第２価値交換媒体の移転を受けたときのトランザクションのアウトプット情報（トランザクションを特定する識別情報（トランザクションのハッシュ値や配列番号等））と、当該ユーザがその第２価値交換媒体を所有することを証明するための情報（当該アウトプットを使用する条件を満たすスクリプト等）を含む。 <Second ledger>
FIG. 7P is a diagram showing an example of the second ledger. The second ledger is constituted by, for example, a block chain, and includes transaction information (transaction) of the second value exchange medium. The block contains information about any transaction between users. Specifically, each block includes a list of transactions that are information about digest data and transactions. The digest data includes a new hash value calculated from the previous block. That is, as shown in FIG. 7P, each block is stored as a transaction database (block chain) in a chain-like state by including a hash value calculated from information included in the block immediately before the block. Be done. A transaction is data that records transactions of the second value exchange medium between users. A transaction includes input information indicating information on a transfer source and output information indicating information on a transfer destination. The input information includes transaction output information (identification information (transaction hash value, sequence number, etc.) specifying a transaction) when the transfer source user receives the transfer of the second value exchange medium to be traded, and It includes information for certifying that the user owns the second value exchange medium (a script satisfying the conditions for using the output, etc.).
　図７Ｑは、第２台帳の他の一例を示す図である。第２台帳には、第２価値交換媒体の発行、移転（譲渡）、消却に関する情報が含まれる。図７Ｑに示すとおり、第２台帳は、例えば、「媒体ＩＤ」、「ユーザＩＤ」、「取得原因」、及び「取得日」等を含む。媒体ＩＤは、個々の第２価値交換媒体を識別するための情報である。ユーザＩＤは、第２価値交換媒体の保有者を識別するための情報である。取得原因は、第２価値交換媒体の取得の原因を示す情報であって、例えば、サーバ１０又はユーザ端末２０による後述する第２価値交換媒体の増加処理による新規発行、サーバ１０の交換所機能による第１交換による第１価値交換媒体の対価としての取得、他のユーザ端末２０からの送金等を含んでもよい。また、取得原因は、例えば、サーバ１０による債務発行を含んでもよい。また、取得原因は、例えば、サーバ１０、又はユーザ端末２０による信用発行を含んでもよい。取得日は、ユーザが第２価値交換媒体を取得した日付である。なお、上述した第２台帳は、第２価値交換媒体の各々に媒体ＩＤを付してこれらを区別する態様とした。しかしながら、第２台帳としては、第２価値交換媒体の各々を区別せずに、各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量を記録する態様としてもよい。また、「媒体ＩＤ」が用いられる態様の場合においては、スマートコントラクト部１３１、又は２３１の減少実行部１３１ｅ又は２３１ｅによって消却する第２価値交換媒体を第２台帳から消却してもよいし、消却させず、「ユーザＩＤ」を空欄にして「媒体ＩＤ」そのものを累積的に管理するようにしてもよい。なお、累積的に「媒体ＩＤ」を管理する場合には、「ユーザＩＤ」が空欄となった「媒体ＩＤ」を累積的に積み上げ続けてもよいし、所定の期間が経過した後に累積的に積み上げられた「ユーザＩＤ」が空欄となった「媒体ＩＤ」を増加実行部１３１ｃ又は２３１ｃによる発行等に割り当てるようにしてもよい。 FIG. 7Q is a diagram showing another example of the second ledger. The second ledger contains information on the issue, transfer (transfer) and cancellation of the second value exchange medium. As shown in FIG. 7Q, the second ledger includes, for example, “medium ID”, “user ID”, “acquisition cause”, “acquisition date” and the like. The medium ID is information for identifying each second value exchange medium. The user ID is information for identifying the holder of the second value exchange medium. The acquisition cause is information indicating the cause of acquisition of the second value exchange medium, and for example, a new issue by an increase process of the second value exchange medium described later by the server 10 or the user terminal 20, the exchange office function of the server 10. It may include acquisition as compensation for the first value exchange medium by the first exchange, remittance from another user terminal 20, and the like. Also, the acquisition cause may include, for example, debt issuance by the server 10. Also, the acquisition cause may include, for example, issuance of a credit by the server 10 or the user terminal 20. The acquisition date is the date when the user acquired the second value exchange medium. In the second ledger described above, a medium ID is attached to each of the second value exchange media to distinguish them. However, as the second ledger, the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID may be recorded without distinguishing each second value exchange media. Also, in the case where the "medium ID" is used, the second value exchange medium canceled by the smart contract unit 131 or the decrease execution unit 131e or 231e of the 231 may be canceled from the second ledger, or canceled. Alternatively, the "medium ID" itself may be cumulatively managed by leaving the "user ID" blank. In addition, when managing "medium ID" cumulatively, "medium ID" in which "user ID" became blank may continue to be accumulated, or it may be accumulated after a predetermined period has elapsed. The "medium ID" in which the stacked "user ID" is blank may be assigned to the issue by the increase execution unit 131c or 231c.
　なお、本実施形態では、第２価値交換媒体の発行、移転（譲渡）又は消却に応じて、第２台帳のレコードを書き換える構成としたが、それぞれの第２価値交換媒体について、発行から移転及び消却に至る履歴をレコードとして残すようにしてもよい。 In the present embodiment, the second ledger record is rewritten according to the issuance, transfer (transfer) or cancellation of the second value exchange medium, but for each second value exchange medium, from the issue to the transfer and The history leading to cancellation may be left as a record.
＜信用発行テーブル＞
　図７Ｒは、信用発行テーブルの一例を示す図である。信用発行テーブルには、第２価値交換媒体の信用発行に関する情報が含まれる。図７Ｒに示すとおり、信用発行テーブルは、例えば、「信用発行先ＩＤ」、「信用発行元ＩＤ」、「信用発行数量」、「信用消却数量」、「信用発行残高」、及び「信用発行限度数量」等を含む。「信用発行先ＩＤ」は、信用発行先としてのユーザＩＤである。「信用発行元ＩＤ」は、信用発行元としてのシステム管理者ＩＤ、又はユーザＩＤである。「信用発行数量」は、当該信用発行先のユーザに対して信用発行された第２価値交換媒体の（累積的）数量である。「信用消却数量」は、当該信用発行先のユーザに対して信用消却された第２価値交換媒体の（累積的）数量である。「信用発行残高」は、当該信用発行先のユーザに対して現時点で発行されている信用発行数量の残高（すなわち、「（累積的）信用発行数量－（累積的）信用消却数量」）である。信用発行限度数量は、当該信用発行先のユーザに係る所定の信用発行限度数量である。 <Credit issuance table>
FIG. 7R is a diagram showing an example of the credit issuance table. The credit issuance table contains information on the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium. As shown in FIG. 7R, the credit issuing table includes, for example, “credit issuing party ID”, “credit issuing source ID”, “credit issuing quantity”, “credit canceling quantity”, “credit issuing balance”, and “credit issuing limit”. Quantity etc. are included. “Credit Issued Party ID” is a user ID as a credit issued party. The “credit issuer ID” is a system administrator ID as a credit issuer or a user ID. The "credit issued quantity" is the (cumulative) quantity of the second value exchange medium issued credit to the user of the credit issuing destination. “Credit cancellation quantity” is the (cumulative) quantity of the second value exchange medium for which the credit cancellation destination user has canceled the credit. "Credit issuance balance" is the balance of the credit issuance volume currently issued to the user of the credit issuer (ie, "(cumulative) credit issuance volume-(cumulative) credit cancellation volume") . The credit issuance limit quantity is a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity for the user of the credit issuing party.
（２－３－２）第１価値交換媒体管理部１２
　第１価値交換媒体管理部１２は、例えば、価値処理部１２１と、無償交換価値評価部１２２と、評価発行部１２３と、送金処理部１２４と、決済処理部１２５と、消却処理部１２６と、評価補正部１２７と、第２経済活動処理部１２８とを有する。価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０から受信した価値に関する処理を実行する。無償交換価値評価部１２２は、評価発行アルゴリズムの一例であって、ユーザ間を無償で移転した価値や、無償交換価値提供者についての評価処理を実行する。評価発行部１２３は、無償交換価値評価部１２２が算出した評価値に基づいて、第１価値交換媒体を無償交換価値提供者に評価発行する。送金処理部１２４は、第１価値交換媒体のユーザ間の送金処理を実行する。決済処理部１２５は、第１価値交換媒体のユーザ間の第３経済活動に係る決済に関する処理を実行する。消却処理部１２６は、各第１価値交換媒体の消却期限を管理し、消却期限が到来した第１価値交換媒体を消却する処理を実行する。評価補正部１２７は、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルを補正する処理を実行する。第２経済活動処理部１２８は、第２経済活動に関する処理を実行する。 (2-3-2) First value exchange medium management unit 12
The first value exchange medium management unit 12 includes, for example, a value processing unit 121, a free exchange value evaluation unit 122, an evaluation issuing unit 123, a remittance processing unit 124, a settlement processing unit 125, and a cancellation processing unit 126; It has an evaluation correction unit 127 and a second economic activity processing unit 128. The value processing unit 121 executes a process related to the value received from the user terminal 20. The free exchange value evaluation unit 122 is an example of an evaluation issuance algorithm, and executes evaluation processing of the value transferred between users free of charge and the free exchange value provider. The evaluation issuing unit 123 evaluates and issues the first value exchange medium to the free exchange value provider based on the evaluation value calculated by the free exchange value evaluation unit 122. The remittance processing unit 124 executes remittance processing between users of the first value exchange medium. The settlement processing unit 125 executes processing relating to the settlement relating to the third economic activity among the users of the first value exchange medium. The cancellation processing unit 126 manages the cancellation time limit of each first value exchange medium, and executes a process of canceling the first value exchange medium whose cancellation time limit has arrived. The evaluation correction unit 127 executes a process of correcting the first economic activity basic score table. The second economic activity processing unit 128 executes processing relating to the second economic activity.
（２－３－３）第２価値交換媒体管理部１３
　第２価値交換媒体管理部１３は、例えば、スマートコントラクト部１３１と、信用発行部１３２とを有する。 (2-3-3) Second value exchange medium management unit 13
The second value exchange medium management unit 13 has, for example, a smart contract unit 131 and a credit issuing unit 132.
　スマートコントラクト部１３１は、所定の増加条件、又は所定の減少条件が満たされる場合に所定の処理を自動的に実行する、所謂スマートコントラクトとして構成され、具体的には、相場交換率のモニタリングに基づく第２価値交換媒体の増減処理（増加処理、又は減少処理）を実行する。スマートコントラクト部１３１は、例えば、相場交換率取得部１３１ａと、増加条件判定部１３１ｂと、増加実行部１３１ｃと、減少条件判定部１３１ｄと、減少実行部１３１ｅとを有する。相場交換率取得部１３１ａは、例えば、サーバ１０が有する交換所管理部１５（例えば、相場交換率算出部１５１）から相場交換率を取得する。増加条件判定部１３１ｂは、例えば、所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。増加実行部１３１ｃは、例えば、増加条件判定部１３１ｂの判定結果に応じて、第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ増加させる処理を実行する。減少条件判定部１３１ｄは、例えば、所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。減少実行部１３１ｅは、例えば、減少条件判定部１３１ｄの判定結果に応じて、第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ減少させる処理を実行する。 The smart contract unit 131 is configured as a so-called smart contract that automatically executes a predetermined process when a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, and more specifically, based on monitoring of a market exchange rate. Execute increase / decrease processing (increase or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium. The smart contract unit 131 has, for example, a market exchange rate acquisition unit 131a, an increase condition determination unit 131b, an increase execution unit 131c, a decrease condition determination unit 131d, and a decrease execution unit 131e. The market exchange rate acquisition unit 131a acquires, for example, the market exchange rate from the exchange management unit 15 (for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151) of the server 10. The increase condition determination unit 131b determines, for example, whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied. The increase execution unit 131 c executes, for example, a process of increasing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the increase condition determination unit 131 b. The decrease condition determination unit 131d determines, for example, whether a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied. The reduction execution unit 131e executes, for example, a process of reducing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the reduction condition determination unit 131d.
　信用発行部１３２は、例えば、第２価値交換媒体の信用発行に係る処理を実行する。信用発行部１３２は、例えば、受付部１３２ａと、更新情報生成部１３２ｂと、判定部１３２ｃとを有する。受付部１３２ａは、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から信用発行要求を受け付ける。更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、例えば、信用発行のための第２台帳の更新情報を生成する。より具体的には、更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、例えば、信用発行要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量で表される、当該信用発行要求元であるユーザＩＤから提供される資産の価値の大きさに基づいた数量の第２価値交換媒体を当該ユーザＩＤに対して新規に発行（信用発行）するための更新情報を生成する。判定部１３２ｃは、例えば、信用発行要求に係るユーザＩＤに対して信用発行される第２価値交換媒体の残高が、所定の信用発行限度数量を超えるか否かを判定する。 The credit issuing unit 132 executes, for example, processing relating to the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium. The credit issuing unit 132 includes, for example, a receiving unit 132a, an update information generating unit 132b, and a determining unit 132c. The accepting unit 132 a accepts, for example, a credit issuance request from the user terminal 20. The update information generation unit 132 b generates, for example, update information of the second ledger for issuing a credit. More specifically, the update information generation unit 132b is provided, for example, from the user ID that is the credit issuance request source, represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the credit issuance request. The update information for newly issuing (credit issuing) a second value exchange medium of a quantity based on the value of the value of the asset to be generated is generated. The determination unit 132c determines, for example, whether or not the balance of the second value exchange medium that is credit-issued for the user ID related to the credit issuance request exceeds a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity.
（２－３－４）アカウント管理部１４
　アカウント管理部１４は、ユーザ登録やログイン処理等の、ユーザが価値交換媒体サービスを利用するための基本的な処理を実行する。アカウント管理部１４の処理には、生体認証、又は２段階認証等の認証処理を含めてもよい。 (2-3-4) Account management unit 14
The account management unit 14 executes basic processing for the user to use the value exchange medium service, such as user registration and login processing. The processing of the account management unit 14 may include authentication processing such as biometric authentication or two-step authentication.
（２－３－５）交換所管理部１５
　交換所管理部１５は、サーバ１０が提供する第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体等の交換所としての処理を実行する。交換所管理部１５は、例えば、相場交換率算出部１５１と、第１交換要求受付部１５２ａと、第２交換要求受付部１５２ｂと、第１相場交換要求生成部１５３ａと、第２相場交換要求生成部１５３ｂと、第１約定処理部１５４ａと、第２約定処理部１５４ｂと、増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａと、減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂと、第１固定交換要求生成部１５６ａと、第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂと、を有する。 (2-3-5) Exchange Center Management Department 15
The exchange management unit 15 executes processing as an exchange of the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium provided by the server 10. The exchange management unit 15, for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151, the first exchange request reception unit 152a, the second exchange request reception unit 152b, the first market exchange request generation unit 153a, and the second market exchange request. Generation unit 153b, first contract processing unit 154a, second contract processing unit 154b, increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a, decrease desired exchange rate correction unit 155b, first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a, and , And a second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b.
　相場交換率算出部１５１は、例えば、ユーザが希望する第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率（第１希望交換率、及び第２希望交換率を含む）に基づいて、希望交換率の相場である相場交換率（第１相場交換率、及び第２相場交換率を含む）を算出してもよい。 For example, the exchange rate calculation unit 151 includes a desired exchange rate (a first desired exchange rate and a second desired exchange rate) which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium desired by the user. The exchange rate (including the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate), which is the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate, may be calculated on the basis of.
　第１交換要求受付部１５２ａは、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第１交換要求を受け付け、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに記録してもよい。ここで、第１交換要求は、例えば、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体をユーザが希望する第１希望交換率で第２価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 For example, the first exchange request receiving unit 152a may receive the first exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and record the first exchange request in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Here, the first exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging a predetermined quantity of first value exchange medium for a second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate desired by the user.
　第２交換要求受付部１５２ｂは、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第２交換要求を受け付け、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに記録してもよい。ここで、第２交換要求は、例えば、所定数量の第２価値交換媒体をユーザが希望する第２希望交換率で第１価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 For example, the second exchange request receiving unit 152 b may receive the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20 and record the second exchange request in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Here, the second exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging a predetermined value of the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate desired by the user.
　第１相場交換要求生成部１５３ａは、例えば、所定の第１相場交換要求を生成してもよい。ここで、所定の第１相場交換要求は、例えば、希望交換率（第１希望交換率及び第２希望交換率）の相場である相場交換率（第１相場交換率）で、所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 The first market exchange request generation unit 153a may generate, for example, a predetermined first market exchange request. Here, the predetermined first market exchange request is, for example, a market exchange rate (first market exchange rate), which is a market of desired exchange rates (first desired exchange rate and second desired exchange rate), It may be a requirement to exchange a one-value exchange medium for a second value exchange medium.
　第２相場交換要求生成部１５３ｂは、例えば、所定の第２相場交換要求を生成してもよい。ここで、所定の第２相場交換要求は、例えば、希望交換率（第１希望交換率及び第２希望交換率）の相場である相場交換率（第２相場交換率）で、所定数量の第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 The second market exchange request generation unit 153 b may generate, for example, a predetermined second market exchange request. Here, the predetermined second market exchange request is, for example, a market exchange rate (second market exchange rate) which is a market of desired exchange rates (first desired exchange rate and second desired exchange rate) It may be a request to exchange a two-value exchange medium for a first value exchange medium.
　第１約定処理部１５４ａは、例えば、第１相場交換要求や第１固定交換要求等と、所定の第１約定条件を満たす第２交換要求との約定処理を実行してもよい。所定の第１約定条件は、例えば、第２希望交換率が第１相場交換率と同一又はこれより低いこと、及び第２希望交換率が第１目標交換率と同一又はこれより低いこと等を含んでもよい。また、所定の第１約定条件は、第２交換要求が成行であることを含んでもよい。 The first contract processing unit 154a may execute contract processing of, for example, a first market exchange request, a first fixed exchange request, and the like, and a second exchange request that satisfies a predetermined first contract condition. The predetermined first execution condition may be, for example, that the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first exchange rate, and that the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first target exchange rate. May be included. Also, the predetermined first execution condition may include that the second exchange request is successful.
　第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、例えば、第２相場交換要求や第２固定交換要求等と、所定の第２約定条件を満たす第１交換要求との約定処理を実行してもよい。所定の第２約定条件は、例えば、第１希望交換率が第２相場交換率と同一又はこれより高いこと、及び第１希望交換率が第２目標交換率と同一又はこれより高いこと等を含んでもよい。また、所定の第２約定条件は、第１交換要求が成行であることを含んでもよい。 The second contract processing unit 154b may execute contract processing of, for example, a second exchange request, a second fixed exchange request, and the like, and a first exchange request that satisfies a predetermined second contract condition. The predetermined second execution condition may be, for example, that the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the second exchange rate, and that the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the second target exchange rate. May be included. Also, the predetermined second execution condition may include that the first exchange request is successful.
　増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、例えば、所定の増加条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加した場合、第１交換要求に係る第１希望交換率を当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。また、増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、例えば、所定の増加条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加した場合、第２交換要求に係る第２希望交換率を当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。 The increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a, for example, when the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID increases in response to the predetermined increase condition being satisfied, the first exchange request related to the first exchange request. (1) The desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the first exchange request. Further, for example, when the increase in the desired exchange rate correction unit 155a increases the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to each user ID in response to the predetermined increase condition being satisfied, the second exchange request is made. The second desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the increase in the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request.
　減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、例えば、所定の減少条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少した場合、第１交換要求に係る第１希望交換率を当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。また、減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、例えば、所定の減少条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少した場合、第２交換要求に係る第２希望交換率を当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。 For example, if the number of second value exchange media associated with each user ID decreases in response to the predetermined decrease condition being satisfied, the desired exchange rate correction unit 155b decreases the first exchange request according to the first exchange request. (1) The desired exchange rate may be modified to offset the decreasing rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the first exchange request. In addition, the desired exchange rate correction unit 155 b reduces the number of second value exchange media associated with each user ID in response to the predetermined reduction condition being satisfied, for example, when the second exchange request is made. The second desired exchange rate may be corrected to offset the decrease in the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request.
　第１固定交換要求生成部１５６ａは、例えば、所定の第１固定交換要求を生成してもよい。ここで、所定の第１固定交換要求は、例えば、第１価値交換媒体を所定の目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で第２価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 The first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a may generate, for example, a predetermined first fixed exchange request. Here, the predetermined first fixed exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at a predetermined target exchange rate (first target exchange rate).
　第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂは、例えば、所定の第２固定交換要求を生成してもよい。ここで、所定の第２固定交換要求は、例えば、第２価値交換媒体を所定の目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で第１価値交換媒体に交換するための要求であってよい。 The second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b may generate, for example, a predetermined second fixed exchange request. Here, the predetermined second fixed exchange request may be, for example, a request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at a predetermined target exchange rate (second target exchange rate).
（２－４）ユーザ端末２０の機能構成
　図８は、ユーザ端末２０の機能的な構成の一例を示すブロック図である。ユーザ端末２０は、例えば、記憶部２１と、第１価値交換媒体処理部２２と、第２価値交換媒体処理部２３と、アカウント処理部２４と、交換要求処理部２５と、表示処理部２６とを有する。これらは、上述した情報処理装置１００が有するプロセッサ１０１と、メモリ１０２と、ストレージ１０３と、入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４と、通信Ｉ／Ｆ１０５との協働により実現される。 (2-4) Functional Configuration of User Terminal 20 FIG. 8 is a block diagram showing an example of a functional configuration of the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. The user terminal 20 includes, for example, a storage unit 21, a first value exchange medium processing unit 22, a second value exchange medium processing unit 23, an account processing unit 24, an exchange request processing unit 25, and a display processing unit 26. Have. These are realized by the cooperation of the processor 101, the memory 102, the storage 103, the input / output I / F 104, and the communication I / F 105 which the above-described information processing apparatus 100 has.
（２－４－１）記憶部２１
　記憶部２１は、例えば、第２評価テーブルと、第２台帳と、ウォレット管理アプリＸとを記憶する。第２台帳は、例えばブロックチェーン等の分散型台帳として構成されてもよく、第２価値交換媒体の取引情報（トランザクション）が含まれてもよい。なお、第２評価テーブルは、第２台帳と同様にブロックチェーン等の分散型台帳として構成されてもよく、第２台帳に付随させてもよい。 (2-4-1) Storage unit 21
The storage unit 21 stores, for example, a second evaluation table, a second ledger, and a wallet management application X. The second ledger may be configured as a distributed ledger such as a block chain, for example, and may include transaction information (transaction) of the second value exchange medium. The second evaluation table may be configured as a distributed ledger such as a block chain as in the second ledger, or may be attached to the second ledger.
　ウォレット管理アプリＸは、ウォレット管理アプリＸ１と、ウォレット管理アプリＸ２との総称である。ウォレット管理アプリＸ１は、第１台帳に記録されたユーザが保有する（ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた）第１価値交換媒体を管理するためのアプリである。ユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を用いてウォレット管理アプリＸ１により、その他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ、及びサーバＩＤ）からの第１価値交換媒体の発行（サーバ１０からの評価発行、及び債務発行）、及び譲渡（任意の取引の対価としての譲渡を含む）を受け付け、且つその他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ、及びサーバＩＤ）に対する第１価値交換媒体の譲渡（一方的な送金、及び任意の取引の対価としての譲渡を含み得る）を行うことができるようにするとよい。また、ウォレット管理アプリＸ２は、第２台帳に記録されたユーザが保有する第２価値交換媒体を管理するためのアプリとして機能する。ユーザは、ユーザ端末２０を用いてウォレット管理アプリＸ２により、その他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ、及びサーバＩＤ）からの第２価値交換媒体の信用発行、譲渡（一方的な送金、及び任意の取引の対価としての譲渡を含み得る）を受け付け、増加実行部１３１ｃ、及び２３１ｃによる第２価値交換媒体の発行を受け付け、減少実行部１３１ｅ、及び２３１ｅによる第２価値交換媒体の消却を受け付け、且つその他のユーザ（ユーザＩＤ、及びサーバＩＤ）に対して第２価値交換媒体の譲渡を行うことができるようにするとよい。 The wallet management application X is a generic term for the wallet management application X1 and the wallet management application X2. The wallet management application X1 is an application for managing the first value exchange medium (linked to the user ID) owned by the user recorded in the first ledger. The user issues the first value exchange medium from other users (user ID and server ID) by using the wallet management application X1 using the user terminal 20 (evaluation issuance from the server 10 and debt issuance), and transfer Accept the transfer (including transfer as compensation for any transaction), and transfer the first value exchange medium to other users (user ID and server ID) (transfer as compensation for unilateral remittance and any transaction) Can be done). The wallet management application X2 also functions as an application for managing the second value exchange medium owned by the user recorded in the second ledger. The user issues credit of second value exchange medium from other users (user ID and server ID), transfer (one-way remittance, and consideration for any transaction) by the wallet management application X2 using the user terminal 20. May be included in the assignment), the issuance of the second value exchange medium by the increase execution unit 131c and 231c, the cancellation of the second value exchange medium by the decrease execution unit 131e and 231e, and other users It is preferable to be able to transfer the second value exchange medium to (user ID and server ID).
（２－４－２）第１価値交換媒体処理部２２
　第１価値交換媒体処理部２２は、例えば、価値登録処理部２２１と、送金部２２２と、第２経済活動処理部２２３と、価値利用部２２４と、基礎点数補正要求部２２５とを有する。価値登録処理部２２１は、類型IIIに属する有償交換価値又は類型Iに属する無償交換価値に関する登録処理を実行する。送金部２２２は、第１価値交換媒体の送金に関する処理を実行する。第２経済活動処理部２２３は、第２経済活動に関する処理を実行する。価値利用部２２４は、有償交換価値又は無償交換価値の利用に関する処理を実行する。基礎点数補正要求部２２５は、類型Iに属する無償交換価値の評価に係る基礎点数を補正する要求に関する処理を実行する。 (2-4-2) First value exchange medium processing unit 22
The first value exchange medium processing unit 22 includes, for example, a value registration processing unit 221, a remittance unit 222, a second economic activity processing unit 223, a value utilization unit 224, and a basic score correction request unit 225. The value registration processing unit 221 executes registration processing regarding the paid exchange value belonging to the type III or the free exchange value belonging to the type I. The remittance unit 222 executes a process related to remittance of the first value exchange medium. The second economic activity processing unit 223 executes a process related to the second economic activity. The value using unit 224 executes processing relating to the use of the paid exchange value or the free exchange value. The basic score correction request unit 225 executes a process related to a request to correct the basic score related to the evaluation of the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
（２－４－３）第２価値交換媒体処理部２３
　第２価値交換媒体処理部２３は、例えば、スマートコントラクト部２３１と、信用発行部２３２とを有する。 (2-4-3) Second value exchange medium processing unit 23
The second value exchange medium processing unit 23 includes, for example, a smart contract unit 231 and a credit issuing unit 232.
　スマートコントラクト部２３１は、所定の増加条件、又は所定の減少条件が満たされる場合に所定の処理を自動的に実行する、所謂スマートコントラクトとして構成され、具体的には、相場交換率のモニタリングに基づく第２価値交換媒体の増減処理（増加処理、又は減少処理）を実行する。スマートコントラクト部２３１は、例えば、相場交換率取得部２３１ａと、増加条件判定部２３１ｂと、増加実行部２３１ｃと、減少条件判定部２３１ｄと、減少実行部２３１ｅとを有する。相場交換率取得部２３１ａは、例えば、サーバ１０が有する交換所管理部１５（例えば、相場交換率算出部１５１）から相場交換率を取得する。増加条件判定部２３１ｂは、例えば、所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。増加実行部２３１ｃは、例えば、増加条件判定部２３１ｂの判定結果に応じて、第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ増加させる処理を実行する。減少条件判定部２３１ｄは、例えば、所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。減少実行部２３１ｅは、例えば、減少条件判定部２３１ｄの判定結果に応じて、第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ減少させる処理を実行する。 The smart contract unit 231 is configured as a so-called smart contract that automatically executes a predetermined process when a predetermined increase condition or a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, and more specifically, based on monitoring of the market exchange rate. Execute increase / decrease processing (increase or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium. The smart contract unit 231 includes, for example, a market exchange rate acquisition unit 231a, an increase condition determination unit 231b, an increase execution unit 231c, a decrease condition determination unit 231d, and a decrease execution unit 231e. For example, the market exchange rate acquisition unit 231a acquires the market exchange rate from the exchange management unit 15 (for example, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151) of the server 10. The increase condition determination unit 231b determines, for example, whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied. The increase execution unit 231c executes, for example, a process of increasing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the increase condition determination unit 231b. The reduction condition determination unit 231d determines, for example, whether a predetermined reduction condition is satisfied. The reduction execution unit 231e executes, for example, a process of reducing the second value exchange medium by a predetermined number according to the determination result of the reduction condition determination unit 231d.
　信用発行部２３２は、例えば、第２価値交換媒体の信用発行に係る処理を実行する。信用発行部２３２は、例えば、受付部２３２ａと、更新情報生成部２３２ｂと、判定部２３２ｃとを有する。受付部２３２ａは、例えば、ユーザ端末２０から信用発行要求を受け付ける。更新情報生成部２３２ｂは、例えば、信用発行のための第２台帳の更新情報を生成する。より具体的には、更新情報生成部２３２ｂは、例えば、信用発行要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量で表される、当該信用発行要求元であるユーザＩＤから提供される資産の価値の大きさに基づいた数量の第２価値交換媒体を当該ユーザＩＤに対して新規に発行（信用発行）するための更新情報を生成する。判定部２３２ｃは、例えば、信用発行要求に係るユーザＩＤに対して信用発行される第２価値交換媒体の残高が、所定の信用発行限度数量を超えるか否かを判定する。 The credit issuing unit 232 executes, for example, processing relating to the credit issuance of the second value exchange medium. The credit issuing unit 232 includes, for example, a reception unit 232a, an update information generation unit 232b, and a determination unit 232c. For example, the reception unit 232a receives a credit issuance request from the user terminal 20. The update information generation unit 232 b generates, for example, update information of the second ledger for issuing a credit. More specifically, the update information generation unit 232b is provided, for example, from the user ID that is the credit issuance request source, represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the credit issuance request. The update information for newly issuing (credit issuing) a second value exchange medium of a quantity based on the value of the value of the asset to be generated is generated. The determination unit 232c determines, for example, whether or not the balance of the second value exchange medium that is credit-issued for the user ID related to the credit issuance request exceeds a predetermined credit issuance limit quantity.
（２－４－４）アカウント処理部２４
　アカウント処理部２４は、ユーザ登録やログイン処理等の、ユーザが価値交換媒体サービスを利用するための基本的な処理を実行する。アカウント処理部２４の処理には、生体認証、又は２段階認証等の認証処理を含めてもよい。 (2-4-4) Account processing unit 24
The account processing unit 24 executes basic processing for the user to use the value exchange medium service, such as user registration and login processing. The processing of the account processing unit 24 may include authentication processing such as biometric authentication or two-step authentication.
（２－４－５）交換要求処理部２５
　交換要求処理部２５は、ユーザの操作に応じた内容の交換要求を、サーバ１０に送信する。交換要求処理部２５は、例えば、第１交換要求処理部２５１と、第２交換要求処理部２５２とを有する。第１交換要求処理部２５１は、ユーザの操作に応じて、第１交換要求をサーバ１０に送信する。第２交換要求処理部２５２は、ユーザの操作に応じて、第２交換要求をサーバ１０に送信する。 (2-4-5) Exchange request processing unit 25
The exchange request processing unit 25 transmits to the server 10 an exchange request of contents according to the user's operation. The exchange request processing unit 25 includes, for example, a first exchange request processing unit 251 and a second exchange request processing unit 252. The first exchange request processing unit 251 transmits a first exchange request to the server 10 according to the user's operation. The second exchange request processing unit 252 transmits a second exchange request to the server 10 according to the user's operation.
（２－４－６）表示処理部２６
　表示処理部２６は、所定の表示データに基づいて、ユーザ端末２０の表示装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）に各種の画面を表示させる処理を実行する。 (2-4-6) Display processing unit 26
The display processing unit 26 executes processing to display various screens on the display device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20 based on predetermined display data.
（３）第１価値交換媒体
（３－１）価値の登録
　本実施形態における第１価値交換媒体の評価発行の基礎となる無償交換価値の登録処理、及び第３経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の決済（対価の支払い）の基礎となる有償交換価値の登録処理について説明する。当該処理では、例えば、ユーザが、第１価値交換媒体の発行の基礎となる無償交換価値、又は第３経済活動に係る第１価値交換媒体の決済（対価の支払い）の基礎となる有償交換価値をサーバ１０に登録する。ユーザは、価値の登録を行う際に、提供する価値を有償交換価値とするか無償交換価値とするか、すなわち、当該価値を利用（取得）するその他のユーザから第１価値交換媒体の移転を受けるか否かを選択することができるようにするとよい。 (3) First value exchange medium (3-1) Value registration registration processing of the free exchange value as the basis of evaluation and issuance of the first value exchange medium in the present embodiment, and first value exchange concerning the third economic activity The registration process of the paid exchange value, which is the basis of the settlement of the medium (payment of the consideration), will be described. In this process, for example, the user is the free exchange value on which the issuance of the first value exchange medium is based, or the paid exchange value on which the settlement of the first value exchange medium related to the third economic activity (payment of consideration) is based. Are registered in the server 10. When registering a value, the user makes the value to be provided a paid exchange value or a free exchange value, that is, transfers the first value exchange medium from other users who use (acquire) the value. It is good to be able to choose whether to receive or not.
（３－１－１）有償交換価値の登録処理
　図９は、有償交換価値の登録処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。 (3-1-1) Paid Exchange Value Registration Process FIG. 9 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of a paid exchange value registration process.
（Ｓ３１００）
　まず、ユーザ端末２０Ａの価値登録処理部２２１は、例えば、ユーザＡによる入力装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ）の操作に応じて、有償交換価値登録情報の入力を受け付ける。ここで、有償交換価値登録情報は、有償交換価値の登録に係る情報であって、有償交換価値及び価格を示す情報を含む。 (S3100)
First, the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A receives an input of the paid exchange value registration information, for example, according to the operation of the input device (input / output I / F) by the user A. Here, the charge exchange value registration information is information related to registration of charge exchange value, and includes information indicating charge exchange value and price.
　図１０は、ユーザ端末２０Ａに表示される有償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－１の一例を示す図である。図１０に示すとおり、有償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－１は、例えば、登録する有償交換価値の入力部３０１と、価格設定部３０２と、類型選択部３０３と、有償交換価値の登録要求を送信するための選択部３０４とを含む。 FIG. 10 is a diagram showing an example of the paid exchange value registration information input screen 300A-1 displayed on the user terminal 20A. As shown in FIG. 10, the paid exchange value registration information input screen 300A-1 is, for example, an input unit 301 for the paid exchange value to be registered, a price setting unit 302, a type selection unit 303, and a registration request for the paid exchange value. And a selection unit 304 for transmission.
　入力部３０１では、ユーザは、登録する有償交換価値を入力することができる。入力部３０１には、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ａの記憶領域に保存されている有償交換価値の保存場所及びファイル名等の、有償交換価値を特定するための情報等が表示される。なお、有償交換価値のデータ形式やその入力の態様は上述したものに限られない。例えば、入力部３０１は、電子商取引サイトにおける出品フォームやＳＮＳにおける入力フォーム等のテキスト等を直接入力することのできるフォームであってもよい。或いは、有償交換価値は、ウェアラブル端末等を含むユーザ端末２０Ａが取得するユーザの動作及び環境情報であってもよい。これにより、例えば、熟練工やダンサーその他のアナログな動作を「経済価値（有償交換価値）」として取り扱うことが可能となり得る。また、例えば、有償交換価値は、３Ｄスキャン端末を含むユーザ端末２０Ａが取得する対象物の３Ｄ情報であってもよい。これにより、例えば、アーティストによる造形物たる著作物の造形を「経済価値（有償交換価値）」として取り扱うことが可能となり得る。また、例えば、有償交換価値は、所謂ライブ配信によって提供される動画（テレビの生放送等）や音声（ラジオの生放送等）等のデータであってもよい。この場合、映像又は音声等の入力装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）が接続されたユーザ端末２０Ａが取得する情報をリアルタイムにサーバ１０に送信し、その他のユーザ端末２０に接続された視聴装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）に出力することによって当該情報をリアルタイムにユーザ間を流通させることが可能となり得る。 In the input unit 301, the user can input the paid exchange value to be registered. The input unit 301 displays, for example, information for specifying the paid exchange value, such as a storage location of the paid exchange value and a file name stored in the storage area of the user terminal 20A. Note that the data format of the paid exchange value and the mode of its input are not limited to those described above. For example, the input unit 301 may be a form that can directly input a text such as an exhibition form on an electronic commerce site or an input form on an SNS. Alternatively, the paid exchange value may be user operation and environment information acquired by the user terminal 20A including the wearable terminal and the like. This may allow, for example, skilled workers, dancers and other analog operations to be treated as "economic value (paid exchange value)". Also, for example, the paid exchange value may be 3D information of an object acquired by the user terminal 20A including a 3D scan terminal. Thereby, for example, it may be possible to treat the modeling of the work, which is a shaped object by the artist, as the "economic value (paid exchange value)". Further, for example, the paid exchange value may be data such as a moving image (live broadcast of television) or voice (live broadcast of radio) provided by so-called live distribution. In this case, information acquired by the user terminal 20A connected to an input device (input / output I / F 104) such as video or audio is transmitted to the server 10 in real time, and other viewing devices connected to the user terminal 20 (input By outputting to the output I / F 104), it may be possible to distribute the information between users in real time.
　価格設定部３０２では、ユーザは、価値の利用（取得）の対価となる第１価値交換媒体の数量（価格）を設定することができる。ここで、当該数量を「０」とした場合、当該有償交換価値は「無償の有償交換価値」として登録することができるようにしてもよい。有償交換価値が登録された場合は、後述するように、ユーザは、他の価値利用者であるユーザが当該有償交換価値を利用する（第３経済活動を行う）と、当該価値利用者であるユーザが保有する第１価値交換媒体のうちから、価格設定部３０２において設定された数量分の移転を受ける。類型選択部３０３では、ユーザは、有償交換価値のカテゴリを、類型IIIに含まれるカテゴリ（類型IIIＡ、IIIＢ、IIIＣ・・・等の類型IIIを細分化したカテゴリを含む）から選択することができるようにするとよい。 In the price setting unit 302, the user can set the quantity (price) of the first value exchange medium to be used for the value use (acquisition). Here, when the quantity is set to “0”, the paid exchange value may be registered as “free paid exchange value”. When the paid exchange value is registered, the user is the value user when the user who is the other value user uses the paid exchange value (performs the third economic activity), as described later. From the first value exchange medium held by the user, transfer of the quantity set in the price setting unit 302 is received. In the type selection unit 303, the user can select a category of paid exchange value from the categories included in the type III (including a category into which the type III is subdivided such as type IIIA, IIIB, IIIC, etc.) You should do it.
（Ｓ３１０１）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ａの価値登録処理部２２１は、ユーザが有償交換価値登録情報を入力した上で、選択部３０４を選択すると、有償交換価値登録要求をサーバ１０に送信する。有償交換価値登録要求には、上述した有償交換価値登録情報が含まれる。 (S3101)
Next, the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A transmits a paid exchange value registration request to the server 10 when the user inputs the paid exchange value registration information and selects the selection unit 304. The charge exchange value registration request includes the charge exchange value registration information described above.
（Ｓ３１０２）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０Ａから有償交換価値登録要求を受信すると、有償交換価値登録要求に含まれる有償交換価値登録情報を、記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルに登録する。これにより、有償交換価値は、例えばサーバ１０が提供する第１ネットワークにおいて、閲覧や視聴等によって他の価値利用者であるユーザがユーザ端末２０を介して利用することが可能となり得る。 (S3102)
Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 receives the paid exchange value registration request from the user terminal 20A, the paid exchange value registration information included in the paid exchange value registration request is stored in the value table stored in the storage unit 11. sign up. Thereby, for example, in the first network provided by the server 10, a user who is another value user can use the paid exchange value via the user terminal 20 by browsing or viewing.
（３－１－２）無償交換価値の登録処理
　図１１は、無償交換価値の登録処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。 (3-1-2) Registration Process of Free Exchange Value FIG. 11 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of registration process of free exchange value.
（Ｓ３１０３）
　まず、ユーザ端末２０Ａの価値登録処理部２２１は、例えば、ユーザＡによる入力装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ）の操作に応じて、無償交換価値登録情報の入力を受け付ける。ここで、無償交換価値登録情報は、無償交換価値の登録に係る情報であって、後述する無償交換価値を含む。 (S3103)
First, the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A receives an input of the free replacement value registration information, for example, according to the operation of the input device (input / output I / F) by the user A. Here, the free replacement value registration information is information related to the free replacement value registration, and includes free replacement value described later.
　図１２は、ユーザ端末２０Ａに表示される無償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－２の一例を示す図である。図１２に示すとおり、無償交換価値登録情報入力画面３００Ａ－２は、例えば、登録する無償交換価値の入力部３０５と、類型選択部３０６と、無償交換価値の登録要求を送信するための選択部３０７とを含む。 FIG. 12 is a diagram showing an example of the free replacement value registration information input screen 300A-2 displayed on the user terminal 20A. As shown in FIG. 12, the free replacement value registration information input screen 300A-2 includes, for example, a free replacement value input unit 305 to be registered, a type selection unit 306, and a selection unit for transmitting a free replacement value registration request. And 307.
　入力部３０５では、ユーザは、登録する無償交換価値に係るデータを入力することができる。入力部３０５には、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ａの記憶領域に保存されている無償交換価値の保存場所及びファイル名等の、無償交換価値を特定するための情報等が表示される。なお、無償交換価値の形式やその入力の態様は上述したものに限られない。例えば、入力部３０５は、電子商取引サイトにおける出品フォームやＳＮＳにおける入力フォーム等のテキスト等を直接入力することのできるフォームであってもよい。或いは、無償交換価値は、ウェアラブル端末等を含むユーザ端末２０Ａが取得するユーザの動作及び環境情報であってもよい。これにより、例えば、熟練工やダンサーその他のアナログな動作を「価値（無償交換価値）」として取り扱うことが可能となり得る。また、例えば、無償交換価値は、３Ｄスキャン端末を含むユーザ端末２０Ａが取得する対象物の３Ｄ情報であってもよい。これにより、例えば、アーティストによる造形物たる著作物の造形を「価値（無償交換価値）」として取り扱うことが可能となり得る。また、例えば、無償交換価値は、所謂ライブ配信によって提供される動画（テレビの生放送等）や音声（ラジオの生放送等）等のデータであってもよい。この場合、映像又は音声等の入力装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）が接続されたユーザ端末２０Ａが取得する情報をリアルタイムにサーバ１０に送信し、その他のユーザ端末２０に接続された視聴装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）に出力することによって当該情報をリアルタイムにユーザ間を流通させることが可能となり得る。類型選択部３０６では、ユーザは、無償交換価値のカテゴリを、類型Iに含まれるカテゴリ（類型IＡ、IＢ、IＣ・・・等の類型Iを細分化したカテゴリを含む）から選択することができるようにするとよい。 In the input unit 305, the user can input data relating to the free exchange value to be registered. The input unit 305 displays, for example, information for specifying the free replacement value, such as the storage location and file name of the free replacement value stored in the storage area of the user terminal 20A. In addition, the form of the free exchange value and the aspect of the input are not restricted to what was mentioned above. For example, the input unit 305 may be a form that can directly input a text such as an exhibition form on an electronic commerce site or an input form on an SNS. Alternatively, the free replacement value may be user operation and environment information acquired by the user terminal 20A including the wearable terminal and the like. This may enable, for example, skilled workers, dancers and other analog operations to be treated as "value (free exchange value)". Also, for example, the free exchange value may be 3D information of an object acquired by the user terminal 20A including the 3D scan terminal. Thereby, for example, it may be possible to handle the formation of a work that is an object by the artist as “value (free exchange value)”. Also, for example, the free exchange value may be data such as a moving image (live broadcast of television) and voice (live broadcast of radio) provided by so-called live distribution. In this case, information acquired by the user terminal 20A connected to an input device (input / output I / F 104) such as video or audio is transmitted to the server 10 in real time, and other viewing devices connected to the user terminal 20 (input By outputting to the output I / F 104), it may be possible to distribute the information between users in real time. In the type selection unit 306, the user can select the category of the free exchange value from the categories included in the type I (including a category in which the type I is subdivided such as type IA, IB, IC, etc.) You should do it.
（Ｓ３１０４）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ａの価値登録処理部２２１は、ユーザが無償交換価値登録情報を入力した上で、選択部３０７を選択すると、無償交換価値登録要求をサーバ１０に送信する。無償交換価値登録要求には、上述した無償交換価値登録情報が含まれる。 (S3104)
Next, the value registration processing unit 221 of the user terminal 20A transmits a free replacement value registration request to the server 10 when the user inputs the free replacement value registration information and selects the selection unit 307. The free replacement value registration request includes the free replacement value registration information described above.
（Ｓ３１０５）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０Ａから無償交換価値登録要求を受信すると、無償交換価値登録要求に含まれる価値登録情報を、記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルに登録する。これにより、無償交換価値は、例えばサーバ１０が提供する第１ネットワークにおいて、閲覧や視聴等によって他の価値利用者であるユーザが利用（取得）することが可能となる。 (S3105)
Next, upon receiving the free replacement value registration request from the user terminal 20A, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 registers the value registration information included in the free replacement value registration request in the value table stored in the storage unit 11. . Thereby, for example, in the first network provided by the server 10, the free exchange value can be used (acquired) by a user who is another value user by browsing or viewing.
（３－２）発行
（３－２－１）評価発行 (3-2) Issue (3-2-1) Evaluation issue
　第１価値交換媒体の評価発行の処理について説明する。第１価値交換媒体の評価発行処理は、サーバ１０による、記憶部１１に記憶された第１評価テーブル、及び第２経済活動テーブルにそれぞれ記録されている、評価点数、及び第１価値交換媒体の消費数量等に基づいて第１価値交換媒体を評価発行する処理である。当該評価発行処理は、以下に説明するとおり、無償交換価値の提供及び取得（第１経済活動）、評価購買力倍率の算出、及び評価発行の各処理を含んでもよい。 The process of evaluation and issuance of the first value exchange medium will be described. The evaluation issuance process of the first value exchange medium includes the evaluation score and the first value exchange medium recorded by the server 10 in the first evaluation table and the second economic activity table stored in the storage unit 11, respectively. This is processing of evaluating and issuing the first value exchange medium based on the consumption quantity and the like. The evaluation issuance process may include the process of providing and acquiring free exchange value (first economic activity), calculation of evaluation purchasing power multiple, and evaluation issuance, as described below.
（３－２－１－１）無償交換価値の提供及び取得（第１経済活動）
　図１３は、無償交換価値の提供及び取得処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。以下では、無償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢがユーザ端末２０Ｂを利用して、無償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡから提供された無償交換価値を利用（取得）するものとする。 (3-2-1-1) Providing and acquiring free replacement value (1st economic activity)
FIG. 13 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation sequence of the process of providing and acquiring free replacement value. In the following, it is assumed that the user B who is the free exchange value user uses (acquires) the free exchange value provided by the user A who is the free exchange value provider, using the user terminal 20B.
（Ｓ３２００）
　まず、例えばサーバ１０が提供する第１ネットワークの画面がユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）に表示された上で、ユーザＢがユーザ端末２０Ｂの入力装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）を介して記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルに登録されている、ユーザＡが提供した無償交換価値の利用を選択したものとする。これにより、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの価値利用部２２４は、無償交換価値の利用を要求することを示す無償交換価値利用要求をサーバ１０に送信するとよい。無償交換価値利用要求には、ユーザＢのユーザＩＤが含まれてもよい。 (S3200)
First, for example, after the screen of the first network provided by the server 10 is displayed on the display device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20B, the user B is an input device (input / output I / F 104) of the user terminal 20B. It is assumed that the user A selects the use of the free exchange value provided by the user A, which is registered in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 via. Thereby, the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B may transmit, to the server 10, a free exchange value use request indicating that the use of the free exchange value is requested. The free exchange value use request may include the user ID of the user B.
（Ｓ３２０１）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０Ｂから無償交換価値利用要求を受信すると、ユーザＡが提供し、価値テーブルに登録された無償交換価値をユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信するとよい。これにより、ユーザＢは、ユーザ端末２０Ｂを介して無償交換価値を利用（取得）することが可能となる。すなわち、ユーザＡ及びユーザＢの間で、第１経済活動が行われる。 (S3201)
Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 receives the free replacement value use request from the user terminal 20B, the value processing unit 121 may provide the user A and transmit the free replacement value registered in the value table to the user terminal 20B. As a result, the user B can use (acquire) the free replacement value via the user terminal 20B. That is, the first economic activity is performed between the user A and the user B.
（Ｓ３２０２）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの価値利用部２２４は、類型Iに属する無償交換価値の利用に係るユーザ端末２０Ｂの動作情報をサーバ１０に送信するとよい。ここで、当該動作情報は、第１経済活動に応じた、ユーザ端末２０Ｂによる類型Iに属する無償交換価値の利用時のユーザ端末２０Ｂの動作を任意に（定性的、又は定量的に）示す情報である。動作情報は、類型Iのカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎に定められた基礎点数から評価点数を算出するための基礎となるデータである。動作情報は、例えば、動画データである無償交換価値については再生時間等であってよく、記事等の文字データである無償交換価値については表示データ量（表示文字数を含む）等であってよく、画像データである無償交換価値については表示画素数等であってよい。すなわち、動作情報は、ユーザ端末２０に取得された類型Iに属する無償交換価値に係る基礎点数から評価点数を算出（例えば、基礎点数の積算回数等を算出）するための根拠となり得る情報である。
（Ｓ３２０３）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０Ｂから動作情報を受信すると、当該動作情報に基づいて、第１評価テーブルを更新するとよい。より具体的には、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、第１評価テーブルに、日時、取得された無償交換価値に係る無償交換価値ＩＤ、取得された無償交換価値の属する類型Iのカテゴリ、無償交換価値提供者ＩＤ、及び無償交換価値提供者の属する主体群を記録するとよい。更に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、無償交換価値利用要求に係る無償交換価値取得者ＩＤ、無償交換価値取得者の属する主体群を記録するとよい。更に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルを参照して、ユーザ端末２０Ｂを操作する無償交換価値取得者の属する主体群、及び無償交換価値の価値登録された類型Iのカテゴリに応じた基礎点数を特定し、動作情報に当該基礎点数を積算等して評価点数を算出した上で、当該評価点数を評価テーブルに記録するとよい。以上で、無償交換価値の提供及び取得処理が終了する。 (S3202)
Next, the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B may transmit, to the server 10, operation information of the user terminal 20B related to the use of the free exchange value belonging to the type I. Here, the operation information optionally (qualitatively or quantitatively) indicates the operation of the user terminal 20B at the time of utilization of the free exchange value belonging to type I by the user terminal 20B according to the first economic activity. It is. The motion information is data serving as a basis for calculating the evaluation score from the basic score determined for each category I category and each subject group. The operation information may be, for example, the reproduction time for the free exchange value, which is moving image data, and may be the display data amount (including the number of displayed characters), etc. for the free exchange value, which is character data such as articles. The free exchange value, which is image data, may be the number of display pixels or the like. That is, the operation information is information that can be a basis for calculating an evaluation score (for example, calculating the number of times of integration of the base score, etc.) from the basic score related to the free exchange value belonging to type I acquired by the user terminal 20 .
(S3203)
Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 receives the operation information from the user terminal 20B, the value processing unit 121 may update the first evaluation table based on the operation information. More specifically, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10, in the first evaluation table, the date and time, the acquired free exchange value ID relating to the free exchange value, the category I type I category to which the acquired free exchange value belongs, It is preferable to record the exchange value provider ID and the group of entities to which the free exchange value provider belongs. Furthermore, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 may record the free exchange value acquirer ID relating to the free exchange value use request, and a group of subjects to which the free exchange value acquirer belongs. Furthermore, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 refers to the first economic activity basic score table, and identifies the group to which the gratuitous exchange value acquirer who operates the user terminal 20B belongs, and the type I of the gratuitous exchange value registered. It is preferable to specify a base score according to the category and calculate an evaluation score by integrating the base score on the operation information and recording the evaluation score in the evaluation table. This is the end of the provision and acquisition processing of the free exchange value.
（３－２－１－２）評価購買力倍率の算出処理
　図１４は、評価購買力倍率の算出処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。 (3-2-1-2) Calculation Process of Evaluation Purchasing Power Ratio FIG. 14 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of calculation processing of evaluation purchasing power magnification.
（Ｓ３２０４）
　まず、例えば、サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２は、評価購買力倍率を算出するための所定期間（評価購買力倍率算出期間）が終了したか否かを判定する。ここで、評価購買力倍率算出期間は、予めシステム管理者によって定められた固定期間であってもよく、その長さは特に限定されないが、週、又は月等によって規定されてもよい。 (S3204)
First, for example, the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 determines whether or not a predetermined period (evaluation purchase power multiple calculation period) for calculating the evaluation purchase power multiple has ended. Here, the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period may be a fixed period previously determined by the system administrator, and the length is not particularly limited, but may be defined by a week, a month, or the like.
（Ｓ３２０５）
　次に、サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２は、評価購買力倍率算出期間が終了したと判定された場合、後述する（３－４－１）における第２経済活動テーブルへの消費数量の記録データを用いて、主体群毎に、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間において当該主体群を対象とする第２経済活動における第１価値交換媒体の消費数量（第２経済活動数量）を合算し、各主体群の当該主体群を対象とする第２経済活動数量を算出するとよい。換言すれば、あるユーザによる第２経済活動の実施対象とされた、無償交換価値を取得等するユーザが属する主体群毎に、評価購買力倍率算出期間において、あるユーザによる有償消費価値の取得行為に係り消費された第１価値交換媒体の合計を算出するものであると言える。更に換言すれば、主体群毎に、当該主体群を対象とした第２経済活動によって、当該主体群に対して費やされた第１価値交換媒体の評価購買力倍率算出期間の合計値を算出するものであると言える。 (S3205)
Next, when it is determined that the evaluation purchase power multiple calculation period has ended, the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 records the consumption data in the second economic activity table in (3-4-1) described later. The quantity of consumption of the first value exchange medium (second economic activity quantity) in the second economic activity targeting the relevant substance group during the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is added together for each of the substance groups using It is good to calculate the second economic activity quantity for the subject group of In other words, for each entity group to which the user who acquires the free exchange value is to be subjected to the second economic activity by a user belongs to, in the evaluation purchasing power multiple calculation period, the acquisition activity of the paid consumption value by the user It can be said that the total of the first value exchange medium consumed is calculated. In other words, for each group of subjects, the total value of the evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period of the first value exchange medium spent for the group of subjects is calculated by the second economic activity targeting the group of subjects It can be said that it is a thing.
　ここで、図７Ｈに示す第２経済活動テーブルを例として、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における各主体群の第２経済活動数量を示す。当該評価購買力倍率算出期間を、２０１９年１月１日０時００分～２０１９年１月３１日２４時００分とする。このとき、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における主体群ＵＳＡが対象とされた第２経済活動数量は、１００（行１）＋４０（行３）＋１００（行５）＋３０（行７）＝２７０となる。また、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における主体群ＪＰＮが対象とされた第２経済活動数量は、３０（行２）＋１０（行４）＋５０（行６）＝９０となる。 Here, taking the second economic activity table shown in FIG. 7H as an example, the second economic activity quantity of each subject group in the evaluation purchase power multiple factor calculation period is shown. The evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is set to be from 10:00 January 1, 2019 to 24:00 January 31, 2019. At this time, the second economic activity quantity for the subject group USA in the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is 100 (row 1) +40 (row 3) +100 (row 5) +30 (row 7) = 270. In addition, the second economic activity quantity for the subject group JPN in the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period is 30 (row 2) + 10 (row 4) + 50 (row 6) = 90.
（Ｓ３２０６）
　次に、サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２は、第１評価テーブルを参照して、主体群毎に、当該主体群に属する無償交換価値取得者による当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における評価点数の総計を算出するとよい。換言すれば、無償交換価値を取得することとなったユーザが属する主体群毎に、無償交換価値の取得行為に係り第１評価テーブルに記録される評価点数の所定期間の合計値を算出するものであると言える。更に換言すれば、主体群毎に、当該主体群に属するユーザによる無償交換価値の取得行為によって、当該無償交換価値に対して付与することなった評価点数の評価購買力倍率算出期間の合計値を算出するものであると言える。 (S3206)
Next, the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 refers to the first evaluation table, and sums the evaluation scores in the evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period by the free replacement value acquirer belonging to the subject group for each subject group. It is good to calculate In other words, for each group of subjects to which the user who is to acquire the gratis exchange value belongs, calculate the total value of the predetermined period of evaluation scores recorded in the first evaluation table in relation to the acquisition act of the gratis exchange value It can be said that Furthermore, in other words, for each group of subjects, the total value of evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period of evaluation points calculated for the free exchange value is calculated by the user who belongs to the group of subjects, by the act of acquiring the free exchange value. It can be said that
　図７Ｉに示す第１評価テーブルの場合、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における無償交換価値を取得したユーザの属する主体群ＵＳＡの評価点数の総計は、８（行２）＋９（行６）＋１０（行８）＋９（行９）＝３６となる。また、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における無償交換価値を取得したユーザの属する主体群ＪＰＮの評価点数の総計は、１０（行１）＋２（行３）＋１０（行４）＋６（行５）＋１０（行７）＝３８となる。 In the case of the first evaluation table shown in FIG. 7I, the total evaluation score of the subject group USA to which the user who acquired the free replacement value in the evaluation purchase power multiple calculation period belongs is 8 (row 2) + 9 (row 6) + 10 (row) 8) +9 (line 9) = 36. In addition, the total evaluation score of the subject group JPN to which the user who acquired the free replacement value in the evaluation purchasing power multiple factor calculation period belongs is 10 (row 1) + 2 (row 3) + 10 (row 4) + 6 (row 5) + 10 (row 5). Row 7) = 38.
（Ｓ３２０７）
　次に、サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２は、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における主体群毎の評価購買力倍率を算出し、算出した評価購買力倍率を評価購買力倍率テーブル等に記録するとよい。ここで、評価購買力倍率は、「当該所定期間において当該主体群に属するユーザを対象として行われた第２経済活動に係る第２経済活動数量（第１価値交換媒体の消費数量）の総和／当該所定期間において当該主体群に属するユーザが取得した無償交換価値に係る評価点数の総和」として規定するとよい。購買力の異なる主体群を複数内在することができる第１ネットワークにあっては、上述の「評価」に含まれる経済価値の大きさ（ユーザによる第１経済活動によって第１ネットワークに生じる「価値」の大きさ）が主体群毎に異なるということがあり得る。また、第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルにおいて、類型Iに含まれる同一のカテゴリであっても、各主体群の基礎点数の大きさに差を設けることができる（主体群の特性や状況を反映させて、類型Iのカテゴリ毎の基礎点数の積算度合いを主体群毎に変動させる措置によるもの）ということがある。そこで、サーバ１０は、類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得する側としての評価購買力倍率を算出して、評価（評価が発生する無償交換価値の取得行為）毎の評価点数にこれを乗算することにより、類型Iに属する無償交換価値を取得する側としての主体群毎の異なる購買力を評価点数に反映させながら、同時に、類型Iの同一カテゴリであって主体群毎に基礎点数の積算度合い（評価点数の加点度合い）に差が設けられた場合であっても、各主体群に属するユーザにとっての「評価」に含まれる経済価値の大きさを、提供ユーザにとっても、取得ユーザにとっても適切に算出することが可能となり得る。 (S3207)
Next, the free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10 may calculate the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor for each subject group in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period, and record the calculated evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table or the like. Here, the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor is “the total of the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium) related to the second economic activity performed for the users belonging to the subject group in the predetermined period. It may be defined as “the total sum of evaluation points pertaining to the free exchange value acquired by the user belonging to the subject group in a predetermined period. In the first network where multiple groups of entities with different purchasing powers can be embedded, the magnitude of the economic value included in the above-mentioned “evaluation” (“value” of the “value” generated in the first network by the first economic activity by the user. It is possible that the size of each subject group differs. Also, in the first economic activity basic score table, even for the same category included in type I, it is possible to make a difference in the size of the basic score of each subject group (reflect the characteristics and situation of the subject group (By the measure to vary the degree of integration of the basic score for each category of category I for each subject group). Therefore, the server 10 calculates the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor as the side that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I, and multiplies this by the evaluation score for each evaluation (acquisition operation of the free exchange value generating the evaluation). In addition, while reflecting different purchasing power for each subject group as a side that acquires the free exchange value belonging to type I to the evaluation score, it is simultaneously the same category of type I and the integration score of the basic score for each subject group (evaluation Even if there is a difference in the score addition degree), the size of the economic value included in the “evaluation” for the users belonging to each subject group is appropriately calculated for the providing user and the acquiring user It can be possible.
　図７Ｈに示す第２経済活動テーブル、及び図７Ｉに示す第１評価テーブルの場合、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における主体群ＵＳＡの評価購買力倍率は、２７０／３６＝７．５０００となり、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間における主体群ＪＰＮの評価購買力倍率は、９０／３８＝２．３６８４となる。以上で、評価購買力倍率の算出処理が終了する。 In the case of the second economic activity table shown in FIG. 7H and the first evaluation table shown in FIG. 7I, the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor of the subject group USA in the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period is 270/36 = 7.5000, and the evaluation purchasing power The evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor of the subject group JPN in the multiplying factor calculation period is 90/38 = 2.3684. This is the end of the process of calculating the evaluation purchasing power ratio.
（３－２－１－３）評価発行処理
　図１５は、評価発行処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。当該評価発行処理は、例えば図７Ｉで説明した第１評価テーブルに含まれる任意の１つのレコード（行）が表す第１経済活動（無償交換価値の提供及び取得）に対して適用され得る。 (3-2-1-3) Evaluation Issuing Process FIG. 15 shows an example of an operation sequence of the evaluation issuing process. The evaluation issuance process may be applied to, for example, the first economic activity (providing and acquiring the gratis exchange value) represented by any one record (row) included in the first evaluation table described in FIG. 7I.
　（Ｓ３２０８）
　まず、例えば、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、対象となる第１経済活動に係る評価発行処理を実行するための時期（評価発行処理実行時期）が到来したか否かを判定する。ここで、評価発行処理実行時期は、予めシステム管理者によって定められた任意の時期であってもよく、その時期は特に限定されないが、毎日２４：００、毎週日曜日の２４：００、又は毎月末日２４：００等の周期によって規定されてもよい。この場合に、評価発行処理実行時期は、主体群毎に異なる時刻であってもよいし、同一の時刻であってもよい。評価発行処理実行時期は、上述の評価購買力倍率の算出処理における所定期間の終了時期として、評価購買力倍率の算出処理の終了に続けて処理を行ってもよい。或いは、当該時期は、対象となる第１経済活動が実行された時点であってもよい。 (S3208)
First, for example, the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 determines whether it is time to execute the evaluation issuing process related to the target first economic activity (evaluation issuing process execution time). Here, the evaluation issuance process execution time may be any time previously determined by the system administrator, and the time is not particularly limited, but every day at 24:00, every Sunday at 24:00, or every month end day It may be defined by a cycle such as 24:00. In this case, the evaluation issuance process execution time may be a different time for each subject group or may be the same time. As the end time of the predetermined period in the calculation process of the evaluation purchase power multiple described above, the evaluation issuance process execution timing may be performed following the end of the calculation process of the evaluation purchase power multiple. Alternatively, the time may be the time when the target first economic activity is performed.
（Ｓ３２０９）
　次に、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、対象となる第１経済活動に係る評価値を算出し、算出した評価値を第１評価テーブルに記録するとよい。ここで、評価値は、例えば、「評価点数×対象となる第１経済活動が実行された時点が含まれる評価購買力倍率算出期間の評価購買力倍率」として算出されてもよい。或いは、評価値は、例えば、「評価点数×対象となる第１経済活動が実行された時点が含まれる評価購買力倍率算出期間よりも前の評価購買力倍率算出期間の評価購買力倍率」として算出されてもよい。このとき、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、例えば、予め、又は当該Ｓ３２０９の時点において、評価購買力倍率テーブルを参照して、所望の評価購買力倍率を第１評価テーブルに記録してもよい。 (S3209)
Next, the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may calculate an evaluation value related to the first economic activity to be targeted, and record the calculated evaluation value in the first evaluation table. Here, the evaluation value may be calculated as, for example, “evaluation score × evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying calculation period including the time point when the target first economic activity is executed”. Alternatively, the evaluation value is calculated, for example, as "evaluation score × evaluation purchasing power ratio of evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period before evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period including time when target first economic activity is executed" It is also good. At this time, the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 may record a desired evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor in the first evaluation table, for example, by referring to the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor table in advance or at the time of S3209.
　ここで、上述のとおり評価値を「評価点数×対象となる第１経済活動が実行された時点が含まれる評価購買力倍率算出期間の評価購買力倍率」として算出する場合、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間に含まれる全ての第１経済活動について、同時に評価値を算出することが可能となる。そのため、この場合、当該評価購買力倍率算出期間に含まれる評価発行数量と第２経済活動数量（第２経済活動による第１価値交換媒体の消費数量）とを一致（完全一致、及び実質的な一致等を含む）させることが可能となる。換言すれば、所定期間における第２経済活動において有償消費価値の取得行為に係り消費された第１価値交換媒体の数量として表される経済価値の大きさと、所定期間における第１経済活動において無償交換価値の提供行為に係り付与された評価値として表される経済価値の大きさとを、均衡させる措置であると言える。 Here, in the case where the evaluation value is calculated as “the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor of the evaluation purchasing power multiplying calculation period including the evaluation score × target first economic activity executed as described above”, the evaluation purchasing power multiplying factor calculation period It becomes possible to calculate an evaluation value simultaneously about all the 1st economic activities included. Therefore, in this case, the evaluation issuance quantity included in the evaluation purchasing power factor calculation period matches the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second economic activity) (complete agreement, and substantial agreement) Etc.). In other words, the size of the economic value represented as the quantity of the first value exchange medium consumed in relation to the acquisition of the paid consumption value in the second economic activity in the predetermined period, and the gratis exchange in the first economic activity in the predetermined period It can be said that it is a measure to balance the size of the economic value expressed as the evaluation value assigned to the value provision operation.
　また、上述のとおり評価値を「評価点数×対象となる第１経済活動が実行された時点が含まれる評価購買力倍率算出期間よりも前の評価購買力倍率算出期間の評価購買力倍率」として算出する場合、任意の評価購買力倍率算出期間に含まれる評価発行数量と第２経済活動数量（第２経済活動による第１価値交換媒体の消費数量）との間に差が生じることとなり得る。サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、例えば、評価値の算出処理において、当該差を減じる補正処理を実行してもよい。当該補正処理は、例えば、評価発行数量と第２経済活動数量との差に基づいて算出（算出の方法は特に限定されない）される係数を、補正前の評価値に乗算する処理であってもよい。当該係数は、評価発行数量と第２経済活動数量との差に基づいて、所定時期（例えば、周期的であってよい）に更新されてもよい。なお、本実施形態においては、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された債務発行テーブルに記録される債務発行残高割合としての指標値がある。サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、上述した差を減じる補正処理を行うにあたり、当該指標値を用いてもよい。サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、例えば、当該指標値が「１．０」（第１価値交換媒体の流通総量に占める債務発行残高の割合として）であるときに評価発行数量（第１所定数量）と、消費消却数量（第２所定数量）とが「１：１」の関係で推移していることが把握できる。ここで、当該指標値が、例えば「１．１」（「第１所定数量＜第２所定数量」を示している）や「０．９」（「第１所定数量＞第２所定数量」を示している）等の値を示している場合に、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、上述した差を減じる補正処理を行うことで、当該指標値を「１．０」に近づけることが可能である。システム管理者は、任意の方法を用いて、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３に上述した差を減じる補正処理を実行させるとよい。 In addition, as described above, when the evaluation value is calculated as "evaluation score × evaluation purchasing power magnification period of evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period prior to evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period including time when target first economic activity is executed" A difference may occur between the evaluation issuance quantity included in any evaluation purchasing power ratio calculation period and the second economic activity quantity (the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second economic activity). For example, in the process of calculating the evaluation value, the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may execute a correction process to reduce the difference. The correction process is, for example, a process of multiplying the evaluation value before correction by a coefficient calculated (the calculation method is not particularly limited) based on the difference between the evaluation issuance quantity and the second economic activity quantity. Good. The coefficient may be updated at a predetermined time (for example, it may be periodic) based on the difference between the evaluation issuance quantity and the second economic activity quantity. In the present embodiment, there is an index value as the debt issuance balance ratio recorded in the debt issuance table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10. The evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may use the index value when performing the correction process for reducing the difference described above. For example, when the index value is “1.0” (as a ratio of the debt issuance balance to the total circulation amount of the first value exchange medium), the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 evaluates the issuance quantity (the first predetermined quantity) ) And the consumption cancellation quantity (the second predetermined quantity) can be understood to be in a “1: 1” relationship. Here, the index value is, for example, “1.1” (“first predetermined quantity <second predetermined quantity”) or “0.9” (“first predetermined quantity> second predetermined quantity”). If the evaluation issue unit 123 of the server 10 performs the correction process to reduce the difference described above when it indicates a value such as shown), the index value can be made closer to “1.0”. is there. The system administrator may cause the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 to execute the correction processing for reducing the above-described difference using any method.
（Ｓ３２１０）
　次に、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、記憶部１１に記憶された第１評価テーブルを参照して、対象となる第１経済活動について、ユーザＩＤ（無償交換価値提供者ＩＤ）に紐付けて第１価値交換媒体を評価発行するとよい。具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、記憶部１１に記憶された第１台帳に、当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けて、対象となる第１経済活動に係る評価値が示す数量の第１価値交換媒体を追加する。ここで、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、第１評価テーブルにおいて、評価発行処理が終了した第１経済活動について、評価発行処理済みである旨を記録するとよい。 (S3210)
Next, the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 refers to the first evaluation table stored in the storage unit 11 and associates the target first economic activity with the user ID (free exchange value provider ID) The first value exchange medium should be evaluated and issued. Specifically, for example, the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 links the user ID to the first ledger stored in the storage unit 11, and the quantity indicated by the evaluation value according to the target first economic activity Add 1st Value Exchange Media. Here, the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 may record, in the first evaluation table, the fact that the evaluation issuance process has been completed for the first economic activity for which the evaluation issuance process has ended.
（Ｓ３２１１）
　次に、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、第１価値交換媒体を評価発行した旨を示す発行通知をユーザ端末２０Ａに送信するとよい。発行通知には、評価発行の対象となった無償交換価値を特定するための情報、及び評価発行された第１価値交換媒体の数量等の発行に関する情報（発行情報）を含むとよい。なお、サーバ１０の評価発行部１２３は、当該Ｓ３２１１のように発行通知の処理を評価発行毎に実行せずに、所定期間において当該ユーザに関して実行された全ての評価発行処理に係る第１価値交換媒体の評価発行数量の総数量を、当該所定期間が終了した後の任意の時点において通知してもよい。 (S3211)
Next, the evaluation issuing unit 123 of the server 10 may transmit an issuance notification indicating that the first value exchange medium has been evaluated and issued to the user terminal 20A. The issue notification may include information for specifying the free exchange value subject to evaluation issue, and information (issuance information) on issue such as the quantity of the first value exchange medium issued for evaluation. Note that the evaluation issuance unit 123 of the server 10 does not execute the process of issuing notification for each evaluation issuance as in S3211, but performs the first value exchange related to all the evaluation issuance processes performed for the user in a predetermined period. The total amount of the assessed quantity issued of the medium may be notified at any time after the predetermined period has ended.
（Ｓ３２１２）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ａの表示処理部２６は、サーバ１０から発行通知を受信すると、発行情報を表示装置に表示するとよい。 (S3212)
Next, when the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20A receives the issue notification from the server 10, the display processing unit 26 may display the issue information on the display device.
　図１６は、発行情報を表示するための発行情報表示画面３００Ｂの一例を示す図である。図１６に示すとおり、発行情報表示画面３００Ｂは、例えば、評価発行された第１価値交換媒体の数量を表示する表示部３０８を含む。以上で、第１価値交換媒体の評価発行処理が終了する。 FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of the issuance information display screen 300B for displaying the issuance information. As shown in FIG. 16, the issuance information display screen 300B includes, for example, a display unit 308 that displays the quantity of the first value exchange medium that has been evaluated and issued. This is the end of the evaluation issuance process of the first value exchange medium.
（３－２－２）債務発行
　サーバ１０は、交換所管理部１５によって、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換を管理する交換所として機能する。当該交換所機能において、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０から受信した第２交換要求に応じて、第１価値交換媒体を新規に発行することが可能となり得る。当該発行を、無償提供された価値乃至その無償交換価値提供者に対する評価に基づく第１価値交換媒体の発行（評価発行）に対して、債務発行と称する。債務発行の詳細については、後述する。 (3-2-2) Debt Issuance The server 10 functions by the exchange management unit 15 as an exchange managing the exchange between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium. In the exchange function, in response to the second exchange request received from the user terminal 20, the server 10 may be able to newly issue the first value exchange medium. The issue is referred to as debt issue for issue (evaluation issue) of the first value exchange medium based on the value provided to the no charge or the evaluation of the no charge exchange value provider. Details of debt issuance will be described later.
（３－３）移転
　第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、ユーザ間における送金や、有償交換価値の利用に伴う決済（第３経済活動又は第４経済活動）によって、ユーザ間を移転する。以下では、第４経済活動に係る送金及び第３経済活動に係る決済それぞれについて説明する。
（３－３－１）送金
　図１７は、第１価値交換媒体の送金処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。以下では、送金元であるユーザＡがユーザ端末２０Ａを利用し、送金先であるユーザＢがユーザ端末２０Ｂを利用するものとする。 (3-3) Transfer The first value exchange medium transfers between users by, for example, remittance between users or settlement (the third economic activity or the fourth economic activity) associated with the use of the paid exchange value. In the following, remittance pertaining to the fourth economic activity and settlement pertaining to the third economic activity will be respectively described.
(3-3-1) Remittance FIG. 17 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of the remittance processing of the first value exchange medium. Hereinafter, it is assumed that the user A who is the remittance source uses the user terminal 20A, and the user B who is the remittance destination uses the user terminal 20B.
（Ｓ３３００）
　まず、ユーザ端末２０Ａの送金部２２２は、ユーザＡによる入力装置の操作に応じて、第１価値交換媒体の送金指示の入力を受け付ける。送金指示の内容は、例えば、送金する第１価値交換媒体の数量及び送金先を含む。 (S3300)
First, the remittance unit 222 of the user terminal 20A receives the input of the remittance instruction of the first value exchange medium according to the operation of the input device by the user A. The contents of the remittance instruction include, for example, the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be remitted and the remittee.
　図１８は、ユーザ端末２０に表示される第１価値交換媒体の送金指示を入力するための送金指示入力画面３００Ｃの一例を示す図である。図１８に示すとおり、送金指示入力画面３００Ｃは、例えば、現在の第１価値交換媒体の保有量を表示する表示部３０９と、送金する第１価値交換媒体の数量及び送金先を入力するための入力部３１０と、送金指示を送信するための選択部３１１とを含む。本例では、表示部３０９に、現在の第１価値交換媒体の保有量として「１０００ＡＣＴ」が表示される。また、ユーザＡは、入力部３１０に、送金する第１価値交換媒体の数量及び送金先を入力することができる。本例では、送金する第１価値交換媒体の数量として「５００」ＡＣＴが、送金先として「ユーザＢ」が、それぞれ入力されている。 FIG. 18 is a diagram showing an example of a remittance instruction input screen 300C for inputting a remittance instruction of the first value exchange medium displayed on the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. As shown in FIG. 18, the remittance instruction input screen 300C displays, for example, the display unit 309 that displays the current amount of the first value exchange medium, and the number of the first value exchange medium to be remitted and the remittance destination. It includes an input unit 310 and a selection unit 311 for transmitting a remittance instruction. In this example, “1000 ACT” is displayed on the display unit 309 as the current amount of possession of the first value exchange medium. In addition, the user A can input the amount and the remittance destination of the first value exchange medium to be remitted to the input unit 310. In this example, “500” ACT is input as the quantity of the first value exchange medium to be remitted, and “user B” is input as the remittance destination.
（Ｓ３３０１）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ａの送金部２２２は、ユーザＡが送金指示入力画面３００Ｃにおいて送金指示の内容を入力した上で選択部３１１において送金指示を選択すると、送金指示をサーバ１０に送信する。 (S3301)
Next, the remittance unit 222 of the user terminal 20A transmits the remittance instruction to the server 10 when the user A inputs the content of the remittance instruction on the remittance instruction input screen 300C and selects the remittance instruction in the selection unit 311.
（Ｓ３３０２）
　サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、ユーザ端末２０Ａから送金指示を受信すると、第１台帳において、送金元のユーザに係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体のうち、送金数量分のユーザＩＤを、送金元のユーザから送金先のユーザに更新する処理を実行するとよい。このとき、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、送金先のユーザに応じて第１価値交換媒体の消却予定日を書き換える処理を併せて実行するとよい。なお、このときサーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、送金元であるユーザＡの保有する第１価値交換媒体のうち消却予定日の到来日が近いものから優先的に、ユーザＢにユーザＩＤを更新してもよい。本例では、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、記憶部１１に記憶された第１台帳において、送金元のユーザＡのユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体である１０００ＡＣＴのうちの５００ＡＣＴに係るユーザＩＤを、ユーザＡからユーザＢに更新する処理を実行する。 (S3302)
When the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 receives the remittance instruction from the user terminal 20A, in the first ledger, the user for the remittance amount among the first value exchange media linked to the user ID related to the remittance source user A process of updating the ID from the user of the remittance source to the user of the remittance destination may be executed. At this time, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 may execute a process of rewriting the scheduled retirement date of the first value exchange medium according to the user of the remittee. At this time, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 updates the user ID to the user B with priority to the first value exchange medium owned by the user A who is the source of remittance, from those with the closest arrival date of the scheduled retirement date. May. In this example, in the first ledger stored in the storage unit 11, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 selects 500 ACT out of 1000 ACT, which is the first value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user A who is the remittance source. The process of updating the user ID relating to the user A from the user A to the user B is executed.
（Ｓ３３０３）
　次に、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、送金手数料として、送金元のユーザＡから所定数量の第２価値交換媒体を徴収してもよい。例えば、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、ユーザ端末２０Ａに所定のトランザクション生成指示を送信する。ユーザ端末２０Ａの第２価値交換媒体処理部２３は当該トランザクション生成指示に応じて、ユーザＡのユーザＩＤに紐付いた所定数量の第２価値交換媒体をサーバ１０（システム管理者に係る管理者ＩＤ）に移転する内容のトランザクションを生成し、ブロックチェーン・ネットワークに送信（ブロードキャスト）してもよい。或いは、ユーザ端末２０Ａの第２価値交換媒体処理部２３は、上述した送金指示の送信時（Ｓ３３０１）に、併せて当該トランザクションの生成・送信処理を行ってもよい。手数料の額は、例えば、予めシステム管理者が設定しておく設定情報によって規定されてもよいし、ユーザのアカウントの種類（例えば、「事業者」、及び「個人」等）、ユーザの第１価値交換媒体及び／又は第２価値交換媒体の送金の状況等の流通貢献率や移動評価値に応じて変化させてもよい。このように、ユーザ間の第１価値交換媒体の送金処理に対して第２価値交換媒体の徴収プロセスを設けることにより、価値交換媒体流通ネットワークに供給した第２価値交換媒体を適度に回収することが可能となり、サーバ１０の管理者等は送金手数料を得ることが可能となる。 (S3303)
Next, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 may collect, as a remittance charge, a second value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity from the user A of the remittance source. For example, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 transmits a predetermined transaction generation instruction to the user terminal 20A. The second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20A responds to the transaction generation instruction to the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity linked to the user ID of the user A as the server 10 (administrator ID related to the system administrator) The content transaction to be transferred may be generated and transmitted (broadcast) to the block chain network. Alternatively, the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20A may perform the generation / transmission processing of the transaction at the same time as the transmission of the remittance instruction described above (S3301). The amount of the fee may be defined, for example, by setting information set in advance by the system administrator, the type of the user's account (for example, "business person", "individual", etc.), or the user's first It may be changed according to the distribution contribution rate such as the status of remittance of the value exchange medium and / or the second value exchange medium, and the movement evaluation value. Thus, the second value exchange medium supplied to the value exchange medium distribution network is properly recovered by providing the second value exchange medium collection process for remittance processing of the first value exchange medium between users. As a result, the manager of the server 10 can obtain a remittance charge.
（Ｓ３３０４）
　次に、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、送金が実行されたことを示す送金通知を、送金先のユーザが利用するユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信するとよい。 (S3304)
Next, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 may transmit a remittance notification indicating that the remittance has been performed to the user terminal 20B used by the user of the remittance destination.
（Ｓ３３０５）
　次に、送金先のユーザが利用するユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、サーバ１０から送金通知を受信すると、当該送金通知に基づいて、送金の内容を示す送金通知画面を表示装置に表示するとよい。 (S3305)
Next, when the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B used by the user of the remittance destination receives the remittance notification from the server 10, it displays the remittance notification screen indicating the content of the remittance on the display device based on the remittance notification. Good.
　図１９は、送金通知画面３００Ｄの一例を示す図である。図１９に示すとおり、送金通知画面３００Ｄは、例えば、送金元及び送金された第１価値交換媒体の数量を表示する表示部３１２を含む。本例では、表示部３１２に、送金元として「ユーザＡ」が、送金された第１価値交換媒体の数量として「５００」ＡＣＴが表示されている。 FIG. 19 is a diagram showing an example of the remittance notification screen 300D. As shown in FIG. 19, the remittance notification screen 300D includes, for example, a display unit 312 that displays the remittance source and the quantity of the remitted first value exchange medium. In this example, “user A” is displayed as the remittance source on the display unit 312, and “500” ACT is displayed as the quantity of the first value exchange medium to which the remittance has been made.
（３－３－２）決済（第３経済活動）
　図２０は、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルに登録される有償交換価値の利用に伴う決済（第３経済活動）の処理の動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。当該処理では、例えば、有償交換価値を有償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢが利用すると、当該有償交換価値の価格に応じた数量の第１価値交換媒体が、有償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢから有償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡに移転する。以下では、有償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢがユーザ端末２０Ｂを利用して、有償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡから提供された有償交換価値を利用（取得）するものとする。 (3-3-2) Settlement (third economic activity)
FIG. 20 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence of processing of settlement (third economic activity) accompanying the use of the paid exchange value registered in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10. In this process, for example, when the user B who is a paid exchange value user uses a paid exchange value, the first value exchange medium whose quantity corresponds to the price of the paid exchange value is the user B who is a paid exchange value user. Transfer to the user A who is a paid exchange value provider. In the following, it is assumed that the user B who is a paid exchange value user uses (acquires) the paid exchange value provided by the user A who is the paid exchange value provider, using the user terminal 20B.
（Ｓ３３０６）
　まず、例えばサーバ１０が提供する第１ネットワークの画面がユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示装置に表示された上で、ユーザＢがユーザ端末２０Ｂの入力装置を介して記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルに登録されている、ユーザＡが提供した有償交換価値の利用を選択したものとする。これにより、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの価値利用部２２４は、有償交換価値の利用を要求することを示す有償交換価値利用要求をサーバ１０に送信する。 (S3306)
First, for example, after the screen of the first network provided by the server 10 is displayed on the display device of the user terminal 20B, the user B registers in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 via the input device of the user terminal 20B. It is assumed that the user has selected to use the paid exchange value provided by user A. As a result, the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B transmits, to the server 10, a paid exchange value use request indicating that use of the paid exchange value is requested.
（Ｓ３３０７）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザ端末２０Ｂから有償交換価値利用要求を受信すると、第１台帳を参照して、ユーザＢが当該有償交換価値の対価以上の第１価値交換媒体を保有しているか否かを判定する。 (S3307)
Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 receives the paid exchange value use request from the user terminal 20B, the user B refers to the first ledger, and the user B obtains the first value exchange medium more than the consideration of the paid exchange value. Determine if it is owned.
（Ｓ３３０８）
　次に、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザＢが当該有償交換価値の対価以上の第１価値交換媒体を保有していると判定した場合は、ユーザＡが提供した有償交換価値をユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信する。これにより、ユーザＢは、ユーザ端末２０Ｂを介して有償交換価値を利用することが可能となる。 (S3308)
Next, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 determines that the user B holds the first value exchange medium having a price equal to or greater than the paid exchange value, the value of the paid exchange value provided by the user A is used as a user terminal Send to 20B. Thereby, the user B can use the paid exchange value via the user terminal 20B.
（Ｓ３３０９）
　また、併せて、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、記憶部１１に記憶された第３経済活動テーブルに取引履歴（提供者主体群、提供者ユーザＩＤ、取得者主体群、取得者ユーザＩＤ、有償交換価値の属する類型IIIのカテゴリ、及び対価となった第１価値交換媒体の数量）を記録する。なお、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１は、ユーザＢが当該有償交換価値の対価以上の第１価値交換媒体を保有していないと判定した場合は、例えば、有償交換価値を利用することができないこと等の通知をユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信し、当該処理は終了する。 (S3309)
In addition, in addition, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 stores the transaction history (provider principal group, provider user ID, acquirer principal group, acquirer user ID, and the like in the third economic activity table stored in the storage unit 11). Record the category III category to which the exchangeable value belongs and the quantity of the first value exchange medium that has been paid for. In addition, when the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 determines that the user B does not hold the first value exchange medium having the price equal to or more than the paid exchange value, for example, the paid exchange value can not be used. Etc. to the user terminal 20B, and the process ends.
（Ｓ３３１０）
　次に、サーバ１０の決済処理部１２５は、有償交換価値に係る価格に応じた数量の第１価値交換媒体を、有償交換価値利用（取得）者であるユーザＢから有償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡに移転する処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の決済処理部１２５は、第１台帳において、有償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢに係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第１価値交換媒体のうち、価格に応じた数量分のユーザＩＤを、有償交換価値利用者であるユーザＢから有償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡに更新する処理を実行する。なお、このとき、サーバ１０の決済処理部１２５は、消却期限の到来する日が近いものから優先してユーザＢからユーザＡへの紐付けを実行してもよい。 (S3310)
Next, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 is the paid exchange value provider from the user B who is the paid exchange value using (acquisition) person of the first value exchange medium of the quantity according to the price related to the paid exchange value. Execute processing to transfer to user A. Specifically, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 calculates the quantity according to the price among the first value exchange media linked to the user ID related to the user B who is the paid exchange value user in the first ledger. A process of updating the minute user ID from the user B who is a paid exchange value user to the user A who is a paid exchange value provider is executed. At this time, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 may execute the linking from the user B to the user A with priority given to those with a date when the cancellation time limit comes.
（Ｓ３３１１）
　次に、サーバ１０の決済処理部１２５は、有償交換価値が他のユーザによって利用された旨を通知するための利用通知をユーザ端末２０Ａに送信する。利用通知には、当該利用の価格に応じた第１価値交換媒体の数量等に関する情報（利用情報）を含むとよい。 (S3311)
Next, the payment processing unit 125 of the server 10 transmits, to the user terminal 20A, a use notification for notifying that the paid exchange value has been used by another user. The use notification may include information (use information) on the quantity and the like of the first value exchange medium according to the price of the use.
（Ｓ３３１２）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０Ａの表示処理部２６は、サーバ１０から利用通知を受信すると、利用情報を表示装置に表示する。 (S3312)
Next, when receiving the usage notification from the server 10, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20A displays the usage information on the display device.
　図２１は、利用情報を表示するための利用情報表示画面３００Ｅの一例を示す図である。図２１に示すとおり、利用情報表示画面３００Ｅは、例えば、有償交換価値利用者及び有償交換価値（誰が何を利用したか）を示す表示部３１３を含む。また、利用情報表示画面３００Ｅは、有償交換価値の利用により有償交換価値提供者が獲得した第１価値交換媒体の数量を示す表示部３１４を含むとよい。以上で、有償交換価値の利用に伴う決済（第３経済活動）の処理が終了する。 FIG. 21 is a diagram showing an example of the usage information display screen 300E for displaying usage information. As shown in FIG. 21, the usage information display screen 300E includes, for example, a display unit 313 indicating a paid exchange value user and a paid exchange value (who used what). In addition, the usage information display screen 300E may include a display unit 314 that indicates the quantity of the first value exchange medium acquired by the paid exchange value provider by the use of the paid exchange value. Above, processing of the settlement (the 3rd economic activity) accompanying use of charge exchange value ends.
（３－４）消却
（３－４－１）第２経済活動
（３－４－１－１）プル型及びプッシュ型等
　以下では、価値交換媒体流通システム１において第２経済活動が行われる場合の、各情報処理装置の動作処理について説明する。まず、第２経済活動の概要について説明する。サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えばユーザ端末２０の第２経済活動処理部２２３から第２経済活動を実行することの要求（実行要求）を受信すると、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに基づき、ユーザ端末２０から受信した要求に係る特定の第２経済活動を実行するために必要な第１価値交換媒体の消費数量を特定し、当該消費数量を示す情報をユーザ端末２０に送信する。サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、ユーザ端末２０から第２経済活動を実行することの承認（実行承認）を受信すると、当該実行承認を送信したユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該実行承認された実行要求に係る消費数量の第１価値交換媒体を消却し（消却予定日の到来による消却処理と同様であるが、債務発行残高の減少措置は行わないようにするとよい。なお、消費された第１価値交換媒体は第１台帳から媒体ＩＤを消却（消費消却）してもよいし、後の評価発行分に充当するために媒体ＩＤを消却せず一時的に隔離して保存しておいてもよい）、当該実行要求に基づく第２経済活動を実行する。また、併せて第２経済活動テーブルに実行履歴（第２経済活動内容）を記録するとよい。 (3-4) Cancellation (3-4-1) Second economic activity (3-4-1-1) Pull type and push type etc. In the following, the second economic activity is performed in the value exchange medium distribution system 1 The operation processing of each information processing apparatus will be described. First, the outline of the second economic activity is explained. When the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives, for example, a request (execution request) to execute the second economic activity from the second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20, the second economic activity basic price table , Identifying the consumption quantity of the first value exchange medium necessary to execute the specific second economic activity related to the request received from the user terminal 20, and transmitting information indicating the consumption quantity to the user terminal 20 . When the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives an approval (execution approval) to execute the second economic activity from the user terminal 20, the second economic activity processing unit 128 links it to the user ID of the user terminal 20 that has transmitted the execution approval. The first value exchange medium of the consumption quantity related to the execution approval of which has been approved is canceled (same as cancellation processing due to arrival of scheduled cancellation date, but it is better not to take measures to reduce debt issuance balance) In addition, the consumed first value exchange medium may cancel the medium ID from the first ledger (consumption cancellation), or the medium ID is temporarily isolated without being canceled in order to be used for the later evaluation issue. (And may be saved) to carry out a second economic activity based on the execution request. In addition, it is preferable to record the execution history (the contents of the second economic activity) in the second economic activity table.
　次に、図２２を参照して、第２経済活動の詳細について説明する。なお、図２２は、価値交換媒体流通システム１の動作処理の一例であって、価値交換媒体流通システム１が必ず図２２に示した順序や内容で処理を実行する訳ではない。 Next, details of the second economic activity will be described with reference to FIG. FIG. 22 is an example of operation processing of the value exchange medium distribution system 1, and the value exchange medium distribution system 1 does not necessarily execute the processing in the order and contents shown in FIG.
　以下では、ユーザ端末２０Ａは、第１経済活動における無償交換価値提供者であるユーザＡが利用するユーザ端末２０であり、ユーザ端末２０Ｂは、第１経済活動における無償交換価値取得者であるユーザＢが利用するユーザ端末２０であり、ユーザ端末２０Ｃは、第２経済活動（例えば広告宣伝活動）における有償消費価値取得者であるユーザＣ（広告宣伝活動を行おうとするユーザＣ）が利用するユーザ端末２０であるものとする。 In the following, the user terminal 20A is the user terminal 20 used by the user A who is the free exchange value provider in the first economic activity, and the user terminal 20B is the user B who is the free exchange value acquirer in the first economic activity Is the user terminal 20 used by the user terminal 20C, and the user terminal 20C is a user terminal used by the user C (user C who intends to carry out the advertisement promotion activity) who is a paid consumption value acquirer in the second economic activity (eg advertisement promotion activity) It shall be 20.
　以下では、ユーザ端末２０Ｂは、予め例えば上述したＳ３１０３～Ｓ３１０５のようにサーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された価値テーブルにユーザ端末２０Ａによって登録されている無償交換価値を、サーバ１０を介して利用（閲覧・取得等）するものとする。そして、ユーザ端末２０Ｃは、ユーザ端末２０Ｂが第１経済活動としてサーバ１０を介して無償交換価値を取得、及び表示装置に表示する際に、類型IIに属する１つの有償消費価値に係る広告宣伝を当該無償交換価値と共に表示装置に表示しようとしているものとする。 In the following, the user terminal 20B uses, through the server 10, the free exchange value registered by the user terminal 20A in the value table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 in advance, for example, S3103 to S3105 described above. (Viewing, acquisition, etc.) shall be made. Then, when the user terminal 20B acquires the free exchange value through the server 10 as the first economic activity and displays it on the display device, the user terminal 20C advertises the advertisement relating to one paid consumption value belonging to the type II It is assumed that it is going to display on a display with the said free exchange value.
（Ｓ３４００）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｃの第２経済活動処理部２２３は、例えば、ユーザＣの操作に応じて、プッシュ型の第２経済活動を行うに際して消費される第１価値交換媒体のカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎の基礎価格を参照するための要求（換言すると、第２経済活動に係るコストを確認するための要求）をサーバ１０に送信する。 (S3400)
The second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20C, for example, for each category of the first value exchange medium consumed for performing the push-type second economic activity according to the operation of the user C, and for each entity group. A request to refer to the base price (in other words, a request to confirm the cost of the second economic activity) is sent to the server 10.
（Ｓ３４０１）
　サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｃから上述した要求を受信すると、第２経済活動基礎価格テーブルに基づき、プッシュ型の第２経済活動を行うに際して消費される第１価値交換媒体のカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎の基礎価格を示す情報をユーザ端末２０Ｃに送信する。 (S3401)
For example, when the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives the above-described request from the user terminal 20C, the first economic activity processing unit 128 is consumed when performing the push-type second economic activity based on the second economic activity basic price table. Information indicating the basic price for each category of value exchange medium and each group of subjects is transmitted to the user terminal 20C.
（Ｓ３４０２）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｃの表示処理部２６は、例えば、要求された類型IIのカテゴリに属する有償消費価値の取得行為としての広告宣伝に係る各カテゴリ、及び対象とする主体群毎に消費する第１価値交換媒体の数量を示す情報をサーバ１０から受信すると、当該情報をユーザ端末２０Ｃの表示装置に表示する。そして、ユーザ端末２０Ｃの第２経済活動処理部２２３は、例えば、ユーザＣの操作に応じて、第２経済活動の実行要求（第２経済活動実行要求）をサーバ１０に送信する。ここで、第２経済活動実行要求は、当該表示装置に表示された情報から選択された類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る広告宣伝内容データ、対象主体群、及び対象ユーザ属性等を含んでもよい。また、第２経済活動実行要求は、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された第２経済活動実行要求テーブルへの実行要求登録（広告宣伝内容データのアップロード）の要求を含んでもよい。 (S3402)
The display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20C exchanges, for example, the first value exchange consumed for each category related to the advertisement as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the requested category II category, and the target object group When information indicating the quantity of medium is received from the server 10, the information is displayed on the display device of the user terminal 20C. Then, the second economic activity processing unit 223 of the user terminal 20C transmits, to the server 10, an execution request for a second economic activity (a second economic activity execution request), for example, according to the operation of the user C. Here, the second economic activity execution request includes advertising content data, target subject groups, target user attributes, and the like relating to the act of obtaining paid consumption value belonging to type II selected from the information displayed on the display device. May be included. The second economic activity execution request may also include a request for registration of execution request (upload of advertisement content data) to the second economic activity execution request table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10.
（Ｓ３４０３）
　サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｃから実行要求登録の要求を含む第２経済活動実行要求を受信すると、当該第２経済活動実行要求に基づいて、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルを更新する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、第２経済活動実行要求に含まれる広告宣伝内容データ、対象主体群、及び対象ユーザ属性等を第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録することにより、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルを更新する。また、サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、第２経済活動実行要求に基づき１台帳を更新（第１価値交換媒体を消却）するための第１更新情報を生成する。当該第１更新情報は、例えば、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体のレコード自体を消却する内容であってもよい。若しくは、当該第１更新情報は、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体の保有者情報（紐付けるユーザＩＤ情報）を空欄とする内容であってもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、当該第１更新情報によって第１台帳を更新する。なお、この時、ユーザの保有する第１価値交換媒体のうち消却予定日の到来日が近いものから優先的に消却してもよい。また、サーバ１０は、例えば、第１台帳を更新した旨の通知をユーザ端末２０Ｃに送信してもよい。ユーザ端末２０Ｃは、例えば、サーバ１０から受信した当該通知を表示してもよい。なお、例示として、実行要求登録タイミングでの課金としたが、実行要求登録内容に基づくサーバ１０の実行要求の実行処理毎の課金処理（第１台帳の更新処理）としてもよい。 (S3403)
When the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 receives, for example, a second economic activity execution request including a request for execution request registration from the user terminal 20C, the second economic activity processing unit 128 performs a second economic activity operation based on the second economic activity execution request. Update the execution request table. Specifically, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10, for example, carries out the second economic activity execution request table for the advertisement content data, the target subject group, the target user attributes, etc. included in the second economic activity execution request. The second economic activity execution request table is updated by registering in. In addition, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 generates, for example, first update information for updating the first ledger (canceling the first value exchange medium) based on the second economic activity execution request. The first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger. Alternatively, the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. . Then, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially. Also, the server 10 may transmit, for example, a notification that the first ledger has been updated to the user terminal 20C. The user terminal 20C may display, for example, the notification received from the server 10. As an example, although charging is performed at the execution request registration timing, charging processing (first ledger update processing) may be performed for each execution processing of the execution request of the server 10 based on the contents of the execution request registration.
（Ｓ３４０４）
　サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｃの登録した第２経済活動実行要求テーブルにおける類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求内容の実行処理に基づき、第２経済活動テーブルに実行処理内容（消費した第１価値交換媒体の数量等）を記録することにより、第２経済活動テーブルを更新する。 (S3404)
The second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 executes, for example, the second economic activity processing unit 128 based on the execution processing of the execution request content relating to the acquisition act of the paid consumption value belonging to type II in the second economic activity execution request table registered by the user terminal 20C. 2) Update the second economic activity table by recording the contents of the execution process (the number of the first value exchange media consumed, etc.) in the economic activity table.
（Ｓ３４０５）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｂの価値利用部２２４は、例えば、サーバ１０に対して類型Iに属する無償交換価値を利用（閲覧等）するための検索要求を送信する。 (S3405)
For example, the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B transmits, to the server 10, a search request for using (eg, browsing) the free exchange value belonging to the type I.
（Ｓ３４０６）
　サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｂから受信した当該検索要求に応じて、ユーザ端末２０Ｂに当該ユーザ端末２０Ｂの検索行為等に関連づけられている類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為としての広告宣伝データ（ユーザ端末２０Ｃの登録した類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求内容）を送信する。このとき、サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、当該検索要求が当該実行要求内容の実行処理対象である場合に、類型Iに属する無償交換価値一覧表示に当該実行要求内容（広告宣伝）を挿入してもよい。 (S3406)
For example, in response to the search request received from the user terminal 20B, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 pays consumption belonging to the type II associated with the search operation or the like of the user terminal 20B in the user terminal 20B. The advertisement data (the execution request content relating to the acquisition act of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II registered by the user terminal 20C) is transmitted as the value acquisition act. At this time, when the search request is the execution processing target of the execution request content, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 displays the execution request content (advertisement advertisement) in the free exchange value list display belonging to type I May be inserted.
（Ｓ３４０７）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、例えば、サーバ１０から当該広告宣伝、及び類型Iに属する無償交換価値の一覧情報を受信（無償交換価値一覧表示）すると、当該広告宣伝を当該一覧情報に挿入して表示装置に表示する。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、当該一覧情報が表示される表示装置の一部の領域（例えば、ディスプレイの一部の表示領域）に当該広告宣伝を表示装置に表示してもよい。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、当該一覧情報を表示装置に表示する処理に先立って、当該広告宣伝を表示装置に表示する処理を行ってもよい。このとき、サーバ１０の第２経済活動処理部１２８は、第２経済活動実行要求の実行処理に続けて、上述した（Ｓ３４０４）の処理を実行するとよい。 (S3407)
For example, when the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B receives the advertisement and the list information of the free exchange value belonging to the type I from the server 10 (displays the list of the free exchange value), the display processor 26 inserts the advertisement into the list information. And display on the display device. In addition, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may display the advertisement on the display device in a partial area (for example, a display area of a portion of the display) of the display device in which the list information is displayed. . In addition, prior to the process of displaying the list information on the display device, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may perform the process of displaying the advertisement on the display device. At this time, the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10 may execute the process of (S3404) described above following the execution process of the second economic activity execution request.
（Ｓ３４０８）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｂの価値利用部２２４は、例えば、ユーザＢによる類型Iに属する無償交換価値の選択操作を含む無償交換価値を利用（閲覧等）しようとする要求を受け付けると、選択された類型Iに属する無償交換価値を利用（閲覧等）する要求（無償交換価値利用要求）をサーバ１０に送信する。なお、Ｓ３４０８は、上述したＳ３２００に対応している。 (S3408)
For example, when the value using unit 224 of the user terminal 20B receives a request to use (view, etc.) the free exchange value including the selection operation of the free exchange value belonging to the type I by the user B, the value using unit 224 selects the selected type I A request (free exchange value use request) to use (view etc.) the free exchange value to which the user belongs is sent to the server 10. S3408 corresponds to S3200 described above.
（Ｓ３４０９）
　サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１及び／又は第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｂから受信した無償交換価値利用要求に応じて、類型Iに属する無償交換価値と、当該無償交換価値利用要求に関連付けられている類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為としての広告宣伝とをユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信する。このとき、サーバ１０の価値処理部１２１及び／又は第２経済活動処理部１２８は、例えば、当該無償交換価値に当該広告宣伝を挿入して送信してもよいし、当該無償交換価値と当該広告宣伝とをそれぞれ送信してもよい。なお、Ｓ３４０９は、上述したＳ３２０１に対応している。 (S3409)
The value processing unit 121 and / or the second economic activity processing unit 128 of the server 10, for example, use the free exchange value belonging to type I and the use of the free exchange value according to the free exchange value use request received from the user terminal 20B. The advertisement as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to the type II associated with the request is transmitted to the user terminal 20B. At this time, the value processing unit 121 of the server 10 and / or the second economic activity processing unit 128 may, for example, insert the advertisement into the free exchange value and transmit it, or the free exchange value and the advertisement The advertisement may be transmitted respectively. S3409 corresponds to S3201 described above.
（Ｓ３４１０）
　サーバ１０の無償交換価値評価部１２２は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの類型Iに属する無償交換価値の取得（閲覧等の無償交換価値利用）行為、及び第１経済活動基礎点数テーブルに基づき、第１評価テーブルに評価点数を記録することにより、第１評価テーブルを更新する。サーバ１０は、また、例えば、当該広告宣伝をユーザ端末２０Ｂに送信した旨の通知を当該広告宣伝（第２経済活動実行要求）の登録元であるユーザ端末２０Ｃに対して送信してもよい。なお、Ｓ３４１０は、上述したＳ３２０２、及びＳ３２０３に対応している。 (S3410)
The free replacement value evaluation unit 122 of the server 10, for example, obtains the free replacement value belonging to type I of the user terminal 20B (use of free replacement value such as browsing) and the first economic activity basic score table. The first evaluation table is updated by recording the evaluation score in the evaluation table. The server 10 may also transmit, for example, a notification to the effect that the advertisement has been transmitted to the user terminal 20B to the user terminal 20C that is the registration source of the advertisement (second economic activity execution request). S3410 corresponds to the above-described S3202 and S3203.
（Ｓ３４１１）
　ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、例えば、サーバ１０から上述した無償交換価値及び広告宣伝を受信すると、当該無償交換価値及び広告宣伝を表示装置（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ１０４）に表示する。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、当該無償交換価値を表示する表示装置の一部の領域（例えば、ディスプレイの一部の表示領域）に当該広告宣伝を表示してもよい。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの表示処理部２６は、当該無償交換価値を表示装置に表示する処理に先立って、当該広告宣伝を表示装置に表示する処理を行ってもよい。 (S3411)
For example, when the above-mentioned free exchange value and advertisement are received from the server 10, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B displays the free exchange value and advertisement on the display device (input / output I / F 104). In addition, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may display the advertisement in a partial area (for example, a display area of a portion of the display) of the display device that displays the free replacement value. Moreover, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20B may perform a process of displaying the advertisement on the display device prior to the process of displaying the free replacement value on the display device.
　なお、決済（第１台帳の更新処理）は、ユーザ端末２０Ｃによる（類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為としての）第２経済活動に係る実行要求をサーバ１０が承認した時点での一括前払いであってもよい。或いは、決済（第１台帳の更新処理）は、ユーザ端末２０Ｃによる（類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為としての）第２経済活動に係る実行要求をサーバ１０が承認した以降の、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録された類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求内容に基づくサーバ１０による第２経済活動の実行処理ごとに実行されてもよく、この場合には、サーバ１０は、当該ユーザＣの第１価値交換媒体の保有残高が無くなった場合、サーバ１０による実行処理を停止してもよい。若しくは、サーバ１０は、ユーザＣに対する月締め等の信用取引を行ってもよい。 The settlement (the first ledger update process) is a single prepayment when the server 10 approves the execution request for the second economic activity (as the act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II) by the user terminal 20C. It may be Alternatively, the settlement (the update process of the first ledger) may be performed after the server 10 approves the execution request related to the second economic activity (as an act of acquiring the paid consumption value belonging to type II) by the user terminal 20C. It may be executed for each execution process of the second economic activity by the server 10 based on the content of the execution request related to the act of acquiring paid value belonging to Type II registered in the economic activity execution request table, in this case, the server 10 may stop the execution process by the server 10 when the holding balance of the first value exchange medium of the user C is lost. Alternatively, the server 10 may perform a credit transaction such as closing the month for the user C.
　また、第２経済活動テーブルへの活動内容（実行要求の実行処理）の記録については、第２経済活動に係る第１台帳の更新処理が行われるたびに実行履歴を記録してもよい。また、第２経済活動テーブルは、ユーザ端末２０Ｃを用いてユーザＣが自身の実行履歴を参照できるようにしてもよい。ユーザＣは、任意に、すでにサーバ１０によって承認され、第２経済活動実行要求テーブルに登録されている実行要求を、修正、又は削除(停止を含む)することができるようにしてもよい。 Moreover, about the recording of the activity content (execution request execution processing) to the second economic activity table, the execution history may be recorded each time the first ledger update processing pertaining to the second economic activity is performed. Further, the second economic activity table may allow the user C to refer to his own execution history using the user terminal 20C. The user C may optionally be able to modify or delete (including stop) the execution request already approved by the server 10 and registered in the second economic activity execution request table.
（３－４－２）時限消却
　第１価値交換媒体は、例えば、消却期限の到来によって消却されてもよい。具体的には、サーバ１０の消却処理部１２６は、所定の条件が満たされる場合（前回消却処理から所定期間が経過した場合でもよいし、システム管理者等による消却処理の実行要求を受信した場合等、その他任意の場合であってよい）に、第１台帳に含まれる各第１価値交換媒体について消却期限を特定し、当該消却期限が本消却処理の時点よりも過去の時点である場合に、当該第１価値交換媒体のレコードを第１台帳から消却してもよい。このことから、第１価値交換媒体は、通貨の基本機能のうち、価値保蔵機能を制御可能であると言える。消却期限は、システム管理者が任意に設定可能であり、サーバ１０は当該消却期限の設定情報を記憶部１１に記憶している。第１価値交換媒体の消却期限は、ユーザＩＤ、ユーザのアカウントの種類、ユーザの取得経緯等に応じて異なる値を設定してもよい。なお、続けてサーバ１０の消却処理部１２６は、消却期限の到来によって消却処理を実行した第１価値交換媒体の消却数量を債務発行テーブルに記録（時限消却数量を増加）するとよい。第１価値交換媒体は、消却期限を有することができることから、流通速度を向上させることが可能である。 (3-4-2) Timed cancellation The first value exchange medium may be canceled, for example, upon the expiration of the cancellation date. Specifically, the cancellation processing unit 126 of the server 10 may meet a predetermined condition (when a predetermined period has elapsed from the previous cancellation processing, or when a request for performing cancellation processing by a system administrator or the like is received). And so forth, and may specify the withdrawal deadline for each first value exchange medium included in the first ledger in any other case), and the withdrawal deadline is earlier than the point in time of the final cancellation process. The record of the first value exchange medium may be deleted from the first ledger. From this, it can be said that the first value exchange medium can control the value storage function among the basic functions of the currency. The system administrator can arbitrarily set the cancellation time limit, and the server 10 stores the setting information of the cancellation time limit in the storage unit 11. The expiration date of the first value exchange medium may be set to different values according to the user ID, the type of the user's account, the acquisition history of the user, and the like. Further, the cancellation processing unit 126 of the server 10 may record the cancellation quantity of the first value exchange medium for which the cancellation process has been executed upon arrival of the cancellation time limit in the debt issuance table (increasing the time-limited cancellation quantity). Since the first value exchange medium can have a cancellation deadline, it is possible to improve the circulation speed.
（３－４－３）第３経済活動における関税的価格調整
　ここで、図２３を用いて、第３経済活動における関税的価格調整の一例について説明する。図２３に示す表には、現在までの所定の期間にわたって、類型IIIのカテゴリ毎、及び主体群毎に、同一の主体群に属する複数のユーザ端末２０の間でサーバ１０を介して売買された有償交換価値の売買価格の平均値（平均売買価格）が示されている。図２３に示す表は、「第３経済活動購買力参照表」と称され得る。なお、図２３に示す第３経済活動購買力参照表は、図７Ｍに示した第３経済活動テーブルに基づいている。図２３に示す第３経済活動購買力参照表に含まれる平均売買価格は、異なる主体群に属する複数のユーザ端末２０の間における売買は除かれ、同一の主体群に属する複数のユーザ端末２０の間における売買のみに基づいて算出されていることから、当該平均売買価格は類型IIIのカテゴリ毎の各主体群の購買力を表していると言える。 (3-4-3) Tariff Price Adjustment in Third Economic Activity Here, an example of the custom price adjustment in the third economic activity will be described with reference to FIG. In the table shown in FIG. 23, over a predetermined period up to now, for each category of category III and for each group of subjects, it was traded through the server 10 among a plurality of user terminals 20 belonging to the same group of subjects The average trading price of the paid exchange value (average trading price) is shown. The table shown in FIG. 23 may be referred to as “third economic activity purchasing power reference table”. The third economic activity purchasing power reference table shown in FIG. 23 is based on the third economic activity table shown in FIG. 7M. The average buying and selling price included in the third economic activity purchasing power reference table shown in FIG. 23 excludes trading between a plurality of user terminals 20 belonging to different subject groups, and between a plurality of user terminals 20 belonging to the same subject group Since it is calculated based only on the buying and selling in, it can be said that the average buying and selling price represents the purchasing power of each entity group for each category of category III.
　ここで、例えば、図２３において、主体群Ｆの類型IIIＣ（ロック／大分類音声）（類型IIIのカテゴリの１つ）の平均売買価格は１８．００ＡＣＴであり、主体群Ｅの類型IIIＣの平均売買価格は１．８０ＡＣＴであるため、主体群Ｆと主体群Ｅとの間において類型IIIＣの平均売買価格に１０倍の開きが生じていると言える。ここで、ユーザが第１ネットワーク内で多大なコストを支払うこと（によってストレスを感じること）なく異なる主体群間で第１、第２、及び第３経済活動を行えるようにすることが望ましい。しかしながら、異なる主体群間で平均売買価格に大きな差があると、平均売買価格が大きな主体群に属するユーザが平均売買価格の小さな主体群に属するユーザに対して販売する類型IIIＣに属する有償交換価値の販売価格が押し下げられる虞（延いては、ユーザが有償交換価値を販売しようとする意欲が減少する虞）がある。これを緩和させる措置として、サーバ１０は、例えば、次に説明する関税的価格調整処理を行うようにしてもよい。 Here, for example, in FIG. 23, the average buying and selling price of the type IIIC of the subject group F (lock / large class voice) (one of the categories of type III) is 18.00 ACT, and the average of the type IIIC of the subject group E Since the selling price is 1.80 ACT, it can be said that there is a 10-fold difference in the average buying and selling price of Type IIIC between the subject group F and the subject group E. Here, it is desirable to be able to perform the first, second and third economic activities between different groups of actors without the user having to pay a great deal of cost in the first network. However, when there is a large difference in average trading price among different groups of entities, the paid exchange value belonging to type IIIC in which users belonging to the group of main entities with large average trading prices sell to users belonging to the group of small entities There is a risk that the sales price of the user may be pushed down (that is, the user may be less motivated to sell the paid exchange value). As a measure to ease this, the server 10 may perform, for example, the customstic price adjustment process described below.
　サーバ１０は、第３経済活動購買力参照表に基づき、例えば、ある主体群Ｆに属するユーザが、第３経済活動において、自身の属する主体群Ｆと異なる主体群Ｅに属するユーザの提供する有償交換価値の価格（例えば、設定価格が２ＡＣＴ）を参照しようとするとき、当該有償交換価値の属する類型IIIのカテゴリ（例えば類型IIIＣ）に関連付けられた主体群Ｅにおける平均値（１．８０）、及び自身の属する主体群Ｆにおける同類型IIIＣの平均値（１８．００）から、当該有償交換価値に関連付けられた類型IIIＣに係る主体群Ｅの平均値（１．８０）が、自身の属する主体群Ｆの平均値（１８．００）よりも低い場合に、当該有償交換価値に設定された価格（例示として、２ＡＣＴ）に、平均値の比率（「１０．００＝１８．００／１．８０」）を乗算した価格（例示として、「２０ＡＣＴ＝２ＡＣＴ×１０．００）を表示させてもよい。なお、価値テーブルに登録された有償交換価値に設定された価格に乗算する平均値の比率は、元の比率（１０．００、つまり例示として２０ＡＣＴ）から「１．００」（つまり、例示として２ＡＣＴ）の範囲に限定して変動させる措置を講じてさせてもよい。この場合に、比率変動の方法は、例えば、システム管理者による任意の設定情報としてもよいし、又は、各ユーザによる任意の設定情報としてもよいし、若しくは、システム管理者とユーザとの合成された任意の設定情報としてもよい。このとき、当該有償交換価値の売買成立により、表示された補正後の数量である２０ＡＣＴが交換対価として決済されてもよい。 The server 10, based on the third economic activity purchasing power reference table, for example, a paid exchange provided by a user belonging to a certain subject group F, a user belonging to a subject group E different from the subject group F to which the user belongs in the third economic activity. When referring to the price of value (for example, the set price is 2 ACT), the average value (1.80) in the subject group E associated with the category III category (for example, category IIIC) to which the chargeable exchange value belongs, From the average value (18.00) of the same type IIIC in the subject group F to which it belongs, the average value (1.80) of the subject group E according to type IIIC associated with the paid exchange value is the subject group to which it belongs When the price is lower than the average value of F (18.00), the ratio (“10.00 = 18.00 / 1.8”) of the average value to the price (for example, 2 ACT) set to the paid exchange value The price multiplied by “” (for example, “20 ACT = 2 ACT × 10.00) may be displayed. In addition, the ratio of the average value to be multiplied by the price set to the paid exchange value registered in the value table is Measures may be taken to limit the range of the original ratio (10.00, that is, 20 ACT as an example) to "1.00" (that is, 2 ACT as an example). In this case, the method of ratio change may be, for example, arbitrary setting information by the system administrator, or arbitrary setting information by each user, or a combination of the system administrator and the user It may be arbitrary setting information. At this time, 20 ACT, which is the displayed corrected quantity, may be settled as the exchange consideration due to the completion of trading of the paid exchange value.
（４）第２価値交換媒体
　本実施形態における価値交換媒体流通ネットワークは、サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０をノードとして構成されるブロックチェーン・ネットワークの側面も有し得る。各ノードは、第２価値交換媒体の発行、移転、消却等を記録乃至管理するための第２台帳を分散的に共有（記憶）してもよい。具体的には例えば、サーバ１０は記憶部１１に、ユーザ端末２０は記憶部２１に、それぞれ図７Ｐ、及び図７Ｑに示した第２台帳としてのブロックチェーンを記憶してもよい。 (4) Second Value Exchange Medium The value exchange medium distribution network in this embodiment may also have an aspect of a block chain network configured with the server 10 and the user terminal 20 as nodes. Each node may distributively share (store) a second ledger for recording or managing the issuance, transfer, cancellation, etc. of the second value exchange medium. Specifically, for example, the server 10 may store the block chain as the second ledger illustrated in FIG. 7P and FIG. 7Q in the storage unit 11 and the user terminal 20 in the storage unit 21, respectively.
　サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０はそれぞれ、所定の条件下においてトランザクションを生成し、他のノードに送信してもよい。サーバ１０及びユーザ端末２０はそれぞれ、他のノードからトランザクションを受信すると、所定の検証を実行した上で、他のノードに送信してもよい。このようにして、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク上の任意のノードで生成されたトランザクションは、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク上の他の任意のノードに送信され得る（ブロードキャストされ得る）。 The server 10 and the user terminal 20 may each generate a transaction under predetermined conditions and transmit it to another node. When the server 10 and the user terminal 20 each receive a transaction from another node, the server 10 and the user terminal 20 may execute predetermined verification and then transmit to other nodes. In this way, transactions generated at any node on the value exchange media distribution network can be sent (broadcasted) to any other node on the value exchange media distribution network.
　ブロックチェーン・ネットワーク上にブロードキャストされたトランザクションは、マイナーの機能を担うノードによるマイニング処理によって生成されるブロックに取り込まれ得る。マイナーによって生成されたブロックは、ブロックチェーン・ネットワーク上にブロードキャストされ、各ノードは受信したブロックを、所定の検証を行った上で、自身が記憶するブロックチェーンに追加してもよい。なお、第２価値交換媒体が流通するブロックチェーン・ネットワークは、純粋な非中央集権的ネットワークでなくてもよく、サーバ１０等の管理者的ノードが存在するネットワークであってもよい。例えば、ビットコイン型、リップル型、イーサリアム型、又は先行技術文献としての特許文献１に開示されている態様等の任意の態様でネットワークが構成されていてもよい。 Transactions broadcast on the block chain network may be captured in blocks generated by mining processing by nodes bearing minor functions. The blocks generated by the minor are broadcast on the block chain network, and each node may add the received block to the block chain it stores, after performing predetermined verification. Note that the block chain network in which the second value exchange medium is distributed may not be a pure non-centralized network, but may be a network in which an administrative node such as the server 10 exists. For example, the network may be configured in any mode such as a bitcoin type, a ripple type, an etherial type, or an aspect disclosed in Patent Document 1 as a prior art document.
（４－１）信用発行
＜概要＞
　以下では、第２価値交換媒体の信用発行について説明する。本実施形態においては、上述したとおり、第２価値交換媒体は、信用発行によっても発行され得る。ここで、第２価値交換媒体の信用発行とは、例えば、信用発行の対象となるユーザの信用に基づいた数量の第２価値交換媒体を、当該ユーザに係るユーザＩＤに紐づけて新規に発行することと言える。ユーザの信用は、例えば、信用発行元としてのサーバ１０、又はユーザ端末２０と、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０との間における次の取引に基づいて算出されてもよい。
　・投資（例えば、株式の引受、株式の購入、社債や国債等の債券の引受、及び債券の購入等）
　・融資（例えば、証書貸付、手形貸付、担保融資、及び無担保融資等）
　・代金の支払い、徴税（システムによる課金）、第２交換、及び送金等 (4-1) Credit issuance <Overview>
In the following, the issuance of credits of the second value exchange medium will be described. In the present embodiment, as described above, the second value exchange medium may also be issued by issuing a credit. Here, with the issue of the credit of the second value exchange medium, for example, the second value exchange medium of the quantity based on the credit of the user who is the subject of the issue of credit is newly issued by being associated with the user ID of the user. It can be said that The credit of the user may be calculated based on, for example, the next transaction between the server 10 as a credit issuer or the user terminal 20 and the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer.
· Investment (eg, underwriting of shares, purchasing of shares, underwriting of bonds such as bonds or government bonds, and purchase of bonds, etc.)
・ Loans (eg, certificate loans, note loans, collateral loans, and unsecured loans, etc.)
・ Payment of payment, tax collection (charging by system), second exchange, remittance, etc.
＜信用発行元＞
　信用発行を実行する主体（信用発行元）は、システム管理者が利用するサーバ１０であってもよいし、任意のユーザが利用する任意のユーザ端末２０であってもよい。特に、信用発行元がユーザ端末２０である場合は、予め、信用発行を実行することのできる権限（信用発行権）がシステム管理者等によって当該信用発行元となるユーザ端末２０を利用するユーザＩＤに付与されてもよい。当該ユーザＩＤに対する信用発行権の付与に関する情報は、適宜、サーバ１０の記憶部１１等に記録されてもよい。信用発行元は、一の主体群につき一のユーザ端末２０に制限されてもよい。ここで、一の主体群における単一の信用発行元となるユーザ端末２０を、「中央銀行的ユーザ端末２０」と称する場合がある。また、「中央銀行的ユーザ端末２０」を利用するユーザを、「中央銀行的ユーザ」と称する場合がある。 <Credit issuer>
The entity (credit issuer) that executes the credit issuance may be the server 10 used by the system administrator, or any user terminal 20 used by any user. In particular, when the credit issuing source is the user terminal 20, a user ID using the user terminal 20 whose authority (credit issuing right) capable of executing credit issuing is the credit issuing source by the system administrator or the like in advance. May be given to Information on assignment of the credit issuing right to the user ID may be recorded in the storage unit 11 or the like of the server 10 as appropriate. The credit issuer may be limited to one user terminal 20 per one subject group. Here, the user terminal 20 serving as a single credit issuing source in one entity group may be referred to as “central bank user terminal 20”. Also, a user who uses the "central bank user terminal 20" may be referred to as a "central bank user".
＜信用発行先＞
　信用発行の対象（信用発行先）は、任意のユーザが利用する任意のユーザ端末２０であってよい。なお、例えば、信用発行元のアカウント（システム管理者ＩＤ又はユーザＩＤ）等によって、当該信用発行元によって実行される信用発行の対象となる信用発行先のユーザ端末２０が任意に設定されてもよい。例えば、一の信用発行元としてのユーザ端末２０の信用発行先は、当該信用発行元としてのユーザ端末２０が属する主体群に属するユーザ端末２０のみに制限されてもよい。信用発行元と信用発行先との対応関係は、例えば、サーバ１０の記憶部１１等に記録されてもよい。ここで、信用発行先となるユーザ端末２０を、「市中銀行的ユーザ端末２０」と称する場合がある。また、「市中銀行的ユーザ端末２０」を利用するユーザを、「市中銀行的ユーザ」と称する場合がある。 <Credit Issuer>
The target of the credit issuance (trusted party) may be any user terminal 20 used by any user. Note that, for example, the user terminal 20 of the credit issuance destination to be subjected to the credit issuance performed by the credit issuer may be arbitrarily set by the account (system administrator ID or user ID) of the credit issuer or the like. . For example, the credit issuing destination of the user terminal 20 as one credit issuing source may be limited to only the user terminal 20 belonging to the main body group to which the user terminal 20 as the credit issuing source belongs. The correspondence relationship between the credit issuing source and the credit issuing destination may be recorded, for example, in the storage unit 11 or the like of the server 10. Here, the user terminal 20 which is the credit issuing destination may be referred to as "a commercial bank-like user terminal 20". In addition, a user who uses the "commercial bank user terminal 20" may be referred to as a "commercial bank user".
＜サービス構成の例＞
　なお、上述した「中央銀行的ユーザ」と「市中銀行的ユーザ」を構成に含める場合の、一実施形態に係るそれぞれの対応関係は、限定ではなく例として、例えば、信用発行元は、各主体群に単独のユーザとしての「中央銀行的ユーザ」が存在し得る。そして、信用発行先は、各中央銀行的ユーザに紐付いて各主体群毎に複数のユーザとしての「市中銀行的ユーザ」が存在し得る。そして、個人や法人や団体や行政等のユーザ端末２０を操作する「一般ユーザ」が各主体群（国家）に紐付いて多数存在し得る。ここで、信用発行は、例えば、信用発行元である中央銀行的ユーザから信用発行先である市中銀行的ユーザにのみ行われるものとし、一般ユーザに対しての信用発行は行わないものとしてもよい。この場合に、中央銀行的ユーザと、一般ユーザとの間で信用発行に係る取引関係は生じないため、一般ユーザへの第２価値交換媒体の供給を目的とした信用発行は、市中銀行ユーザを介して行われる。換言すると、この場合の信用発行とは、市中銀行的ユーザから一般ユーザに対して第２価値交換媒体を供給するために行われる、中央銀行的ユーザから市中銀行的ユーザに対する供給原資としての第２価値交換媒体の新規発行であると言える。そして、第２ネットワークに信用発行によって供給される第２価値交換媒体は、市中銀行的ユーザから中央銀行的ユーザに返済されることで消却される。なお、上述した構成の場合に、中央銀行的ユーザが市中銀行的ユーザに対して信用発行するために信用発行先である市中銀行的ユーザから提供を受ける「信用」（信用発行する第２価値交換媒体の回収根拠としての資産の価値の大きさ）は、市中銀行的ユーザの資産の健全性となる。すなわち、市中銀行的ユーザの保有する債権（他方で一般ユーザに生じる債務）の第２価値交換媒体の数量で表される経済価値の大きさに基づき、市中銀行ユーザに対して信用発行することのできる上限値を定めるとよい。ここで、当該上限値は、信用発行限度数量ということができる。市中銀行的ユーザは、自らの財務の健全性に基づき、中央銀行的ユーザから信用発行を受け、保有することとなった第２価値交換媒体を用いて一般ユーザに対する融資や投資（債権の売買も含む）等の事業を行うとよい。 <Example of service configuration>
In the case where the “central bank-like user” and the “in-city bank-like user” described above are included in the configuration, the correspondence relationships according to one embodiment are not limited, and for example, the credit issuing source There may be "central bank users" as single users in the principal group. The credit issuing destination may be linked to each central bank-like user, and there may be a plurality of “bank-like users” as each user for each entity group. Then, there can be a large number of “general users” who operate the user terminals 20 such as individuals, corporations, groups, and administrations in association with each subject group (state). Here, for example, it is assumed that the credit issuance is performed only from the central bank user who is the credit issuer to the in-bank user who is the credit issuer, but not to the general user. Good. In this case, since there is no business relationship relating to the issue of credit between the central bank user and the general user, credit issuance for the purpose of supplying the second value exchange medium to the general user is a commercial bank user. Through. In other words, in this case, credit issuance is performed as a supply source for central bank users to middle bank users, which is performed to supply the second value exchange medium from middle bank users to general users. It can be said that it is a new issue of the second value exchange medium. Then, the second value exchange medium supplied by the credit issuance to the second network is canceled by repayment from the middle bank user to the central bank user. In addition, in the case of the above-mentioned configuration, in order to issue a credit to the in-bank user like the central bank-like user, “credit” is received from the in-town bank-like user who is the credit issue destination. The value of the value of the asset as a basis for recovery of the value exchange medium) is the soundness of the asset of the commercial bank-like user. That is, based on the size of the economic value represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium of the credit held by the municipal bank-like user (otherwise the debt generated to the general user), credit is issued to the commercial bank user It is good to set the upper limit that can be done. Here, the upper limit value can be referred to as a credit issue limit quantity. Commercial banking users receive credit from central banking users based on their financial soundness, and use the second value exchange medium they are supposed to hold to finance and invest for general users It is good to do business such as
＜信用発行の具体的処理＞
　図２４は、信用発行の処理に係る動作シーケンスの一例を示す概略図である。以下では、信用発行先がユーザ端末２０、信用発行元がサーバ１０となる場合を例に説明する。まず、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０は、例えば、ユーザの操作に応じて、信用発行要求をサーバ１０に送信してもよい（Ｓ４１００）。信用発行要求は、例えば、ユーザが信用発行を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量を示す情報を含んでもよい。また、信用発行要求は、例えば、信用発行先を特定する情報（ユーザＩＤ）、及び信用発行元を特定する情報（システム管理者ＩＤ、及びユーザＩＤ等）等を含んでもよい。 <Specific processing of credit issuance>
FIG. 24 is a schematic diagram showing an example of an operation sequence according to the process of issuing a credit. In the following, the case where the credit issuing destination is the user terminal 20 and the credit issuing source is the server 10 will be described as an example. First, the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer may transmit a credit issuance request to the server 10, for example, according to the user's operation (S4100). The credit issuance request may include, for example, information indicating the quantity of the second value exchange medium that the user desires to issue a credit. Also, the credit issuance request may include, for example, information (user ID) identifying the credit issuing destination, information (system administrator ID, user ID, etc.) identifying the credit issuing source, and the like.
　サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の受付部１３２ａは、ユーザ端末２０から送信された信用発行要求を受け付け、受け付けた信用発行要求に含まれる情報を、サーバ１０の記憶部１１に記憶された信用発行テーブルに記録してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、受付部１３２ａが受け付けた信用発行要求に基づいて、第２台帳を更新してもよい（Ｓ４１０１）。具体的には、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、信用発行要求に係る数量の第２価値交換媒体を、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けて、第２台帳に追加してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２は、信用発行テーブルにおいて、信用発行先（信用発行要求に含まれる信用発行先を特定するための情報、又は予め記憶部１１等に記憶された情報を参照して特定され得る）に係る信用発行残高を、信用発行要求に係る数量分だけ増加させる処理を実行してもよい。 The accepting unit 132a of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 receives the credit issuance request transmitted from the user terminal 20, and the information included in the received credit issuance request is stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 It may be recorded in Then, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may update the second ledger based on the credit issuance request accepted by the acceptance unit 132a (S4101). Specifically, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 associates the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the credit issuance request with the user ID related to the user terminal 20 as the credit issuance destination. , May be added to the second ledger. Then, the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 refers to the credit issuance destination (information for specifying the credit issuance destination included in the credit issuance request or information stored in advance in the storage unit 11 or the like) in the credit issuance table. Processing may be performed to increase the credit issuance balance related to the (which may be specified) by the number related to the credit issuance request.
　例えば、信用発行元のユーザ等によって、信用発行先のユーザ毎に信用発行限度数量が設定されてもよい。当該信用発行限度数量は、信用発行先のユーザの信用に基づいて設定されてもよい。信用発行先毎の信用発行限度数量は、例えば、信用発行元となるサーバ１０、又はユーザ端末２０の要求に応じて、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２が、信用発行テーブルに記録してもよい。サーバ１０は、信用発行元としてのユーザ端末２０、及び信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０等からの参照要求に応じて、信用発行テーブルを参照して、当該信用発行限度数量等の情報を送信してもよい。サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の判定部１３２ｃは、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０から信用発行要求を受信すると、信用発行テーブルを参照して、当該信用発行要求に含まれる希望された信用発行数量が当該信用発行限度数量を超えていないかを判定してもよい。サーバ１０の信用発行部の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、当該信用発行要求に含まれる希望された信用発行数量が当該信用発行限度数量を超えていると判定された場合、信用発行処理を実行せず、信用発行要求を送信したユーザ端末２０に信用発行が実行されない旨を通知してもよい。 For example, the credit issuing source user or the like may set the credit issuing limit quantity for each user of the credit issuing destination. The credit issuing limit quantity may be set based on the credit of the user of the credit issuing party. For example, the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may record the credit issuing limit quantity for each credit issuing destination in response to a request from the server 10 serving as a credit issuing source or the user terminal 20. In response to the reference request from the user terminal 20 as the credit issuer and the user terminal 20 as the credit issuer, the server 10 refers to the credit issuance table and transmits information such as the credit issuance limit quantity. May be When the determining unit 132c of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 receives a credit issuing request from the user terminal 20 as a credit issuing party, the determining unit 132c refers to the credit issuing table and obtains the desired credit issuing quantity included in the credit issuing request. It may be determined whether or not the credit issuance limit quantity has been exceeded. The update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit of the server 10 does not execute the credit issuing process when it is determined that the desired credit issuance quantity included in the credit issuance request exceeds the credit issuance limit quantity. The user terminal 20 that has transmitted the credit issuance request may be notified that the credit issuance is not executed.
＜返済による信用回収＞
　信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０は、信用発行元としてのサーバ１０、又はユーザ端末２０に対して、信用発行された第２価値交換媒体を返済することができる。具体的には、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０は、例えば、ユーザの操作に応じて、返済要求をサーバ１０に送信してもよい。返済要求は、例えば、ユーザが返済を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量を示す情報を含んでもよい。また、返済要求は、例えば、返済の対象となる信用発行元を特定する情報（システム管理者ＩＤ、及びユーザＩＤ等）を含んでもよい。 <Credit collection by repayment>
The user terminal 20 as the credit issuer can repay the credit-issued second value exchange medium to the server 10 as the credit issuer or the user terminal 20. Specifically, the user terminal 20 as a credit issuer may transmit a repayment request to the server 10, for example, in accordance with the user's operation. The repayment request may include, for example, information indicating the quantity of the second value exchange medium that the user desires to repay. Further, the repayment request may include, for example, information (a system administrator ID, a user ID, etc.) for specifying a credit issuing source to be repayed.
　サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、信用発行先としてのユーザ端末２０から返済要求を受信すると、当該返済要求に基づいて、第２台帳を更新してもよい。具体的には、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、返済要求に係る数量の第２価値交換媒体を、第２台帳から消却してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の信用発行部１３２の更新情報生成部１３２ｂは、信用発行テーブルにおいて、信用発行元（返済要求に含まれる信用発行元を特定するための情報、又は予め記憶部１１等に記憶された情報を参照して特定され得る）に係る信用発行残高を、信用発行要求に係る数量分だけ減少させる処理を実行してもよい。 When the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 receives the repayment request from the user terminal 20 as the credit issuance destination, the update information generation unit 132b may update the second ledger based on the repayment request. Specifically, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 may cancel the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the repayment request from the second ledger. Then, the update information generation unit 132b of the credit issuing unit 132 of the server 10 stores the credit issuing source (information for specifying the credit issuing source included in the repayment request, or the storage unit 11 in advance) in the credit issuing table. Processing may be performed to reduce the credit issuance balance related to the information (which may be identified with reference to the information) by the quantity related to the credit issuance request.
（５）交換
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０との間で、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の交換を行う交換所機能を有している。 (5) Exchange In this embodiment, the server 10 has an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20.
（５－１）ユーザ端末２０による交換要求
　図２５は、交換要求の送信及び登録の処理に係る動作シーケンスの一例を示す図である。以下では、ユーザ端末２０による交換要求について説明する。 (5-1) Replacement Request by User Terminal 20 FIG. 25 is a diagram showing an example of an operation sequence related to processing of transmission and registration of a replacement request. The exchange request by the user terminal 20 will be described below.
（Ｓ５１００）
　まず、ユーザ端末２０の第１交換要求処理部２５１又は第２交換要求処理部２５２は、例えばユーザによる入力装置の操作に応じて、交換要求（第１交換要求又は第２交換要求）の入力を受け付ける。 (S5100)
First, the first exchange request processing unit 251 or the second exchange request processing unit 252 of the user terminal 20 inputs an exchange request (a first exchange request or a second exchange request) according to, for example, an operation of the input device by the user. Accept.
　図２６は、ユーザ端末２０が有するウォレット管理アプリＸ１において表示される第１交換要求の入力画面５００Ａの一例を示す図である。第１交換要求の入力画面５００Ａは、例えば、第１価値交換媒体の現在の保有量を表示するための領域５０１と、交換を希望する第１価値交換媒体の数量を入力するための領域５０２と、希望交換率を指定しない成行の第１交換要求か、希望交換率を指定する指値の第１交換要求かを選択するための領域５０３と、指値の第１交換要求を選択した場合に希望交換率を指定するための領域５０４と、を含む。 FIG. 26 is a view showing an example of a first exchange request input screen 500A displayed in the wallet management application X1 of the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. The first exchange request input screen 500A includes, for example, an area 501 for displaying the current stock of the first value exchange medium, and an area 502 for inputting the quantity of the first value exchange medium desired to be exchanged. If the first exchange request for limit price is selected and the first exchange request for limit price is selected, an area 503 for selecting whether it is a first exchange request for a normal without specifying a desired exchange rate or a first exchange request for a limit specifying a desired exchange rate And an area 504 for specifying a rate.
　領域５０１には、ユーザが現在保有している第１価値交換媒体の数量が表示される。領域５０２には、ユーザが入力した、交換を希望する第１価値交換媒体の数量が表示される。領域５０３は、例えば、成行の第１交換要求を選択するための選択部５０３ａと、指値の第１交換要求を選択するための選択部５０３ｂと、を含む。 An area 501 displays the number of first value exchange media currently held by the user. An area 502 displays the quantity of the first value exchange medium which the user desires to exchange. The area 503 includes, for example, a selection unit 503a for selecting a first exchange request for sale and a selection unit 503b for selecting a first exchange request for limit price.
　領域５０４は、例えば、現在の相場の表示領域５０４ａと、希望交換率を修正するための修正部５０４ｂと、を含む。現在の相場の表示領域５０４ａには、現在の相場として、後述する相場交換率（第２相場交換率）の値が表示される。ユーザは、当該表示領域５０４ａによって、現在の相場（相場交換率）を確認した上で、第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換する際の希望交換率（第１希望交換率）を設定することが可能となる。ユーザは、希望交換率を修正するための修正部５０４ｂを操作することにより、希望交換率を修正することができる。 The area 504 includes, for example, a display area 504a of the current market price and a correction unit 504b for correcting the desired exchange rate. In the current market price display area 504a, the value of the market exchange rate (second market exchange rate) described later is displayed as the current market. The user confirms the current market price (market exchange rate) using the display area 504a, and then sets the desired exchange rate (first desired exchange rate) when exchanging the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium. It becomes possible to set. The user can correct the desired exchange rate by operating the correction unit 504 b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
　修正部５０４ｂの表示態様は特に限定されないが、例えば本例においては、希望交換率を変更する変更部５０４ｃが表示される。変更部５０４ｃは、フリーテキストで数値を入力可能としてもよいし、或いは、変更部５０４ｃに表示された矢印のアイコンを押下する毎に、希望交換率が所定の幅（例えば、０．０５）で矢印の向きに応じて増減（上向き矢印であれば増加、下向き矢印であれば減少等）するようにしてもよい。 The display mode of the correction unit 504b is not particularly limited. For example, in the present example, a change unit 504c that changes the desired exchange rate is displayed. The changing unit 504 c may input a numerical value in free text, or every time the arrow icon displayed on the changing unit 504 c is pressed, the desired exchange rate has a predetermined width (for example, 0.05). Depending on the direction of the arrow, it may increase or decrease (in the case of an upward arrow, increase, in the case of a downward arrow, etc.).
　図２７は、ユーザ端末２０が有するウォレット管理アプリＸ２において表示される第２交換要求の入力画面５００Ｂの一例を示す図である。第２交換要求の入力画面５００Ｂは、例えば、第２価値交換媒体の現在の保有量を表示するための領域５０５と、交換を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量を入力するための領域５０６と、希望交換率を指定しない成行の第２交換要求か、希望交換率を指定する指値の第２交換要求かを選択するための領域５０７と、指値の第２交換要求を選択した場合に希望交換率を指定するための領域５０８と、を含む。 FIG. 27 is a view showing an example of the second exchange request input screen 500B displayed in the wallet management application X2 of the user terminal 20. As shown in FIG. The second exchange request input screen 500B includes, for example, an area 505 for displaying the current stock of the second value exchange medium, and an area 506 for inputting the quantity of the second value exchange medium desired to be exchanged. The area 507 for selecting whether the second exchange request of the market not specifying the desired exchange rate or the second exchange request of the limit specifying the desired exchange rate and the desired exchange when the second exchange request of the limit is selected And an area 508 for specifying a rate.
　領域５０５には、ユーザが現在保有している第２価値交換媒体の数量が表示される。領域５０６には、ユーザが入力した、交換を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量が表示される。領域５０７は、例えば、成行の第２交換要求を選択するための選択部５０７ａと、指値の第２交換要求を選択するための選択部５０７ｂと、を含む。 An area 505 displays the number of second value exchange media currently held by the user. An area 506 displays the number of second value exchange media that the user has requested to exchange. The area 507 includes, for example, a selection unit 507 a for selecting a second exchange request of success and a selection unit 507 b for selecting a second exchange request for limit price.
　領域５０８は、例えば、現在の相場の表示領域５０８ａと、希望交換率を修正するための修正部５０８ｂと、を含む。現在の相場の表示領域５０８ａには、現在の相場として、後述する相場交換率（第１相場交換率）の値が表示される。ユーザは、当該表示領域５０８ａによって、現在の相場（相場交換率）を確認した上で、第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換する際の希望交換率（第２希望交換率）を設定することが可能となる。ユーザは、希望交換率を修正するための修正部５０８ｂを操作することにより、希望交換率を修正することができる。 The area 508 includes, for example, a display area 508a of the current market price and a correction unit 508b for correcting the desired exchange rate. In the current market price display area 508a, the value of the market exchange rate (first market exchange rate) described later is displayed as the current market. The user confirms the current market price (market exchange rate) using the display area 508a, and then sets the desired exchange rate (second desired exchange rate) when exchanging the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium. It becomes possible to set. The user can correct the desired exchange rate by operating the correction unit 508 b for correcting the desired exchange rate.
　修正部５０８ｂの表示態様は特に限定されないが、例えば本例においては、希望交換率を変更する変更部５０８ｃが表示される。変更部５０８ｃは、フリーテキストで数値を入力可能としてもよいし、或いは、変更部５０８ｃに表示された矢印のアイコンを押下する毎に、希望交換率が所定の幅（例えば、０．０５）で矢印の向きに応じて増減（上向き矢印であれば増加、下向き矢印であれば減少等）するようにしてもよい。 The display mode of the correction unit 508b is not particularly limited. For example, in the present example, a change unit 508c that changes the desired exchange rate is displayed. The changing unit 508 c may input a numerical value in free text, or every time the arrow icon displayed on the changing unit 508 c is pressed, the desired exchange rate has a predetermined width (for example, 0.05). Depending on the direction of the arrow, it may increase or decrease (in the case of an upward arrow, increase, in the case of a downward arrow, etc.).
（Ｓ５１０１）
　次に、ユーザ端末２０の第１交換要求処理部２５１又は第２交換要求処理部２５２は、ユーザによる交換要求（第１交換要求又は第２交換要求）の入力を受け付けると、受け付けた交換要求（第１交換要求又は第２交換要求）をサーバ１０に送信する。 (S5101)
Next, when the first exchange request processing unit 251 or the second exchange request processing unit 252 of the user terminal 20 receives an input of an exchange request (first exchange request or second exchange request) by the user, the received exchange request ( The first exchange request or the second exchange request is transmitted to the server 10.
（Ｓ５１０２）
　次に、サーバ１０の第１交換要求受付部１５２ａは、ユーザ端末２０から第１交換要求を受信すると、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに受信した第１交換要求の内容を追加し、当該交換要求テーブルを更新する。また、サーバ１０の第２交換要求受付部１５２ｂは、ユーザ端末２０から第２交換要求を受信すると、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに受信した第２交換要求の内容を追加し、当該交換要求テーブルを更新する。以上で、交換要求の送信及び登録の処理が終了する。 (S5102)
Next, when receiving the first exchange request from the user terminal 20, the first exchange request receiving unit 152a of the server 10 adds the content of the received first exchange request to the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11, The exchange request table is updated. Further, when the second exchange request receiving unit 152b of the server 10 receives the second exchange request from the user terminal 20, the second exchange request receiving unit 152b adds the content of the received second exchange request to the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11 Update exchange request table. This is the end of the process of transmission and registration of the exchange request.
（５－２）サーバ１０の交換所機能
　サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０との間で、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の交換を行う交換所機能を有している。以下では、サーバ１０の交換所機能について説明する。 (5-2) Exchange Function of Server 10 The server 10 has an exchange function of exchanging the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium with the user terminal 20. The exchange function of the server 10 will be described below.
（５－２－１）相場交換率の算出
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０の相場交換率算出部１５１は、各ユーザ端末２０から受信する交換要求に係る希望交換率の相場（期待増加率）である相場交換率を算出する。相場交換率は、後述する第１価値交換媒体の債務発行及び債務発行分の相殺購入を実行する際の交換率となる。相場交換率の算出方法は、希望交換率の相場を表すことができる任意の方法を採用することができる。例えば、相場交換率は、少なくとも一の第１希望交換率と、少なくとも一の第２希望交換率とに基づいて算出されてもよい。このとき、例えば、所定の有効期間内にサーバ１０が受け付けた交換要求（第１交換要求、及び第２交換要求）に係る希望交換率（第１希望交換率、及び第２希望交換率）のみに基づいて、相場交換率を算出してもよい。また、相場交換率は、全ての第１希望交換率と、全ての第２希望交換率とに基づいて算出されてもよい。 (5-2-1) Calculation of Market Exchange Rate In the present embodiment, the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10 uses the market value (expected increase rate) of the desired exchange rate related to the exchange request received from each user terminal 20. Calculate a certain exchange rate. The exchange rate is the exchange rate at the time of executing the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium and the offset purchase of the debt issue to be described later. As a method of calculating the exchange rate, any method capable of expressing the exchange rate of the desired exchange rate can be adopted. For example, the exchange rate may be calculated based on at least one first desired exchange rate and at least one second desired exchange rate. At this time, for example, only the desired exchange rates (the first desired exchange rate and the second desired exchange rate) related to the exchange requests (the first exchange request and the second exchange request) received by the server 10 within a predetermined effective period. The rate exchange rate may be calculated based on Moreover, the market exchange rate may be calculated based on all the first desired exchange rates and all the second desired exchange rates.
＜加重平均＞
　例えば相場交換率は、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第１希望交換率と第２希望交換率との加重平均（各値に重みづけとしての係数（０を含んでもよい）を乗算した上での平均）であってもよい。例えば、相場交換率は、少なくとも一の第１希望交換率と、少なくとも一の第２希望交換率との加重平均であってもよい。また、相場交換率は、全ての第１希望交換率と、全ての第２希望交換率との加重平均であってもよい。また、例えば、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第１希望交換率のうち最も高い第１希望交換率を、最高第１希望交換率とし、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第２希望交換率のうち最も低い第２希望交換率を、最低第２希望交換率とした場合、相場交換率は、最高第１希望交換率と最低第２希望交換率とに基づいて算出してもよい。特に、例えば相場交換率は、最高第１希望交換率と最低第２希望交換率との平均値であってもよい。また、例えば相場交換率は、第１交換要求に近い希望交換率の順に所定の個数（例えば、１個でもよいし、１０００個でもよい）の第２交換要求を特定し、第２交換要求に近い希望交換率の順に所定の個数（例えば、１個でもよいし、１０００個でもよい）の第１交換要求を特定し、特定された交換要求に係る希望交換率の平均値であってもよい。 <Weighted average>
For example, the rate exchange rate is an average of the weighted desired averages of the first desired exchange rate and the second desired exchange rate included in the exchange request table (each value may be multiplied by a coefficient (which may include 0)). ) May be. For example, the exchange rate may be a weighted average of at least one first desired exchange rate and at least one second desired exchange rate. Further, the exchange rate may be a weighted average of all the first desired exchange rates and all the second desired exchange rates. Also, for example, the highest first desired exchange rate among the first desired exchange rates included in the exchange request table is defined as the highest first desired exchange rate, and the lowest first desired exchange rate among the second desired exchange rates included in the exchange request table (2) When the desired exchange rate is taken as the lowest second desired exchange rate, the market exchange rate may be calculated based on the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate. In particular, for example, the exchange rate may be an average value of the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate. Also, for example, the second exchange request specifies a predetermined number (for example, one or 1000) of second exchange requests in the order of the desired exchange rate closer to the first exchange request, and the second exchange request may be used as the second exchange request. A predetermined number (for example, one or 1000) of first exchange requests may be specified in the order of close desired exchange rates, and may be an average value of the desired exchange rates according to the specified exchange requests. .
　例えば、図２８に示す例では、ユーザ端末２０Ａ及び２０Ｂそれぞれの第１交換要求処理部２５１が第１交換要求をサーバ１０に送信し、ユーザ端末２０Ｃ及び２０Ｄそれぞれの第２交換要求処理部２５２が第２交換要求をサーバ１０に送信する。具体的には、ユーザ端末２０Ａの第１交換要求処理部２５１が送信する第１交換要求では、交換を希望する第１価値交換媒体の数量は１０００ＡＣＴであり、第１希望交換率は０．８６である。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの第１交換要求処理部２５１が送信する第１交換要求では、交換を希望する第１価値交換媒体の数量は５００ＡＣＴであり、第１希望交換率は０．９２である。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｃの第２交換要求処理部２５２が送信する第２交換要求では、交換を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量は７００ＥＳＴであり、第２希望交換率は１．１である。また、ユーザ端末２０Ｄの第２交換要求処理部２５２が送信する第２交換要求では、交換を希望する第２価値交換媒体の数量は２０００ＥＳＴであり、第２希望交換率は１．１７である。 For example, in the example shown in FIG. 28, the first exchange request processing unit 251 of each of the user terminals 20A and 20B transmits the first exchange request to the server 10, and the second exchange request processing unit 252 of each of the user terminals 20C and 20D. The second exchange request is sent to the server 10. Specifically, in the first exchange request transmitted by the first exchange request processor 251 of the user terminal 20A, the quantity of the first value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 1000 ACT, and the first desired exchange rate is 0.86. It is. Further, in the first exchange request transmitted by the first exchange request processing unit 251 of the user terminal 20B, the quantity of the first value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 500 ACT, and the first desired exchange rate is 0.92. Further, in the second exchange request transmitted by the second exchange request processing unit 252 of the user terminal 20C, the quantity of the second value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 700 EST, and the second desired exchange rate is 1.1. Further, in the second exchange request transmitted by the second exchange request processing unit 252 of the user terminal 20D, the quantity of the second value exchange medium for which exchange is desired is 2000 EST, and the second desired exchange rate is 1.17.
　このとき、最高第１希望交換率は、ユーザ端末２０Ｂの第１交換要求処理部２５１が送信する第１交換要求に係る０．９２であり、最低第２希望交換率は、ユーザ端末２０Ｃの第２交換要求処理部２５２が送信する第２交換要求に係る１．１である。以上より、最高第１希望交換率と最低第２希望交換率との平均値を相場交換率とする場合は、当該相場交換率は、（０．９２＋１．１）÷２＝１．０１となる。 At this time, the highest first desired exchange rate is 0.92 related to the first exchange request transmitted by the first exchange request processing unit 251 of the user terminal 20B, and the minimum second desired exchange rate is the second of the user terminal 20C. 2 is 1.1 related to the second exchange request transmitted by the exchange request processing unit 252. From the above, when the average value of the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate is used as the exchange rate, the exchange rate is (0.92 + 1.1) /2=1.01. .
（５－２－２）第１相場交換要求による第１価値交換媒体の債務発行
　サーバ１０の第１相場交換要求生成部１５３ａは、例えば、上述した相場交換率（第１相場交換率）で、債務発行される第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１相場交換要求を無限に生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第２交換要求のうち、所定の第１約定条件を満たす第２交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第２希望交換率が、相場交換率（第１相場交換率）と同一又は相場交換率（第１相場交換率）より低い第２交換要求がある場合は、当該第２交換要求を所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、第１相場交換率で第１相場交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第２交換要求についても所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、第１相場交換率で第１相場交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 (5-2-2) Debt Issuance of First Value Exchange Medium by First Market Exchange Request The first market exchange request generating unit 153a of the server 10, for example, uses the above-mentioned market exchange rate (first market exchange rate), Infinitely generate a first market exchange request for exchanging a first value exchange medium to be issued debt for a second value exchange medium. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined first contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, if there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the first exchange rate (first exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request. Execution processing between the first market exchange request and the first market exchange request is performed at a first market exchange rate, with the request as a trade target satisfying the predetermined first trade condition. Also, with regard to the market second exchange request, the contract process with the first market exchange request is immediately executed at the first market exchange rate as a contract target satisfying the predetermined first meeting condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けて、当該第２交換要求に係る第２価値交換媒体の数量に相場交換率（第１相場交換率）を乗じた数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するための第１更新情報としてのレコードを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該レコードを第１台帳に追加することによって、第１台帳を更新する。 In the contract process, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request. A record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the market exchange rate (first market exchange rate). Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
　更にサーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、発行した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行分として、債務発行テーブルの債務発行数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が債務発行される。 Furthermore, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table. As a result, the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
（５－２－３）債務発行に伴う第２価値交換媒体の移転処理
　更に、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１価値交換媒体の債務発行に併せて、約定処理された第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係る数量の第２価値交換媒体を、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤからサーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 (5-2-3) Transfer Processing of Second Value Exchange Medium Associated with Debt Issue Further, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 performs the second contract process together with debt issuance of the first value exchange medium. A process of transferring the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the exchange request to the server ID (manager ID) related to the server 10 is executed. Specifically, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10. Then, the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
　なお、システム管理者は、あらかじめ設定する任意の設定情報に基づき、ユーザに対する無償の債務発行（以下、「無償債務発行」と称する場合がある）を行ってもよい。より具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０の第１相場交換要求生成部１５３ａは、システム管理者による任意の設定情報に基づく措置として、ユーザ端末２０を操作するユーザに紐付けられているユーザＩＤからサーバ１０のシステム管理者に紐付けられているサーバＩＤが受け取る対価としての第２価値交換媒体の譲受を必要としない第１相場交換要求(以下、「第１無償給付要求」と称する場合がある)を所定数量だけ生成してもよい。 The system administrator may issue a gratis debt issuance to the user (hereinafter, may be referred to as “gratis debt issuance”) based on arbitrary setting information set in advance. More specifically, for example, as a measure based on arbitrary setting information by the system administrator, the first rate exchange request generating unit 153a of the server 10 uses the user ID linked to the user operating the user terminal 20. The first market price exchange request (hereinafter referred to as the “first gratis benefit request”) may not be required to transfer the second value exchange medium as the compensation received by the server ID linked to the system administrator of the server 10 ) May be generated.
　この場合に、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、所定の条件下でユーザ端末２０から受信する第１無償給付要求への応答としての第２交換要求(以下、「第２無償取得要求」と称する場合がある)との約定処理（以下、「第１無償約定処理」と称する場合がある）を行うとよい。 In this case, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 performs a second exchange request (hereinafter, “second free acquisition request”) as a response to the first free benefit request received from the user terminal 20 under predetermined conditions. Processing (hereinafter, may be referred to as “first free contract processing”) may be performed.
　また、このとき、サーバ１０のシステム管理者に紐付けられているサーバＩＤには、後の第１交換要求に係りサーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂが第１価値交換媒体を相殺購入する対価として、第１交換要求を行うユーザ端末２０を操作するユーザに紐付けられているユーザＩＤに対して譲渡することになる第２価値交換媒体の数量を、第１無償給付要求、又は第１無償約定処理分だけ用意(支払い原資として準備)しておくとよい。 Further, at this time, the server ID linked to the system administrator of the server 10 is associated with the later first exchange request, and the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 offsets and purchases the first value exchange medium. As the first free payment request, or the first free of charge, the quantity of the second value exchange medium to be transferred to the user ID linked to the user operating the user terminal 20 making the first exchange request. It is good to prepare only for the contract processing (prepare as payment source).
　なお、サーバ１０は、第１無償約定処理によりユーザＩＤに対して無償債務発行する第１価値交換媒体の使途を、類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る消費対価（又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の取得に係る交換対価を含めてもよい）に限定する措置を講じておき、サーバ１０は、第１無償給付要求に係る無償債務発行の目的（限定された使途）を示す情報を、無償債務発行の実行タイミングで、ユーザ端末２０に送信するとよい。そして、ユーザ端末２０の表示処理部２６は、サーバ１０から受信した第１無償給付要求に係る無償債務発行の目的（限定された使途）を示す情報を、ユーザ端末２０の表示装置に表示するとよい。 In addition, the server 10 uses the first value exchange medium for issuing free debt to the user ID by the first free contract processing, consumption consideration (or belonging to type III) relating to the act of acquiring paid consumption value belonging to type II Measures have been taken to limit the exchange compensation for the acquisition of paid exchange value), and the server 10 uses the information indicating the purpose (limited use) of the gratis debt issuance pertaining to the first gratis grant request. And may be transmitted to the user terminal 20 at the execution timing of the gratis debt issuance. Then, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20 may display, on the display device of the user terminal 20, information indicating the purpose (limited use) of the free debt issuance related to the first free payment request received from the server 10. .
　また、システム管理者は、第１無償約定処理によりユーザＩＤに対して無償債務発行する第１価値交換媒体の時限消却期限を、あらかじめ任意の設定情報として、１日、３日、1週間、半月、又は１ヶ月等の比較的に短い期間に設定しておき、サーバ１０は、第１無償約定処理に係り無償債務発行される第１価値交換媒体の使用期限を示す情報を、無償債務発行の実行タイミングで、ユーザ端末２０に送信するとよい。そして、ユーザ端末２０の表示処理部２６は、サーバ１０から受信した第１価値交換媒体の使用期限を示す情報を、ユーザ端末２０の表示装置に表示するとよい。これにより、システム管理者は、景気刺激策を含む第１価値交換媒体の流通速度の向上を任意に図ることが可能となり得る。 In addition, the system administrator can set the time limit for the first value exchange medium to issue free debt to the user ID by the first free agreement processing, as a predetermined setting information in advance for one day, three days, one week, half a month Or set to a relatively short period such as one month, and the server 10 issues information on the gratis debt issuance of information indicating the expiration date of the first value exchange medium to be issued gratis in connection with the first gratis contract processing. It is preferable to transmit to the user terminal 20 at the execution timing. Then, the display processing unit 26 of the user terminal 20 may display the information indicating the expiration date of the first value exchange medium received from the server 10 on the display device of the user terminal 20. Thereby, the system administrator may be able to arbitrarily improve the distribution speed of the first value exchange medium including the economic stimulus package.
（５－２－４）第２相場交換要求による第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入
　サーバ１０の第２相場交換要求生成部１５３ｂは、例えば、上述した相場交換率（第２相場交換率）で、債務発行によって自身が保有することになった第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２相場交換要求を無限に生成する。なお、サーバ１０の第２相場交換要求生成部１５３ｂは、第２相場交換要求を無限に生成することに替えて、債務発行テーブルに記録されている債務発行残高分だけ第２相場交換要求を生成してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第１交換要求のうち、所定の第２約定条件を満たす第１交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第１希望交換率が、相場交換率（第２相場交換率）と同一又は相場交換率（第２相場交換率）より高い第１交換要求がある場合は、当該第１交換要求を所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、第２相場交換率で第２相場交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第１交換要求についても所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、第２相場交換率で第２相場交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 (5-2-4) Offset purchase of the first value exchange medium by the second market exchange request The second market exchange request generation unit 153b of the server 10, for example, uses the above-mentioned market exchange rate (the second market exchange rate), Infinitely generate a second exchange request for exchange of the second value exchange medium that the company owns by debt issuance for the first value exchange medium. Note that the second market price exchange request generation unit 153b of the server 10 generates a second market price exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table, instead of generating the second market price exchange request infinitely. You may Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a first exchange request in which the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the market exchange rate (the second exchange rate), the first exchange is the first exchange request. Execution processing between the second market exchange request and the second market exchange request is performed at the second market exchange rate, making the request a contract object satisfying the predetermined second contract condition. Also, with regard to the market first exchange request, the contract process with the second market exchange request is immediately executed at the second market exchange rate as a contract target satisfying the predetermined second contract condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該第１交換要求に係る数量の第１価値交換媒体について、当該ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消する内容の第１更新情報を生成する。当該第１更新情報は、例えば、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体のレコード自体を消却する内容であってもよい。若しくは、当該第１更新情報は、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体の保有者情報（紐付けるユーザＩＤ情報）を空欄とする内容であってもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該第１更新情報によって第１台帳を更新する。なお、この時、ユーザの保有する第１価値交換媒体のうち消却予定日の到来日が近いものから優先的に消却してもよい。 In the contract process, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request. For the first value exchange medium of the quantity, the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated. The first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger. Alternatively, the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. . Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行に対する相殺購入分として、債務発行テーブルの相殺購入数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が相殺購入される。 Furthermore, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table. Thus, the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
（５－２－５）相殺購入に伴う第２価値交換媒体の移転処理
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入に併せて、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係る第１価値交換媒体の数量を第２相場交換率で除した数量の第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）から当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 (5-2-5) Transfer Processing of Second Value Exchange Medium Associated with Offset Purchase Further, the second agreement processing unit 154b of the server 10 holds the second value held by itself in conjunction with offset purchase of the first value exchange medium. A process of transferring the value exchange medium to the user ID associated with the first exchange request is performed. Specifically, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price. Generate a transaction as second update information for transferring the second value exchange medium of the quantity divided by the exchange rate from the server ID (administrator ID) of the server 10 to the user ID of the first exchange request. . Then, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
（５－２－６）販売（交換）手数料
　更に、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、第１価値交換媒体の販売（交換）手数料として、第２約定処理の対象となった第１価値交換媒体の販売（第１交換）元のユーザから所定数量の第２価値交換媒体を徴収してもよい。例えば、サーバ１０の送金処理部１２４は、ユーザ端末２０に所定のトランザクション生成指示を送信する。ユーザ端末２０の第２価値交換媒体処理部２３は当該トランザクション生成指示に応じて、ユーザのユーザＩＤに紐付いた所定数量の第２価値交換媒体をサーバ１０（システム管理者に係る管理者ＩＤ）に移転する内容のトランザクションを生成し、ブロックチェーン・ネットワークに送信（ブロードキャスト）してもよい。或いは、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入に併せて自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤ（第１価値交換媒体の販売（第１交換）元のユーザ）に移転させる処理の実行に続けて、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤが保有する第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤに移転させる当該トランザクションの生成・送信処理を行ってもよい。販売（交換）手数料の額は、例えば、予めシステム管理者が設定しておく設定情報によって規定されてもよいし、ユーザのアカウントの種類（例えば、「事業者」、及び「個人」等）、ユーザの第１価値交換媒体及び／又は第２価値交換媒体の送金の状況等の評価値に応じて変化させてもよい。 (5-2-6) Sales (Exchange) Fee Further, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 is a first value exchange medium targeted for the second contract processing as a sales (exchange) fee for the first value exchange medium. A second value exchange medium of a predetermined quantity may be collected from the user of the sale (first exchange) source of the. For example, the remittance processing unit 124 of the server 10 transmits a predetermined transaction generation instruction to the user terminal 20. In response to the transaction generation instruction, the second value exchange medium processing unit 23 of the user terminal 20 uses the server 10 (administrator ID pertaining to the system administrator) as the second value exchange medium of the predetermined quantity linked to the user ID of the user. A transaction of content to be transferred may be generated and transmitted (broadcast) to the blockchain network. Alternatively, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 may use the user ID (the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request) regarding the second value exchange medium owned by itself along with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium. The second value exchange medium possessed by the user ID relating to the first exchange request is transferred to the server ID relating to the server 10 following the execution of the process of transferring the user to the first user of the Transaction generation / transmission processing may be performed. For example, the amount of the sales (exchange) fee may be defined by setting information set in advance by the system administrator, the type of the user's account (for example, “business person”, “individual”, etc.), It may be changed according to the evaluation value such as the status of remittance of the first value exchange medium and / or the second value exchange medium of the user.
（５－３）スプレッド
　なお、サーバ１０の交換所管理部１５は、第１相場交換要求に係る相場交換率（「第１相場交換率」と称する場合がある）と、第２相場交換要求に係る相場交換率（「第２相場交換率」と称する場合がある）とに、差（スプレッド）を設けてもよい。また、サーバ１０の交換所管理部１５は、後述する「（６－１－３－３）及び（６－２－３－３）交換率の固定」に記載の処理を実行する場合に、第１固定交換要求に係る目標交換率（第１目標交換率と称する場合がある）と、第２固定交換要求に係る目標交換率（第２目標交換率と称する場合がある）とに、差を設けてもよい。スプレッドを設けることにより、価値交換媒体流通ネットワークに供給した第２価値交換媒体を適度に回収することが可能となり、サーバ１０の管理者等はスプレッド利益を得ることが可能となる。 (5-3) Spread In addition, the exchange management unit 15 of the server 10 uses the market exchange rate related to the first market exchange request (sometimes referred to as "first market exchange rate") and the second market exchange request. A spread may be provided between the exchange rate (which may be referred to as “the second exchange rate”). In addition, when the exchange management unit 15 of the server 10 executes the process described in “(6-1-3-3) and (6-2-3-3) fixing exchange rate” described later, 1 The difference between the target exchange rate (sometimes referred to as the first target exchange rate) related to the fixed exchange request and the target exchange rate related to the second fixed exchange request (sometimes referred to as the second target exchange rate) You may provide. By providing the spread, it is possible to appropriately collect the second value exchange medium supplied to the value exchange medium distribution network, and the manager of the server 10 can obtain the spread profit.
（６）第２価値交換媒体の価値尺度の安定化
（６－１）第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加
（６－１－１）増加の基本フロー
　図２９は、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１及びユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１それぞれが実行する第２価値交換媒体の増加処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。以下では、本実施形態における、第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加について説明する。 (6) Stabilization of value scale of second value exchange medium (6-1) Basic flow of increase in number of second value exchange medium (6-1-1) increase FIG. 29 shows the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10. FIG. 16 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of an increase process of the second value exchange medium performed by each of the smart contract units 231 of the user terminal 20. In the following, an increase in the number of second value exchange media in the present embodiment will be described.
（Ｓ６１００）
　サーバ１０の相場交換率取得部１３１ａ又はユーザ端末２０の相場交換率取得部２３１ａは、上述した「（５－２－１）相場交換率の算出」で説明した相場交換率を、サーバ１０の相場交換率算出部１５１から取得する。 (S6100)
The market exchange rate acquiring unit 131a of the server 10 or the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a of the user terminal 20 converts the market exchange rate described in “(5-2-1) Calculation of market exchange rate” into the market price of the server 10. It is acquired from the exchange rate calculation unit 151.
（Ｓ６１０１）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加条件判定部１３１ｂ又はユーザ端末２０の増加条件判定部２３１ｂは、所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。 (S6101)
Next, the increase condition determination unit 131b of the server 10 or the increase condition determination unit 231b of the user terminal 20 determines whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied.
　ここで、上述した所定の増加条件は、例えば、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の目標交換率に対する、相場交換率取得部２３１ａ又は相場交換率取得部１３１ａにより取得される相場交換率の割合である割増率が所定の上限値である割増上限値に到達したことであってよい。ここで、目標交換率は、システム管理者によって設定可能な第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率の目標値である。目標交換率は、例えば、「第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値／第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値」として「１．００」と表される、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値（通貨価値）と第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値（通貨価値）が等しい場合の目標交換率であってもよい。 Here, the predetermined increase condition described above is, for example, a market price acquired by the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a or the market exchange ratio acquiring unit 131a with respect to a target exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium. The rate of increase, which is a ratio of the exchange rate, may have reached a predetermined upper limit, the rate of increase upper limit. Here, the target exchange rate is a target value of the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium which can be set by the system administrator. The target exchange rate is, for example, unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (currency expressed as “1.00” as “unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium / unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium”) It may be the target exchange rate when the unit exchange value (currency value) of the value and the second value exchange medium are equal.
　割増上限値は、例えば、任意に或いは所定の区間内（例えば、１．０５から１．１０の間）において、ランダムに或いはユーザ端末２０による投票等によって決定してもよい。なお、ランダムに決定する場合でも、所定の刻み幅により規定される離散的な固定値（例えば、（１．０５＋０．００１×Ｎ）等の、０．００１刻み等の値）であってもよい。なお、割増上限値は、ユーザ、又はユーザ及びシステム管理者が認識できないようにブラックボックス化させてもよい。これにより、スマートコントラクト部１３１、又は２３１による第２価値交換媒体の増加処理の実行タイミングをユーザに意識させない運用が可能となる。 The additional upper limit value may be determined randomly or within a predetermined section (for example, between 1.05 and 1.10), randomly, or by voting by the user terminal 20, for example. Even in the case of random determination, it may be a discrete fixed value (for example, a value such as 0.001, such as (1.05 + 0.001 × N), defined by a predetermined step width). . The additional upper limit value may be black boxed so that the user or the user and the system administrator can not recognize it. As a result, it is possible to operate without making the user aware of the execution timing of the increase process of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 or 231.
　また、上述した所定の増加条件は、例えば、前回の第２価値交換媒体の増加処理（又は減少処理）から所定期間が経過した時点における割増率が「１」より大きいことであってよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の増減処理のサイクルを所定の期間以内に収めることができるようになる。そのため、割増率の変動が割増上限値に達しない範囲において緩やかに変動し続けている場合においても、割増率を「１」に近づけることができるようになり、割増率を「１」から乖離させにくくする効果（割増率の変動を「１」付近に抑え込めるようにする効果）を更に高めることが可能となる。 Further, the predetermined increase condition described above may be, for example, that the increase rate at the time when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous increase process (or decrease process) of the second value exchange medium is larger than “1”. As a result, the cycle of the increase and decrease processing of the second value exchange medium can be contained within a predetermined period. Therefore, even when the fluctuation of the premium rate continues to fluctuate gradually in the range that does not reach the premium upper limit value, the premium rate can be made to approach "1", and the premium rate deviates from "1". It is possible to further enhance the effect of making it difficult (effect of suppressing fluctuation of the premium rate in the vicinity of “1”).
（Ｓ６１０２）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加実行部１３１ｃ又はユーザ端末２０の増加実行部２３１ｃは、所定の増加条件が満たされるとサーバ１０の増加条件判定部１３１ｂ又はユーザ端末２０の増加条件判定部２３１ｂが判定した場合、ユーザ端末２０及びサーバ１０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ増加させる。具体的には、サーバ１０の増加実行部１３１ｃ又はユーザ端末２０の増加実行部２３１ｃは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ又はユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ増加させる第２更新情報を生成する。本例では、第２台帳はブロックチェーンによって構成され得る。そのため、第２更新情報は、当該ブロックチェーンに取り込まれるためのトランザクションであって、当該ユーザＩＤを保有者とする第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ新たに生成する内容のトランザクションであってよい。上述した所定数量（第２価値交換媒体の増加数量）については後述する。 (S6102)
Next, the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 determines that the increase condition determination unit 131b of the server 10 or the increase condition determination unit 231b of the user terminal 20 determines that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied. In this case, the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID of the user terminal 20 and the server 10 is increased by a predetermined number. Specifically, the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 is second update information for updating the second ledger, and the server ID related to the server 10 or the user terminal 20 The second update information is generated to increase the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID by a predetermined number. In this example, the second ledger may be configured by a block chain. Therefore, the second update information may be a transaction to be taken into the block chain, and may be a transaction of a content that newly generates a second value exchange medium having the user ID as a holder by a predetermined number. The predetermined quantity (the increase quantity of the second value exchange medium) mentioned above will be described later.
（Ｓ６１０３）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加実行部１３１ｃ又はユーザ端末２０の増加実行部２３１ｃは、生成した第２更新情報（トランザクション）を、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内の任意のノード（サーバ１０又はユーザ端末２０等）に送信する。そして、第２更新情報（トランザクション）は、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク上にブロードキャストされた後、所定の処理を経た後、各ノードに記憶されるブロックチェーンに取り込まれる。これにより、第２台帳が更新される。 (S6103)
Next, the increase execution unit 131c of the server 10 or the increase execution unit 231c of the user terminal 20 can generate the second update information (transaction) generated from any node (server 10 or user terminal 20, etc.) in the value exchange medium distribution network. Send to). Then, the second update information (transaction) is broadcasted on the value exchange medium distribution network, and after being subjected to predetermined processing, is taken into a block chain stored in each node. Thereby, the second ledger is updated.
　以上のとおり、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１又はユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１は、所定の増加条件が満たされる場合、システム管理者又はユーザが保有する第２価値交換媒体の数量を所定数量だけ増加させる。 As described above, when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 controls the number of second value exchange media held by the system administrator or the user by a predetermined number. increase.
（６－１－２）増加数量
（i）保有数量のみに基づく場合
　増加数量は、所定の増加条件が満たされた時点における割増率（以下、「到達割増率」と称する。）と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の保有数量とに基づいて算出されてもよい。ここで、上述した所定の増加条件が、目標交換率に対する相場交換率の割合である割増率が割増上限値に到達したことである場合は、到達割増率は上述した割増上限値に等しい。また、上述した所定の増加条件が、前回の第２価値交換媒体の増加処理（又は減少処理）から所定期間が経過した時点における割増率が「１」より大きい場合は、到達割増率は当該所定期間が経過した時点における割増率（ただし「１」より大きい場合に限る）そのものである。そして、例えば、『増加数量＝（到達割増率－１）×増加処理を実行する直前の保有ＥＳＴ数量』であってもよい。 (6-1-2) Increase quantity (i) When based only on holding quantity The increase quantity is the increase rate when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied (hereinafter referred to as "attainment increase rate"), the user and It may be calculated based on the system administrator's second value exchange medium possession quantity. Here, when the predetermined increase condition described above is that the rate of increase, which is the ratio of the exchange rate to the target exchange rate, has reached the additional upper limit value, the achieved additional rate is equal to the above-mentioned additional upper limit value. In addition, if the predetermined increase condition described above is greater than “1” when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous increase processing (or decrease processing) of the second value exchange medium, the achieved additional ratio is the predetermined predetermined increase condition. It is the premium rate (only if it is larger than "1") itself when the period has passed. Then, for example, “increased quantity = (attaining increase rate−1) × the number of held ESTs just before executing the increase process” may be used.
（ii）保有数量及び流通貢献率に基づく場合
　増加数量は、到達割増率と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の保有数量と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の移動（送金等）に係る、全体の通貨流通速度に対する各ユーザの貢献度の割合である流通貢献率とに基づいて算出されてもよい。例えば、『増加数量＝（到達割増率－１）×増加処理を実行する直前の保有ＥＳＴ数量×流通貢献率』であってもよい。ここで、流通貢献率は、例えば、以下のとおりに算出される。
　流通貢献率＝個別通貨移動率÷基準通貨移動率、
　個別通貨移動率＝所定期間におけるＥＳＴ移転（送金）数量／最終のＥＳＴ保有数量、
　基準通貨移動率＝所定期間における総ＥＳＴ移転（送金）数量／総ＥＳＴ数量
　なお、所定期間は、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１及びユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１による第２価値交換媒体の増加処理（又は減少処理）の前回実行時から今回実行時までの期間であってよい。また、システム管理者の流通貢献率は全体の平均値である「１」として任意の値として固定してもよい。 (Ii) When based on owned volume and distribution contribution rate The increase volume is the increase rate achieved, the owned volume of the second value exchange medium of the user and the system administrator, and the movement of the second value exchange medium of the user and the system administrator It may be calculated based on the distribution contribution rate which is the ratio of the degree of contribution of each user to the overall currency distribution rate related to (remittance etc.). For example, “increased quantity = (attaining increase rate−1) × preserved EST quantity immediately before executing increase processing × distribution contribution rate” may be used. Here, the distribution contribution rate is calculated, for example, as follows.
Distribution contribution rate = individual currency transfer rate / standard currency transfer rate,
Individual currency transfer rate = EST transfer (remittance) quantity in the specified period / final EST possession quantity,
Base currency transfer rate = total EST transfer (remittance) quantity / total EST quantity in a predetermined period In addition, the increase processing of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract section 131 of the server 10 and the smart contract section 231 of the user terminal 20 It may be a period from the previous execution of (or reduction processing) to the current execution. Further, the distribution contribution rate of the system manager may be fixed as an arbitrary value as “1” which is an overall average value.
（iii）移動評価値のみに基づく場合
　増加数量は、第２価値交換媒体の移動（送金等）に係る評価値である移動評価値に基づいて算出されてもよい。具体的には、例えば、増加数量は、次の式（１）に式（２）を乗じた値であってもよい。
　　（１）第２台帳に記録された第２価値交換媒体の流通総量に（到達割増率－１）を乗じた値
　　（２）第２台帳に基づき、第２価値交換媒体の増加処理（又は減少処理）の前回実行時から今回増加時までの間に、送金等の処理（支払い、決済、送金、又は弁済手段、若しくは第２交換等）が実行された第２価値交換媒体の数量の、ユーザ毎の、全体送金数量に占める送金数量割合（移動評価値）
　ここで、上記式（１）は、第２台帳において今回増加する第２価値交換媒体の総量を示しているといえる。また、上記式（２）は、第２価値交換媒体の総移動量（総送金量）に対するユーザ毎の貢献度（送金側としての使用貢献度）を示しているといえる。したがって、上記の算出方式は、先に全体としての増加数量を到達割増率に基づいて確定させてから、各ユーザの移動評価値に応じた第２価値交換媒体を発行するものといえる。このような増加数量の算出方式により、第２価値交換媒体の保有数量によらずに、ユーザ毎の送金状況（第２価値交換媒体の使用状況）による第２価値交換媒体の新規発行が可能となり、第２価値交換媒体の通貨流通速度が向上する効果が発揮され得る。 (Iii) When Based Only on Movement Evaluation Value The increase quantity may be calculated based on the movement evaluation value, which is an evaluation value related to the movement (such as remittance) of the second value exchange medium. Specifically, for example, the increase quantity may be a value obtained by multiplying Formula (1) below by Formula (2).
(1) A value obtained by multiplying the total circulation amount of the second value exchange medium recorded in the second ledger by (attainment increase rate-1) (2) An increase process (or decrease) of the second value exchange medium based on the second ledger User of the quantity of the second value exchange medium for which processing such as remittance (payment, settlement, remittance, or repayment means, or second exchange, etc.) is performed from the previous execution of processing) to the time of the current increase Remittance volume ratio to total remittance volume per unit (transfer evaluation value)
Here, it can be said that the above equation (1) indicates the total amount of the second value exchange medium which is increased this time in the second ledger. In addition, it can be said that the above equation (2) indicates the degree of contribution (the degree of use contribution as the remittance side) for each user to the total movement amount (total remittance amount) of the second value exchange medium. Therefore, it can be said that the above-mentioned calculation method issues the second value exchange medium according to the movement evaluation value of each user after first determining the overall increase quantity based on the achieved additional rate. Such an increase quantity calculation method makes it possible to newly issue the second value exchange medium according to the remittance situation (use situation of the second value exchange medium) for each user, regardless of the quantity of the second value exchange medium held. The effect of improving the currency circulation speed of the second value exchange medium may be exerted.
　なお、移動評価値は、上述した第２台帳に基づく移動評価値に替えて、サーバ１０の記憶部１１、及びユーザ端末２０の記憶部２１に記憶された第２評価テーブルに記録される移動評価値を用いてもよい。また、第２評価テーブルに記録される「送金区分」、「送金区分倍率」、「相殺判定」、及び「移動評価値」は、第２台帳に含めるようにして、第２台帳と、第２評価テーブルとを、一体として構成してもよい。 The movement evaluation value is, instead of the movement evaluation value based on the second ledger described above, movement evaluation recorded in the second evaluation table stored in the storage unit 11 of the server 10 and the storage unit 21 of the user terminal 20 You may use a value. In addition, “remittance classification”, “remittance division rate”, “settlement determination”, and “movement evaluation value” recorded in the second evaluation table are included in the second ledger, and the second ledger, the second ledger, and the second ledger The evaluation table may be configured integrally.
（iv）保有数量及び移動評価値に基づく場合
　増加数量は、上述した「（i）保有数量のみに基づく場合」と、「（iii）移動評価値のみに基づく場合」とで、所定の按分率に基づき、按分して算出されてもよい。より具体的には、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１、又はユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１は、例えば、システム管理者、又はユーザからの希望する按分率（保有数量に基づく場合の比重と、移動評価値に基づく場合の比重との按分割合）の入力を受け付け、受け付けた按分率を集計等することにより、増加時の保有数量のみに基づく場合の比重、及び移動評価値のみに基づく場合の比重を算出する。そして、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１、又はユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１は、ここで算出された比重の割合（増加按分率）を用いて、第２価値交換媒体の増加数量を、上述した「（i）保有数量のみに基づく場合」と、「（iii）移動評価値のみに基づく場合」とで按分して合算した数量とするとよい。このとき、増加数量は、それぞれの場合による算出結果に対して、増加按分率を乗算して算出するとよい。例えば、増加按分率が、「保有数量のみに基づく場合３０％」に対して「移動評価値のみに基づく場合７０％」であるとき、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１、又はユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１は、保有数量のみに基づく場合により算出された増加数量に０．３を乗じた数量と、移動評価値のみに基づく場合により算出された増加数量に０．７を乗じた数量とを合算するとよい。 (Iv) When based on possessed quantity and movement evaluation value The increase quantity is a predetermined distribution ratio according to the above-mentioned "(i) Based on only the held quantity" and "(iii) Only based on movement evaluation value" It may be calculated proportionally based on More specifically, the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 may, for example, select a desired distribution rate from the system administrator or the user (weight in the case of Accepting the input of the distribution ratio with the specific gravity based on the evaluation value, and totaling the received distribution ratio, etc., the specific gravity based on the holding quantity at the time of increase, and the specific gravity based on the movement evaluation value only Calculate The smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 uses the ratio (increase distribution ratio) of the specific gravity calculated here to indicate the increase quantity of the second value exchange medium It is good to set it as the quantity which was divided and divided up with "if it is based only on the possession quantity" and "if it is based only on the movement evaluation value." At this time, the increase quantity may be calculated by multiplying the increase distribution rate by the calculation result in each case. For example, the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract of the user terminal 20 when the increase distribution rate is “70% based on only the movement evaluation value” with respect to “30% based on only the held quantity”. Unit 231 adds together the quantity obtained by multiplying 0.3 by the calculated increase quantity based on the held quantity only and the quantity obtained by multiplying the addition quantity calculated by case based on the movement evaluation value by 0.7. It is good to do.
　このように、保有数量のみならず、流通貢献率や移動評価値に基づいて第２価値交換媒体の増加数量を算出することで、第２価値交換媒体を保有するユーザに対して、第２価値交換媒体を使用（支払い、決済、送金、又は弁済手段、若しくは第２交換等）するインセンティブを働かせることができる（一般論として、法定通貨の使用インセンティブはマイナスである（※使用欲求よりも保蔵欲求の方が高い）ことがある）ようになり、第２価値交換媒体の「価値交換媒体」としての流通機能が発揮されやすくなる。更に、第２価値交換媒体は、停滞させることなく適度に使用すれば「量が増えやすい」、いわば使用することで「プラス金利」（マイナスが小さいと同義）の生じ得るプラス（マイナスが小さいと同義）の資産的効果を発揮する通貨として機能し得るようになる。逆に、停滞させ使用せず貯め込むのみであれば「量が増えにくい」、いわば使用しないことで「マイナス金利」（プラスが小さいと同義）の生じ得るマイナス（プラスが小さいと同義）の資産的効果を発揮する通貨として機能し得るようになることから、第２価値交換媒体は、財布から財布へ移動しやすい、つまり「価値」が交換されやすく、流通速度の速い「価値交換媒体」となり得る。本実施形態において、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体と同様に、「ユーザ間で移転する価値の相対評価及び需要に基づき新規に発行される、単位交換価値が制御される（価値尺度の変動が抑制された）流通速度の速い価値交換媒体」として機能を発揮し得るものである。 In this way, by calculating the increased quantity of the second value exchange medium based on the distribution contribution rate and the movement evaluation value as well as the held quantity, the second value for the user who holds the second value exchange medium Incentives can be exercised to use exchange media (payment, settlement, remittance, or means of repayment, or second exchange etc. (In general terms, the incentive to use legal currency is negative (* The retention desire than the use desire) In some cases, the distribution function of the second value exchange medium as a “value exchange medium” is more likely to be exhibited. Furthermore, the second value exchange medium is likely to increase in quantity if used appropriately without stagnating, and it can be said that using it means that “plus interest rate” (equivalent to a small minus) can occur (plus minus). Synonymous) to act as a currency that exerts an asset effect. On the other hand, if it only stagnates and stores without being used, it is difficult to increase the amount, and if it is not used, the negative interest rate (equivalent to a small positive) can be generated. The second value exchange medium is easy to move from wallet to purse, that is, it is easy to exchange "value", and becomes a "value exchange medium" with a high distribution speed because it can function as a currency that exerts a positive effect. obtain. In the present embodiment, the second value exchange medium is controlled similarly to the first value exchange medium in that “the unit exchange value is newly issued based on the relative evaluation of the value transferred among users and the demand (value It can function as a "speed exchange value exchange medium with reduced fluctuation of scale".
（６－１－３）第２価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能の安定化
　上述したとおり、各ユーザが保有する第２価値交換媒体の数量は、所定の増加条件が満たされる場合、各ユーザの保有数量や流通貢献率や移動評価値に基づいて増加する。これに伴って、サーバ１０は、以下に説明するとおり、第２価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能（単位交換価値）を第１価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能（単位交換価値）に目標交換率で更に均衡させる（目標交換率から乖離させない）ための所定の処理を実行してもよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に目標交換率（又はその付近）で更に均衡されるため、上述したとおり第１価値交換媒体が有している強度な価値尺度機能（単位交換価値を制御できる機能）を、第２価値交換媒体に対して更に生じさせることができるようになる。 (6-1-3) Stabilization of the value measurement function of the second value exchange medium As described above, the quantity of the second value exchange medium held by each user is held by each user if the predetermined increase condition is satisfied. Increase based on quantity, distribution contribution rate and movement evaluation value. Accordingly, the server 10 further adds the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the second value exchange medium to the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium at the target exchange rate, as described below. A predetermined process may be performed to balance (do not deviate from the target exchange rate). As a result, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is further balanced with the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium at (or near) the target exchange rate, and therefore, as described above, the first value exchange medium has It is possible to generate more robust value scaling functions (functions that can control unit exchange value) to the second value exchange medium.
（６－１－３－１）希望交換率の修正
　サーバ１０は、既に受け付けた交換要求に係る希望交換率を、各ユーザの第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。また、本修正処理によって結果的に変動する相場交換率に基づく第１相場交換率及び第２相場交換率の変動量は、目標交換率（第１目標交換率及び第２目標交換率）まで（目標交換率を超える変動量を制限）としてもよい。図３０は、増加処理時の希望交換率の修正処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。この処理により、上述した相場交換率が目標交換率に更に近づく。 (6-1-3-1) Correction of Desired Exchange Rate The server 10 corrects the desired exchange rate for the already received exchange request so as to offset the increase rate of the volume of the second value exchange medium of each user. May be In addition, the fluctuation amounts of the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate based on the exchange rate resulting from this correction process can be up to the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate and the second target exchange rate). The amount of fluctuation exceeding the target exchange rate may be limited. FIG. 30 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction processing of a desired exchange rate at the time of increase processing. By this processing, the above-mentioned market exchange rate further approaches the target exchange rate.
（Ｓ６１０４）
　まず、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、上述したＳ６１００と同様に、相場交換率を、サーバ１０の相場交換率算出部１５１から取得する。 (S6104)
First, the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 acquires the market exchange rate from the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10, as in S6100 described above.
（Ｓ６１０５）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、上述したＳ６１０１と同様に、所定の増加条件が満たされる否かを判定する。所定の増加条件が満たされないと判定された場合（Ｓ６１０５；Ｎｏ）、処理はステップＳ６１０４に戻る。一方、所定の増加条件が満たされると判定された場合（Ｓ６１０５；Ｙｅｓ）、処理はステップＳ６１０６に進む。 (S6105)
Next, the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined increase condition is satisfied, as in S6101 described above. If it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is not satisfied (S6105; No), the process returns to step S6104. On the other hand, when it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied (S6105; Yes), the process proceeds to step S6106.
（Ｓ６１０６）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに記録された既に受け付けている交換要求（第１交換要求及び第２交換要求を含む）のうち、希望交換率の修正が未了の一の交換要求を特定する。 (S6106)
Next, the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 receives the already received exchange request (including the first exchange request and the second exchange request) recorded in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Among them, one exchange request whose correction of the desired exchange rate is not completed is identified.
（Ｓ６１０７）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、第２台帳を参照して、Ｓ６１０６で特定された交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を取得する。 (S6107)
Next, the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 refers to the second ledger, and the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the exchange request specified in S6106. To get
（Ｓ６１０８）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、Ｓ６１０７で取得した第２価値交換媒体の増加割合を相殺するように、Ｓ６１０６で特定した交換要求の希望交換率を修正する。例えば、ある第１交換要求に係る第１希望交換率が０．８６であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が３％増加した場合、０．８６×（１００－３）％＝０．８３４２であるから、当該第１希望交換率は０．８３４２に修正される。また、例えば、ある第２交換要求に係る第２希望交換率が１．１７であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が３％増加した場合、１．１７×（１００－３）％＝１．１３４９であるから、当該第２希望交換率は１．１３４９に修正される。なお、例えば、ある第２交換要求に係る第２希望交換率が１．０４であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が５％増加した場合、１．０４×（１００－５）％＝０．９８８であるから、第２希望交換率は０．９８８に修正される。このとき、第１相場交換率が、例えば、１．００である場合には、第２希望交換率が０．９８８に修正された当該第２交換要求は、第１相場交換率（この場合であれば、１．００）で第１相場交換要求と約定され得る。 (S6108)
Next, the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10, in the exchange request table, cancels the increase rate of the second value exchange medium acquired in S6107 by the desired exchange rate of the exchange request identified in S6106. Fix it. For example, if the first desired exchange rate for a first exchange request is 0.86, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID for the first exchange request increases by 3%, Since 0.86 × (100−3)% = 0.8342, the first desired exchange rate is corrected to 0.8342. Also, for example, the second desired exchange rate related to a certain second exchange request is 1.17, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the second exchange request increases by 3% In the case of 1.17 × (100−3)% = 1.1349, the second desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.1349. Note that, for example, the second desired exchange rate related to a certain second exchange request is 1.04, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the second exchange request increases by 5%. In the case of 1.04 × (100−5)% = 0.988, the second desired exchange rate is corrected to 0.988. At this time, when the first exchange rate is, for example, 1.00, the second exchange request whose second exchange rate is corrected to 0.988 is the first exchange rate (in this case, If there is, it can be fulfilled with the first market exchange request at 1.00).
（Ｓ６１０９）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、既に受け付けている交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正したか否かを判定する。既に受け付けている交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正していないと判定した場合は（Ｓ６１０９；Ｎｏ）、処理はＳ６１０６に戻る。既に受け付けた交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正したと判定した場合は（Ｓ６１０９；Ｙｅｓ）、処理を終了する。 (S6109)
Next, the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 determines whether or not the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests in the exchange request table. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has not been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6109; No), the process returns to S6106. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6109; Yes), the process is ended.
（６－１－３－２）第２希望交換率を増加させる修正の制限
　サーバ１０は、上述した「（６－１－１）増加の基本フロー」で説明した処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加した場合、所定の期間（変動抑制期間）において、第２希望交換率の修正を制限してもよい。図３１は、第２希望交換率を増加させる修正の制限処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。この処理により、変動抑制期間中は、一旦目標交換率に近づいた相場交換率がユーザの意図をもって変動して目標交換率から短期間で急激に乖離することが抑制される。なお、当該制限処理は、上述した第２価値交換媒体の増加処理が行われた時点おいて交換要求テーブルに記録されていた未約定の第２交換要求に限ってもよい。 (6-1-3-2) Limitation of Modification to Increase Second Desired Exchange Rate The server 10 associates each user ID with the processing described in “(6-1-1) Basic flow of increase” described above. When the quantity of the second value exchange medium is increased, the correction of the second desired exchange rate may be limited in a predetermined period (the fluctuation suppression period). FIG. 31 is a diagram illustrating an example of an operation flow of a modification limitation process of increasing the second desired exchange rate. By this processing, during the fluctuation suppressing period, it is suppressed that the market exchange rate, which has once approached the target exchange rate, fluctuates with the user's intention and rapidly deviates from the target exchange rate in a short period of time. The restriction process may be limited to the uncommitted second exchange request recorded in the exchange request table at the time when the above-described increase process of the second value exchange medium is performed.
（Ｓ６１１０）
　まず、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、ユーザ端末２０から第２希望交換率の修正要求を受信する。当該修正要求は、例えば、希望する修正後の第２希望交換率（修正第２希望交換率）を示す情報を含んでもよい。 (S6110)
First, the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 receives a correction request for the second desired exchange rate from the user terminal 20. The correction request may include, for example, information indicating a desired corrected second desired exchange rate (corrected second desired exchange rate).
（Ｓ６１１１）
　次に、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、所定の切替条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。所定の切替条件は、上述した変動抑制期間の終了を規定する条件である。例えば、所定の切替条件は、所定の固定長の期間が経過したことであってよい。当該固定長の期間の長さは特に限定されず、任意の長さであってもよく、ユーザ端末２０の投票等によって決定されてもよい。また、例えば、所定の切替条件は、上述した割増率（目標交換率に対する相場交換率の割合）が、所定の閾値に達したことであってよい。ここで、当該所定の閾値の値は、特に限定されず任意の値であってよい。なお、当該所定の閾値の値は、上述した割増上限値以上であってもよい。 (S6111)
Next, the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined switching condition is satisfied. The predetermined switching condition is a condition that defines the end of the fluctuation suppression period described above. For example, the predetermined switching condition may be that a predetermined fixed length period has elapsed. The length of the fixed length period is not particularly limited, may be any length, and may be determined by voting of the user terminal 20 or the like. Also, for example, the predetermined switching condition may be that the above-described premium rate (the ratio of the market exchange rate to the target exchange rate) has reached a predetermined threshold. Here, the value of the predetermined threshold is not particularly limited, and may be any value. In addition, the value of the predetermined threshold may be equal to or more than the above-described additional upper limit value.
（Ｓ６１１２）
　ステップＳ６１１１において所定の切替条件が満たされると判定された場合（Ｓ６１１１；Ｙｅｓ）、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、第２希望交換率を修正し、処理が終了する。 (S6112)
If it is determined in step S6111 that the predetermined switching condition is satisfied (S6111; Yes), the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 corrects the second desired exchange rate in the exchange request table, and the process finish.
（Ｓ６１１３）
　ステップＳ６１１１において所定の切替条件が満たされないと判定された場合（Ｓ６１１１；Ｎｏ）、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、修正要求に係る修正内容が、第２希望交換率が増加する方向（「（６－１－１）増加の基本フロー」で説明した処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加に伴う、「（６－１－３－１）希望交換率の修正」で説明した処理によって修正された第２希望交換率が修正される前の状態の第２希望交換率に戻る方向）であるか否かを判定する。第２希望交換率が増加する方向でないと判定された場合（Ｓ６１１１；Ｎｏ）、処理はステップＳ６１１２に進み、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、第２希望交換率を修正し、処理が終了する。 (S6113)
If it is determined in step S6111 that the predetermined switching condition is not satisfied (S6111: No), the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 increases the second desired exchange rate as the correction content related to the correction request Direction ((6-1-3-1) due to the increase in the number of second value exchange media linked to each user ID by the processing described in “(6-1-1) Basic flow of increase” It is determined whether or not the second desired exchange rate corrected by the process described in “Correction of the desired exchange rate” returns to the second desired exchange rate before being corrected. If it is determined that the second desired exchange rate is not in the increasing direction (S6111; No), the process proceeds to step S6112, and the increase desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 performs the second desired exchange in the exchange request table. Correct the rate and the process ends.
（Ｓ６１１４）
　ステップＳ６１１３において第２希望交換率が増加する方向であると判定された場合（Ｓ６１１３；Ｙｅｓ）、サーバ１０の増加時希望交換率修正部１５５ａは、第２希望交換率の修正を制限するための所定の制限処理を実行する。ここで、所定の制限処理は、例えば、第２希望交換率の修正処理を全く実行しないこと、及びＳ６１１０で受信した修正要求通りではない第２希望交換率の修正処理を実行すること（例えば、交換要求テーブルに記録された第２希望交換率を、Ｓ６１１０で受信した修正第２希望交換率よりも小さい値に修正する処理）等であってよい。また、所定の制限処理は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０に第２希望交換率の修正が制限されている旨を通知する処理であってもよい。以上で、処理が終了する。 (S6114)
If it is determined in step S6113 that the second desired exchange rate is in the increasing direction (S6113; Yes), the increase-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155a of the server 10 limits the correction of the second desired exchange rate. Execute predetermined restriction processing. Here, for example, the predetermined restriction process may not execute the correction process of the second desired exchange rate at all, and may execute the correction process of the second desired exchange rate that is not the same as the correction request received in S6110 (for example, The second desired exchange rate recorded in the exchange request table may be corrected to a value smaller than the corrected second desired exchange rate received in S6110. Also, the predetermined restriction process may be, for example, a process of notifying the user terminal 20 that the correction of the second desired exchange rate is restricted. Thus, the process ends.
（６－１－３－３）交換率の固定
　サーバ１０は、上述した「（６－１）第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加」で説明した一連の処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加した場合、所定の期間において、ユーザ端末２０から受信した交換要求を、目標交換率によって約定させる処理を実行してもよい。なお、当該所定期間を、固定交換期間と称する。固定交換期間は、上述した変動抑制期間と重複し得る。 (6-1-3-3) Fixing of Exchange Rate The server 10 is linked to each user ID by the series of processes described in the above-mentioned “(6-1) increase in the number of second value exchange media”. If the quantity of the second value exchange medium has increased, processing may be performed to make the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 fulfill the target exchange rate in a predetermined period. The predetermined period is referred to as a fixed exchange period. The fixed exchange period may overlap with the fluctuation suppression period described above.
　サーバ１０の第１固定交換要求生成部１５６ａは、例えば、上述した目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で、第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換（債務発行）するための第１固定交換要求を無限に生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第２交換要求のうち、所定の第１約定条件を満たす第２交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第２希望交換率が、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）と同一又は目標交換率（第１目標交換率）より低い第２交換要求がある場合は、当該第２交換要求を所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で第１固定交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第２交換要求についても所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で第１固定交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 The first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a of the server 10, for example, performs the first exchange of the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium (the debt issuance) at the above-described target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate). 1 Generate fixed exchange request infinitely. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined first contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request. Execution processing between the first fixed exchange request and the first fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition. In addition, with regard to the second exchange request of the market, the execution process with the first fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けて、当該第２交換要求に係る第２価値交換媒体の数量に目標交換率（第１目標交換率）を乗じた数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するための第１更新情報としてのレコードを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該レコードを第１台帳に追加することによって、第１台帳を更新する。 In the contract process, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request. A record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate). Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
　更にサーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、発行した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行分として、債務発行テーブルの債務発行数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が債務発行される。 Furthermore, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table. As a result, the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
　更に、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１価値交換媒体の債務発行に併せて、約定処理された第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係る数量の第２価値交換媒体を、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤからサーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 Furthermore, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 transmits the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request subjected to the contract process to the server together with the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium. A process of transferring to a server ID (administrator ID) related to 10 is executed. Specifically, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10. Then, the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
　サーバ１０の第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂは、例えば、上述した目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換（相殺購入）するための第２固定交換要求を無限に生成する。なお、サーバ１０の第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂは、第２固定交換要求を無限に生成することに替えて、債務発行テーブルに記録されている債務発行残高分だけ第２固定交換要求を生成してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第１交換要求のうち、所定の第２約定条件を満たす第１交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第１希望交換率が、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）と同一又は目標交換率（第２目標交換率）より高い第１交換要求がある場合は、当該第１交換要求を所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で第２固定交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第１交換要求についても所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で第２固定交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 The second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10, for example, exchanges the second value exchange medium held by itself with the first value exchange medium (offset purchase) at the above-described target exchange rate (second target exchange rate). Infinitely generate a second fixed exchange request to Note that the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 generates a second fixed exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table instead of generating the second fixed exchange request infinitely. You may Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a first exchange request for which the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the target exchange rate (second target exchange rate), the first exchange request is the first exchange request. The execution process between the second fixed exchange request and the second fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined second execution condition. In addition, with regard to the first exchange request of the market, the execution process with the second fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying a predetermined second execution meeting condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該第１交換要求に係る数量の第１価値交換媒体について、当該ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消する内容の第１更新情報を生成する。当該第１更新情報は、例えば、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体のレコード自体を消却する内容であってもよい。若しくは、当該第１更新情報は、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体の保有者情報（紐付けるユーザＩＤ情報）を空欄とする内容であってもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該第１更新情報によって第１台帳を更新する。なお、この時、ユーザの保有する第１価値交換媒体のうち消却予定日の到来日が近いものから優先的に消却してもよい。 In the contract process, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request. For the first value exchange medium of the quantity, the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated. The first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger. Alternatively, the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. . Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行に対する相殺購入分として、債務発行テーブルの相殺購入数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が相殺購入される。 Furthermore, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table. Thus, the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入に併せて、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係る第１価値交換媒体の数量を第２相場交換率で除した数量の第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）から当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 Furthermore, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 transfers the second value exchange medium held by itself to the user ID related to the first exchange request in conjunction with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium. Run. Specifically, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price. Generate a transaction as second update information for transferring the second value exchange medium of the quantity divided by the exchange rate from the server ID (administrator ID) of the server 10 to the user ID of the first exchange request. . Then, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
（６－２）第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少
（６－２－１）減少の基本フロー
　図３２は、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１及びユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１それぞれが実行する第２価値交換媒体の減少処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。以下では、本実施形態における第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少について説明する。 (6-2) Basic flow of reduction of the number of second value exchange media (6-2-1) Reduction FIG. 32 shows the operations performed by the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 and the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20. It is a figure which shows an example of the operation | movement flow of a reduction process of a 2 value exchange medium. In the following, the reduction of the quantity of the second value exchange medium in the present embodiment will be described.
（Ｓ６２００）
　サーバ１０の相場交換率取得部１３１ａ又はユーザ端末２０の相場交換率取得部２３１ａは、上述した「（５－２－１）相場交換率の算出」で説明した相場交換率を、サーバ１０の相場交換率算出部１５１から取得する。 (S6200)
The market exchange rate acquiring unit 131a of the server 10 or the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a of the user terminal 20 converts the market exchange rate described in “(5-2-1) Calculation of market exchange rate” into the market price of the server 10. It is acquired from the exchange rate calculation unit 151.
（Ｓ６２０１）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少条件判定部１３１ｄ又はユーザ端末２０の減少条件判定部２３１ｄは、所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。 (S6201)
Next, the decrease condition determination unit 131 d of the server 10 or the decrease condition determination unit 231 d of the user terminal 20 determines whether a predetermined decrease condition is satisfied.
　ここで、上述した所定の減少条件は、例えば、第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の目標交換率に対する、相場交換率取得部２３１ａ又は相場交換率取得部１３１ａにより取得される相場交換率の割合である割増率が所定の下限値である割増下限値に到達したことであってよい。ここで、目標交換率は、システム管理者によって設定可能な第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率の目標値である。目標交換率は、例えば、「第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値／第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値」として「１．００」と表される、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値（通貨価値）と第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値（通貨価値）とが等しい場合の目標交換率であってもよい。 Here, the predetermined decrease condition described above is, for example, a market price acquired by the market exchange rate acquiring unit 231a or the market exchange ratio acquiring unit 131a with respect to a target exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium. The rate of increase, which is a ratio of the exchange rate, may have reached a predetermined rate of increase lower limit. Here, the target exchange rate is a target value of the exchange rate between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium which can be set by the system administrator. The target exchange rate is, for example, unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium (currency expressed as “1.00” as “unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium / unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium”) It may be the target exchange rate when the unit exchange value (currency value) of the second value exchange medium is equal to the value).
　割増下限値は、例えば、任意に或いは所定の区間内（例えば、０．９５から０．９０の間）において、ランダムに或いはユーザ端末２０による投票等によって決定してもよい。なお、ランダムに決定する場合でも、所定の刻み幅により規定される離散的な固定値（例えば、（０．９５－０．００１×Ｎ）等の、０．００１刻み等の値）であってもよい。なお、割増下限値は、ユーザ、又はユーザ及びシステム管理者が認識できないようにブラックボックス化させてもよい。これにより、スマートコントラクト部１３１、又は２３１による第２価値交換媒体の減少処理の実行タイミングをユーザに意識させない運用が可能となる。 The premium lower limit value may be determined randomly or within a predetermined section (for example, between 0.95 and 0.90), randomly, or by voting by the user terminal 20, for example. Even in the case of determining randomly, it is a discrete fixed value (for example, a value such as 0.001, such as (0.95-0.001 × N), defined by a predetermined step width). It is also good. The additional lower limit may be black boxed so that the user or the user and the system administrator can not recognize. As a result, it is possible to make the user not aware of the execution timing of the reduction process of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 or 231.
　また、上述した所定の減少条件は、例えば、前回の第２価値交換媒体の減少処理（又は増加処理）から所定期間が経過した時点における割増率が「１」より小さいことであってよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の増減処理のサイクルを所定の期間以内に収めることができるようになる。そのため、割増率の変動が割増下限値に達しない範囲において緩やかに変動し続けている場合においても、割増率を「１」に近づけることができるようになり、割増率を「１」から乖離させにくくする効果（割増率の変動を「１」付近に抑え込めるようにする効果）を更に高めることが可能となる。 In addition, the predetermined decrease condition described above may be, for example, that the increase rate at the time when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous reduction process (or increase process) of the second value exchange medium is smaller than “1”. As a result, the cycle of the increase and decrease processing of the second value exchange medium can be contained within a predetermined period. Therefore, even when the fluctuation of the premium rate continues to fluctuate gradually in the range that does not reach the premium lower limit value, the premium rate can be made to approach "1", and the premium rate deviates from "1". It is possible to further enhance the effect of making it difficult (effect of suppressing fluctuation of the premium rate in the vicinity of “1”).
（Ｓ６２０２）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少実行部１３１ｅ又はユーザ端末２０の減少実行部２３１ｅは、所定の減少条件が満たされるとサーバ１０の減少条件判定部１３１ｄ又はユーザ端末２０の減少条件判定部２３１ｄが判定した場合、ユーザ端末２０及びサーバ１０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ減少させる。具体的には、サーバ１０の減少実行部１３１ｅ又はユーザ端末２０の減少実行部２３１ｅは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ又はユーザ端末２０に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ減少させる第２更新情報を生成する。本例では、第２台帳はブロックチェーンによって構成され得る。そのため、第２更新情報は、当該ブロックチェーンに取り込まれるためのトランザクションであって、当該ユーザＩＤを保有者とする第２価値交換媒体を所定数量だけ減少させる内容のトランザクションであってよい。上述した所定数量（第２価値交換媒体の減少数量）については後述する。 (S6202)
Next, the decrease execution unit 131e of the server 10 or the decrease execution unit 231e of the user terminal 20 determines that the decrease condition determination unit 131d of the server 10 or the decrease condition determination unit 231d of the user terminal 20 determines that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied. In this case, the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID of the user terminal 20 and the server 10 is decreased by a predetermined number. Specifically, the reduction execution unit 131 e of the server 10 or the reduction execution unit 231 e of the user terminal 20 is second update information for updating the second ledger, and the server ID related to the server 10 or the user terminal 20 The second update information is generated to reduce the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID by a predetermined number. In this example, the second ledger may be configured by a block chain. Therefore, the second update information may be a transaction to be taken into the block chain, and may be a transaction whose content reduces the second value exchange medium having the user ID as the holder by a predetermined number. The predetermined quantity (the reduction quantity of the second value exchange medium) mentioned above will be described later.
（Ｓ６２０３）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少実行部１３１ｅ又はユーザ端末２０の減少実行部２３１ｅは、生成した第２更新情報（トランザクション）を、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内の任意のノード（サーバ１０又はユーザ端末２０等）に送信する。そして、第２更新情報（トランザクション）は、価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク上にブロードキャストされた後、所定の処理を経た後、各ノードに記憶されるブロックチェーンに取り込まれる。これにより、第２台帳が更新される。 (S6203)
Next, the decrease execution unit 131e of the server 10 or the decrease execution unit 231e of the user terminal 20 can generate the second update information (transaction) generated by the generated node 2 into any node (server 10 or user terminal 20, etc.) in the value exchange medium distribution network. Send to). Then, the second update information (transaction) is broadcasted on the value exchange medium distribution network, and after being subjected to predetermined processing, is taken into a block chain stored in each node. Thereby, the second ledger is updated.
　以上のとおり、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１又はユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１は、所定の減少条件が満たされる場合、システム管理者又はユーザが保有する第２価値交換媒体の数量を所定数量だけ減少させる。 As described above, when the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 or the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 controls the quantity of the second value exchange medium held by the system administrator or the user by a predetermined quantity. Reduce.
（６－２－２）減少数量
（i）保有数量のみに基づく場合
　減少数量は、所定の減少条件が満たされた時点における割増率（以下、「到達割増率」と称する。）と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の保有数量とに基づいて算出されてもよい。ここで、上述した所定の減少条件が、目標交換率に対する相場交換率の割合である割増率が割増下限値に到達したことである場合は、到達割増率は上述した割増下限値に等しい。また、上述した所定の減少条件が、前回の第２価値交換媒体の減少処理（又は増加処理）から所定期間が経過した時点における割増率が「１」より小さい場合は、到達割増率は当該所定期間が経過した時点における割増率（ただし「１」より小さい場合に限る）そのものである。そして、例えば、『減少数量＝（１－到達割増率）×減少処理を実行する直前の保有ＥＳＴ数量』であってもよい。 (6-2-2) Decreased quantity (i) When based only on the held quantity The reduced quantity is the increase rate at the time when the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied (hereinafter referred to as "attainment increase rate"), the user and It may be calculated based on the system administrator's second value exchange medium possession quantity. Here, if the predetermined decrease condition described above is that the rate of increase, which is the ratio of the exchange rate to the target exchange rate, has reached the increase lower limit value, the achieved increase rate is equal to the increase lower limit value described above. In addition, if the predetermined decrease condition described above is smaller than “1” when the predetermined period has elapsed from the previous decrease processing (or increase processing) of the second value exchange medium, the achieved increase ratio is the predetermined predetermined increase condition. It is the premium rate (only if it is smaller than “1”) itself when the period has passed. Then, for example, “decreased quantity = (1−achievement increase rate) × quantized EST quantity immediately before executing the decrease process” may be used.
（ii）保有数量及び流通貢献率に基づく場合
　減少数量は、到達割増率と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の保有数量と、ユーザ及びシステム管理者の第２価値交換媒体の移動（送金等）に係る、全体の通貨流通速度に対する各ユーザの貢献度の割合である流通貢献率とに基づいて算出されてもよい。例えば、『減少数量＝（１－到達割増率）×減少処理を実行する直前の保有ＥＳＴ数量×（１÷流通貢献率）』であってもよい。ここで、流通貢献率は、例えば、以下のとおりに算出される。なお、例示の減少数量の算出に係る「（１÷流通貢献率）」で得られる値には上限値を設けてもよく、「１」より大きい場合に、当該上限値を超えないように、当該得られる値が「１」より大きいユーザ（換言すると、流通貢献率が「１」より小さい流通貢献率の相対的に低いユーザ）間で流通貢献率に均衡させて補正してもよい。
　流通貢献率＝個別通貨移動率÷基準通貨移動率、
　個別通貨移動率＝所定期間におけるＥＳＴ移転（送金）数量／最終のＥＳＴ保有数量、
　基準通貨移動率＝所定期間における総ＥＳＴ移転（送金）数量／総ＥＳＴ数量
　なお、所定期間は、サーバ１０のスマートコントラクト部１３１及びユーザ端末２０のスマートコントラクト部２３１による第２価値交換媒体の減少処理（又は増加処理）の前回実行時から今回実行時までの期間であってよい。また、システム管理者の流通貢献率は全体の平均値である「１」として任意の値として固定してもよい。 (Ii) When based on owned volume and distribution contribution rate Decreased volume is the increase rate achieved, the owned volume of the second value exchange medium of the user and the system administrator, and the movement of the second value exchange medium of the user and the system administrator It may be calculated based on the distribution contribution rate which is the ratio of the degree of contribution of each user to the overall currency distribution rate related to (remittance etc.). For example, “decreased quantity = (1−achieved increase rate) × quantized EST quantity immediately before executing the decrease process × (1 ÷ distribution contribution rate)” may be used. Here, the distribution contribution rate is calculated, for example, as follows. In addition, an upper limit may be provided for the value obtained by “(1 ÷ distribution contribution rate)” related to the calculation of the decrease quantity of the example, and if larger than “1”, the upper limit is not exceeded. The distribution contribution rate may be balanced and corrected among users whose obtained value is larger than “1” (in other words, users whose distribution contribution rate is relatively lower than “1”).
Distribution contribution rate = individual currency transfer rate / standard currency transfer rate,
Individual currency transfer rate = EST transfer (remittance) quantity in the specified period / final EST possession quantity,
Base currency transfer rate = total EST transfer (remittance) quantity in a predetermined period / total EST quantity In the predetermined period, reduction processing of the second value exchange medium by the smart contract unit 131 of the server 10 and the smart contract unit 231 of the user terminal 20 It may be a period from the previous execution of (or the increase processing) to the current execution. Further, the distribution contribution rate of the system manager may be fixed as an arbitrary value as “1” which is an overall average value.
　このように、保有数量のみならず、流通貢献率に基づいて第２価値交換媒体の減少数量を算出することで、第２価値交換媒体を保有するユーザに対して、第２価値交換媒体を使用（支払い、決済、送金、又は弁済手段、若しくは第２交換等）するインセンティブを働かせることができる（一般論として、法定通貨の使用インセンティブはマイナスである（※使用欲求よりも保蔵欲求の方が高い）ことがある）ようになり、第２価値交換媒体の「価値交換媒体」としての機能が発揮されやすくなる。更に、第２価値交換媒体は、停滞させることなく適度に使用すれば「量が減りにくい」、いわば使用することで「プラス金利」（相対的にマイナスが小さいと同義）の生じ得るプラス（相対的にマイナスが小さいと同義）の資産的効果を発揮する通貨として機能し得るようになる。逆に、停滞させ使用せず貯め込むのみであれば「量が減りやすい」、いわば使用しないことで「マイナス金利」（相対的にマイナスが大きいと同義）の生じ得るマイナス（相対的にマイナスが大きいと同義）の資産的効果を発揮する通貨として機能し得るようになることから、第２価値交換媒体は、財布から財布へ移動しやすい、つまり「価値」が交換されやすく、流通速度の速い「価値交換媒体」となり得る。本実施形態において、第２価値交換媒体は、第１価値交換媒体と同様に、「ユーザ間で移転する価値の相対評価及び需要に基づき新規に発行される、価値尺度の変動が抑制（単位交換価値が制御）された流通速度の速い価値交換媒体」として機能を発揮し得るものである。 In this way, the second value exchange medium is used for the user who holds the second value exchange medium by calculating the decrease quantity of the second value exchange medium based on the distribution contribution rate as well as the owned quantity. Incentives can be exercised (payment, settlement, remittance, or means of payment, or second exchange etc.) (In general terms, the incentive for using a legal currency is negative (* The desire for preservation is higher than the desire for use) And the second value exchange medium becomes more likely to function as a "value exchange medium". Furthermore, the second value exchange medium is a positive (relative value) (it is equivalent to a relatively small negative value) can be generated if it is used "moderately without reduction" if used moderately and so to speak To be able to function as a currency that exerts an asset effect (which is equivalent to a small negative). On the contrary, if it stagnates and stores it without using it, "it is easy to reduce the amount", so to say, not using it, "negative interest rate" (equivalent to relatively large negative) can occur negative (relative negative The second value exchange medium is easy to move from wallet to wallet, that is, it is easy to exchange “value” and has a high speed of distribution, since it can function as a currency that exhibits the asset effect of “large”. It can be a "value exchange medium". In the present embodiment, the second value exchange medium, similarly to the first value exchange medium, “reduces the fluctuation of the value scale newly issued based on the relative evaluation of the value transferred among users and the demand (unit exchange It can function as a value exchange medium with a high flow rate and controlled value).
（６－２－３）第２価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能の安定化
　上述したとおり、各ユーザが保有する第２価値交換媒体の数量は、所定の減少条件が満たされる場合、各ユーザの保有数量や流通貢献率に基づいて減少する。これに伴って、サーバ１０は、以下に説明するとおり、第２価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能（単位交換価値）を第１価値交換媒体の価値尺度機能（単位交換価値）に目標交換率で更に均衡させる（目標交換率から乖離させない）ための所定の処理を実行してもよい。これにより、第２価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が、第１価値交換媒体の単位交換価値に目標交換率（又はその付近）で更に均衡されるため、上述したとおり第１価値交換媒体が有している強度な価値尺度機能（単位交換価値を制御する機能）を、第２価値交換媒体に対して更に生じさせることができるようになる。 (6-2-3) Stabilization of the value measurement function of the second value exchange medium As described above, the quantity of the second value exchange medium held by each user is held by each user if a predetermined reduction condition is satisfied. Decrease based on quantity and distribution contribution rate. Accordingly, the server 10 further adds the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the second value exchange medium to the value scale function (unit exchange value) of the first value exchange medium at the target exchange rate, as described below. A predetermined process may be performed to balance (do not deviate from the target exchange rate). As a result, the unit exchange value of the second value exchange medium is further balanced with the unit exchange value of the first value exchange medium at (or near) the target exchange rate, and therefore, as described above, the first value exchange medium has It is possible to generate more robust value scaling functions (functions to control unit exchange value) for the second value exchange medium.
（６－２－３－１）希望交換率の修正
　サーバ１０は、既に受け付けた交換要求に係る希望交換率を、各ユーザの第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を相殺するように修正してもよい。また、本修正処理によって結果的に変動する相場交換率に基づく第１相場交換率及び第２相場交換率の変動量は、目標交換率（第１目標交換率及び第２目標交換率）まで（目標交換率を超える変動量を制限）としてもよい。図３３は、減少処理時の希望交換率の修正処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。この処理により、上述した相場交換率が目標交換率に更に近づく。 (6-2-3-1) Correction of Desired Exchange Rate The server 10 corrects the desired exchange rate relating to the already received exchange request so as to offset the decreasing rate of the volume of the second value exchange medium of each user. May be In addition, the fluctuation amounts of the first exchange rate and the second exchange rate based on the exchange rate resulting from this correction process can be up to the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate and the second target exchange rate). The amount of fluctuation exceeding the target exchange rate may be limited. FIG. 33 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction processing of a desired exchange rate at the time of reduction processing. By this processing, the above-mentioned market exchange rate further approaches the target exchange rate.
（Ｓ６２０４）
　まず、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、上述したＳ６２００と同様に、相場交換率を、サーバ１０の相場交換率算出部１５１から取得する。 (S6204)
First, the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 acquires the market exchange rate from the market exchange rate calculation unit 151 of the server 10, as in S6200 described above.
（Ｓ６２０５）
　次に、サーバ１０の希減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、上述したＳ６２０１と同様に、所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。所定の減少条件が満たされないと判定された場合（Ｓ６２０５；Ｎｏ）、処理はステップＳ６２０４に戻る。一方、所定の減少条件が満たされると判定された場合（Ｓ６２０５；Ｙｅｓ）、処理はステップＳ６２０６に進む。 (S6205)
Next, the dilution reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined reduction condition is satisfied, as in S6201 described above. If it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is not satisfied (S6205; No), the process returns to step S6204. On the other hand, when it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied (S6205; Yes), the process proceeds to step S6206.
（Ｓ６２０６）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、記憶部１１に記憶された交換要求テーブルに記録された既に受け付けている交換要求（第１交換要求及び第２交換要求を含む）のうち、希望交換率の修正が未了の一の交換要求を特定する。 (S6206)
Next, the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 transmits the already received exchange request (including the first exchange request and the second exchange request) recorded in the exchange request table stored in the storage unit 11. Among them, one exchange request whose correction of the desired exchange rate is not completed is identified.
（Ｓ６２０７）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、第２台帳を参照して、Ｓ６２０６で特定された交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を取得する。 (S6207)
Next, the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 refers to the second ledger, and the reduction rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID related to the exchange request specified in S6206. To get
（Ｓ６２０８）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、Ｓ６２０７で取得した第２価値交換媒体の減少割合を相殺するように、Ｓ６２０６で特定した交換要求の希望交換率を修正する。例えば、ある第１交換要求に係る第１希望交換率が０．８６であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が３％減少した場合、０．８６×（１００＋３）％＝０．８８５８であるから、希望交換率は０．８８５８に修正される。また、例えば、ある第２交換要求に係る第２希望交換率が１．１７であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が３％減少した場合、１．１７×（１００＋３）％＝１．２０５１であるから、当該第２希望交換率は１．２０５１に修正される。なお、例えば、ある第１交換要求に係る第１希望交換率が０．９６であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が５％減少した場合、０．９６×（１００＋５）％＝１．００８であるから、第１希望交換率は１．００８に修正される。このとき、第２相場交換率が、例えば、１．００である場合には、第１希望交換率が１．００８に修正された当該第１交換要求は、第２相場交換率（この場合であれば、１．００）で第２相場交換要求と約定され得る。 (S6208)
Next, the desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 reduces the desired exchange rate of the exchange request identified in S6206 so as to offset the decrease rate of the second value exchange medium acquired in S6207 in the exchange request table. Fix it. For example, if the first desired exchange rate for a first exchange request is 0.86, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID for the first exchange request decreases by 3%, Since 0.86 × (100 + 3)% = 0.8858, the desired exchange rate is corrected to 0.8858. Also, for example, the second desired exchange rate related to a certain second exchange request is 1.17, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the second exchange request decreases by 3%. In the case of 1.17 × (100 + 3)% = 1.2051, the second desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.2051. Note that, for example, the first desired exchange rate related to a certain first exchange request is 0.96, and the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user ID related to the first exchange request is reduced by 5%. In the case of 0.96 × (100 + 5)% = 1.008, the first desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.008. At this time, if the second exchange rate is, for example, 1.00, the first exchange request whose first desired exchange rate is corrected to 1.008 is the second exchange rate (in this case, If there is, the second market exchange request can be fulfilled at 1.00).
（Ｓ６２０９）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、既に受け付けた交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正したか否かを判定する。既に受け付けた交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正していないと判定した場合は（Ｓ６２０９；Ｎｏ）、処理はＳ６２０６に戻る。既に受け付けた交換要求の全てについて、希望交換率を修正したと判定した場合は（Ｓ６２０９；Ｙｅｓ）、処理を終了する。 (S6209)
Next, the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 determines whether or not the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all the already received exchange requests in the exchange request table. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has not been corrected for all the already received exchange requests (S6209; No), the process returns to S6206. If it is determined that the desired exchange rate has been corrected for all of the already received exchange requests (S6209; Yes), the process ends.
（６－２－３－２）第１希望交換率を減少させる修正の制限
　サーバ１０は、上述した「（６－２－１）減少の基本フロー」で説明した処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少した場合、所定の期間（変動抑制期間）において、第１希望交換率を減少させる修正を制限してもよい。図３４は、第１希望交換率を減少させる修正の制限処理の動作フローの一例を示す図である。この処理により、変動抑制期間中は、一旦目標交換率に近づいた相場交換率がユーザの意図をもって変動して目標交換率から短期間で急激に乖離することが抑制される。なお、当該制限処理は、上述した第２価値交換媒体の減少処理が行われた時点おいて交換要求テーブルに記録されていた未約定の第１交換要求に限ってもよい。 (6-2-3-2) Limitation of Modification to Decrease the First Desired Exchange Rate The server 10 associates each user ID with the processing described in the “(6-2-1) Basic flow of reduction” described above. If the quantity of the second value exchange medium is decreased, the correction to reduce the first desired exchange rate may be limited in a predetermined period (the fluctuation suppression period). FIG. 34 is a diagram showing an example of an operation flow of correction limitation processing for reducing the first desired exchange rate. By this processing, during the fluctuation suppressing period, it is suppressed that the market exchange rate, which has once approached the target exchange rate, fluctuates with the user's intention and rapidly deviates from the target exchange rate in a short period of time. The restriction process may be limited to the uncommitted first exchange request recorded in the exchange request table at the time when the second value exchange medium reduction process described above is performed.
（Ｓ６２１０）
　まず、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、ユーザ端末２０から第１希望交換率の修正要求を受信する。当該修正要求は、例えば、希望する修正後の第１希望交換率（修正第１希望交換率）を示す情報を含んでもよい。 (S6210)
First, the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 receives a correction request of the first desired exchange rate from the user terminal 20. The correction request may include, for example, information indicating a desired corrected first desired exchange rate (corrected first desired exchange rate).
（Ｓ６２１１）
　次に、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、所定の切替条件が満たされるか否かを判定する。所定の切替条件は、上述した変動抑制期間の終了を規定する条件である。例えば、所定の切替条件は、所定の固定長の期間が経過したことであってよい。当該固定長の期間の長さは特に限定されず、任意の長さであってもよく、ユーザ端末２０の投票等によって決定されてもよい。また、例えば、所定の切替条件は、上述した割増率（目標交換率に対する相場交換率の割合）が、所定の閾値に達したことであってよい。ここで、当該所定の閾値の値は、特に限定されず任意の値であってよい。なお、当該所定の閾値の値は、上述した割増下限値以下であってもよい。 (S6211)
Next, the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 determines whether a predetermined switching condition is satisfied. The predetermined switching condition is a condition that defines the end of the fluctuation suppression period described above. For example, the predetermined switching condition may be that a predetermined fixed length period has elapsed. The length of the fixed length period is not particularly limited, may be any length, and may be determined by voting of the user terminal 20 or the like. Also, for example, the predetermined switching condition may be that the above-described premium rate (the ratio of the market exchange rate to the target exchange rate) has reached a predetermined threshold. Here, the value of the predetermined threshold is not particularly limited, and may be any value. The value of the predetermined threshold may be equal to or less than the above-described additional increase lower limit value.
（Ｓ６２１２）
　ステップＳ６２１１において所定の切替条件が満たされると判定された場合（Ｓ６２１１；Ｙｅｓ）、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、第１希望交換率を修正し、処理が終了する。 (S6212)
If it is determined in step S6211 that the predetermined switching condition is satisfied (S6211; Yes), the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 corrects the first desired exchange rate in the exchange request table, and the process finish.
（Ｓ６２１３）
　ステップＳ６２１１において所定の切替条件が満たされないと判定された場合（Ｓ６２１１；Ｎｏ）、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、修正要求に係る修正内容が、第１希望交換率が減少する方向（「（６－２－１）減少の基本フロー」で説明した処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少に伴う、「（６－２－３－１）希望交換率の修正」で説明した処理によって修正された第１希望交換率が修正される前の状態の第１希望交換率に戻る方向）であるか否かを判定する。第１希望交換率が減少する方向でないと判定された場合（Ｓ６２１３；Ｎｏ）、処理はステップＳ６２１２に進み、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、交換要求テーブルにおいて、第１希望交換率を修正し、処理が終了する。 (S6213)
If it is determined in step S6211 that the predetermined switching condition is not satisfied (S6211: No), the decrease-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 decreases the first desired exchange rate as the correction content related to the correction request Direction ((6-2-3-1) due to a decrease in the number of second value exchange media associated with each user ID by the processing described in “(6-2-1) Basic flow of reduction” It is determined whether or not the first desired exchange rate corrected by the process described in “Correction of the desired exchange rate” returns to the first desired exchange rate of the state before being corrected. If it is determined that the first desired exchange rate is not decreasing (S6213; No), the process proceeds to step S6212, and the reduction desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 performs the first desired exchange in the exchange request table. Correct the rate and the process ends.
（Ｓ６２１４）
　ステップＳ６２１３において第１希望交換率が減少する方向であると判定された場合（Ｓ６２１３；Ｙｅｓ）、サーバ１０の減少時希望交換率修正部１５５ｂは、第１希望交換率の修正を制限するための所定の制限処理を実行する。ここで、所定の制限処理は、例えば、第１希望交換率の修正処理を全く実行しないこと、及びＳ６２１０で受信した修正要求通りではない第１希望交換率の修正処理を実行すること（例えば、交換要求テーブルに記録された第１希望交換率を、Ｓ６２１０で受信した修正第１希望交換率よりも大きい値に修正する処理）等であってよい。また、所定の制限処理は、例えば、ユーザ端末２０に第１希望交換率の修正が制限されている旨を通知する処理であってもよい。以上で、処理が終了する。 (S6214)
If it is determined in step S6213 that the first desired exchange rate is in the decreasing direction (S6213; Yes), the reduction-time desired exchange rate correction unit 155b of the server 10 limits the correction of the first desired exchange rate. Execute predetermined restriction processing. Here, for example, the predetermined restriction process may not execute the correction process of the first desired exchange rate at all, and may execute the correction process of the first desired exchange rate that is not the correction request received in S6210 (for example, The first desired exchange rate recorded in the exchange request table may be corrected to a value larger than the corrected first desired exchange rate received in S6210. The predetermined restriction process may be, for example, a process of notifying the user terminal 20 that the correction of the first desired exchange rate is restricted. Thus, the process ends.
（６－２－３－３）交換率の固定
　サーバ１０は、上述した「（６－２）第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少」で説明した一連の処理によって各ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少した場合、所定の期間（固定交換期間）において、ユーザ端末２０から受信した交換要求を、目標交換率によって約定させる処理を実行してもよい。 (6-2-3-3) Fixing of Exchange Rate The server 10 is linked to each user ID by the series of processes described in the above-mentioned “(6-2) Decrease of the quantity of the second value exchange medium”. When the quantity of the second value exchange medium decreases, processing may be performed to make the exchange request received from the user terminal 20 meet the target exchange rate in a predetermined period (fixed exchange period).
　サーバ１０の第１固定交換要求生成部１５６ａは、例えば、上述した目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で、第１価値交換媒体を第２価値交換媒体に交換（債務発行）するための第１固定交換要求を無限に生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第２交換要求のうち、所定の約定条件を満たす第２交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第２希望交換率が、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）と同一又は目標交換率（第１目標交換率）より低い第２交換要求がある場合は、当該第２交換要求を所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で第１固定交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第２交換要求についても所定の第１約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第１目標交換率）で第１固定交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 The first fixed exchange request generation unit 156a of the server 10, for example, performs the first exchange of the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium (the debt issuance) at the above-described target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate). 1 Generate fixed exchange request infinitely. Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 specifies the second exchange request that satisfies the predetermined contract condition among the second exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a second exchange request for which the second desired exchange rate is equal to or lower than the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), the second exchange request is the second exchange request. Execution processing between the first fixed exchange request and the first fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate), with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition. In addition, with regard to the second exchange request of the market, the execution process with the first fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the first target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying the predetermined first execution meeting condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けて、当該第２交換要求に係る第２価値交換媒体の数量に目標交換率（第１目標交換率）を乗じた数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するための第１更新情報としてのレコードを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該レコードを第１台帳に追加することによって、第１台帳を更新する。 In the contract process, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and is associated with the user ID relating to the second exchange request, and relates to the second exchange request. A record is generated as first update information for issuing a first value exchange medium of a quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the second value exchange medium by the target exchange rate (first target exchange rate). Then, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the first ledger by adding the record to the first ledger.
　更にサーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、発行した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行分として、債務発行テーブルの債務発行数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が債務発行される。 Furthermore, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 updates the debt issuance table by adding the quantity of the issued first value exchange medium as the debt issuance quantity to the debt issuance quantity of the debt issuance table. As a result, the first value exchange medium is issued debt.
　更に、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第１価値交換媒体の債務発行に併せて、約定処理された第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第２交換要求に係る数量の第２価値交換媒体を、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザＩＤからサーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）に移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第１約定処理部１５４ａは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 Furthermore, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 transmits the second value exchange medium associated with the user ID associated with the second exchange request subjected to the contract process to the server together with the debt issuance of the first value exchange medium. A process of transferring to a server ID (administrator ID) related to 10 is executed. Specifically, the first contract processing unit 154a of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the second value exchange medium of the quantity related to the second exchange request is (2) Create a transaction as second update information for transferring the user ID relating to the exchange request to the server ID (administrator ID) relating to the server 10. Then, the first execution processing unit 154a of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
　サーバ１０の第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂは、例えば、上述した目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を第１価値交換媒体に交換（相殺購入）するための第２固定交換要求を無限に生成する。なお、サーバ１０の第２固定交換要求生成部１５６ｂは、第２固定交換要求を無限に生成することに替えて、債務発行テーブルに記録されている債務発行残高分だけ第２固定交換要求を生成してもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、交換要求テーブルに含まれる第１交換要求のうち、所定の第２約定条件を満たす第１交換要求を特定し、約定処理を実行する。具体的には、第１希望交換率が、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）と同一又は目標交換率（第２目標交換率）より高い第１交換要求がある場合は、当該第１交換要求を所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で第２固定交換要求との間の約定処理を実行する。また、成行の第１交換要求についても所定の第２約定条件を満たす約定対象として、目標交換率（第２目標交換率）で第２固定交換要求との約定処理を即時に実行する。 The second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10, for example, exchanges the second value exchange medium held by itself with the first value exchange medium (offset purchase) at the above-described target exchange rate (second target exchange rate). Infinitely generate a second fixed exchange request to Note that the second fixed exchange request generation unit 156b of the server 10 generates a second fixed exchange request for the debt issuance balance recorded in the debt issuance table instead of generating the second fixed exchange request infinitely. You may Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 specifies the first exchange request that satisfies the predetermined second contract condition among the first exchange requests included in the exchange request table, and executes the contract process. Specifically, when there is a first exchange request for which the first desired exchange rate is equal to or higher than the target exchange rate (second target exchange rate), the first exchange request is the first exchange request. The execution process between the second fixed exchange request and the second fixed exchange request is executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) with the request as the execution target satisfying the predetermined second execution condition. In addition, with regard to the first exchange request of the market, the execution process with the second fixed exchange request is immediately executed at the target exchange rate (the second target exchange rate) as an execution target satisfying a predetermined second execution meeting condition.
　約定処理においては、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、例えば、第１台帳及び債務発行テーブルをそれぞれ更新する。まず、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該第１交換要求に係る数量の第１価値交換媒体について、当該ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消する内容の第１更新情報を生成する。当該第１更新情報は、例えば、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体のレコード自体を消却する内容であってもよい。若しくは、当該第１更新情報は、第１台帳において当該ユーザＩＤに紐付けられた当該数量の第１価値交換媒体の保有者情報（紐付けるユーザＩＤ情報）を空欄とする内容であってもよい。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該第１更新情報によって第１台帳を更新する。なお、この時、ユーザの保有する第１価値交換媒体のうち消却予定日の到来日が近いものから優先的に消却してもよい。 In the contract process, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates, for example, the first ledger and the debt issuance table. First, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the first update information for updating the first ledger, and relates to the first exchange request associated with the user ID related to the first exchange request. For the first value exchange medium of the quantity, the first update information of the content that cancels the association with the user ID is generated. The first update information may be, for example, content for deleting the record itself of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger. Alternatively, the first update information may be a content in which the holder information (user ID information to be associated) of the first value exchange medium of the quantity associated with the user ID in the first ledger is blank. . Then, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 updates the first ledger with the first update information. At this time, among the first value exchange media owned by the user, the one with the scheduled arrival date near the arrival date may be canceled preferentially.
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、ユーザＩＤとの紐付けを解消した第１価値交換媒体の数量を、債務発行に対する相殺購入分として、債務発行テーブルの相殺購入数量に追加することにより、債務発行テーブルを更新する。これにより、第１価値交換媒体が相殺購入される。 Furthermore, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 adds the quantity of the first value exchange medium, in which the linkage with the user ID is released, to the offset purchase quantity of the debt issuance table as the offset purchase for debt issuance. Update the debt issuance table. Thus, the first value exchange medium is offset and purchased.
　更に、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第１価値交換媒体の相殺購入に併せて、自身が保有する第２価値交換媒体を、当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させる処理を実行する。具体的には、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、当該第１交換要求に係る第１価値交換媒体の数量を第２相場交換率で除した数量の第２価値交換媒体を、サーバ１０に係るサーバＩＤ（管理者ＩＤ）から当該第１交換要求に係るユーザＩＤに移転させるための第２更新情報としてのトランザクションを生成する。そして、サーバ１０の第２約定処理部１５４ｂは、当該トランザクションを価値交換媒体流通ネットワーク内にブロードキャストする。そして、当該トランザクションが各ノードのブロックチェーンに取り込まれることにより、第２台帳が更新される。 Furthermore, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 transfers the second value exchange medium held by itself to the user ID related to the first exchange request in conjunction with the offset purchase of the first value exchange medium. Run. Specifically, the second contract processing unit 154b of the server 10 is the second update information for updating the second ledger, and the quantity of the first value exchange medium related to the first exchange request is the second market price. Generate a transaction as second update information for transferring the second value exchange medium of the quantity divided by the exchange rate from the server ID (administrator ID) of the server 10 to the user ID of the first exchange request. . Then, the second execution processing unit 154b of the server 10 broadcasts the transaction into the value exchange medium distribution network. Then, the second ledger is updated as the transaction is taken into the block chain of each node.
（７）異種通貨間同時決済
　本実施形態において、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０の類型IIに属する有償消費価値の参照要求、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の参照要求に応じて、ユーザ端末２０の表示装置に当該有償消費価値の取得、又は当該有償交換価値の取得に係る対価としての第１価値交換媒体の数量を表示するとき、当該第１価値交換媒体の数量に加えて、又は替えて、対価としての第２価値交換媒体の数量を表示してもよい。具体的には、例えば、サーバ１０は、第１相場交換要求生成部１５３ａが生成する第１相場交換率から、当該第１価値交換媒体の数量を第２交換によって取得するために必要となる第２価値交換媒体の数量を特定し、当該特定した数量の第２価値交換媒体を対価として支払うことのできる旨の通知（ＥＳＴ決済要求を含んでもよい）を当該ユーザ端末２０に送信するとよい。当該通知は、例えば、第２価値交換媒体数量、決済要求、及び第１相場交換率での第２交換要求、並びに類型IIに属する有償消費価値の取得行為に係る実行要求、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の取得に係る有償交換価値利用要求を含んでもよい。続けて、サーバ１０は、ユーザ端末２０からのＥＳＴ決済要求を受信（ユーザによる実行の選択により送受信）すると、第１約定処理部１５４ａによって当該ＥＳＴ実行要求に含まれる第１相場交換率での第２交換要求の約定処理を完了させる。以降、サーバ１０は、債務発行した第１価値交換媒体を類型IIに属する有償消費価値、又は類型IIIに属する有償交換価値の取得に係る所定の処理によって決済させるとよい。 (7) Simultaneous Settlement Between Different Monetary Currency In the present embodiment, the server 10 responds to the reference request for the paid consumption value belonging to the type II of the user terminal 20 or the reference request for the paid exchange value belonging to the type III. When displaying the quantity of the first value exchange medium as the compensation for the acquisition of the chargeable consumption value or the acquisition of the charge exchange value on the display device of, the amount of the first value exchange medium in addition to or instead of the quantity of the first value exchange medium , You may display the quantity of the 2nd value exchange medium as compensation. Specifically, for example, the server 10 is required to acquire the quantity of the first value exchange medium by the second exchange from the first market exchange rate generated by the first market exchange request generating unit 153a. It is preferable to specify the quantity of the two-value exchange medium, and send a notification (which may include an EST settlement request) to the user terminal 20 that the second value exchange medium of the specified quantity can be paid as a consideration. The notification belongs to, for example, a second value exchange medium quantity, a settlement request, and a second exchange request at a first exchange rate, and an execution request for a paid consumption value acquisition activity belonging to Type II, or belongs to Type III It may also include a requirement for the use of chargeable exchange value for the acquisition of chargeable exchange value. Subsequently, when the server 10 receives the EST settlement request from the user terminal 20 (transmits / receives according to the selection of execution by the user), the first contract processing unit 154a performs the first exchange at the first rate exchange rate included in the EST execution request. 2 Complete the fulfillment process of the exchange request. Thereafter, the server 10 may settle the first value exchange medium which has issued debt by predetermined processing relating to acquisition of the paid consumption value belonging to the type II or the paid exchange value belonging to the type III.
　こうすることで、ユーザの決済に係る手間を減少することができるようになり、併せて通貨（価値）流通速度が上昇する効果を奏する。また、こうすることで、ブロックチェーン・ネットワーク（第２ネットワーク）においてのみ流通する第２価値交換媒体を、第１ネットワークにおける事実上の支払い手段として流通させることが可能となり得る。 By doing this, it is possible to reduce the time and effort involved in the settlement of the user, and at the same time, it is possible to achieve the effect of increasing the currency (value) circulation speed. This also makes it possible to distribute the second value exchange medium, which only flows in the blockchain network (the second network), as a de facto payment means in the first network.
　なお、本措置により、債務発行残高の増加が見込まれ、同時に、サーバの（預かり資産としての）第２価値交換媒体も増加し得る。さらには、無償交換価値提供ユーザ、又は有償交換価値提供ユーザの獲得する第１価値交換媒体数量も増加し得る。そうしてサーバの相殺購入数量の増加に伴い、サーバの（預かり資産としての）第２価値交換媒体は、結果的に無償交換価値提供ユーザ、又は有償交換価値提供ユーザに移転する。このことから、第１価値交換媒体の流通速度の加速と併せて、第２価値交換媒体の流通速度の加速効果が発揮されるようになり得る。 In addition, by this measure, the increase in debt issuance balance is expected, and at the same time, the second value exchange medium (as a custody asset) of the server may also increase. Furthermore, the first value exchange medium volume acquired by the free exchange value providing user or the paid exchange value providing user may also be increased. Then, with the increase of the offset purchase quantity of the server, the second value exchange medium (as a deposit asset) of the server is eventually transferred to the free exchange value providing user or the paid exchange value providing user. From this, in addition to the acceleration of the circulation speed of the first value exchange medium, the acceleration effect of the circulation speed of the second value exchange medium may be exhibited.
　本実施形態による「単位交換価値が制御可能な価値交換媒体を提供する」という効果に付随して、例えば以下の効果も期待できる。
　・提供する価値交換媒体の単位交換価値が安定化され得る。
　・提供する価値交換媒体の流通速度が向上し得る。
　・無償交換価値に含まれる経済価値が定量化され得る。
　・価値（交換価値）の流通速度が向上し得る。
　・提供する価値交換媒体の単位交換価値を切り下げた場合に通貨流通総量が増加する（価値交換媒体が新規に発行される）ため、
資産としての保有される価値交換媒体全体の価値が減少しない。また、
実質的な債務の大きさが減少し得る。また、
増加対象（新規発行対象）を購買力側に偏重させると実質的な資産課税のような退蔵貨幣課税（のようなもの）を生じさせ得る。
また、増加対象（新規発行対象）を購買力側に偏重させると通貨流通速度がさらに向上し得る。
また、富と負債の再配分が任意に実施され得る。 Along with the effect of “providing a value exchange medium with controllable unit exchange value” according to the present embodiment, for example, the following effects can be expected.
The unit exchange value of the value exchange medium to be provided can be stabilized.
-The distribution speed of the value exchange medium to be provided may be improved.
・ The economic value included in the free replacement value can be quantified.
・ The distribution speed of value (exchange value) can be improved.
・ If the unit exchange value of the value exchange medium to be provided is lowered, the total amount of currency circulation will increase (value exchange medium is newly issued),
The value of the entire value exchange medium held as an asset does not decrease. Also,
Substantial debt size may decrease. Also,
If the target for increase (target for new issue) is biased to the purchasing power side, it may cause a levied monetary taxation (such as substantial asset taxation).
In addition, if the increase target (new issue target) is biased to the purchasing power side, the currency circulation speed can be further improved.
Also, redistribution of wealth and debt can be implemented at will.
　以上、本発明の好適な実施形態を説明したが、本発明は、上述した実施形態に限定されるものではなく、本発明の要旨を逸脱しない範囲内において、他の様々な形で実施することができる。また、本発明の各種の機能部の処理ステップは、上述した実施形態の態様に限られるものではなく、様々な組み合わせによって本発明の効果を発揮することが可能である。また、例えば、当業者によって従来から知られた技術を機能部の一部に含めることによって、上述した実施形態で例示した各処理ステップに修正を加えて本発明の効果を発揮してもよい。また、上述した各処理ステップは処理内容に矛盾を生じない範囲で任意に順番を変更し、または並列に実行することができる。また、各処理ステップ間に他のステップを追加してもよい。また、各処理ステップから任意のステップを除外して実行してもよい。また、１ステップとして記載されているステップを、複数ステップに分けて実行してもよいし、複数ステップに分けて記載されているものを、１ステップとして把握することもできる。 Although the preferred embodiments of the present invention have been described above, the present invention is not limited to the above-described embodiments, and may be embodied in other various forms without departing from the scope of the present invention. Can. In addition, the processing steps of various functional units of the present invention are not limited to the aspects of the embodiment described above, and the effects of the present invention can be exhibited by various combinations. In addition, for example, each processing step illustrated in the above-described embodiment may be modified to exhibit the effect of the present invention by including, as a part of the functional unit, a technique conventionally known by a person skilled in the art. In addition, the processing steps described above can be arbitrarily changed in order or performed in parallel as long as no contradiction occurs in the processing contents. In addition, other steps may be added between each processing step. Also, arbitrary steps may be excluded from the respective processing steps. Further, the steps described as one step may be divided into a plurality of steps and executed, or those described separately into a plurality of steps may be grasped as one step.
１…交換媒体流通システム、１０…サーバ、１１…記憶部、１２…第１価値交換媒体管理部、１２１…価値処理部、１２２…無償交換価値評価部、１２３…評価発行部、１２４…送金処理部、１２５…決済処理部、１２６…消却処理部、１２７…評価補正部、１２８…第２経済活動処理部、１３…第２価値交換媒体管理部、１３１…スマートコントラクト部、１３１ａ…相場交換率取得部、１３１ｂ…増加条件判定部、１３１ｃ…増加実行部、１３１ｄ…減少条件判定部、１３１ｅ…減少実行部、１３２…信用発行部、１３２ａ…受付部、１３２ｂ…更新情報生成部、１３２ｃ…判定部、１４…アカウント管理部、１５…交換所管理部、１５１…相場交換率算出部、１５２ａ…第１交換要求受付部、１５２ｂ…第２交換要求受付部、１５３ａ…第１相場交換要求生成部、１５３ｂ…第２相場交換要求誠西部、１５４ａ…第１約定条件部、１５４ｂ…第２約定条件部、１５５ａ…増加時希望交換率修正部、１５５ｂ…減少時希望交換率修正部、１５６ａ…第１固定交換要求生成部、１５６ｂ…第２固定交換要求生成部、２０、２０Ａ、２０Ｂ、２０Ｃ、２０Ｄ…ユーザ端末、２１…記憶部、２２…第１価値交換媒体処理部、２２１…価値登録処理部、２２２…送金部、２２３…第２経済活動処理部、２２４…価値利用部、２２５…基礎点数補正要求部、２３…第２価値交換媒体処理部、２３１…スマートコントラクト部、２３１ａ…相場交換率取得部、２３１ｂ…増加条件判定部、２３１ｃ…増加実行部、２３１ｄ…減少条件判定部、２３１ ｅ…減少実行部、２３２…信用発行部、２３２ａ…受付部、２３２ｂ…更新情報生成部、２３２ｃ…判定部、２４…アカウント処理部、２５…交換要求処理部、２５１…第１交換要求処理部、２５２…第２交換要求処理部、２６…表示処理部、１００…情報処理装置、１０１…プロセッサ、１０２…メモリ、１０３…ストレージ、１０４…入出力インタフェース（入出力Ｉ／Ｆ）、１０５…通信インタフェース（通信Ｉ／Ｆ）、３００Ａ…価値登録情報入力画面、３００Ｂ…発行情報表示画面、３００Ｃ…送金指示入力画面、３００Ｄ…送金通知画面、３００Ｅ…利用情報表示画面、Ｘ、Ｘ１、Ｘ２…ウォレット管理アプリ 1 ... exchange medium distribution system, 10 ... server, 11 ... storage unit, 12 ... first value exchange medium management unit, 121 ... value processing unit, 122 ... free exchange value evaluation unit, 123 ... evaluation issuance unit, 124 ... remittance processing Division 125 Settlement processing unit 126 Cancellation processing unit 127 Evaluation correction unit 128 Second economic activity processing unit 13 Second value exchange medium management unit 131 Smart contract unit 131a Market exchange rate Acquisition unit, 131b ... increase condition determination unit, 131c ... increase execution unit, 131d ... decrease condition determination unit, 131e ... decrease execution unit, 132 ... credit issuance unit, 132a ... reception unit, 132b ... update information generation unit, 132c ... determination Part 14 Account management part 15 Exchange place management part 151 Market exchange rate calculation part 152a First exchange request reception part 152b Second exchange request reception part 153a 1st market exchange request generation unit, 153b ... 2nd market exchange request, Makoto Seibu, 154a ... 1st contract condition unit, 154b ... 2nd contract condition unit, 155a ... desired exchange rate correction unit when increasing, 155b ... desired exchange when decreasing Rate correction unit, 156a: first fixed exchange request generation unit, 156b: second fixed exchange request generation unit, 20, 20A, 20B, 20C, 20D: user terminal, 21: storage unit, 22: first value exchange medium processing Division 221 Value registration processing unit 222 Remittance unit 223 Second economic activity processing unit 224 Value utilization unit 225 Basic point correction request unit 23 Second value exchange medium processing unit 231 Smart Contract part, 231 a ... market exchange rate acquisition part, 231 b ... increase condition determination part, 231 c ... increase execution part, 231 d ... reduction condition determination part, 231 e ... reduction execution part, 232 ... credit issuing part, 2 32a ... reception unit, 232b ... update information generation unit, 232c ... determination unit, 24 ... account processing unit, 25 ... exchange request processing unit, 251 ... first exchange request processing unit, 252 ... second exchange request processing unit, 26 ... Display processing unit 100 100 information processing apparatus 101 processor 102 memory 103 storage 104 input / output interface (input / output I / F) 105 communication interface (communication I / F) 300 A value registration Information input screen, 300B ... issued information display screen, 300C ... remittance instruction input screen, 300D ... remittance notification screen, 300E ... usage information display screen, X, X1, X2 ... wallet management application

Claims (61)

  1. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられ得る第１価値交換媒体及び第２価値交換媒体が流通する、互いに通信可能に接続された複数の情報処理装置を含むシステムであって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体と前記第２価値交換媒体とは、複数のユーザ識別情報の間で交換可能であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体は、複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得する前記情報処理装置の動作情報に基づいて発行され、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体は、前記第１価値交換媒体と前記第２価値交換媒体との間の交換率の相場に応じて増加又は減少する、システム。     A system including a plurality of information processing apparatuses communicably connected to each other, in which a first value exchange medium and a second value exchange medium that can be linked to user identification information are distributed,
    The first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information,
    The first value exchange medium is based on operation information of the information processing apparatus for acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information. Issued,
    The system, wherein the second value exchange medium increases or decreases according to the exchange rate quote between the first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium.
  2. 　前記第１価値交換媒体は、前記システム内で生成される第２経済価値を取り出す行為によって消却される、
    請求項１に記載のシステム。     The first value exchange medium is canceled by the act of retrieving the second economic value generated in the system.
    The system of claim 1.
  3. 　前記第１経済価値を取得する前記情報処理装置の前記動作情報に基づいて発行される前記第１価値交換媒体の第１所定数量は、前記システム内で生成される前記第２経済価値を取り出す行為によって消却される前記第１価値交換媒体の第２所定数量に基づいて決定される、
    請求項２に記載のシステム。     The first predetermined quantity of the first value exchange medium to be issued based on the operation information of the information processing apparatus for acquiring the first economic value is an act of taking out the second economic value generated in the system Determined based on a second predetermined quantity of the first value exchange medium canceled by
    The system of claim 2.
  4. 　前記第１価値交換媒体は、所定期限の到来により消却される、
    請求項１から３のいずれか一項に記載のシステム。     The first value exchange medium is canceled upon arrival of a predetermined time limit.
    The system according to any one of claims 1 to 3.
  5. 　前記第２価値交換媒体は、ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量で表される資産の価値の大きさを根拠にした信用発行の要求に応じて信用発行される、
    請求項１から４のいずれか一項に記載のシステム。     The second value exchange medium is issued credit in response to a request for issuance of a credit based on the value of the value of the asset represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information.
    The system according to any one of claims 1 to 4.
  6. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体の交換を管理するためのコンピュータに実行させる方法であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体は複数のユーザ識別情報の間で任意に交換可能であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体は、複数の前記ユーザ識別情報の間を移転した無償交換価値に対する評価に基づいて発行され、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体は、ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率が、目標となる前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率から所定割合だけ変動した場合に、変動した分の少なくとも一部を相殺するように所定数量だけ変動し、
    　前記方法は、前記コンピュータに、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を第１希望交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１交換要求を受け付けるステップと、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を第２希望交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２交換要求を受け付けるステップと、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１相場交換要求を生成するステップと、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２相場交換要求を生成するステップと、
    　前記第１相場交換要求と、所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求との間の第１約定処理を実行するステップと、
    　前記第２相場交換要求と、所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求との間の第２約定処理を実行するステップと、
    　を実行させる方法。     A computer for managing exchange of the first value exchange medium recorded in the first ledger in association with the user identification information and the second value exchange medium recorded in the second ledger in association with the user identification information Method,
    The first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are arbitrarily exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information,
    The first value exchange medium is issued based on the evaluation of the free exchange value transferred between the plurality of user identification information,
    The second value exchange medium has a target exchange rate, which is a exchange rate between exchange rates between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium. If the target exchange rate, which is the exchange rate between the value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, fluctuates from the target exchange rate by a predetermined rate, it fluctuates by a predetermined amount so as to offset at least a part of the fluctuation.
    The method comprises:
    Accepting a first exchange request to exchange the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate;
    Accepting a second exchange request to exchange the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate;
    Generating a first market exchange request to exchange the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    Generating a second market exchange request to exchange the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    Performing a first fulfillment process between the first exchange request and the second exchange request satisfying a predetermined first fulfillment condition;
    Performing a second fulfillment process between the second exchange request and the first exchange request satisfying a predetermined second fulfillment condition;
    How to do it.
  7. 　前記第１約定処理を実行するステップは、前記第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、前記所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求に係る前記第２価値交換媒体の数量に前記相場交換率を乗じた数量の前記第１価値交換媒体を、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けて発行するための第１更新情報を生成するステップを含む、
    請求項６に記載の方法。     The step of executing the first fulfillment process is first update information for updating the first ledger, and the second value exchange medium according to the second exchange request satisfying the predetermined first fulfillment condition Generating the first update information for linking the first value exchange medium of the quantity obtained by multiplying the quantity of the price exchange rate by the rate exchange rate and the user identification information according to the second exchange request;
    The method of claim 6.
  8. 　前記第１約定処理を実行するステップは、更に、前記第１台帳を更新するための第１更新情報であって、前記所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求に係る前記第２価値交換媒体の数量の前記第２価値交換媒体を、当該第２交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報から前記コンピュータに係る管理識別情報に移転させるための第２更新情報を生成するステップを含む、
    請求項７に記載の方法。     The step of executing the first fulfillment process is, further, first update information for updating the first ledger, wherein the second value pertaining to the second exchange request satisfying the predetermined first fulfillment condition Generating second update information for transferring the second value exchange medium of the quantity of exchange medium from the user identification information according to the second exchange request to the management identification information according to the computer
    The method of claim 7.
  9. 　前記第２約定処理を実行するステップは、前記第１台帳を更新するための他の第１更新情報であって、前記所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求に係る数量の前記第１価値交換媒体であって当該第１交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第１価値交換媒体について、当該ユーザ識別情報との紐付けを解消するための他の第１更新情報を生成するステップを含む、
    請求項６又は７に記載の方法。     The step of executing the second fulfillment process is another first update information for updating the first ledger, and the second one of the quantities relating to the first exchange request satisfying the predetermined second fulfillment condition One-value exchange medium, regarding the first value exchange medium associated with the user identification information related to the first exchange request, other first update information for canceling the association with the user identification information Including generating steps,
    A method according to claim 6 or 7.
  10. 　前記第２約定処理を実行するステップは、更に、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、前記所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求に係る前記第１価値交換媒体の数量を前記相場交換率で除した数量の前記第２価値交換媒体を、前記コンピュータに係る管理識別情報から当該第１交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に移転させるための第２更新情報を生成するステップを含む、
    請求項９に記載の方法。     The step of executing the second fulfillment process is, further, second update information for updating the second ledger, wherein the first value relating to the first exchange request satisfying the predetermined second fulfillment condition Second update information for transferring the second value exchange medium of the quantity obtained by dividing the quantity of exchange medium by the market exchange rate from the management identification information of the computer to the user identification information of the first exchange request Including generating steps,
    10. The method of claim 9.
  11. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　所定の増加条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加した場合、受け付けられた前記第１交換要求に係る前記第１希望交換率を当該第１交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を相殺するように修正し、且つ受け付けられた前記第２交換要求に係る前記第２希望交換率を当該第２交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量の増加割合を相殺するように修正する増加時修正ステップと、
    　所定の減少条件が満たされることに応じて各ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少した場合、受け付けられた前記第１交換要求に係る前記第１希望交換率を当該第１交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を相殺するように修正し、且つ受け付けられた前記第２交換要求に係る前記第２希望交換率を当該第２交換要求に係るユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量の減少割合を相殺するように修正する減少時修正ステップと、
    　を実行させる、
    請求項６から１０のいずれか一項に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    When the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to each user identification information increases in response to the predetermined increase condition being satisfied, the first desired exchange rate related to the received first exchange request is The second desired exchange according to the second exchange request received, modified to offset the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information related to the first exchange request An increase correction step of correcting the rate to offset the increase rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information related to the second exchange request;
    When the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to each user identification information decreases in response to the predetermined decrease condition being satisfied, the first desired exchange rate related to the received first exchange request is The second desired exchange according to the second exchange request received, corrected to offset the decrease rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information related to the first exchange request A decreasing correction step of correcting the rate to offset the decreasing rate of the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the user identification information related to the second exchange request;
    To run
    The method according to any one of claims 6 to 10.
  12. 　前記増加時修正ステップは、各ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量が増加してから所定の切替条件が満たされるまで、前記第２希望交換率を増加させる修正の要求を制限するステップを含み、
    　前記減少時修正ステップは、各ユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量が減少してから前記所定の切替条件が満たされるまで、前記第１希望交換率を減少させる修正の要求を制限するステップを含む、
    請求項１１に記載の方法。     The increase correction step is a request for correction to increase the second desired exchange rate until a predetermined switching condition is satisfied after the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to each user identification information is increased. Including the step of limiting
    The decreasing correction step is a correction for reducing the first desired exchange rate until the predetermined switching condition is satisfied after the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to each user identification information decreases. Including the step of limiting the request,
    The method of claim 11.
  13. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を前記目標交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１固定交換要求を生成するステップと、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を前記目標交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２固定交換要求を生成するステップと、
    　を実行させる方法であって、
    　前記所定の増加条件、又は前記所定の減少条件が満たされてから所定の切替条件が満たされるまでは、前記第１約定処理を実行するステップでは、前記第１相場交換要求より前記第１固定交換要求を優先させて、所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求との間の約定処理が実行され、前記第２約定処理を実行するステップでは、前記第２相場交換要求より前記第２固定交換要求を優先させて、所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求との間の約定処理が実行される、
    請求項１１又は１２に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Generating a first fixed exchange request to exchange the first value exchange medium for the second value exchange medium at the target exchange rate;
    Generating a second fixed exchange request to exchange the second value exchange medium for the first value exchange medium at the target exchange rate;
    A way to execute
    In the step of executing the first settlement process until the predetermined switching condition is satisfied after the predetermined increasing condition or the predetermined decreasing condition is satisfied, the first fixed exchange is performed according to the first market exchange request. In the step of prioritizing the request and performing the agreement process with the second exchange request satisfying the predetermined first agreement condition, in the step of executing the second agreement process, the second market exchange request is executed based on the second exchange request. A settlement process between the fixed exchange request and the first exchange request satisfying a predetermined second meeting condition is executed by prioritizing the fixed exchange request.
    A method according to claim 11 or 12.
  14. 　前記所定の切替条件は、所定の期間が経過したことを少なくとも含む、
    請求項１２又は１３に記載の方法。     The predetermined switching condition at least includes that a predetermined period has elapsed,
    A method according to claim 12 or 13.
  15. 　前記所定の切替条件は、前記目標交換率に対する前記相場交換率の割合である割増率が所定の閾値に到達したことを少なくとも含む、
    請求項１２又は１３に記載の方法。     The predetermined switching condition at least includes that a rate of increase, which is a ratio of the rate exchange rate to the target exchange rate, has reached a predetermined threshold.
    A method according to claim 12 or 13.
  16. 　前記所定の増加条件は、前記割増率が所定の上限値に到達したことであり
    　前記所定の閾値は、前記所定の上限値以上である、
    請求項１５に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase condition is that the increase rate has reached a predetermined upper limit, and the predetermined threshold is equal to or higher than the predetermined upper limit.
    The method of claim 15.
  17. 　前記所定の減少条件は、前記割増率が所定の下限値に到達したことであり、
    　前記所定の閾値は、前記所定の下限値以下である、
    請求項１５に記載の方法。     The predetermined decrease condition is that the increase rate has reached a predetermined lower limit value,
    The predetermined threshold is less than or equal to the predetermined lower limit.
    The method of claim 15.
  18. 　前記相場交換率は、
    　　第１希望交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体を前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１交換要求に係る当該第１希望交換率と、
    　　第２希望交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体を前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２交換要求に係る当該第２希望交換率と、
    　に基づいて決定される、
    請求項６から１７のいずれか一項に記載の方法。     The market exchange rate is
    The first desired exchange rate according to a first exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate;
    The second desired exchange rate according to a second exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate;
    Determined based on,
    A method according to any one of claims 6-17.
  19. 　前記相場交換率は、少なくとも一の前記第１希望交換率と、少なくとも一の前記第２希望交換率との加重平均である、
    請求項１８に記載の方法。     The exchange rate is a weighted average of at least one of the first desired exchange rate and at least one of the second desired exchange rate.
    The method according to claim 18.
  20. 　前記相場交換率は、
    　　少なくとも一の前記第１希望交換率のうち最も高く設定された前記第１希望交換率である最高第１希望交換率と、
    　　少なくとも一の前記第２希望交換率のうち最も低く設定された前記第２希望交換率である最低第２希望交換率と、
    　に基づいて決定される、
    請求項１８に記載の方法。     The market exchange rate is
    A highest first desired exchange rate, which is the first desired exchange rate set highest among at least one of the first desired exchange rates;
    A lowest second desired exchange rate which is the second desired exchange rate set to the lowest of at least one of the second desired exchange rates;
    Determined based on,
    The method according to claim 18.
  21. 　前記相場交換率は、前記最高第１希望交換率と前記最低第２希望交換率との平均値である、
    請求項２０に記載の方法。     The market exchange rate is an average value of the highest first desired exchange rate and the lowest second desired exchange rate.
    21. The method of claim 20.
  22. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　第２価値交換媒体を一のユーザ識別情報に対して信用発行することの要求を受け付けるステップと、
    　前記第２台帳を更新するための更新情報であって、前記要求に係る前記一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体の数量で表される資産の価値の大きさに基づいた数量の第２価値交換媒体を前記一のユーザ識別情報に対して信用発行するための更新情報を生成するステップと、
    　を実行させる、
    請求項６から２１のいずれか一項に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Accepting a request for credit issuance of the second value exchange medium to one of the user identification information;
    The update information for updating the second ledger, which is based on the value of the value of the asset represented by the quantity of the second value exchange medium linked to the one user identification information related to the request. Generating update information for issuing a credit of the second quantity exchange medium of the specified quantity to the one user identification information;
    To run
    22. A method according to any one of claims 6 to 21.
  23. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　前記要求に係る前記一のユーザ識別情報に対して信用発行される前記第２価値交換媒体の残高が、前記資産の価値の大きさに基づいて算出される信用発行限度数量を超えるか否かを判定するステップ、を実行させる方法であって、
    　前記更新情報を生成するステップでは、前記残高が前記信用発行限度数量を超えると判定された場合は、前記更新情報は生成されない、
    請求項２２に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Whether the balance of the second value exchange medium which is credit issued to the one user identification information related to the request exceeds a credit issuance limit quantity calculated based on the value of the value of the asset A method of executing the determining step,
    In the step of generating the update information, the update information is not generated when it is determined that the balance exceeds the credit issuance limit quantity.
    23. The method of claim 22.
  24. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体の交換を管理するための情報処理装置であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体は複数のユーザ識別情報の間で任意に交換可能であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体は、複数の前記ユーザ識別情報の間を移転した無償交換価値に対する評価に基づいて発行され、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体は、ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率が、目標となる前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率から所定割合だけ変動した場合に、変動した分の少なくとも一部を相殺するように所定数量だけ変動し、
    　前記情報処理装置は、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を第１希望交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１交換要求を受け付ける第１交換要求受付部と、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を第２希望交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２交換要求を受け付ける第２交換要求受付部と、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１相場交換要求を生成する第１相場交換要求生成部と、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２相場交換要求を生成する第２相場交換要求生成部と、
    　前記第１相場交換要求と、所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求との間の第１約定処理を実行する第１約定処理部と、
    　前記第２相場交換要求と、所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求との間の第２約定処理を実行する第２約定処理部と、
    　を備えることを特徴とする情報処理装置。     An information processing apparatus for managing exchange of a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger in association with user identification information There,
    The first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are arbitrarily exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information,
    The first value exchange medium is issued based on the evaluation of the free exchange value transferred between the plurality of user identification information,
    The second value exchange medium has a target exchange rate, which is a exchange rate between exchange rates between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium. If the target exchange rate, which is the exchange rate between the value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, fluctuates from the target exchange rate by a predetermined rate, it fluctuates by a predetermined amount so as to offset at least a part of the fluctuation.
    The information processing apparatus is
    A first exchange request receiving unit for receiving a first exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate;
    A second exchange request receiving unit for receiving a second exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate;
    A first market exchange request generation unit for generating a first market exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    A second market exchange request generation unit for generating a second market exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    A first execution processing unit that executes a first execution process between the first market exchange request and the second exchange request that satisfies a predetermined first fulfillment condition;
    A second execution processing unit for executing a second execution process between the second market exchange request and the first exchange request satisfying a predetermined second execution condition;
    An information processing apparatus comprising:
  25. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体の交換を管理するためのコンピュータのためのプログラムであって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体は複数のユーザ識別情報の間で任意に交換可能であって、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体は、複数の前記ユーザ識別情報の間を移転した無償交換価値に対する評価に基づいて発行され、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体は、ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率が、目標となる前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率から所定割合だけ変動した場合に、変動した分の少なくとも一部を相殺するように所定数量だけ変動し、
    　前記プログラムは、前記コンピュータを、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を第１希望交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１交換要求を受け付ける第１交換要求受付部と、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を第２希望交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２交換要求を受け付ける第２交換要求受付部と、
    　前記第１価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第２価値交換媒体に交換するための第１相場交換要求を生成する第１相場交換要求生成部と、
    　前記第２価値交換媒体を前記相場交換率で前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための第２相場交換要求を生成する第２相場交換要求生成部と、
    　前記第１相場交換要求と、所定の第１約定条件を満たす前記第２交換要求との間の第１約定処理を実行する第１約定処理部と、
    　前記第２相場交換要求と、所定の第２約定条件を満たす前記第１交換要求との間の第２約定処理を実行する第２約定処理部と、
    　として機能させるためのプログラム。     For a computer for managing exchange of a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in a first ledger and a second value exchange medium linked to user identification information linked to user identification information A program,
    The first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium are arbitrarily exchangeable among a plurality of user identification information,
    The first value exchange medium is issued based on the evaluation of the free exchange value transferred between the plurality of user identification information,
    The second value exchange medium has a target exchange rate, which is a exchange rate between exchange rates between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium. If the target exchange rate, which is the exchange rate between the value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, fluctuates from the target exchange rate by a predetermined rate, it fluctuates by a predetermined amount so as to offset at least a part of the fluctuation.
    The program includes the computer
    A first exchange request receiving unit for receiving a first exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at a first desired exchange rate;
    A second exchange request receiving unit for receiving a second exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at a second desired exchange rate;
    A first market exchange request generation unit for generating a first market exchange request for exchanging the first value exchange medium with the second value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    A second market exchange request generation unit for generating a second market exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium with the first value exchange medium at the market exchange rate;
    A first execution processing unit that executes a first execution process between the first market exchange request and the second exchange request that satisfies a predetermined first fulfillment condition;
    A second execution processing unit for executing a second execution process between the second market exchange request and the first exchange request satisfying a predetermined second execution condition;
    Program to function as.
  26. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得するステップと、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定するステップと、
    　前記所定の増加条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の増加数量だけ増加させる前記第２更新情報を生成する増加実行ステップと、
    　を実行させる方法。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger and a second value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded on the second ledger are distributed;
    Obtaining a market exchange rate which is a market rate of a desired exchange rate which is a exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    Determining whether a predetermined increase condition related to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. An increase execution step of generating the second update information which is increased by an increase quantity of
    How to do it.
  27. 　前記所定の増加条件は、目標となる前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率に対する前記相場交換率の割合である割増率が所定の上限値に到達したことと、前記増加実行ステップ又は減少実行ステップが実行されてから所定期間が経過した時点の前記割増率が１より大きいこととの少なくともいずれかを含む、
    請求項２６に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase condition is that an increase rate, which is a ratio of the rate exchange rate to a target exchange rate that is an exchange rate between the target first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, is a predetermined upper limit value. At least one of reaching and / or the increase rate being greater than 1 when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the increase execution step or the decrease execution step is performed.
    27. The method of claim 26.
  28. 　前記所定の増加数量は、少なくとも、前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に係る前記第２価値交換媒体の保有数量に基づいて決定される、
    請求項２７に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase quantity is determined on the basis of at least the held quantity of the second value exchange medium related to the at least one user identification information.
    28. The method of claim 27.
  29. 　前記所定の増加数量は、前記保有数量に（前記所定の増加条件が満たされた時点における前記割増率である到達割増率－１）を乗じた値である、
    請求項２８に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase quantity is a value obtained by multiplying the held quantity by (the achieved increase rate -1 at which the predetermined increase condition is satisfied).
    29. The method of claim 28.
  30. 　前記所定の増加数量は、少なくとも、前記保有数量と、前記第２価値交換媒体の前記ネットワーク内の通貨流通速度に対する前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報の貢献度の割合である流通貢献率と、に基づいて決定される、
    請求項２８に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase quantity is at least based on the stock quantity and a distribution contribution rate which is a ratio of a contribution of the at least one user identification information to a currency distribution rate in the network of the second value exchange medium. Be determined,
    29. The method of claim 28.
  31. 　前記所定の増加数量は、前記保有数量に、（前記所定の増加条件が満たされた時点における前記割増率である到達割増率－１）と、前記流通貢献率とを乗じた値である、
    請求項３０に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase quantity is a value obtained by multiplying the held quantity by (the achievement increase rate -1 which is the increase rate at the time when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied) and the distribution contribution rate.
    31. The method of claim 30.
  32. 　前記流通貢献率は、以下の式（１）により規定される、
    請求項３０又は３１に記載の方法。
    　　（１）前記流通貢献率＝個別通貨移動率／基準通貨移動率
    　　ここで、
    　　　個別通貨移動率＝所定期間における前記第２価値交換媒体の移転数量／所定期間終了時の前記第２価値交換媒体の保有数量、であり、
    　　　基準通貨移動率＝所定期間における全ての前記第２価値交換媒体の移転数量／全ての前記第２価値交換媒体の数量     The distribution contribution rate is defined by the following equation (1):
    32. A method according to claim 30 or 31.
    (1) The distribution contribution rate = individual currency transfer rate / standard currency transfer rate
    Individual currency transfer rate = transfer amount of the second value exchange medium in a predetermined period / held number of the second value exchange medium at the end of the predetermined period,
    Base currency transfer rate = transfer amount of all the second value exchange media in a predetermined period / quantity of all the second value exchange media
  33. 　前記所定の増加数量は、少なくとも、前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に係る前記第２価値交換媒体の移動に係る評価値である移動評価値に基づいて決定される、
    請求項２７に記載の方法。     The predetermined increase quantity is determined based on at least a movement evaluation value which is an evaluation value concerning movement of the second value exchange medium according to the at least one user identification information.
    28. The method of claim 27.
  34. 　前記所定の増加数量は、以下の式（１）に式（２）を乗じた値である、
    請求項３３に記載の方法。
    　　（１）前記ネットワークに含まれる前記第２価値交換媒体の総量に（前記所定の増加条件が満たされた時点における前記割増率である到達割増率－１）を乗じた値
    　　（２）前記ネットワークに含まれる全てのユーザ識別情報に係る前記移動評価値の合計に対する、前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に係る前記移動評価値の割合     The predetermined increase quantity is a value obtained by multiplying the following equation (1) by the equation (2):
    34. The method of claim 33.
    (1) A value obtained by multiplying the total amount of the second value exchange medium included in the network by (the arrival increase rate -1 which is the increase rate at the time when the predetermined increase condition is satisfied) (2) the network Ratio of the movement evaluation value according to the at least one user identification information to the sum of the movement evaluation values according to all the user identification information included
  35. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードである情報処理装置であって、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得する相場交換率取得部と、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定する増加条件判定部と、
    　前記所定の増加条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の増加数量だけ増加させる前記第２更新情報を生成する増加実行部と、
    　を備えることを特徴とする情報処理装置。     An information processing apparatus which is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger by being linked to user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger by being linked to user identification information And
    A market exchange rate acquiring unit for acquiring a market exchange rate which is a market exchange rate desired exchange rate which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    An increase condition determination unit that determines whether a predetermined increase condition related to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. An increase execution unit generating the second update information to increase by an increase quantity of
    An information processing apparatus comprising:
  36. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータを、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得する相場交換率取得部と、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の増加条件が満たされるか否かを判定する増加条件判定部と、
    　前記所定の増加条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の増加数量だけ増加させる前記第２更新情報を生成する増加実行部と、
    　として機能させるためのプログラム。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in a first ledger and a second value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded on a second ledger are distributed;
    A market exchange rate acquiring unit for acquiring a market exchange rate which is a market exchange rate desired exchange rate which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    An increase condition determination unit that determines whether a predetermined increase condition related to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined increase condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. An increase execution unit generating the second update information to increase by an increase quantity of
    Program to function as.
  37. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得するステップと、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定するステップと、
    　前記所定の減少条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の減少数量だけ減少させる前記第２更新情報を生成する減少実行ステップと、
    　を実行させる方法。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger and a second value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded on the second ledger are distributed;
    Obtaining a market exchange rate which is a market rate of a desired exchange rate which is a exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    Determining whether a predetermined reduction condition relating to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. A reduction execution step of generating the second update information to decrease by the reduction quantity of
    How to do it.
  38. 　前記所定の減少条件は、目標となる前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である目標交換率に対する前記相場交換率の割合である割増率が所定の下限値に到達したことと、前記減少実行ステップ又は増加実行ステップが実行されてから所定期間が経過した時点の前記割増率が１より小さいこととの少なくともいずれかを含む、
    請求項３７に記載の方法。     The predetermined decrease condition is that a rate of increase, which is a ratio of the rate exchange rate to a target exchange rate that is an exchange rate between the target first value exchange medium and the second value exchange medium, is a predetermined lower limit value. At least one of reaching and / or the increase rate being less than 1 when a predetermined period of time has elapsed since the decrease execution step or the increase execution step is performed,
    A method according to claim 37.
  39. 　前記所定の減少数量は、少なくとも、前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に係る前記第２価値交換媒体の保有数量に基づいて決定される、
    請求項３８に記載の方法。     The predetermined reduction quantity is determined based at least on the quantity of possession of the second value exchange medium related to the at least one piece of user identification information.
    39. The method of claim 38.
  40. 　前記所定の減少数量は、前記保有数量に（１－前記所定の減少条件が満たされた時点における前記割増率である到達割増率）を乗じた値である、請求項３９に記載の方法。 40. The method according to claim 39, wherein the predetermined reduction quantity is a value obtained by multiplying the retained quantity by (1-the achieved increase rate which is the increase rate when the predetermined reduction condition is satisfied).
  41. 　前記所定の減少数量は、少なくとも、前記保有数量と、前記第２価値交換媒体の前記ネットワーク内の通貨流通速度に対する前記少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報の貢献度の割合である流通貢献率とに、基づいて決定される、
    請求項３９に記載の方法。     The predetermined reduction quantity is at least based on the stock quantity and a distribution contribution rate that is a ratio of a contribution of the at least one user identification information to a currency distribution rate in the network of the second value exchange medium. Be determined,
    40. The method of claim 39.
  42. 　前記所定の減少数量は、前記保有数量に、（１－前記所定の減少条件が満たされた時点における前記割増率である到達割増率）と、（１÷前記流通貢献率）とを乗じた値である、
    請求項４１に記載の方法。     The predetermined decrease quantity is a value obtained by multiplying (1-the achieved increase rate which is the increase rate when the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied) and (1 と the distribution contribution rate) by the held quantity. Is
    42. The method of claim 41.
  43. 　前記流通貢献率は、以下の式（１）により規定される、
    請求項４１又は４２に記載の方法。
    　　（１）前記流通貢献率＝個別通貨移動率／基準通貨移動率
    　　ここで、
    　　　個別通貨移動率＝所定期間における前記第２価値交換媒体の移転数量／所定期間終了時の前記第２価値交換媒体の保有数量、であり、　　　基準通貨移動率＝所定期間における全ての前記第２価値交換媒体の移転数量／全ての前記第２価値交換媒体の数量     The distribution contribution rate is defined by the following equation (1):
    43. A method according to claim 41 or 42.
    (1) The distribution contribution rate = individual currency transfer rate / standard currency transfer rate
    Individual currency transfer rate = transfer amount of the second value exchange medium in a predetermined period / held number of the second value exchange medium at the end of the predetermined period, and reference currency transfer rate = all the second values in the predetermined period Transfer quantity of exchange medium / quantity of all said second value exchange medium
  44. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードである情報処理装置であって、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得する相場交換率取得部と、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する減少条件判定部と、
    　前記所定の減少条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の減少数量だけ減少させる前記第２更新情報を生成する減少実行部と、
    　を備えることを特徴とする情報処理装置。     An information processing apparatus which is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger by being linked to user identification information and a second value exchange medium recorded in a second ledger by being linked to user identification information And
    A market exchange rate acquiring unit for acquiring a market exchange rate which is a market exchange rate desired exchange rate which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    A reduction condition determination unit that determines whether a predetermined reduction condition related to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. A reduction execution unit that generates the second update information to be reduced by the reduction quantity of
    An information processing apparatus comprising:
  45. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体及びユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータを、
    　ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率を取得する相場交換率取得部と、
    　前記相場交換率に係る所定の減少条件が満たされるか否かを判定する減少条件判定部と、
    　前記所定の減少条件が満たされると判定された場合、前記第２台帳を更新するための第２更新情報であって、少なくとも一のユーザ識別情報に紐付けられた前記第２価値交換媒体を所定の減少数量だけ減少させる前記第２更新情報を生成する減少実行部と、
    　として機能させるためのプログラム。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in a first ledger and a second value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded on a second ledger are distributed;
    A market exchange rate acquiring unit for acquiring a market exchange rate which is a market exchange rate desired exchange rate which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired;
    A reduction condition determination unit that determines whether a predetermined reduction condition related to the market exchange rate is satisfied;
    If it is determined that the predetermined decrease condition is satisfied, the second value exchange medium associated with at least one of the user identification information, which is the second update information for updating the second ledger, is determined. A reduction execution unit that generates the second update information to be reduced by the reduction quantity of
    Program to function as.
  46. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するノードの動作情報に基づいた第１所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するステップと、
    　前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を取り出す行為に基づいた第２所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を消却するステップと、を実行させる方法であって、
    　前記第１所定数量は、前記第２所定数量に基づいて決定される、方法。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger is distributed;
    A first value exchange medium of a first predetermined quantity based on operation information of a node acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information Step to issue,
    Retiring a second predetermined quantity of first value exchange media based on an act of retrieving a second economic value generated from the network;
    The method wherein the first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity.
  47. 　前記第１所定数量は、所定期間における前記第１所定数量の総量が、前記所定期間における前記第２所定数量の総量に等しくなるように、前記第２所定数量に基づいて決定される、
    請求項４６に記載の方法。     The first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity so that the total quantity of the first predetermined quantity in a predetermined period is equal to the total quantity of the second predetermined quantity in the predetermined period.
    47. The method of claim 46.
  48. 　前記第１所定数量は、更に、前記動作情報に基づいて算出された評価点数に基づいて決定される、
    請求項４７に記載の方法。     The first predetermined quantity is further determined based on an evaluation score calculated based on the motion information.
    48. The method of claim 47.
  49. 　前記第１所定数量は、前記評価点数に、前記ネットワーク内で前記所定期間に発生した前記評価点数の総量に対する前記第２所定数量の総量の比率を乗じた値である、
    請求項４８に記載の方法。     The first predetermined amount is a value obtained by multiplying the evaluation score by the ratio of the total amount of the second predetermined amount to the total amount of the evaluation score generated in the predetermined period in the network.
    49. The method of claim 48.
  50. 　前記第１所定数量は、前記第１所定数量と前記第２所定数量との差を減少させるように補正される、
    請求項４６に記載の方法。     The first predetermined quantity is corrected to reduce the difference between the first predetermined quantity and the second predetermined quantity.
    47. The method of claim 46.
  51. 　前記第１所定数量は、前記動作情報に基づいて算出された評価点数に基づいて決定される、
    請求項４６又は５０に記載の方法。     The first predetermined quantity is determined based on an evaluation score calculated based on the motion information.
    51. A method according to claim 46 or 50.
  52. 　前記第１所定数量は、更に、前記第１所定数量と前記第２所定数量との差を減少させるための係数に基づいて決定される、
    請求項５１に記載の方法。     The first predetermined quantity is further determined based on a factor for reducing a difference between the first predetermined quantity and the second predetermined quantity.
    52. The method of claim 51.
  53. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　少なくとも１の前記第１価値交換媒体について予め設定された消却期限が到来した場合、前記少なくとも１の前記第１価値交換媒体を消却するステップ、を実行させる、
    請求項４６から５２のいずれか一項に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Executing a step of canceling the at least one first value exchange medium when a preset cancellation time limit arrives for the at least one first value exchange medium;
    53. The method of any one of claims 46-52.
  54. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第２台帳に記録される第２価値交換媒体を前記第１価値交換媒体に交換するための交換要求を受け付けるステップと、
    　前記交換要求に応じて、前記第１価値交換媒体を発行するステップと、を実行させる、
    請求項４６から５３のいずれか一項に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Accepting an exchange request for exchanging the second value exchange medium recorded in the second ledger in association with the user identification information with the first value exchange medium;
    Issuing the first value exchange medium in response to the exchange request.
    54. The method of any one of claims 46-53.
  55. 　前記第１価値交換媒体を発行する前記ステップでは、ユーザが希望する前記第１価値交換媒体及び前記第２価値交換媒体の間の交換率である希望交換率の相場である相場交換率に基づいた第３所定数量の前記第１価値交換媒体が発行される、
    請求項５４に記載の方法。     The step of issuing the first value exchange medium is based on a market exchange rate which is a market rate of a desired exchange rate which is an exchange rate between the first value exchange medium desired by the user and the second value exchange medium desired. A third predetermined quantity of the first value exchange medium is issued,
    55. The method of claim 54.
  56. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードである情報処理装置であって、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するノードの動作情報に基づいた第１所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行する発行部と、
    　前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を取り出す行為に基づいた第２所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を消却する消却部と、を備え、
    　前記第１所定数量は、前記第２所定数量に基づいて決定される、情報処理装置。     An information processing apparatus, which is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information is distributed,
    A first value exchange medium of a first predetermined quantity based on operation information of a node acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information An issuing unit to issue
    And a cancellation unit that cancels a second predetermined number of first value exchange media based on an act of taking out a second economic value generated from the network,
    The information processing apparatus, wherein the first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity.
  57. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するノードの動作情報に基づいた第１所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を発行するステップと、
    　前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を取り出す行為に基づいた第２所定数量の第１価値交換媒体を消却するステップと、を実行させるプログラムであって、
    　前記第１所定数量は、前記第２所定数量に基づいて決定される、プログラム。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger is distributed;
    A first value exchange medium of a first predetermined quantity based on operation information of a node acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information Step to issue,
    Retiring a second predetermined quantity of first value exchange media based on an act of taking out a second economic value generated from the network.
    The program, wherein the first predetermined quantity is determined based on the second predetermined quantity.
  58. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するステップと、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップにおける動作情報を、前記第１台帳を管理する情報処理装置に送信するステップと、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップに関連付けて、前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を前記第１価値交換媒体の消費を伴い取り出す行為を他の情報処理装置から受け付けるステップと、
    を実行させる方法。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger is distributed;
    Acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information;
    Transmitting operation information in the step of acquiring the first economic value to an information processing apparatus that manages the first ledger;
    Receiving from the other information processing apparatus an act of taking out, with consumption of the first value exchange medium, the second economic value generated from the network in association with the step of acquiring the first economic value;
    How to do it.
  59. 　前記コンピュータに、更に、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップに関連付けて、前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を前記第１価値交換媒体の消費を伴い取り出す行為を他の情報処理装置から受け付けないステップ、を実行させる、
    請求項５８に記載の方法。     Furthermore, on the computer,
    Executing a step of not accepting from the other information processing apparatus an act of taking out the second economic value generated from the network along with consumption of the first value exchange medium in association with the step of acquiring the first economic value ,
    59. The method of claim 58.
  60. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードである情報処理装置であって、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得する取得部と、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップにおける動作情報を、前記第１台帳を管理する情報処理装置に送信する送信部と、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップに関連付けて、前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を前記第１価値交換媒体の消費を伴い取り出す行為を他の情報処理装置から受け付ける受付部と、を備える情報処理装置。     An information processing apparatus, which is a node of a network through which a first value exchange medium recorded in a first ledger in association with user identification information is distributed,
    An acquisition unit for acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information;
    A transmitter configured to transmit operation information in the step of acquiring the first economic value to an information processing apparatus that manages the first ledger;
    And a receiving unit for receiving from the other information processing apparatus an act of taking out the second economic value generated from the network along with consumption of the first value exchange medium in association with the step of acquiring the first economic value. Information processing device.
  61. 　ユーザ識別情報に紐付けて第１台帳に記録される第１価値交換媒体が流通するネットワークのノードであるコンピュータに、
    　複数のユーザ識別情報の間の移転の対価として前記第１価値交換媒体を受けない設定がされた第１経済価値を取得するステップと、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップにおける動作情報を、前記第１台帳を管理する情報処理装置に送信するステップと、
    　前記第１経済価値を取得するステップに関連付けて、前記ネットワークから生成される第２経済価値を前記第１価値交換媒体の消費を伴い取り出す行為を他の情報処理装置から受け付けるステップと、を実行させるプログラム。     A computer which is a node of a network in which a first value exchange medium linked to user identification information and recorded in the first ledger is distributed;
    Acquiring a first economic value set not to receive the first value exchange medium as compensation for transfer among a plurality of user identification information;
    Transmitting operation information in the step of acquiring the first economic value to an information processing apparatus that manages the first ledger;
    Receiving from the other information processing apparatus an act of taking out the second economic value generated from the network along with consumption of the first value exchange medium in association with the step of acquiring the first economic value program.
PCT/JP2019/019007 2018-05-11 2019-05-13 System for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium, program, information processing device, and method WO2019142948A2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2019527933A JP6608566B1 (en) 2018-05-11 2019-05-13 System, program, information processing apparatus, and method for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium

Applications Claiming Priority (8)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2018092474 2018-05-11
JP2018-092474 2018-05-11
JPPCT/JP2018/030313 2018-08-14
PCT/JP2018/030313 WO2019035459A1 (en) 2017-08-15 2018-08-14 Information distribution method, information distribution server device, terminal device, and computer program
JP2018248576 2018-12-28
JP2018-248576 2018-12-28
JP2019-024905 2019-02-14
JP2019024905 2019-02-14

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
WO2019142948A2 true WO2019142948A2 (en) 2019-07-25
WO2019142948A3 WO2019142948A3 (en) 2019-10-10

Family

ID=67301291

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
PCT/JP2019/019007 WO2019142948A2 (en) 2018-05-11 2019-05-13 System for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium, program, information processing device, and method

Country Status (2)

Country Link
JP (4) JP6608566B1 (en)
WO (1) WO2019142948A2 (en)

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111179083A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-05-19 河南机电职业学院 Relative value acquisition and digital value determination system and method

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
WO2022180752A1 (en) * 2021-02-25 2022-09-01 富士通株式会社 Control system, control program, control method, and control device

Family Cites Families (14)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2002042251A (en) * 2000-07-24 2002-02-08 E Finance.Com:Kk Point exchange system among enterprises
JP2003085432A (en) * 2001-09-14 2003-03-20 Miyata Munenobu Point issuance management and operation system
JP2005157797A (en) * 2003-11-26 2005-06-16 Unicorn:Kk Service system for rating and converting bonus point
JP3825780B2 (en) * 2003-12-25 2006-09-27 達也 古志 Lottery assistance system, program and storage medium
WO2006043331A1 (en) * 2004-10-22 2006-04-27 Softbankbb Corp. Managing device for point
JP4788245B2 (en) * 2005-08-31 2011-10-05 凸版印刷株式会社 Advertising point deposit method and advertising point deposit system
JP2009048591A (en) * 2007-08-23 2009-03-05 Nomura Research Institute Ltd Electronic value derivation device and electronic value exchanging device
JP5401370B2 (en) * 2010-03-19 2014-01-29 株式会社野村総合研究所 Company point management system and company point management program
JP2012014676A (en) * 2010-05-31 2012-01-19 Sony Computer Entertainment Inc Virtual reality space providing system, and virtual reality space providing method and program
JP5520330B2 (en) * 2012-02-10 2014-06-11 日本電信電話株式会社 Information trading system
JP2014002620A (en) * 2012-06-19 2014-01-09 Kenji Okada Information value evaluation device, information value evaluation method and information value evaluation program
JP6128904B2 (en) * 2013-03-12 2017-05-17 任天堂株式会社 Content sharing system, content sharing server device, content sharing method, and computer program
JP2016118980A (en) * 2014-12-22 2016-06-30 敏巨 越田 Content contribution and browsing system
JP6302149B1 (en) * 2017-08-15 2018-03-28 和豊 渡邊 Privilege management apparatus, privilege management system, and privilege management method

Cited By (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
CN111179083A (en) * 2019-12-31 2020-05-19 河南机电职业学院 Relative value acquisition and digital value determination system and method

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP6651245B1 (en) 2020-02-19
JP6608560B1 (en) 2019-11-20
JPWO2019142948A1 (en) 2020-01-23
WO2019142948A3 (en) 2019-10-10
JP2020126627A (en) 2020-08-20
JP2020126583A (en) 2020-08-20
JP2020126577A (en) 2020-08-20
JP6608566B1 (en) 2019-11-20

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
US20200090279A1 (en) Dollar Depository Receipts and Electronic Friends Trading and Repo Transactions
US20190012660A1 (en) Systems and methods for providing an architecture for an internet-based marketplace
US20090307088A1 (en) Total Net Worth Derivation and Future Scenario Prediction
JPWO2019035459A1 (en) Information distribution method, information distribution server device, terminal device, and computer program
EP3861517A1 (en) Method and system for data valuation and secure commercial monetization platform
JP2021192295A (en) Asset management/debt repayment simulation generation device, program and method
US11315150B2 (en) Portfolio driven targeted advertising network, system, and method
US20210192618A1 (en) Fractional share system
JP7042637B2 (en) Programs, information processing equipment, information processing methods and virtual currency trading systems
CN109328369A (en) Information processing equipment, information processing method and program
JP6651245B1 (en) System, program, information processing apparatus, and method for controlling unit exchange value of value exchange medium
Schwinn et al. Inclusion or exclusion? Trends in robo-advisory for financial investment services
US20170316362A1 (en) System and method for value system implementation
US20150227953A1 (en) Holding access price constant for selected time when access prices change dynamically in an automates system for delivering reasonably priced access to content
Stewart Manager selection
Edelstein et al. The economics of commercial real estate preleasing
JP2017531273A (en) Computerized system and method for establishing and trading contractual rights for creative work
Cruciani et al. The Digital Challenge: How Are New Technologies Shaping the Financial Industry?
Yimam et al. Understanding Urban Land Leasing System as a Strategic Value Capture Instrument to Enhance Urban Revenue in Ethiopia: A Case Study of Bahir Dar City. Economies 10: 146
AlSadah Industry Platforms: Case Studies to Measure Platform Capabilities for US Unicorns
Alcorta et al. Right and Duty: Investment Risk Under Different Renewable Energy Support Policies
Ji Valuation of Tencent Holdings Ltd.
Gouri Basics of Economics of Competition and Markets in Product Markets
Ma Incentives for Digital Content Contribution
Ighodalo Occupational pension and scenario investment decisions for age 30-34 (Dublin, Ireland.)

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
ENP Entry into the national phase

Ref document number: 2019527933

Country of ref document: JP

Kind code of ref document: A

NENP Non-entry into the national phase

Ref country code: DE

122 Ep: pct application non-entry in european phase

Ref document number: 19741640

Country of ref document: EP

Kind code of ref document: A2